. if. ■iifr!^,i«,aBar'a^teijAJi£3>ii*f#aJ^SM^

IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)

1.0

I.I

■so "^" H^B

■^ Ui2 12.2
lu .3. mm

14.0

2.0

L25 iiiiu nil 1.6

PhotDgraphic

Sciences

Corporation

k*^'

•^

33 WEST MAIN STREET

WEBSTER, N.Y. 14SS0

(716) 872-4503

<^.^

«' I

CIHM/ICMH

Microfiche

Series.

CIHM/ICMH
Collection de
microfiches.

'j$<"

Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques

Technical and Bibliographic Notes/Notes techniques et bibliographiques

The Institute has attempted to obtain the best
original copy available for filming. Features of this
copy which may be bibliographically unique,
which may alter any of the images in the
reproduction, or which may significantly change
the usual method of filming, are checked below.

L'Institut a microfilm* le meilleur exemplaire
qu'il lui a 6t6 possible de se procurer. Les d6tails
de cet exemplaire qui sont peut-§tre uniques du
point de vue bibliographique, qui peuvent modifier
une image reproduite. ou qui peuvent exiger une
modification dans la m6thode normale de fllmage
sont indiqu6s ci-dessous.

Coloured covers/
Couverture de couleur

□ Covers damaged/
Couverture endommagde

□ Covers restored and/or laminated/
Couverture restaur6e et/ou pelliculde

Cover title missing/ v

Le titre de couverture manque

□ Coloured maps/
Cartes gdographiques en couleur

□ Coloured ink (i.e. other than blue or black)/
Encre de couleur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire)

Coloured plates and/or Illustrations/
Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur

Bound with other material/
Reli6 avec d'autres documents

Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion
along interior margin/

La reliure serr^e peut causer de I'ombre ou de la
distortion le long de Sa marge intirieure

Blank leaves added during restoration may
appear within the text. Whenever possible, these
have been omitted from filming/
11 se peut que certaines pages blanches ajoutSes
lors d'une restauration apparaissent dans le texte,
mais, lorsque ceia 6tait possible, ces pages n'ont
pas 6t6 filmdes.

Additional comments:/
Commentaires suppl6mentaires:

D
D
D

D
D
D
D
D

Coloured pages/
Pages de couleur

Pages damaged/
Pages endommagSes

Pages restored and/or laminated/
Pages restaurSes et/ou pelliculees

Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/
Pages dScolor^es, tachet^es ou piqu6es

Pages detached/
Pages d^tachSes

Showthrough/
Transparence

Quality of print varies/
Quality inSgale de I'impression

Includes supplementary material/
Comprend du materiel supplementaire

Only edition available/
Seule Edition disponible

Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata
slips, tissues, etc., have been refilmed to
ensure the best possible image/
Les pages toialement ou partiellement
obscurcies par un feuillet d'errata, une pelure.
etc., ont 6t6 film6es d nouveau de fa9on k
obtenir la mnilleure image possible.

This item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/

Ce document est filn>6 au taux de r6duction indiqu6 cidessous.

10X

14X

18X

22X

26X

30X

15V

1fiX

20X

24X

28X

32X

tails
i du
odifier
' une
mage

errata

I to

} peiure.

on d

32X

The copy filmed here has been reproduced thanks
to the generosity of:

Library of Congress
Photoduplication Service

The images appearing here are the best quality
possible considering the condition and legibility
of the original copy and in keeping with the
filming contract specifications.

Original copies in printed paper covers are filmed
beginning with the front cover and ending on
the last page with a printed or illustrated impres-
sion, or the back cover when appropriate. All
other original copies are filmed beginning on the
first page with a printed or illustrated impres-
sion, and ending on the last page with a printed
or illustrated impression.

The last recorded frame on each microfiche
shall contain the symbol -^ (meaning "CON-
TINUED"), or the symbol V (meaning "END"),
whichever applies.

l\/laps. plates, charts, etc., may be filmed at
different reduction ratios. Those too large to be
entirely included in one exposure are filmed
beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to
right and top to bottom, as many frames as
required. The following diagrams illustrate the
method:

L'exemplaire fiimd fut reproduit grdce d la
g6n6rosit6 de:

Library of Congress
Photoduplication Service

Les images suivantes ont 6t6 reproduites avec le
plus grand soin, compte tenu de la condition et
de la nettel6 de I'exempiaire film6, et en
conformity avec les conditions du contrat de
filmage.

Les exemplaires originaux dont la couverture en
papier est imprimis sont film^s en commenpant
par le premier plat et en terminant soit par la
dernidre page qui comporte une empreinte
d'impression ou d'illustration, soit par le second
plat, selon le cas. Tous les autres exemplaires
originaux sont filmto en commenpant par la
premiere page qui comporte une empreinte
d'impression ou d'illustration et en terminant par
la dernidre page qui comporte une telle
empreinte.

Un des symboles suivants apparaTtra sur la
dernidre image de cheque microfiche, selon le
cas: le symbols — ► signifie "A SUIVRE", le
symbols V signifie "FIN ".

Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc., peuvent 6tre
film6s d des taux de reduction diffiftrents.
Lorsque le document est trop grand pour dtre
reproduit en un seui clich6, it est film6 d partir
de Tangle sup6rieur gauche, de gauche d droite,
et de haut en bas, en prenant le nombre
d'images ndcessaire. Les diagrammes suivants
illustrent la mithcde.

TABULAR \lkW
OF THE COMPAIUBp ATLAJTTIC

AIiPHABETS & OI.TPHS

OF AFRICA AXD AllI£RICA,

By Prof. C. 8. BdFIJ^ESQUE. Philadelphia, igg^

LYBIAN.

\l* Primitive and tScroatic,
i. Old Demotic or Tuaric,

|Meaning8 and Names
of Letters in No. 1.

'•

BE^e.

XNoM.

AIPS.
ESH
IFR.

KTongue. OMBR

1. 2.

AMERICAN.

8. Letters of Otolum,
4. Glyphs of Otolum.
Names of
Letters in No. 9
3.

E.
I.

o-l

U.
L.
M.l
NJ
R.
B.p!

C.k

D.t

V.f

Ssh.

Th.z.

33^ i)

;> X /.

Vi W «^r^ :

\ // \ LI inl

(u E 3 c;

^' -HX 4-y f-

vv w V (:. V

8^0 :i ^q)^>

^»/ # UJ \ 11'

A
EI
IZ
OVV

uvv

UK.

ID.ET

Uili

S. ISH
UZ

! Stf tK Itf ^K ^tf ^tf tt! ^ttl V£ !U£ ^C ^Itf ^tf ^tf !yc VtfUC Stf ^ttl^C^tf ^tf ^tf ^K ^K ^tf fttf ^tf Sltf MC IM Mtf AW^tt
I ^w^ff ^K ^K^V ^K ^K ^K M% #K #n ^K ^n ^K ^K ^K ^K ^K ^W^P ^V ^K ^K ME mC^K ^K ^R liK ^K flwW IRmK

iftliiiitiii'^ '

E ^K ^n ^K ^K^K ^n 9n ^K^K m ^K ^K ^M MH

V
tXAHTTIC

I£RICA,

Philadelphia. 1832*

IRICAN.

T8 of Otolum,
ihs of Otolum.

Names of
Letters in "So- 3

A^ILAS3ffa® ^(DIIIIBSI^aia

AND

.0^ J. I ,-f

FRISND OF KNOWUaDGE.

IN EIGHT NTTMBERS, ^:

■'*■ rn 'Ml^l ■'

ges,. Historical and Geological Facts, &c. &6. fitc.

BY C. S. RAPIXESaiIB,^A. ]«..*PH.1>.

Professor qf Mistical <^ndNaturaiScien<^s,M^b^ ^seve-
ral kamed societies in Europe and Amenca,tir'''

Knowledge is the mental food qf man.

FlOUitES.

Melissa or Baling
Mammi^ Cave,
Franklinia,
Fowil Teeth,

page

UlTubular shell, page 127

Vrvr New Fossil Shells, 142

79 American and Lybian Glyphs
looj or Primitive Alphabets, S8

— •••••tw—

PHILADELPHM :
(TWO DOLJUARS.)

INDEX.

**iri^*^:'

Agriculture, pages 12, 13, S6.

AUeghany Mts, 105, 157, 188.

Americaa Antiquities, RO, 81. 126, 195. ,

American Htatorj, 6, 8, 51, 56, 85, 98, lir, 127, 195, 197.

Anthropology, 6, 85, 161, 171, 172.

Antidiluvian History of China, S2.

Architecture, 183.
' Botany, 15, 16, 78, 119, 131, 144 to 153, 163, 164, 167, 176 to
182, 199, 200, 206.

Chemistry, 12.

Cl»roiMlogy, 22, 117, 130.

Commerce. 32, 166. ,i, • ,

:. Cradle ofMankind, 101. ^^S.<id- •

Domestic Animals,' 56. "(T'":^

Educatioq, 91, 183. ' *

Economy, 81, 86, 89.

Geography* n6, 77 t 208.

Geology, 26, 27, 30, 65 to 77, 105, 115, 119, 135, 191,- 209.

Health, 202.

History, 2S, 26, lOh
\ Horticulture, 14, 79.

Kno*rledge, V{fcj S9i 93, t24.

IcthyoIogT, t4i.

Licks and Caves, 27, 74, 100.

MeteoroloKY, U, 205.

Mexican Hntory, 51, 128,

Mineralogy, 31, 140. -

Navigation, 20». ,^-~__-,.

JTew Animals, 21, 61 to 65.

New Plants, shrubs and trees, 16, 78, 146, 144, 150, 170 to 182.

New Reptiles, 22, 63, 64, 121, 143.

New Shells, 121, 154, 165.

Orogn^y or Mountains, 77, 101, 105.

Oryctography or new fossils, 67 to 74, 109, 116, 122, 142, 14*.

Peruvian Dynwties, 130.

K»ilol<^ and Vocabularies, 4, 40, 44, 48, 112, 132, 173, 198.

Philosophy, 48, 95.

Physical Geography, 137, 188, 209. .

Reviews, 34, 82, 110, 114, 122.

Travellers, 26, 77, 85, 155, 187, 211.

Volcanoes, 137, 201.

Zoology, 18, 61 to 65, 121, 143, 163, 165, 175.

lir-aafc nilhrtnifcf*^..

PHIL^DELPHM:

1815 TO 1883.

lOONOaRAPHir & ILIiVSnUiTIONS

OF 33 YEARS TRAVELS AND RESEARCHES

In North America, the South of Europe^ the )kilantic and
Mediterranean, Sicily and the Azores, between 1800 ^ 1833.

BY C. S. RAFINESQUE,

Profesgor of Historical and Natural Sciences, Member bf several

learned Societies in Paris, Bruxelles, Zurich, Vienna, Bonn,Na-

pies, New-York, Philadelphia, Lexington, Cincinnati, &c.

IN 80 TOIiUMES IN FOIilO.

UNIQUE COPY,

CONTAlNINe
3000 Figures, Maps, *c. unth MSS, Notes and Explmuttions,

PRICE 8 1000.

Each Volume or Part sold separate, at the rate of 850, for 100

, * » J'SH,"^' &c.— Divided into the 10 following parts:

Ist Part, SoENERY-300 Views, Landscapes, Mlteors, and Phe-
■ . „ . _ nomena.

2d Part, Gkogbapbt-200 Maps, plans, surreys, sites, cities,
of ancient and modern Ameriean Geogra-

1.1 V.-* n ^ Pny. Physical Geography, &c.

3?h S2' ?*°"°^-200 Geological fliaps, sections, views, &c.

4th Part, ETHKOORAPHY--200 Portraits of eminent men, costumes

„. B * A «nd features of nations. &0.

5th Part, Arohbology— 300 plans and views of ancient monu- '

«♦!, p * B "*"**» '■"»"'' implements, &c.

rJh vVi P«»^°^««'-200 comnared alphabets, gljT,h8. languages.
«S li Oryctograph»-600 5few American Fossils, &c. ^
mt £* J S°°^««^-500 New Animals, chiefty American.
iS S:J' S^^'^^^-^OO New Plants, chiefly America?
10th Part, Mi8CEi,LANv-200 Autographs and Figures of Diseases,

Monshnosities, Machines, Sometry, and
other Seienees.

4<tiiU^d<k.dcti:,^Ub«^

-iiiiWMnimiinr^iimiilniaiiaM imwHjij J

l u i mmm mm" ' "■ '''

Ik. I

(

J^ AUnSON BOTANIKON,*- ^

2000 SELF FIGURES, BY SPECIMEJ^S,

Of New or Rare Trees, Vines, Slirubs, Plants, Flowers,
Grasses, Ferns, &c. from North America.

Collected and Arranged between 1^15 and 1833,

By C. S. RAFINESQUE, A.M ... Ph. D.

Profesgor of Botany, Historical and Natural Sciences, Member of
many learned Societies, Author of many Botanical Works,
Traveller, Collector, and DrauglUsmaUs ._

WITH APPENDIX AND SUPPLEMENTS,

(f 500 New, Rare, or Beautiful Plants, from Mexico, South

America, Africa, Polynesia, Asia and Europe.

.k,--' *^ ' mm " ' *

DIVIDED INTO il5 VOLUMES, FOLIO, UNIQUE COPY,

* And 50 additional scries or fascicles of Plants, ? ^

From the Oregon, Apalachian and Alleghany Mts., ^hc R^ions of

Louisiana, Arkansas, Missouri, Oregon, Ilhnois, Kentucky,

™ ' .i-i! c<i,...;.i« fninHnn. Virerinia.

Tennessee, Alabama, Florida, CaiH)lma, Virgmia,
Canada, Labrador, &c. &c. &c.

With Labels, Notes, and Details.

t- - \

Prices— Umque complete series of 2500 species, - » '

FascTcles of ?f. G.and N. Sp. and setts of Monographs,
labelled, per 100 specimens. - - " »

Rare Plants, labelled, per 100 - -^ - /
Other Plants, labelled, perJOO, - ■ ^-

UnlabcUed Plants, per 100, - " ,• '

500.

i:*

8 20.

10.

'"i-

^^^'■

PHILADELPHIA-
1815 TO 1833.

^■■■i^ .»**.«

^ ■I i ■i lBI«illM> WMH II ' -

^...iwkiWf r-i-'-'^"'-''^^

■"I*^

'^»

MEX8,

I, Flowers,
a.

1833,

s, Member of
Works,

[TS, *

exico, South
rope.

►UE COPY,

Hants,

the Regions ot

Iventucky,

;inia,

8 500.
lonographs,

8 20.
10.

ATImAKTIC JOURNAIi,

AND

' - A CYCLOPEDIC JOURNAL AND REVIEW

S or CKIVERIAI. ICIEKCB AND ENOWIi'^Dnr:

■ I9T0RICAL, NATDRAL, AKD MEDICAL ARTS AND tCIEKCCf : . , .

INOUITRT, AQRICULTDRE, EDOCATIOW, AND EVERY OtEFOI. UifOHIUTIOM: ^ ,{

WITH JfUMEROUS FIOURES.

EDITOR. C. S. RAFINESQUE,

Professor of Historical and J\ratural Sciences, Sfe.

Vol. I.

PHILADELPHIA, spring of 1832. P

No. 1. -Y

Knowledge is the mental food of man.

INTRODUCTION.

Periodicals abound in the Uni-
ted Stales ; but those calculated to
improve and instruct, to scatter the
seeds of learning, and become emi-
nently useful by rendering all kind
of knowledge and improvements
popular, are as yet but few and
costly; thus beyond the means of
those whom they are most likely to
benefit. It is such a deficiency that
this journal is partly intended to
supply.

It )S contemplated therefore to
publish, in the city of Philadelphia,
a new periodical journal under the
above title. It will be <;onducted
by Prof. RAFiNESquE, assisted by
several gentlemen of considerable
talent and knowledge.

This journal shall contain every
thing calculated to enlighten, in-
struct, and improve the mind. It
will not be confined to any jiarticu-
lar branch of literature and science,
but embrace by turns every subject
useful or interesting. Agriculture
and economy, ilrith discoveries in
the useful arts and practical sci-
ences, will claim peculiar attention.
Literature shall not be forgotten ;
it is also a branch of knowledge,
but facts shall have the preference
over fiction. Reviews will be in-
trnduced on the new plan of statin*
the increase of knowledge afforded
by books. The whole is intended
to be original matter; selections
shall seldom be resorted to.

Tfe^i journal is VMtured without

any pretensions, and none of the
usual pompous promises. It will
be of a strikinely novel character,
and must be left to speak for itieifi
to deserve by its own intrinsic
value and merit the patronage which
it claims from all the friends of
knowledge, education and learning*
The Editor being always in pur-
suit of knowledge, will be able to
furnish most of the articles, when
not proffered by his collaborators.
The subscription is limited to onk
DOLLAR per annum, or TWO dollars
for each volume of twelve numbers,
or four hundred pages, title-paEe,
index, and nearly ilftjf figures. This

Steriodical is begun in a quarterly
brm, but it is hoped may soon be-
come a monthly journal.

Communications for this Journal,
may be left at the post iffice or sent
by mail, postage pa' '>■ None will
be calculated tor thu { uoer unless
very terse and concise, either use*
ful or novel in character or purpose:
new facts will be acceptable above
all. Anonymous papers or Reviews
will very seldom be accepted.
Every writer ought never to be
ashamed of bis pen and deeds. The
initials of C. S. R. will designate Ufef
editorial articles. ^'

/ ■ r//

^■■

1. LATENT KNOWLEDGE.

Besides the actual active know-
ledge of mankind, formed by the
accumulation of exertions in all the
branches of human acquiremeota;
and spread in the numberleu bookt

lii'iiMtiii iii'iiiiiBiiwiMii

mmi^mm^rmtm

,1
t

■K^^

on education, tlie arts and sciences,
history and literature : there is an-
other mass of knowledge, which may
be r 'lied latent or sleeping. The
amount of it is much creatur than
could be supposed. Ihcre are in
all the brandies of knowledge, some
portions nearly forgotten and lost,
which gradually sink into oblivion
and are lost to mankind; like the im-
mense amount of facts, events and
practices, which have thus become
extinct during the lapse of ages.

If all the extinct knowledge was
yet existing, it might exceed per-
naps what is now extant, although
we deem it prodigious. Every
friend of learning has to regret the
loss of some past knowledge, of
which faint indications or small
fragments merely remain. But if
the latent knowledge be added, as
it is eventually by the neglect of
ignorance, the whole of this dormant
or forgotten, together with the dead
or lost, both of which are now ren-
dered useless to mankind, will be
found prodigious.

But fortunately the latent or dor-
mant may yet be restored and ren-
dered available, by care, patient re-
searches and exertions. It is 'to be
found scattered in old books, or
even newpublicationsof limitzd cir-
culation, in manuscripts, in the
memory of men, in monuments that
speak a peculiar language to be
learnt and restored. All this among
us. But further oQ*. we have in the
literature and books of Asia from
Persia to India, China and Japan,
an inexhaustible mine of learning,
hardly explored as vet. The Asi-
atic nations, were the first teachers
of mankind ; their western children
who boast of having surpassed them
in every thing, have neglected their
old teachers fur ages; but now be-
gin to interrogate them again.

Ourattention shall often be drawn
towards this subject. It is deplo-
rable to see the servility, laziness
and ignorance of many of our popu-
lar writers on all subjects. They
will not take the trouble to enquire;

they bow to some idols of yore,
and. copy or compile from them
without discernment nor careful in-
vestigation of previous labours by
other men or nations. We can
hardly open a work of history, tra-
vel, or bciiMice, without meeting
thousand instances of neglect and
ignorance. All our books of edu-
cation are !>adly deficient, except on
those matters lately investigated.
Pacts, events and discoveries with-
out number are set aside, not at-
tended to, or sven not known. To
this shameful practice, which threat-
ens a true Vundalic destruction of
knowledge, we mean to draw the
attention of the public, and exiiose
it in all its turpitude and injurious
bearings. C. S. R.

2. PUBIJC INSTRUCTION.

Free Institutions of Paris and
trance.

The following concise account of
those Institutions, and their won-
derful effect upon the French peo-
ple, is not derived from any doubt-
ful source or formal friend; but
chiefly from the pen of Sir Arthur
Faulkner, an Englishman, whovisit-
ed France in 1827 for the purpose
of investigating the subject of such
free Institutions: and from an ana-
lytical abridgement of the work pub-
lished by him on his return. They
are obvious and luminous facts,
speaking volumes in favour of free
Education.

The ' total number of general
schools in Paris was 647 in 1827,
having 60,000 scholars. They were
cliietly '■294 Infant schools, all gratis,
teaching reading, writing,and arith-
metic, and elements of drawing.

53 primary schools for boys.

51 ditto for girls.

22Sundav scliools.

12 Schoofs of mutual Instruction
for boys.

5 ditto for girls.

1 00 Boarding schools for boys.

110 ditto for girls.

Besides innumerable peculiar
schools of Drawing, Painting, Ar-

»-^^^f.f%jrf*^-p--^f^f^ 'MT^'^.'^f

B Idols of yore,
npile frum them
ntnor careful in-
vious labours by
tions. We can
k of history, tra-
without meeting
s of neglect anQ
ur books of edu-
ificient, except on
ely investigated,
discoveries with-
et aside, not at-
; not iinown. To
:ice, which threat-
lie destruction of
lean to draw the
ubiic, and expose
ide and injurious
C. S. R.

srhucTioN.

15 of Paris and
ice.

oDcise account of
, and their won-
the French peo-
1 from any doubt-
rmal friend; but
>en of Sir Arthur
ishman,whovisit-
7 for the purpose

16 subject of such
and from an ana-
it of the work pub-
lis return. They

luminous facts,
in favour of free

nber of general
was 647 in 1827,
olars. They were
schools, all gratis,
.vriting.and arith-
its of drawing.
)ols for boys,
for girls.
uls.
lutual Instruction

for girls,
chools for boys.

for girls,
nerable peculiar
iig, Painting, Ar-

(

-nrT|p' 11 V mu. I

chitecture. Masonry, Carpentry,
Music, I^anguages, Mathematics,
and all the sciences.

The schools are all free and gra-
tuitous, except the Boarding schouU.
The girls are taught sewina, handy-
work, embroidery, and all the trades
suitable and befitting females to earn
a living!

There are also schools for the un-
fortunate, for the blind, the lame,
the cripples, the deformed, all of
which are taught trades suitable to
their state, and enabling them to
earn their living by useful labor.

There are 34 public libraries in
Paris, all free to every one, open
and accessible every day, with po-
lite librarians and servants to help
readers. The largest, or the r(jyal
library, contains 500,000 volumes !
the next 170,000, the third 93,000.
The library of the Institute has
70,000 volumes, the city library
42,000; the other from 2000 to
30,000. French books are printed
and sold at one-third of the price of
English books, with a rapidity be-
yond belief, and thus circulated all
over Europe. Old books and se-
cond-hand books arc sold for a mere
trifle in the streets by 1000 pedlars,
or on benches.

The public garden and museum,
are the Emporium and palace of
natural sciences. Open and free to
everyone; in the garden, agricul-
ture and gardening are taught gra-
tis, and seeds given to all who ap-
ply. All the natural sciences are
taught by free lectures and demon-
strations to whoever attends.

The Louvre, or palace of fine arts,
is opened to the public every day,
even Sundays, and crowded by vis-
itors.

Fifty other Institutions have pe-
culiar Cabinets,Mu8eums,Galleries,
with free admittance and free lec-
tures ; in all the medical sciences.
History and Literature, Mining,
Engineering, &c.

No fees are taken by Professors
and Assistants, for teaching, de-
monstrating and waiting on visitors.

.iA*«^:. ^---l.-^.'-A:ijy^ji^^^

No present is allowed, much lest
exacted as in England by servants
and underlings.
The same happens all over France.
Free schools are scattered over the
whole country ,and free Institutions,
Libraries, Museums, Gardens, Ly-
ceums, &c., in all the principal
towns and cities. Lectures on
Farming are given by practical far-
mers, on trades by meshanics.

The expenses of these free Insti-
tutions are borne by the state, the
cities,or foundations for the purpose;
but chiefly paid out of the public ex-
pense, under the title of Public In-
struction. The most useful, and
most honourable mode of spending
public money.

Consequencea.

The happy results of this state of
things, ar« that the French are be-
come a great people, at the head of
civilized Europe, and withal a mo-
ral people! much better off and
more moral than the English. The
former idle gallantry and vicious
courses are become quite uncom-
mon. The French peasantry are
industrious, frugal, orderly, kind,
cheerful and contented. There are
no paupers as in England. A few
besjgars only are licensed under pe-
culiar circumstances, if unlicensed
they are taken up as vanbonds.
Vices and crimes are much less in
number and atrocity than in Eng-
land. Wine sells every where lor
one to three cents the bottle, yet
intoxication is hardly known. No
brandy, and no alcoholic liquors are
drunk to poison andWutalize the
body and mind.

Sir A. Faulkner exclaims in des-
pair: « England is famous for char-
ities to the nelpless, but neglects to
prepare the people to help them-
selves. When we reflect on the
peculiar facilities ofaccess to books,
lectures, museums, cabinets, &c. in
Paris and all over France.gratis to
all, we have a ready solution why
the French community at large are
so much advanced in civilization
and refinement, before any other

wm ' A h

atiii^

country In the world!" Thl» con-
ftwion comes from an Englishman.
In the United States, we imitate,
as jret, England in almost every
thing, good or bad. Thus we can
hardly believe that it is possible tu
have Free Institutions, Culleccs,
Lecturea, Libraries. Museums, &c.
without paying at least a fee of '25
cents each time we visit them, or
an annual subscription. And thus
we have intemperance, immorality,

Cupert, ignorance'— with all their
neful consequences. 'What ought
to be done, and what free Institu^
tiona are immediately required to
foster* preserve and secure, the fu-
ture liberties and morals of our peo-
81e, will be indicated at a future
me. Public Instruction or the ac-
quirement of knowledge, by all
^oungand old, unlimited and with,
out cost, must be^ the principal
means of future national happiness.
3cNj. Fbankun» ju.

8. PHILOLOGY.
JRrrt LitUr to Mr. Ciiaitoliqm, on the

Ontphie lyaitmi of JImtrica, ami the Glmht

rfOnumt or Fai.bn«db, in Central Jinu-

ritt.

You have become celebrated by
decyphering, at last, the glyphs and
characters of the ancient Egyptians,
which all your learned predecessors
had deemed a riddle, and pronounc-
ed impossible to read. You first
announced your discovery in a let-
ter. I am going to follow your foot-
steps on another continent, and a
theme equally obscure; to none but
yourself can I address with more
propriety, letters on r. subject so
much alike in purpose and import-
ance, and 00 similar to your own la-
bours.

I shall niit enter at present into
any very elaborate discussion. I
ahall merely detail in a concise
manner, t!ie object and result of my
inquiries, so as to assert my claim
to a discovery of some importance
in a philological and historical point
pf view; which was announced as
early as. 1828 in some journals, (3
iatttrt to Mr. M'CuUoh on the Ame-

rican nations,^ but not properly il-
lustrated. Their full development
would require a volume, like that of
yours on the Ksyptian antiquities,
and may follow this perhaps at some
future time.

It may be needful to prefix tho
following principles as guides to my
researches, or results of my inqui-
ries.

1. America has been the land of
false systems; all those made in
Europe on it are more or less vain
and erroneous.

a. The Americans were equal in
antiquity, civilization, and sciences
to the nations of Africa and Europe;
like them the children of the Asiatic
nations.

3.. It is false that no American
nations had systems of writing,
glyphs, and letters. Several had
various modes of perpetuating ideas.

4. There were several such gra-
phic systems in America to express
ideas; all of which find equivalents
in the east continent.

5. They may be ranged in twelve
series, proceeding from the most
simple to the. most complex.

Ut (Sferies.-^Fictured symbols or
glyphs of the Toltccas, Aztecas,
Huaztecas, Skeres, Panes, &c. Si-
milar to the first symbols of the Chi-
nese, invented by Tien-hoang before
the flood, and earliest Egyptian
glyphs.

&d Series. — Outlines of figures or
abridged symbols and glyphs, ex-
pressing words or ideas; used by
almost all the nations of North and
South America, even the most rude.
Similar to the second kind of Egvp-
tian symbols, and the Tortoise fet-
ters brought to China by the Long-
ma (dragon and horse) nation of
barbarous horsemen, under 8ui-gin.

5d Series. — Quipos or knots on
strings used by the Peruvians and
several other South American na-
tions. Similar to the third kind of
Chinese glyphs introduced under
Yong-ching, and used also by many
nations of Africa.

4th ^eries.^ Wampums or strings

]

.i«.i liilltti I

■Tlr i ffr' ii MXii i tiiiii>M" ' ' ' i S 'i ' !-, * '. »^sagf:.

not properlj il*
ull develupment
ume, like that of
itian antiiiuitieM,
perhaps at lume

il to prefix the
I as KUiiles to my
Ita uf my iuqui-

teen the land of

those made in

»re or lesa vain

18 were equal in
on, and aciencea
rica and Europe;
■enoftheAaiatic

at no American
ims of writing.
8. Several had
rpetuating ideaa.
sveral such gra-
nerica to express
find equivalents
nt.
ranged in twelve

from the moat

complex,
tared symbols or
iltccas, Aztecas,
, Panes, &c. Si-
mbolsoftheChi-
'ien-hoang before
irliest Egyptian

ines of figures or
and glyphs, ex-
ideas; used by
ins of North and
in the most rude,
id kind of Egvp-
.he Tortoise fet-
na by the Long-
lorse) nation of
I, under 8ui-gin.
los or knots on
Peruvians and
:h American na-
he third kind of
itroduced under
sed also by many

mpums or strings

of shells and beads, used by many]
nations of North America. Similar
to those used by some ancient or
rude nations in ull the parts of the
world, as tokens of ideas.

5th Series. — Runic glyphs or
marks and notches on twigs ur lines,
used by several nations of North
America. Consiinilur to the runic
glyphs of the Celtic and Teutonic
nations.
6//( Series, — Uuiiic marks and dots
or graphic symbols, not on strings
nor lines, but in rows; expressing
words or ideas; used by the ancient
nations of North America and Mex-
ico, the Talei;a8, Aztecas, Natchez,
Powhatan8,Tu8cai-oras, &c. and also
the Muhizcas of South America.
Similar to the ancient symbols uf
the Etruscans, Egyptians, Celts, &c.
and the Ho-tu of the Chinese, in-
vented by Tsang-hiei called also
the Ko-teu-chu letters, which were
in use in China till 827 before our
era.

7th iSeries.— Alphabetical sym-
bols, expressing syllables or sounds;
not words, but grouped ; and the
groups disposed in rows; such is the

fraphic system of the monuments of
Holum, near Palenque, the Ameri-
can Thebes. Consimilar to the
groups of alphabetical symbols used
by the ancient Lybians, Egyptians,
Persians, and also the last graphic
system of the Chinese, called Ven-
ixe, invented by Sse-hoang,

Qth Series. — Cursive symbols in
groups, and the groups in parallel
rows, derived from ihe last, ^which
are chiefly monumental,) and used
in the manuscripts of the Mayans,
Guatimalans, &c. Consimilar to the
actual cursive Chinese, some demO'
tic Egyptian and many modilications
of ancient graphic alphabets, group-
ing the letters or syllables.

9th Series. — Syllabic letters ex
pressingsyllables.notsimplesounds,
and disposed in rows. Such is the
late syllabic alphabet of the Chero-
kis, and many graphic inscriptions
found in North ana South America.

Similar to the syllabic alphabets of
Asia, Africa, and Polynesia.

loth .SfriVs.—- Alphabets or gra-
phic letters expressing simple
sounds, and dinpostd in rows.
Found in many inscriptions, medals,
and coins in North and South Ame-
rica, and lately introduced every
where by the European colo.iistB.
Similar to the alpiiabets uf Asia, Af-
rica, an<l Europe.

nth Series. — Abreviations or let-
ters standing for whole words, or
part of u glyph and graphic delinea-
tion, standing and expressing the
whole. Used by almost all the
writing nations oi North and South
America, as well as Asia, Europe,
and Africa.

12t/i Series. — Numeric pystem of
graphic signs, to express numbers.
All the various kinds of signs, such
as dots, line8,8troke8,circle8,glyphs
letters, &c. used by some nations of
North and South America, as well
as in the eastern continent.

In my next letter I shall chiefij
illustrate the 7th and 8th series, so
as to decypher and explain one of
the most curious and least known of
the American modes of expressing
and perpetuating ideas. I shall give
a figure of a sample of those monu-
mental symbols, with comparative
figures of two alphabets of Africa,
the nearest related to them, and
where the elements may be traced,
which are grouped in those glyphs.

Some years ago, the Society of
Geography, of Paris, offered a large
premium for a voyage to Guatimala,
and a new survey of the antiquities
of Yucatan and Chiapajchiefly those
fifteen miles from Palenque, which
are wrongly called by that name. I
have restored to them the true name
of Otolum, which is yet the name of
the stream running through the ru-
ins. I should have been inclined to
undertake this voyage and explora-
tion myself, if the civil discords of
the country did not forbid it. My
attention was drawn forcibly to this
subject as soon as the account of

-ni-fi^i -v-frt-i ■ ,,^.. :^(.^>;

'f'"^"1"'Y^.

•wp»t»HSM

i i.

"?.

i.. '

those ruins, siirvejed by Capt. Del
Uio as early as 1787, but withheld
from the public eye by Spain, was
published in 1822 in English.

This account, which partly de-
scribes the ruins of u stone ciy '^5
miles in circuit, (ltin;;th 32 En<i,!.sh
miles, greatest breadth 12 miles,)
full of palaces, monuments, statues,
and inscriptions; one of the earliest
seats of American civilization, about
equal to Thebes of Egypt; was well
calculated to inspire me with hopes
that they would throw a great light
over American history, when more
properly examined.

1 have been disappointed in find-
ing that no traveller has dared to
penetrate again to that recondite
place, and illustrate all the ruins,
monuments, with the languages yet
spoken all around. The society of
Geography has received many ad-
ditional accounts derived from do-
cuments preserved in Mexico; but
they have not been deemed worthy
of the reward oRered for a new sur-
vey, and have not even been pub-
lished. The same has happened
with Tiahuanaco in Bolivia and S.
America, another mass of ancient
ruins and mine of historical know-
ledge, which no late traveller has
visited nor described.

Being therefore without hope uf
any speedy accession to our know-
ledge of those places, I have been
compelled to work upon the mate-
rials now extant, which have happily
enabled me to do a great deal, not-
withstanding all their defects, and
throw some light on that part of the
history of America.

C. S. RAFINBSqUE,

Philadelphia, January, 1832.

4. AMERICAN HISTORY.

Tabular View of the American
Generic Languages, and Ori
ginal JVations.

One of the most glaring errors of
speculative philosophers on the sub
ject of America, is to be found in
their assertion that American lan-
guages and nations are multiplied

beyond conception, and cannot be
reduced to order. This misconcep^
tion arose from a superficial
knowledge of the matter, and a
wish to assert extraordinary things.
If the same wish had been evinced
respecting Europe, they could have
found 60 languages and nations in
France, and 100 in Italy, by consi-
dering the various provincial French
and Italian Dialects, as so many Ian-
uages, since many of them cannot
be understood by the respective
provincials of the same country.
And each provincial group would
be a nation, since languages dis-
tinguish nations.

Even Baibi, after reducing the
1500 or 1800 supposed American
languages and tribes to 422, has
not attempted to class them except
geographically. I made the attempt
ever since 1824 in the Cincinnati
Literary Gazette, and have since
corrected my classification, reduc-
g the 1800 American Dialects to
about 25 Generic languages, which
belong to the original nations of
America, many of which have yet
as much affinity as the Latin and
Greek, or English and German.

They are the following, 14 from
North and 11 from South America.

1. Languages and J^Tations of

JSTorth America.
l.UsKiH, divided into about 30
Dialects and tribes; such as E8C|ui-
maux, Moeuts, Chugach, Aleutian,
Chuchi, &c. spoken all over Boreal
America, from Bering strait and
Alaska to Labrador and Groenland.

2. Onguy, about 50 dialects and
tribes; Httron, Onondaga, Seneca,
Hochelaga,' Tuscorora, Notoway,
&c. extending from the Pacific
ocean to Canada and Carolina.

3. Lenap, nearly 250 dialects and
tribes; such as Chinuc, Oinneh,
Algic, Shawan, Miami, Micmac,
Mohegan, Nantico, Powhatan, &c.
extending from the Columbia river
on the Pacific ocean to Hudson
bay. New England and Florida.

4. Wacash, about 60 dialects
and tribes; Ataah, Chopunish,

ind cannot be
iiis misconcep-
a superficial
natter, and a
•dinary things,
been evinced
ley could have
ind nations in
taly, by consi-
tvincial French
assoinany lan-
)fthem cannot
the respective
same country.
I group would
languages dis-

reducing the
osed American
;s to 422, has
ss them except
ade the attempt

the Cincinnati
ind have since
iication, reduc-
can Dialects to
nguages, which
inal nations of
which have yet
1 the Latin and
nd German,
owing, 14 from
South America.
d JSTations of
nerica.

i into about 30
; such as Esqui-
Ligach, Aleutian,
I all over Boreal
ring strait and
■ and Groenland.
: 50 dialects and
ondaga, Seneca,
rora, Notoway,
om the Facinc
td Carolina,
r 250 dialects and
^hinuc, Dinneh,
»liami, Micmac,
, Powhatan, &c.
e Columbia river
cean to Hudson
1 and Florida,
bout 60 dialects
lah, Chopunisb,

Coluch, Chingita, &c. spoken from
California to latitude 55 in the north
west coast of America.

5. Skkrbh, above 125 dialects
and tribes; Panis, Seris, Pakis,
I.epan, Shoshoni, Opata, Uchis,
Poyay, &c. extending from Slave
lake to California, Texas, Florida,
and Honduras.

6. Nachkz, nearly 75 dialects
and tribes; Cado, Yatasih, Wocon,
Cuza, Cataba, &.c. extending from
Sinaloa in the West to Carolina in
the East.

7. Capaha, about 50 dialects
and tribes; Washasha, Yatani, Oto,
Ochagra, Dacota, &c. extending
from the head of Missouri river to
the Wabash and Arkanzas rivers.

8. Chaotah, above 40 dialects
and tribes; Chicasa, Yazu, Coroa,
Humah, Muskolgih, Seminole, &c.
extending from Texas to Florida.

9. Otaly, about 25 dialects and
tribes; Tsuluki orChernkees,Talle-
gha, Talahuicas, Talahasi, &c.
extending from the Alleghany
mountains to the mountains of
Mexico.

10. Atalan, about 25 dialects
and tribes; Tala or Tarasca,
Matalan, Tulan, Tecas, Tolban,
Colima, Tarahumara, 8e,c. extending
from New Mexico to Michuacan,
and Nicaragua.

1 1. Otomi, about 20 dialects and
tribes; Miges, Dotami, Mazahuy,
&.C. extending from Arkansas to
Mexico.

12. AzTEc,about 20 dialects and
tribes; Tolteca, Olmeca, Cora,
Pipil, &c. extending from Mexico
to Nicaragua.

13. Maya, about 40 dialects and
tribes; Huazteca, Poconchi, Guichi,
&c. extending from Texas, to
Yucatan and Guatimala.

14. Chontal, about 50 dialects
and tribes; Txendal, Choles, Locas,
Lencas, Zoques, Quelen, Chiapan,
&c. extending from Chiapa to
Panama.

2. Languages and Nations of
South America.

15. Aruao, having nealj 100

dialectsand tribes; such as Haytian,
Cuban, Yucayan, Eyeri, Cairi,
Arara, Cumana, Arayas, Ariigoas.
&c. extending from the islands of
Bahama and Cuba, to Coro, Cu-
mana, Guyana and Brii7.il.

IG. Calina, about 122 dialects
and tril)es; Carib, Galibi, \aoy,
Tamanac, Guarivas, Gotos, Chay-
mas, Gutacas, &c. spread from the
Carib islands to Durien, Oronoco,
Guyana and Brazil.

17. Pubis, about 90 dialects and
tribes; Maypuris,Achaguas,Coropo8,
Camacan, Parcxis, Parias, &c. ex-
tending from Paria and the Oronoco
U) Bra/.il and Paraguay.

18. Yaruha, about 25 dialects
and tribes; Betoy, Ayrico, Ele,
Yaros, Charua, .Ozomaca, Gauna,
&c. spread from the river Oronoco
to the river Parana and Popayan.

19. CuNA, about 25 dialects and
tribes; such as Uraba, Darien, Cu-
nacuna, Choco, Cocinas.&c. spread
from Panama to Coro and Popayan.

20. Mayna, about 60 dialects and
tribes; Yameos, Amaonos, Manoa,
Cauchas, Panos, Managua, Solimos,
Aguanos, &c. spread from Popayan
and Quito to the Maranon and
Parana.

21. Maca, about *100 dialects
and tribes; Muhizca, Yuncas, Za-
muca, Pancha, Mosos, Otomacas.
Tao, Pinoco, Chaco,&c. spreading
throughout South America from
Cundinamarca to Peru and Brazil.

22. GuARANi, nearly 300 dialects
and tribes; Tupi, Omagua, Cocama,
Guyana, Payagua, &c. spread
throughout Brazil, and from the
Andes to the Atlantic sea, as far
south as Buenos Ayres.

23. Maran, about 50 dialects
and tribes; Quichua, Aymaru,
Muras, Marahas, Andoa, Moratas,
Zapibo, Cuyaba, &c. spread from
Peru in the west to Brazil in the
east on both sides the Equator.

24. LoLE, about 25 dialects and
tribes; Vilela, Mocobi, Abipon,
Toba, Atalala, &c. spread through
(^co, Tucuman and Paraguay.

25. Chili, about 20 dialects and

MMfe

^^:M

tribes; Puelche, Chonos, Araucan,
Tehuelet, Yacanac, Kemenet, &c.
spread all ovur Austral America
from Chili to Magelaniaand Fuego
islands.

Kveii these 23 Language's and
Original Nations may perhaps be
reduced to 18 by more accurate
investigation; thus the 4th and 5tii
may become united; as well as 6 and
8, r and 1 1, 9 and 10, as they have
considerable analogies. The same
may happen in South America with
15, 16 and 19, also with 17, 18 and
20, which approximate by gradual
dialects. C. S. RAFiNESquK.

JulyAth, 1829.

Itemnrk. — The above was pub-
lished in fhe Evening Post; it is now
reprinted because it is the key to
American I'thnoiogy, Philology and
History! The proofs would fill
volu.oes. It is results that analyti-
cal Sciences chiefly require. The
wide ey*ent of Nations 1, 2, 3, 12,
15, 16, 2i,, were already acknow-
ledged: t'lj others depend on my
researches, and are open yet to
many improvements, nay, 1 have
effected some since 1829.

^ji*..

5. The Atlantic Nations of Ame-
rica. By G. S. RAFiNESquE.
The Ocean separating Europe
and Africa from America is yet
called the Atlantic ocean, ourlitoral
states arc called the Atlantic states.
The Atlantes of North Africa who
gave their name to the Atlas
mountains, and whose descendants
exist there as yet under the names
of Tuarics, Berbers, Shelluh,
Showiah, &c. were one of the primi-
tive nation of both continents.
They came to America soon after
the flood,jif not before, colonised
and named the Ocean and the
islands in it, as well as America,
which was' called the Gubat
Atlantis, or rather ATA LA,
meaning the first or main land.
This name is preserved in Hindu
traditions. The Atlantes were
not the only primitive colonists
•f America; but they were the most

'M,

conspicuous and civilized. Their
true name was Atalans. They
may have been the founders of
OroLUM and many other ancient
cities. Their descendants exist to
this day in America, under the
names of Talas or Tarascas, Ata-
lalas, Matalans, Talegawis, Otalis
ur Tsulukis, Talahuicas, Chontalas
or Tsendalas, &c. from Carolina to
Guatimala.

When Columbus discovered
again America, he and the earliest
explorers were struck with the
similarity between many American
tribes, and the Guanches of the
Canary islands, remains of the
Oceanic Atlantes, in features, man-
ners and speech. Whether the
Haytians, Cubans, and Aniacs were
genuine Atlantes is rather doubtful,
because their language is more akin
to the Pelagic than fhe Atlantic.
But three at least out of the twenty-
five original nations of America
above enumerated may safely be
deemed children of the Atlantes.
They are the ninth or Otalis, the
tentn or Atalans, and the fourteenth
or Chontals.

This could be proved in many
ways, and by their languages com-
pared with those of their African
brethren, Tuarics, Guanches, &c.
after a separation of nearly 5000
yea.'s. But the proofs would fill a
volume.

Ouractual Cherokisandakintribes
are the children of the first branch,
named Otalis. This was their ori-
ginal name. Adair only 100 years
ago says that the genuine or upland
c5heroki8 were called Otalis, which
name meant mountaineers as in
Africa. They call themselves now
Tsulukis. OurnameofCherokisis
derived from the word Chelakis,
name of a tribe. They have not the
sound of R in their speech Only
one tribe substitutes R to L The
interesting history of this nation
shalldeserve ourattention hereafter.
The Chontal branch or ^ nation
will come under notice in investi-
gating the antiquities of Otokok

ized. Their
lans. They
founders of
ther ancient
ants exist to
under the
rascas, Ata-
;awis, Otalis
ts, Chontalas
I Carolina to

discovered
I the earliest
Ic with the
ij American
iches of the
iins of the
atures, tnan-
V^hether the
Aniacs were
her doubtful,
is more akin
be Atlantic.
F the twenty-
of America
,y safely be
he Atlantes.
: Otalis, the
le fourteenth

ed in many
guages coni«
leir African
lanches, &c.
nearly 5000
would fill a

nd akin tribes
first branch,
iras their ori-
ly 100 years
ne or upland
[)talis, which
neers as in
mselves now
if Cherokisis
nl Chelakis,
have not the
leech Only
I to L The
this nation
on hereafter.
I oir nation
B in invest!'
> of Otokok

i3i

the

or Paleoque. It remains here
survey the genuine branch
Atalans, eldest perhaps of
American Atlantes.

Amone this, the best known (and
yet hardly known) are the Tarascas
of Michuacan in West Mexico:
the brave nation that first asserted
the late Mexican Independence.
Their true name is TALA, and
TALA, S, CA, meaning Tola, ftelf,
the, or in our idiom the veryself
Tola. They have no R in their
speech, and this name was changed
by the Othomis and Mexicans into
Tarasoas. See grammar of their
language by Basalenque, Mexico,
1714.

From this interesting little work,
some other account from Vater.and
the Spanish writers we learn some-
thing of their language which is yet
spoken and may be thoroughly
studied. We also learn that they
formed a powerful and civilized
kingdom independent of Mexico at
the Spanish Invasion, which became
the ally of the Spaniards; but was
by them, subdued by treachery and
infamous conduct But we learn
very little of their previous history:
and the little known is buried in
nntranslated Spanish books. It
is by their language that we can
hope to trace their origin and most
remote history. Languastt do not
lie, says Home Tooke. They reveal
what time has buried in oblivion.

We shall therefore give some ac-
count of it, that the learned or cu-
rious may study its affinities. So
far as we have done so already, we
have been struck with its evident
analogy with the Atlantic, Coptic,
Pelngic, Greek, Latin, and Italian
languages of Africa and Europe,both
in words and structure, in spite of a
separation of four or five tliousand
years.

This language is rich, beautiful,
and highly complex. It amalga
mates particles to modify the words,
as in Italian. The verbs have fifteen
- modifications, as in Italian, or near-
ly so; they can be compounded as in
8 ...

Greek. It admits of all the Greek
rhetorical figures. The plural is
formed by X. It has nearly all the
Fluropean vocal sounds except Fand
R; also no GN and no LL; but it has
three sibilant TS, TZ. and TZH.

The analoijies with the Italian are
striking in the followingphrases,and
some even appear with the Saxon
English.

English. Tala. Italian.

l.Thou Thu Tu

2. Was (wast) Esca Sei (fosti)

3. Thou who Thuqui To che

4. Spoke Yandahaca Favelasti

l.I

Hi Id

2. Was

Ksca Sei (fui)

3. 1 who

Hiquinini lo che

4. Loved

Pampzahaca Amai

1 . Is not Noxas Non E «

2. So wise. Mimixcti Amico (savio)

3. As I Isqui hi Cnm'io

The following vocabulary of 85
words, gives a fair sample of the
language. The affinities with the
Pelagic and its children, Greek, La«
tin, Etruscan, and Italian, are mark*
ed by the letter P; those with the
Atlantic dialects of Africa, with the
letter A. They amount to 50 out
of C5 with the Pelagic, or 60 per
cent, of analogy; and to 33 out of 65
with the Atlantic, or 51 per cent.
I'hese are striking facts, deservins
attention, in spite of the unbelief oF
some ignorant or Inzy philosophers
or historians, who neglect or disbe-
lieve these evident proofs. The six*
teen English affinities are marked
by an asterisk. The orthography is,
of course, Spanish.

English.
Water
Fire
•lisnd

Stone

Men

Dog
'Mountain

A. P.X

Tala.
Ama, Ma. A. P.
Pa,Vepo, Tani. A. P.
Haca, Eche, \
Andatze. <
Tzaca|>u, 7
Zampsin. ^
Cuiri. A.
Puecha. P.
Marin. P.
Vichu. A.
Vata. ^

A. P.

..i

■m

^m^:

I'l

£*glUh, Talk,

6ter Hosqna.

Ihy Vina. P.

Night Ahchinri, Tzire.

"Heaven Parini, Avandu. A. P.

•House O, Chao. P. A.

•Father Tata. A. P.

Mother Nana. P.

Hand, Arm Cu, Xn. A.

Foot

Head

*Mouth

Beard

End. Tail

One

Alone

Ten

Mudi

•:PriMt

God
Just
Good

Du. A,
Tsi. P.
Mu.A. P.
Hapu. P.
Vara. P.
Mah.
Mahco.
Xam. P.
Cani. A.
Amberi. P.
Quinametin.
Tucapacha. A.
Casipneti.
Arabaqueti.

WisetFriend Mimi. P. A.

liittle Caxeti.

Tree Emba. Ches. A. P.

Bark Chucari. P.

Ijfcaf Xahcuri.

Bread Curinda. A.

•Colour Chara. F.

Plain Pe. P.

Sand Cutza.

Peak PItttreqtta. P.

Evil Sismaraqui, flimbo.

Boat Xu. A.

«SWf S. (P,

•I, Me Hi. (P. A.

Myaelf His. (P. A.

••fljou Thu. (P.

Thins ThHicheveri.

Yoo Thucha.

yoara Thuchaveri.

We Hucha.

Ours Huchaveri.

This I. (P»

These U.

That Inde, Itna;
Mine, Own Huchevi.

Be E.(A. P.

To be Eni. A. P.

I am Ehaca. A. P.

•Is Esti. A. P.

Was E«c«.A.P.
•PlsceJSsrthCan, Haca. A. P.

King ireoh*. A. P.

English.
K inborn
Name
Fish
•City
Deer
Festival
To give
To write
To say
To hold
To wash
To think
To take
To come

Food

Orink

Handsome

Living

To live

Singer

To sing

♦Not

*Like, As

Love

Speech

Who,Whom

The

Tala.
Arikeve. P.
Acan, Qariqus.
Mechoa. P.
Fatziza. P.
Taximaraa.
Metotes, P,
Inspefti.
Carani. P.
Harani. P.
Uhcamani.
Hopo.
Hangue. P.
Piran. P.
Hurani. P.
Tirovi.

Care, Aqua. P. A.
Itsima. A.
Tzit«is. A.
Tzipeti. P.
Tzipeni.
Pireti. P.
Pireni.
Noxas. P. A.
Isqui. P.
Pampza. P.
Vanda. P.
Qui. P.
Ca.

6. Willum Penn'a Deed from the
Indians in 16&5.
This indentwre wHntsselk, ihat
—We, Parkenab, isrckan, Sikals,
Partquesott, Jervis Essenenank,
Felktrov, Hekellappan Bconos,
Machlola, Metthconn» Wiasin
Powey, Indian Kings, Saehvmskera,
right owners of«U lands,frem Quing
Quingan, called Duck creek) unto
Upland called Cheater credc, «ll
along by the west side i>{ Delaware
river, and an between tiie saiSe
creek backwardsss far as a wkin can
run in two days with a horsr, for
and in consideiation of these follosr-
ing goods to us in hand paid, and
secured to be paid by WiHifeta
Penn, proprietarv and govemsr of
the province of t*ennBylvania and
territories thereof, vie: SO guns, 80
fathoms match coat, SO fathoms of
strong water, 20 Uankets, tO k«t-
tles, 80 potnids powder, 100 Imh of
lesd, 40 lonnriwwks, UM4ctii«>«s, 40

iteir(<rn> i-

.- »,| «< »tjyj i ij»; '

Tala.

i. P.

inriqWL

uP.

,P.

rm.

!, P.

P.
P-

!. P.
?.
P.

kqva. P. A.
A.
.A.
.P.

i.
P.

P. A.
>

I.* P.
P.

Deed from the
16ft5.

'JtnMsctft, ihat
irckan, S^ais,
EsBMenank,
ppan Kconos,
nn» WiaMa
, Sachvinakera,
idstfrom Quing
ck creek) unto
Iter credc, «ll
H «r Oetaware
een tile MMe
iraiaiMiiRcan
th a horae, for
Drthe«efoil»«r-
liand pwd, and
by WiHiam
1(1 govertMr <»r
nsykania and
e: £Og«n«, 80

SO lathoms of
nketA, to k«t-
ler, leottaitof

«M4cbi«>fla, 40

pair of ttocktngs, 1 barrel of beer,
20 pounds of rra lead, 100 fathoms
of wampum, 30 gliM bottles, 30
pewter spoons, 100 awl blades 300
tobacco pipes, 100 hands of tobacco,
fiO tobacco tongs, 20 steels, 300
flints, SO pair ot scissars, SO combs,
60 looking glasses, 200 needles, 1
skipple of salt, SO pounds of sugar,
5 gallons of molasses, 20 tobacco
boxes, 100 Jews harps, 20 hoes, 20
gimblets, 30 wooden screw boxes,
100 string of beads — Do hereby
acknowledge, &c. Given under our
hands, &c. at New-Castle, 2d day
of the Eighth month, 1685.

The above is a true copy taken
from the original by Ephraim Mor-
ton, now living in Washington
county, Pennsylvania, formerly a
clerk in the land office, which copy
he gave to Wm. Hutton, and from
which the above is taken in Little
York, this 7th of December, 1813.

Remark»v-^T\Mi above deed co-
pied from the Bnhemeral Press, is
not yet recorded in history; but de-
serves to be. It was the first in-
stance of a colonist having bought a
country from an European king, who
had no more right to it than the
king of the moon, buying again from
the real owners of it. It is the first
title deed of the great state of
Pennsylvania. Yet the good W.
!^"nn did not pay the full value to
ti i 10 ignorant Indian Chiefs, and
his example has been closely fol-
lowed to this day. He bought by
that deed about 2000 square miles
of good land for about 8300, which
is now worth as many millions, and
was then worth at least glO the
square mile instead of 15 cents paid
for it.

Yet this deed is not explicit
enough, at least as it was printed,
because it does not state how much
land was ceded and sold, unless
they sold their whole domain from
the Delaware to the Susquehannah
between Duck creek and Chester
creek, and the sale be implied bv
the &e. &c., or not printed. We
doubt whetiwjr tlii» deed wsuld be

good in a coart of law oe «(|nHy.
It is chiefly •I'^iow by the enumeva'
tion of the articles given, some u«e<
ful and some useless, like the Jews
harps. We strosngly suspect that
tliis deed alludes merely to the first
presents made by the worthy W,
Penn to procure the good will of the
Indians, and has since been ooo-
8tru|d into a sale of the whole ter-
ritoty of these Lenap Indians, of
whom Parkenab must have been the
great sachem. It is' well known
that at a second treaty held at
Shackaniaxon, now Kensington, an>
other friendly alliance (or sale) was
made. The subsequent history of
Pennsylvania after Penn,' affords
many instances of injustice to the
friendly Lenaps.

7. METEOROLOGY. %

CHmate of Rochester in JVetr York,
chiefly based upon the obaerva-
tions and tables of the C^eatt
Farmer/or 18S1.
Rochester is the most thriving
town in the western part of the
great state of New York. It is sit-
uated at the intersection of the Ge*
nesee River and Great Erie Canal,
near the falls of the Genesee and
not far from Lake Ontario, towarda
latitude 43. ^,

The extremes of temperaturt
were 95 degrees on the Sd June,
and 4 below on the 7th February.
Difference 99 degrees, medium 45}
degrees. The highest medium was
in September 61 deereae, the low*
CAt December 10 degrees. The
mean atmospheric pressure was
29 degrees 51 minutes.

The number of rainy days were
115, and 27 inches of rain fell, in '
July alone 5 inches. As many as
66 snowy days were noted with 76
inches of snow fallen, in all the
months of the year except June,
July, August, and tSeptember. The
prevailing; i^inds west, south-west,
north-west. It is noticed that the
temperature of spring waler varies
from 40 to 60 degrees, nedimi
therefore 50 degrees.

♦ »

Ifr

This mean heat of 50 degrees in
springs and range of 99 degrees, is
an additional proof that the interior
of this continent is warmer than
the coast and has a lesser range of
variation, an usual concomitant ef-
fect. Since Portsmouth in New
Hampshire on the Atlantic ocean
and the same parallel of 43 degrees
as llochcster, nas a mean tenipya-
ture of 44 and range of 110. Wnilc
Detroit in Michigan, still farther
west and also near 43 degrees, has
50| mean heat, with a range of 1 16.
It must be added that Rochester
and Detroit are both much above
the level of the ocean and ought
therefore to be colder on a par.

FaraUel of 45 degrees latitude.

1. Portsmouth, level of the sea,
44 degrees mean heat, rangfe of 1 10
degrees.

2. Rochester, 480 feet above the
sea, 45^ mean heat of the air, 50 of
the springs, range 99.

S. Detroit, 565 feet above the
sea, 50j^ mean heat, range 116? i»
tliis right?

It is probable that the increase of
mean heat and smaller range, is

Eadual all the way from the At-
ntic to the Pacific ocean; where a
difference of 12 degrees at least in
equivalent temperature and range
is found. There the 52 degree of
latitude being equal to the 40 de-
gree, near Philadelphia or as warm.
The 52 degrees of Europe is also
equal to the 40 in China, the past-
ern part of each continent being
colder.

But the different years often give
variable results: thus this year, 1832.
tiie winter has been very severe all
over North America. The river
Delaware was frozen at PliiladeN
phia from the becinning of Decem-
ber to the middle of February,
wbich had not happened for nearly
40 years. In Rochester it is stated
tiiat -the winter has been more se-
veirs than for 20 years past in the
fieliesee country. By com para-
ttv« observations made at Albany
and Rochester in December last, a't

sunrise, there has been found a
great difference of many degrees of
warmth in favour of Rochester, al-
though it is 480 feet above the sea,
lat. 43 10, and Albany at tide water
in lat. 42 35.

1831. Albany. Rochester. Diff.

Dec. 8th 3°bel. 16" ab. 19»

9th 2o do. 18° do. 20<»

10th 8° do. U" do. 22"

Tliis is an additional complete
proof that the climate improves in-
land.

The Genesee Country of which
Rochester is the metropolis, extends
from Pennsylvania or lat. 42, to
Lake Ontario in lat. 43^. It con-
tains about 4000 square miles of
fruitful soil. The staples are wheat,
averaging 20 bushels to the acre,
and maize averaging 40 bushels.
The mean heat of tne vegetating
season is 60 degrees.

8. AGRICULTURE.

Results of the \ Experiments of
Reoluz on the Fixed Oils,

This article is one of those of
practical Sciences, which belong
at once to many, beins connected
with Agriculture, Gardening, Che-
mistry, Economy and Materia medi-
ca: this enhances their value.

Fixed Oils of Vegetables are of
the utmost importance and use for
food, light, cooking, 8oap,machiBery,
manufactures, and medicines. It
was very needful to ascertain ex-
actly what quantity was afforded by
each vegetable, so as to know the
most profitable to cultivate, and
cheapest to use; this has been done
by liecluz, a French chemist, and
ue give here the analysis of hia
labours.

All the experiments were made
upon one pound of the substance, or
7680 grains weight, and the quantity
of oil afforded is stated in ounees.

Almonds 7} ounces.

Hemp seed 3| ounces.

Cocos 4 ounces.

Olives 3^ ounces, specific weight
0915, forms solid aoap.

:r i ii fc i T'''t'-'"-— '■■■L:..^^^ ,..-^\<iifiii.iit,i

ten found a
ly degrees of
lochester, «!•
buve the sea,
at tide water

ichester. DiflT.
B» ab. 19"
8° do. 20'
4<> do. 22"
nal complete
improves in-

itry of which
potis, extends
»r lat. 42, to
43^. It con-
lare miles of
lies are wheat,
. to the acre,
; 40 bushels.
He vegetating

TURE.
•periments of
ixed Oils.
B of those of
irhich belone
DK connected
rdening, Che-
Materia medi-
r value.
;etable8 are of
e and use for
ip,machiaerr,
ledicines. It
ascertain ex-
as afforded by

to know the
ultivate, and
las been done

chemist, and
lalysis of his

8 were made
substance, or
d the quantity
d in ounees.

les.

tecific weight

Poppy seed 4 oz. specific weight'
0922 l^rms liquid soap.

Arachis or groundnut 8 ounces,
fine eatable oil, citron colour, keeps
well and makes good soap.

Sesamum ur Uenny seed S^ oz.
fine sweet oil, limpicf and nutrient,
but becomes easily rancid.

Pumpkin seed 5| ounces, sweet
oil, nut siccative.

Cornus berries, 4 ounces.

Moringa, or Ben oil, 6 oz. white,
concrete, made by heat, smells
like noyau.

Euphorbia lathyrus seeds, 8
ounces by ether, 7 by cold ex-
pression; medical purgative.

Croton ti<;lium seeds 9 ounces,
green, drastic.

Helianthus or iSunflower 6 oz.
sapid sweet oil.

Cyperus esculentus roots 3 oz.

Datura seeds 2i ounces, medical.

Grape seeds 1| ounces, by boil-
ing.

Ricinus or Castor oil, 5 to 6
ounces made cold, 7 ounces warm,
12 ounces with shelled seeds.

Sassafras seeds 2^ ounces white
oil, medical.

Beech nuts 6 to 7 ounces, sweet,
clear, inudorous; g<?ts fetter by
age to the reverse of other oils.

Xanthium or Burr seed, 4}
ounces, sweet oil; gives a fine clear
light.

Flax seed 3^ ounces, yellow
brown, siccative, fetid.

Walnuts 8 ounces, lemon colour
oil, thick, siccative, makes a soft
soap, gives 12 ounces when nuts
dried in ovens.

Pine seeds (Pinus pinea, P.
cembra) 5 nz. sweet oil of good
flavour, good to eat.

Almonds of stone fruits, plumbs,
peaches, &c. 3 ounces.

Mustard seeds S^ oz. yellow,
sweet, odorous, {^ood soap.

Laurus or Baytree berries 7J
ounces green oil, the seeds Ij
ounces ot concrete greenish oil.

Hazlenuts 7| ounces, sweet thin
lemon oil.

Thus it will appear that in the

United States we might make an im-
mense quantity of oils, from the
most oily substances common with
us. Groundnuts, pumpkin seeds,
sunflower seeds, hazlenuts, waU
nutfi, beechnuts, &c. for all the need*
ful purposes of salads, conking,
burning in lamps, suap makins, &u.
if industry was nut palsied ty
ignorance.

Mr. Recluz has omitted the cot-
ton seeds, which aflbrd nearly 50
per cent, of good burning nil, and 80
per cent, when shelled. We might
make millions of gallons of it in the
south, and sell it to profit at 25
cents the gallon. His experiments
on the Sesamum are at variance
with those made elsewhere; our
Benny seed has afforded 80 to 90
per cent, of oil, and keeps well
many years.<^

His experiments on volatile oils,
will be noticed hereafter. C. S. R.

9. Confirmation of the Important

Discovery of the property of

SuLPHUH IN TREKS, to dtttroy alt

Insects preying on them.

Farmers and Gardeners ought to

hail with rapture a safe, certain,

easy and unfailing mode of driving

away or destroying all the insects,

bugs, caterpillars,licp, ants, which

prey upon trees and often kill

them.

Numberless have been the mean*
proposed or devised to get rid of
these troublesome guests, most of
which aredirty .costly, or unavailing.
Our farmers appear to have given
up in despair the hope of preventing
the deadly attacks of curctittos on
the roots of peach trees, and the
fruits of the plumb tree. Yet an
efficacious mode is said to have been
found several years ago in France,
perfectly efficacious and applicable
to all cases and all trees. The man
who discovered ie, deserved a
splendid reward, yet his name hat-
not even reached us. But we claim
tlie honor to have been the first
to make known the procesa in
America, in 1823 in Kentucky, and

■;;

^.dii

w^ am mmtf a n »n

wmmmm

3EL.

^lil

Jil i

in 182r in Philadetphia. Yet thel
most useful knowledge is so olow to
spread, that the fact is hard I j
known ve<, or doubted bv those who
know ofit.

We are happy to be able to
publish two direct experiments in
support of the fact and discovery.

First. We bored and plugged with
sulphur in the usual way, a plumb
tree which commonly dropped every
year all the plumbs before becoming
ripe, the curculios lodging eggs in
their germs. This was done when
the tree was in blossom. On that
year hardly any fruit fell, and the
tree produced quite well.

Second. We find in the Genesee
Farmer of January 28, 1832, that a
yuang willow nearly killed by aphis
or lice, and pissmires feeding on
their honey, was quite revived in
three days, and all the lice and ants
driven oflT, by boring the tree with
an augur five feet from the ground
ami three-fourths through the
diameter, filling with brimstone and
plugging tight. The tree has thrived
ever since.

_ The modus operandi of this
ainealar process is very easy to
ex])lain. The vital energy of the
tree and sap, dissolves the sulphur,
carries it into circulation, and
evolvea it la sulphuric gas evaporate
ing through all the pores of
branches, feaves and fruits. This
gas is a deadly poison lo insects and
all animals, it suffocates fhem or
drives them away as soon as they
begin to smell it; but no injury
whatever results to the tree.

We have never heard yet of any
direct experiment on peach trees;
but we are sure it will answer quite
at» Weil. If the sulphuric eniana-
titin could not reach quick enough
the roots of the trees which are
commonly attacked: tlie pluggiu;;
must be done near the root or at
the time of the descending sap,
when it will sooner reach the roots.
Let it be tried and the reriults
iiif.d« 'known. C. S. R.

10. HORTICULTURE.

Melissa Officinalis, ok Balm.

The above is the figore of one of
our finest^garden plants, both fra-
grant and useful. The Common
Balm introduced from Europe ; but
urowing also wild in Virginia and
Kentucky, or a species very near it.
Kvery body likes the fine smell of
the Jlelissa. A few plants are found
or ought to be found in every good
garden. It grows with the utmost
Facility from seeds and in any aoil.
Being perennial it lasts many years
without any care, not even requir-
ing watering. The whole plant ia
scented and has a peculiar gratefai
strong smell between lemon and
monarda : which is produced by the
essential oil of the glands. This
Gne volatile oil may be obtained b^
distillation, but only one poand is
produced by 800 pounds of the
fresh plant. It swims en water and
is colourless, but becomes yellow by
age. The flowers are small, UM«te»
bluish wlute, bUNiomiogin^

n »i l 1 II >i iiiii j.m ayyyyiy i 1 :1 I. * H" ,. ' ■ '» -' " ^ , . '

JLTURE.

JINALIS, OR BaU*.

the figore of one of
sn plant*, both fra-
al. The Common
d from Europe ; but
ild in Virginia and
species very near it.
>s the fine amell of
fewplantearefouM*
ound in every good
ws with the utinort
eds and in any aoi*.
I it iaata many ye»«
re, not even reqair-

The whole plant la
s a peculiar gratefaj
)etween lemon and
•h is produced byfte
f the glanda. Thia

may be obtained b/

only one V^voAn
800 poun«l» of tne
- Bwima on water •»4
ut becomes yello|W*>y
rers are snialU ta««»»
liiHomiog »»*'»•■*'•

In medical properties this plant | considered in a dilTorent point of
Is similar to many of the labiate | view.

My Classen Plantarum are but
nutlineii: 1 have been far friim dcein-
iiig tliein ((.M-fect. I consider it a
uri'at iionniiriiiiil ativantnui- to enter
info ciirresjioniience witli you, since
vou labour on tlia same sul)|e('i<<. I
xhall be ghd to pruHt of your disco-
veries. But I cannot ai;ree with
you on the numerical accordance of
classes^ in Animals and Plants. It
appears difiicnlt that the animals
whose variable form depend on the
medium of their existence, and their
motions, food, &c. may Hi;ree with
the classes of plants. Hut 1 suspend
my judgment until I see your clas-
sincation, when I shall communicate
my remarks on it. I am also afraid
that the positive cliaracters can only
belong toartilirial groups of beings;
natural groups can only have ten-
dencies, since there are few immu-
table characters.
„ My new theory of Vegetation con-

It is the moral emblem of Grate*' sists in proving' that there are but

falfiess. C. S. K. • ■ "

MeliiM, lovely nymph sod grateful plant,

The gvdeD tides and ihady proves adorni,

Beceningloral emblem of delight

And feelingi sweet by gratitude evolr'd;

Among the scented tribes of labiate bkrami

The iret perhaf s: in modest swftetaeu clad.

Mot dasxiiog colors nor gigantic size;

"Bj (entle nwids belored and feeling beaits.

plants ; being one of the must grate-
ful it is often used, making' a fra-
grant tea and pleasantdistilied wa-
ter, vehicle for many medicaments.
The tea and water are gentle didu-
sible stimulants, antispasmotlic, ex-
pectorant, pellent, resolvent, &c.;
they are useful in all obstructions,
hysterics, headache, piles, pleurisy,
asdima.cholic, palsy, several fevers
chiefly nervous, &c. Another beau-
tiful native plant not uncommon in
our gardens, the ilfonariia Coccinea,
Scarlet tMm or Uswego tea, is an
equivalent that may be used when
the common balm is lacking; but al-
though stronger in effects, it is not
quite so grateful.

This plant grows one or two feet
high, with square stem and branch-
es. Leaves opposite petiolate ovate
acute serrate. Flowers axillary in
half whorls, pedunculate, with ob-
long bracts.

series of organs in

11. BOTANY.

PtrtofaltUtrfrom C. A. AoARrn, Profesior
ef Botany at Linn>, in Stetdtn, to Prof. C.
8. BAnMBsqaB, Med Ulk June, 1831.
flfVwMttM from Iks Frtmk.

I have published, since 1825, be-
fides many Memoirs inserted in the
Literary Transactions, two pam-
^lets on a new theory of Vfgetmble
Fhyniok^ in French, and the Ve-
getttbbe Organography in Swedish
and Uerman. I am now publishing
a V^etabUt BioIogy,hMea upon this
new theory. As soon as this shall
be published, I mean to undertake
the JVbttirat System, on a plan more
esfarged and correct than in my

SrevinB itfpAorisms,aBd my dasaes
^lanttKrufii: according to the new
Fhynoilqgical syateoi, all will ^

two kinds
plants:

1. Leaves or appendicular organs.

2. Buds or fulcrant organs.
But those two organs uafold them-
selves under six different forms:

I. Cotyledons and plumule.
S. Leaf and bud.

3. Bract and flower-bud.

4. Petal and stamen.

5. Carpophore and placenta.

6. Spermoderme and embryo.
Each of these pairs of organs form

a degree of vegetation, or an age of
it. Each flower that has several
petals, or a divided corolla and ca-
lyx, consists of as many floscules.
A decandrous flower only differs
from a pentandrous, because the in-
ternal floscules or petals are MeriJe
or without stamens. The applica-
tion of this theory is immense. You
will see it in my work. It would
be well to translate my organogra-
phy in English, that it may be ex-
amitaed and studied by the Englifh
Botanists, that do not read German.
Smurkt iy C. 8. Ji.— The vbovo

fr«|ment on Rotnnr U interenting;
thin new theory of Aganih in cer-
tainly an itiiprovenient on the actuiil
belief of many eminent Kotanists,
that all the urjranii of vci^etations
are mere modified funnaofthu leal,
vurionsly unfolded, separated, ur
■oldereil. Both, however, appear
too systematical, and the roots,
stems, fruits, &,c. do not appear to
be easily reilucible to these notions.
That positive characters do belona
or ought to belong to each natural
group of animals and plants, is to
me as evident as day -light: the op-
pnaite opinion has been the great
atumbling block to the beautiful na-
tural metnod of Botany, and a great
hindrance to its general adoption.
Unless we admit this, there will be
no line of demarkation between a
man and a monkey, a dog and a cat,
a rose and a blackberry, an oak and
a chesnut tree.

12. Selection of twenty-four out of
one hundred new species of Plants
of^orth America, sent to Europe
in 1828, by C. S. RAriNEsquE.

1. Onychia Polygonoides, Raf.
ducovered, 1818. Stem dicboto-
liious, lax, erect, puberulent; leaves
patent, linear cuneate, acute, nearly
imooth, stipules lanceolate; flowers
solitary in dichotomv, subpedicel-
late, erect. From the mountains
Alleghany, and estival like the three
following, six inches high.

2. Jnychia fastigiata, Raf. disc.
188(4. Stem dwarfish, erect, pube-
rulent, subdichotome, fastigiatc;
leaves adpressed, linear cuneate,
acute ; flowers crowded, fastigiate,
aecund, subsessile. From Kentuc-
ky, one or two inches.

S. Jinyehia conferta, Raf. disc.
1821. Stem erect, dichotome, pu-
berulent; leaves linear cuneate,
acute, serrulate; flowers crowded,
fastigiate, bracteate, pedunculate.
From knobs of Kentucky, annual,
three or four inches.

4. Jlnychia lateralis, Raf. disc.
1821. Stem probambent, dichotome,
divaricate; leaves remote, short, li-

near cuneate, entire; branchlets anl*
lateral; flowers sessile, lax ur remote.
Arid hills of Kentucky, one to three
indies.

5. Polygonum squamosum, Raf.
disc. 181*8. Stem ililTuHe; leaves
smooth, obtuse, linear longer than
internodes; stipules tcariose, acumi-
nate, lacerate, elongate, equal to in-
ternodes; flov/crs solitary, axillary,
sessile. From West Kentucky, an-
nual, section octandrous, estival.

6. Polygonum hyssopifulium, Raf.
disc. 1818. Stem erect, slender, ra-
mose, striate; leaves lax, remote,
linear, elongate, acute ; stipules in
cylindrical sheaths, end setose or
ciliate; racemes filiform; flowers re-
mote, often binate or ternate. Lower
Ohio, annual? one foot. 8. O. Per-
sicaria.

7. Urtica gracilis. Rat. disc. 1 8 1 8.
Stem smooth, slender, yellowish,
with four furrows ; leaves opposite,
remote and small, petiolate, lanceo-
late, trinervate, serrate, acuminate
and smooth; capitules of flowers ax-
illary, pedicellate, geminate, form-
ing a whorl of four, shorter than
petioles. From Kentucky, annual,
estival, one or two feet high.

8. Vrtica verna, Raf. disc. 18SS.
Differs from the last.by leaves ovate,
acute, not acuminate ; flowers axil-
lary and subspicate; capitules nearjj
sessile, opposite. Kentucky, in
woods: vernal, annual, one or two
feet.

9. Monarda rigida, Raf. disc.
1818. Stem stiffT rough, hirsute;
leaves sessile, ovate, nearljr obtuse,
stifl', ciliate, subserrate; capitule pe-
dunculate, involucre pentaphyllous,
lanceolate, ciliate, acute; as long aa
flowers; corolla smooth, apex of np-

fer lip villose. In West Kentucky,
illy barrens, perennial, two or three
feet high, flowers flesh coloured.

1 0. Scutellaria radicata, Raf. disc.
1818. Root annual, very loog;8tefl|
small, ramose; leaves on long peti-
oles, ovate, ciliate, obtuse, small,
broadly serrate: flowers terminal,
axillary, large, pubescent. On river
Ohio, three to six inches, diflbn from

B;brancWet« unt-
ile, Uxor remote.
,cky, one to three

iquamntum, Haf.
, aiffuse} leaves
near longer than
'n Bcarioae, acum»-
igate, equal to in-

golitary, awlUry,
eat Kentucky, an-
ndroua, eatival.

\ya$opifolitn»t »*'•
icrect,»leniler,ra-

avea lax, remote,
icute; atipulea in
th«, end aetoae or
iUformjflowerare-
e or ternate. Lower
ve foot. S. O. Ptr-

«i«,Ual.di»c.l8l8.
slender, yellowiah,
ITS ; leaves oppoaite,
11, petiolate. lanceo-
serrate, acuminate
jitules of flowers ax-
ite, geminate, form-
1 four, shorter than
n Kentucky, annual,
two feet high.
ma, Raf. disc. 1882.
!last,by leaves OY»t*,

ninatej flowers axy"
cate;capUules nearly

itc. Kentucky, IB
, annual, one or two

h riglda, Raf.. diw-
stiffT rough, hirsute,
, ovate, nearly obtuse,
ibserrate-.capitulepe-
olucre pentnphyllous,
iate, acute; as long as
a smooth, apex of op-
In West Kentucky,
perennial, two or three

;ers flesh coloured,
iriaradlcoto. Haf. disc.

»nnual. very long} stetti
b; leaves on long peti'
ciliate. obtuse, smaU,
ate: flowers twroinai,
e. pubescent J^nver
, MX inches, diBweirwa

8c. parvljlora, by luavcs petiolate
and flowcrn tour tiinps as larse. ^

II. Scutellaria t'i7{n/)a, Raf. disc.
1818. Htcm erect, simple, hairy;
leaves peHolate, ovate, obtuse, cre-
nate, hairy; raceme bractcate, brae-
teas obovate, llowcrs opposite. In-
dianaand Kentucky, woods; flowers
whitish, one foot high, estiva!, pe.
rennial? diflfers Ironi Sc. ovalifolia,
by leaves crenate and bractens.

1 2. 8arothra cuneifolia, Raf. disc.
1821. Difl'ers troni N. eanndense or
ntricta, {Hypericum canadense, L.)
by leaves cuneate, linear, obtuse,
lower obovate; flowers four times as
large; calyx ovate; petals cuneate,
twice as loni as calyx. Kentucky,
estival, one foot.

13. Viburnum macrodon, Raf.
disc. 1818. Branches tetragone;
leaves opposite, petiolate, smooth,
but petiole and nerves pubescent,
large round, base oblique, subcor-
date, margin with large teeth; cyme
pedunculate, pubescent. Mountains
Alleghany, shrub four feet high, ver-
nal, white blossoms.

14. Galium setaeeum, Raf. disc.
1818. Stem erect, diflTuse, rough:
leaves by six, cuneate. linear, mu-
cronate, rough backwards on the
edge: panicuie lax, capillary: fruits
smooth, pedunculate. Illinois, flow-
ers white, near to 6. asprellum.

15. Eupatorium serratum, Raf.
disc 1825. Stem erect, simple,
rough, striate: leaves opposite, re-
mete, sessile, rough, ovate, uninerve,
acute, broadly serrate; corymb re-
gular, pubescent; bracteoles linear;
internal perianthe 5 phyllous, lan-
ceolate, striate, 5 flore. On Poto-
mack, Virginia, two feet high, flow-
ers white, estival.

16. Eupatorium pectinatum, or
E.longipes, Raf. disc. 1818. Stem
erect, branched, striate, roti<>h;
leaves opposite on long petioles,
ovate lanceolate, base abruptly acute
end gradually acute, sharply serrate,
trinerve smooth; corymb unequal,
fastigiate; perianthe 8-10 flore, few
scales, oblong, obtuse, hairy. On

the Ohio river, three or four feet high,
flowers Kreyish, estival.

ir. Eupatorium rupeatre, Raf.
disc. IH^I. Stems erect, simple,
striate, white, villose; leaves oppo-
site, sessile, huiceolatp, acute at noth
ends, trinervate, rough, of a yellow-
ish ^Inticous colour; corymb fastigi-
ate, I'oliose; perianthe short, ob'ong,
5 flore; scales oblong, obtuse, pubes-
cent, external ovate nblung. On
the cliffs of the river Kentiuky, one
or two feet high, flowers whitish, es-
tival. Near to £. glaucescens of
Elliot.

18. ^ster hyssopifolius, Raf. disc.
1818. lieavcs sessile, ad pressed,
linear, acute, one nerved, entire,
smooth; stem erect, pauciflore; flow-
ers large, pedunculate; perianthe
lax; scales cuneate, scariose at the
base. In Illinois, one or two feet,
flowers blue.

10. Prenanthes rubida, Raf. disc.
1822. Glabrous; stem striate, ru-
bicund; radical leaves petiolate, ly-
rate; last lobe trilobc, unequally hn-
gular,angles mucronate; stem leaves
sessile, lanceolate; flowers fascicu-
late, pendulous, red outside, Cum-
berland mountains and £ast Ken-
tucky, two feet high, autumnal.

20. Jlelianthus teneUus, Raf. disc' ,
1822. Stem sinrple, uniflore, angu-
lar; leaves opposite, petiolate, ovate
lanceolate, acuminate, remote, ser-
rate, trinervate, tender, roughish;
flower peduncle rough, perianthe
lax, linear; rays few, elongate.
Mountains, hills of East Kentucky,
two or three feet high, flowers yel-
low, autumnal.

21. IMianthus striatus, Raf. disc.
1818. Stem erect, striate, pauci-
flore; leaves opposite or alternate,
petiolate, lanceolate, acuminate, en-
tire, above rough, with white dots,
beneath subtomentose. Hills of
Kentucky, two or three feet, flowers
pale yellow, estival.

22. Sisyrinchium albidum, Raf.
disc. 1822. Leaves striate, narrow,
equal to scape; scape winged, wings
striated, umbel multiflore, spathe

• •■ ■• ■ ' ■ " ■ ".%

■•a-

iiiiVijiilft

unenuallj 4 valved, pedicels erect-/
coroU white, obcordate, rnucronate;
capsules glubose. In West Ken-
tucky, flowers vernal, scape four to
six inches, slender; one valve ul the
■pathe very long, rigid; tliree very
•mall, scariose.

23. Scirpn» typhinm, Ilaf. disc.
1804. LeatlesH; scape cuiiipressed,
striated; spike terminal, cylindrical;
scales ovate elliptic, obtuse, con-
cave, smooth, rulous, with scariose
margin. Pennsylvania hills, one or
two feet.

24. Scirput nuduH, llaf. disc. 1 804.
DifTert from the last by schpc slen-
der, not striate; spike small, ellipti-
cal ; scales ovate, acute, scariose.
Yirffinia, small, hardly a foot high.

Many other interesting plants
were sent in this century, which
may be noticed hereafter; such as

Lechea linifolia and paucifolia.

Juncus falcatus.

Neottia montana and gracilis.

Tradescantia rupestris.

Melanthium longifolium.

Collinsia purpurea.

Plantago gonophylla, &c. &c.

13. ZOOLOGY.
On the large tcandering TvoEns oh

Jaouars of the United iitates.

By C. S. RATiMBsquE.

The Jaguars are the spotted
Tygers of America, found from
Mexico to Paraguay. It was sup-
posed that none were ever seen
further north or with us; they are
hardly mentioned in our Zoological
books, and their casual visits dis-
believed by many when they hear
of them. But Humboldt has lately
ascertained that the striped Tyger
of India, often wanders to the
north as far as Tartary and Siberia.
1 will prove that the spotted
Jaguars do the same in America,
and wander as far as Kentucky
and Lake Erie in latitude 42. This
always happens in summer, and is
not at all extraordinary, since our
summers are as wartn as in the
tropics, and these carnivorous

range very

animals are known to
far in search of prey.

Several instances of huge beasts
having been seen in Louisiana,
Arkan/ns, and Kentucky could be
collected by cntjuirius among old
hunters. \Vhen seen at a distance
only, tlioy are commonly mistaken
for large l'ai\ther!4, our unspotted
Couguar. When seen ton near, the
boldest hunters arc afraid of them.
When shot, nobody knows them,
not even the Indians; and the skins
are soidhigh at once tor sida-saddles.
Sometimes the account gets into
some newspaper, but is usually dis-
believed or soon forgotten.

Harlan in hi!i Fauna Americana
only mentions that the Jaguar or
Felia onxa of the naturalists wander
sometimes east of the Mississippi,
which must be crossed by swim-
ming. This animal comes as far
north as Kentucky in lat. 38.
While I was in Kentucky I heard
of several having been seen and
shot. Two of them, a male and
female, did once make a stand near
llusselville, and alarm many tra-
vellers, feeding on hogs, until a
party of hunters went in pursuit
of tliem, killed one, and drove
away the other.

Before that another had been shot
on the 6th of June, 1820, by Mr.
John Six, on Oreen River, 10 miles
south-east of Hartford, in Ohio
county. The skin was brought to
Frankfort and an account given in
the papers. This animal appeared
to ben true Mexican Jaguar. The
body was 5 feet lung and the tail
2 feet. It weighed 130 pounds be-
fore skinning. The back and sides
were yellow with black snots curi-
ously arranged in several rows, a
row on the back much larger and
extending over half of the tail,
which was rather slender, with very
long hair at the end. Ctiin,
belly, and feet white, ears small
round black outside, white inside.
Whiskers stiff 6 inches long, black
with the end white.

But anotlier Jaguar atill larger

lo range very

of hu^e bea»ti
in Luuittiano,
ucky could bo
iL>8 nniong oWl
n at a distance
lonly mistaken

our unspotted
icn too near, tlie

atVaid of tliein.
y knows them,
s; and the skina
lor»id2-»addle8.
;ount get* into
It is usually dis-
■gotten.

luna Americana
,t the Jaguar or
ituralutB wander
the Mi88i8sippi>
ossed by swim-
lal comes as far
ky in lat. 38.
entucky I heard
been seen and
em. a male and
lake a stand near
alarm many tra-
on hogs, until a

went in pursuit

one, and drove

ther had been shot
ne, 1820, by Mr.
en River, 10 miles
lartford, in Ohio
in was brought to
\ account given in
B animal appeared
iican Jaguar. The

long and the tail
led 150 pounds be-
ri»e back and sides
h black snots curi-
in several rows, a
: much larger and

half of the tail,
■r slender, %vith very

the end. C|iin,

white, ears small
tside, white inside.
5 inches long, black
iiite.

Jaguar atUl larger

and of adlRercnt species has lately
been seen as far as Lake Erie, and
!at. i'Z, One was shut by the
Seneca Indians, to wliom it was to
tally unknown, another wa^ killed
in the Alle^liany mountainsoi l'<'nn-
ftvlvania, and an account given in
the papers. These animals were
totally distinct from the common
Jaguar; .they must have been
wanderers from New Mexico or the
Oregon mountains, and belong pro-
bably to a new species which I pro-
pose to call Felia dorsn/is, owing to
the black band on the back. There
are several other species of Jaguars
in South America, little known or
not well distinguished.

SpeciAe ctiaractem, Fki.is Don-
SAtis, Dorsal Jaguar. Of a grey
colour, neck fallow, a black line or
band all along the middle of the
back, two rows of ringed spots on
each side, black above, brown below.
Total length 10 feet including the
tail, body fij, tail SJ. Very differ-
ent from Felis pardalis by size four
times larger, neck and back, &c.

14. On the JSTorth American Cou-
guars. By C. S. R.

The unspotted Tygers, or Lions
ivithout mane, of America have been
called Couguars from the Guarani
name, or Puma the Peruvian name.
There are several varieties of them
in North and South A 'lerica, not
well known as y ' , in South
America they are red or black,
which perhaps indicate different
species. In North America, fallow
or grey. All these are called
Felia coneolor by the zoologists and
deemetl identic. This may be
doubted; we know too little of these
animals to decide; as they are be-
coming scarce it is neediul to pre-
serve the knowledge of those yet
extant. The following are on re-
cord or have fallen under my notice
They are called Panther, Painter,
and Catamount in the United
States. They winter with ns.

1. Var. Yellowish, 8^ feet long.
In Carolina. Dr. Mease.

'2. Var. Entirely grey! Green
mountains. Dr. Morse.

3. Var. Fallow; outside of the
oars, feet nud «-nd of the tail black.
Hodv tour fi'et, tail nearly three.
Seen III Kontucky.

4. Var. Hack nearly black, sides
(lark reddish brown, fefit black, body
six feet, tail three feet, legs ve-y
short, only one foot long. In New
Hampshire. Dr. Moose.

.5. Var. Differ from the last by
body five and a half feet, tail two
and a half feet, feet twenty to twen-
ty-two inches long, called Pennsyl-
vania Couguar by Huffon. Alle-
ghany mountains. These two last
appear to deviate much from the
species.

The Couguars being spread from
Canada to Chili, or 90 degrees of
latitude, piust vary in their fur.
Kvery traveller gives a different
account of them, or calls their fur
by a different name, black, brown,
red, rusty, fallow, sallow, yellow,
grey, &c. They may yet belong
all to a single species; but these
varieties or deviations must be
noticed, as they are in man, the
dog, the sheep, and other deviating
animals. ..

15. Extracts from Jl Second Series
of Zoological Letters written to
Baugn CuviEii qfParis,by Prof
RAFiNEsquB in 1831.

Extracts from Utter 1, March,
1831.— I sent in 1821 to Paris, a
memoir on fifteen Trilobites of
North America, and published in
Lexington the new 6. Jsoctomesa
of that family, which Dr. Dekay
has since erroneously called Octo-
meris} there is a O. Octomeris,
already among shells; my Sp. was
however different from his, being
emarginated behind, and one of the
largest Trilobite known, being nine
inches long. It was preserved in
the Cabinet of the University.
There are also some very small
Trilobites nearly like the Ento-
mostraceous; such is my ^nopsitea

- ■ , 'iii nii i ajii>' i » i : i c i i i m:' i iiiM i i

•'U Hli i i fc ''

mmm

1 'li

wroeita, \vltho!it eyes, of which I
send you the figure.

I have found in Lake Eric, in
1826, two N. G. very nenr to the
Trilobitef, both lacustral livine
animals: both without antens and
with concealed feet. I call them
JPeltoma with two eyes, and ^Iffe-
lopus without eyes. I send you the
figures. Also the description and
figure of another living sea N. G.
from the atlantic shore between
Jdotea and my Gonotus of 1814. I
call it Me8otro]^i3 albipes. Body
oblong, back carinated, small head,
no eyes, fourteen feet, tail with
many articles and ciliated, two
antens, J3p. Car> greenish-brown,
both ends obtuse, antens equal to
body and tail, feet white.

I send you the figure and de-
scription ot a singular atlantic small
sea shell, JVemau^v pelagiea, which
suspends itself by a thread from the
Fueui natana in the middle of the
ocean, discovered 1815.

I send you, as you request, the
fieure, description, and a specimen
otmy Trinectes Seabra, a new G.
of fash near to ^chirus found in the
river Schuylkill; it has only three
fins, dorsal, anal and caudal. Also
the description and figure of a large
and beautiful new catfish from the
river Tennessee discovered in 1 823,
jpimelodtu luteseem: it was three
feet long, excellent to eat, of a
olivaceous yellow colour, belly
white, jaws equal, eyes round, tad
forked, first dorsal falciform, se-
cond dorsal nearly as large as the
anal.

ExtraeU from Utter 2, AprU,
1831.^ 1 send you the figure and
description of two subterranean
worms. The first Ophelmis rugOBa,
is near to Qordiua, but dwells under

f|round like Lwnbricua. It was
ound in New York six feet under
ground in 1817, and was preserved
in a museum. It was a gigantic
worm, almost like a snake, three
feet long. Oen. C. body fistular
compressed, leathery, without vis-
cera, not annulated but wrinkled

diagonally on the sides. Tail tri-
lobe, vent oblong inferior, lateral
lobes short obtuse, middle lobe long
cylindrical. Spec. C. fulvescent,
wrinkles equal in length but not
in depth, inside smooth filled with
a yellowish liquid.

The second Qeonema gordinea,
was a subterranian Gordius found
two feet underground inConnocti-
cut, with body filiform, fistular,
filled with a fluid, elastic, the two
ends equal ettenuated, opening,
hardly visible. Spec. Description.
Flexuose fulvescent, both ends ob-
tuse only four inches long.

Another akin N. G. but aquatic
like Gordim, was found by me in a
spring near the river Hudson in
1816. It differs from Gordius by
body hardly fistular, head split or
bilobe and tail simple. I call it
Cephachisma diphaia. Length
eight inches, size of a violin string,
dark brown above, fulvous brown
beneath, head clavate bilobe, taU
obtuse black, with a white tip.

I have perhaps been the first
naturalist, who has observed and
studied the microscopical animals
of infusions, swamps, pools, creeks,
rivers, lakes, and the oceaOi in
America, and chiefly in Kentucky,
as I once did in Sicily and the
Mediterranean. This is quite a new
world of animated beings, fecund
and inexhausible. They swarm
every where and are from a size so
minute as not to be seen without a
large nnagnifying power, sometimes
one thousand times smaller than a
grain of sand, upto a size visible to
the naked eye, and even reaching a
gigantic size, in the ocean; where I
have seen some a foot long, although
quite identic with the most miavte,
being in cpmmon always destitute
of mouths, and therefore living by
absorbing their nourishment by the
minute pores of the body: whereby
they belong to the peculiar class or
division of animals nearest to plants,
and merely dtft'erin^ by their sponta-
neous motions, which I called Po>
HosTOMBs as early as 1814 in my

jui luimiduiji.

! J^R»:i y

8. Tail tri-
irior, lateral
die lobe long
. fulvescent,
igth but not
h filled with

ma jgordinea,
(onlius found
I in Conn^cii-
)rm, fistular,
Bstic, the two
ted, opening.

Description.
both enda ob-
' long.

;. but aquatic
ind by me in a
Br Hudson in
m Oordius by
, head split or
pie. I call it
lia. Length
a violin string,
fulvous brown
ite bilobe, tail
white tip.
been the first
i observed and
copical animals
s, pools, creeks,
the ocean, in
y in Kentucky,
Sicily and the
lisisquiteanew
I beings, fecund

They swarm
•e from a size so
: seen without a
ower, sometimes
!S smaller than a
» a size visible to
1 even reaching a
\e ocean; where I
Dot long, although
the most minttte,
always destitute
erefore living by
Kirishment by the
le body: whereby
i peculiar class or
i nearest to plants,
ng by their sponta*
rhich 1 called Po-
ly as 1814 in my

Semiology, and illustrated in my
Analysis of Nature in 1815. This
name is very gooil, but if not agree-
able to all, I have half a duzen
others to offer as substitutes: Bio-
fores, or Zoopores, or Leptreme$, or
Meioatomes, &c. Because it is my
wish that this class or large section
of animals should bear a good name
given by me,|instead of the delusory
one of Jlnimalcula or microscopie
animals, which does not apply to
all.

Besides it is very probable that
many other, if not all the animals
without mouths, must belong to this
class; such as the mouthless
Meduses, the Te*hya, Alcyons and
fipunges; perhaps some Oscillatoria
and Vonjervea. These porostome
animals are generally aquatic and
floating: but there are some fixed
ones also. Others are parasitical
{like many worms) living in other
animals. Some may be terrestrial
like the Qeonema above. The Mias-
mata or miasmic animalcula of the
air, may be the invisible birds of this
class, or aerial insects floating in the
air. This may appear a bold surmise,
butjt is not preposterous; they have
hardly been seen yet, but are per-
fectly well indicated already.

Lastly, there are also fossil
animals of this class. They must
have existed abundantly in the
primitive earth; and some of those
with a cartilaginous or leathery body
have been fossilizeti. My fine N.
6. Trianisites of 1818 maybe one,
also my N. G. Bolactites, Geodites,
Oranuiites, Tractinites, &c. dis-
covered in the oldest geological
strata of Kentucky, and united
protem to the Alcyoaites. Some
may also have been akin to the
actaal J)iyj,iporea of the sea, which
are real steny plants and not «ii-
mals; having no motion whatever,
being fixed, without mouths nor
viscera; no pcrfyps about them: a
mere vegetative concretion of the
aea witli minute pores. Some na-
turalists even deem them a kind of
«»arine stalagmites. We may well

wonder how Lamark pat them
among animals, it wns probably
like the Porostomes, Corallines, and
Spunges upon a mere surmise of
animality. But I defy any natural-
ist to perceive any motion in them,
or to find out" their polyps or
mouths.

I send you the figures and de-
scriptions of ten N. G. of aquatic
porostomes, whicii will demonstrate
the variety of size and form. I
described besides as early as 1814
the gigantic .Spioctomus of Sicily,
and in 1825 the large Scakniumof
the ocean.

1. Stigoma tripunetata. Ocean,
one inch, cuneate flat, head obli-
quely bilobe, tail mucronate, three
dots on the back.

2. Lobuloma inequalis. Ocean,
one line, flat with six unequal lobes
on the roar^rin.

3. Thalanema capitata. Ocean,
two inches, filiform flexuose like
Vibrio, but one end enlarged oboval
obtuse.

4. Zoocoilon kvis, Sicily, half
inch, subglobular, truncate, with a
large cavity occupying the whole
inside. •

5. Polasmiis peetinatus. Sicily,
one inch, oblong lamellar or pecti-
nate beneath transversal ly.

6. Diplepha gibbosa. Lake
Erie, half line, oblong sinuose,
gibbose, two pairs of geminate
bristles, a fiftli at one end.

7. Disynema isella. Kentucky,
pools, microscopic. Two threads
united at both ends, like a con-
ferva, but with free motion.

8. Blobula varinns. Kentucky,
infusory. Oblong sinuate, one end
with five bristles, the other with
one.

9. Peetieoma paradoxa. Kent,
infus. oblong sinuate, ciliated be-
neath, bristles unequal three longest,
one in the middle and another at
each end.

10. Loneoma incvrva. Kent, in-
fus. oblong compressed shaped like
a curved knife, the two ends acute,
one raised ttp, no <H;gaiis.

Wi^i^i^>iimi)mi^if^^^imkm«

mmmm

:T'9»(.-.

\'l

I semi' you also the figures and
descrifttions ot 'five new fishes No. S
to 7. Zonipus pimctatus, Semotilus
notatus, Lepemiuntu fasciolatus
and bilineatus, Luxilus auratUus
and Zonargyra vireacens. All
observed in the waters of Kentucky
since publishing my Ichthyology of
the Ohio in 1 b20, except the Le-
pemiurus.

To be Continued.

16. DescripHon of the Spelerpes or
Salamander of the caves of Ken-
tucky. By C S. Rafinesque.
In 1821 i discovered anew Sala-
mander, dwelling permanently in
the dark caves of limestone near
Lexington. It never comes out to
the light, being found there in sum-
mer. Its eyes are calculated for this
life: they arc large elliptical, with a
large black pupil like the cats to
shade them from the least access of
light.' It is called Cave Puppet in
Kentucky, while the other Sala-
manders are named Ground Pup-
pets. Several specimens were pre-
served in the Museum of the
Lexington University, presented by
Dr. Crockatt. •

It appears to form a peculiar N.
G. or S. G. among the Salamanders,
which I call Spelerpes, meaning
Cave reptile. Head round, broad
and flat;mouth very large,split to the
neck, jaws with small teeth, obtuse
in the upper jaw, acute in the lower.
Feet semi-palmated, anterior with
four toes, hinder with five toes.
Tail cylindrical, slightly compres-
sed at the base. Eyes oblong with
a pupil.

Spelerpes lucifuga. Entirely
orange colour, covered with small
oblong black dots all over, jaws
equal. Tail very long, five eighths
of whole length, which is from four
to six inches.

ir. GEOLOGY AND HISTORY.

History of China before the flood.
By C. S. Rafinesque.
The traditions presented bymany
ancient nations of the earliest his-

tory of the earth and mankind, be-
fore and after the great geological
floods, which have desolated the
globe, are highly interesting; they
belong at once to geology, arche-
ohiy, history and many other sci-
ences. They are the only glimpse
to guide us where the fossil remains
or medals of nature are silent or
unknown.

Ancient China was in the east-
ern slopes and branches of the
mountains of Central Asia, the hoa-
ry Imalaya, where it is as yet very
doubtful whether the flood thorough-
ly extended. The traditional his-
tory of China speaks of two great
floods, which desolated but did not
overwhelm the land. They answer
to the two floods of Noah and Peleg
recorded in the Bible, which hap-
pened towards 3170, and 2357 be-
fore our era, and have often been
erroneously blended into one by
several historians. The second or
flood of Peleg, or Yao in China, was
caused by volcanic paroxysms all
over the earth, and much less fatal
than the first of Noah^ or Yn-ti in
China.

The following details are taken
chiefly from the Chinese historians
Lo-pi and Liu-ju, whose works are
called T-tse and Uai-ki, as partly
translated by Leroux. Due allow-
ance must be made for the allegori-
cal and amplifying traditions; but
truth may be sifted from them.
The Chinese have few fables in
their history; they deal in facts
rather than fictions.

The first flood of China happened
under the 8th KI or period called
Fn-ti, and the first emperor of it.
Chin-sang about 3170 years before
Christ, or 5002 years ago. The
waters overflowed the land, and did
not return to their usual channels
for a long while; tiie misery of man-
kind was extreme, the beasts and
serpents were very numerous, the
storms and cold had increased with
heavy rains. Chin-sang collected
the wandering men, taught them to
unite to kill the beasts, dress their

.ySUBWI^ f H ■UtWi l'^ lW'u i mm i nn B H i ii ii M. nt » ■i ji» ii

sind, be-
eological
ited the
ng; they
r, arche-
ther 8ci-
r glimpse
I remains
silent or

the cast-
) of the
I, the hoa-
1 yet very
tivorou^h-
ional his-
two great
lit did not
ey answer
and Peleg
hich hap-
2357 be-
iften been

one by
second or

China, was
)xysms all

1 less fatal.
)r Yn-ti in

are taken
; historians
I works are
, as partly
Due allow-
he allegori-
litions; but
from them.
r fables in
il in facts

la happened
>riod called
peror of it,
rears before
ago. The
ind.anddid
lal channels
lery of man-
1 beasts and
merous, the
creased with
ig collected
ight them to
, dress their

skins for clothing, and to weave
their fur into webs and caps. He
was venerated for these benefits,
and began a SHI or dynasty that
lasted 330 years, or perhaps reign-
ed 350 moons, equal to 27 years.

The two words KI and SHI,
translated Period, and Dynasty or
family, are of some importance; they
may have other collateral meanings,
and require a philological examina-
tion. As they now stand translated,
they would make the world very old;
since no less than 10 KI or periods
are enumerated (we are in the 10th)
wherein 232 SHI or dynasties of
Emperors arc said to have ruled in
China, during a course of 276,480
years before Christ, at the lowest
computation, or 96,962,220 years
before Christ, at the highest, with
many intermediary calculations by
various authors. But if KI may al-
so mean a dynasty or d ivision or peo-
ple, as it appears to do in some in-
stances, and SHI an age, or a tribe,
or a reign ; the whole preposterous
computations will fall, or be easily
reducible, so as to agree with those
of the Hindus, Persians and Egyp-
tians.

There are now three principal reli-
gions in China, each iiaving pecu-
liar notions on the Creation, and
early history, &c. as every religion
elsewhere. 1. The Ju-fciw, religion
of the learned and worship of an-
cestors. 2. Tao-kiu, or worship of
spirits, a kind of Shamanism. 3. Fo-
kiu, or the worship of FO, a kind of
Budhism. . All the diversity of
opinions on those subjects found in
various Chinese books, are owing to
this. The various opinions and their
concordance has never been proper
ly attempted ; yet it must be re-
membered that these three religions
are in fact mere branches of the pri-
mitive religion of China, the TAN
religion or worship of Heaven upon
hills as altars, of which the empe-
rors were pontiffs; somewhat like
Judaism, Christianity and Maho-
metanism are in the western regions,
the three branches of the primitive

religion of Adam, Noah, and the
Patriarchs.

Cliao-kang-tse, of the JU reli-
gion, has established that the world
is to last 129,600 years, or a period
called i'uen, composed of 12 equal
parts of 10,800 years called Hueior
conjunctions, ol which the half or
64,800 years were elapsed at Yao
towards 2357 years before Christ.

In tlie first' Hoei, Ihe Tai-ki or
Supreme Being formed the Heavens
by degrees, and by giving a motion
to chaotic matter. In the second
Hoei, the earth was produced in the
same manner. Men and animals
in the third, &c. The 10 last Hoei
answering to the 10 KI,but in a dif-
ferent chronology.

Lopi and the most learned histo-
rians place at the beginningof things
Hoen-cun, or the chaos, and fuan-
CM, meaning remote antiquity. Af-
ter which begin the three first KI,
which are collectively called 8an-
hoang, and commonly put down as
successive periods or dynasties; but
there are in my opinion many intrin-
sic proofs that they were contempo-
rary. The principal is that they
are sometimes called SHI as well
asKI.

1. Tien-hoang, meaning Celesti-
al Emperors, the very title yetof the
emperors of China. They must have
been the real primitive rulers of
mankind in Thibet and Western
China on the mountainss where the
early history of the Hindus places a
race of Heavenly kings, and the land
itself was called Heavenly or Ce-
lestial. The rulers had many other
titles, Tien-ling or Celestial In-
telligence, Chong-tienhoang-kun
meaning Middle-lleaven-Emperor-
Supreme, &c. 'Jo them is ascribed
the discovery of pictured letters and
books, with the rudiments of Astro-
nomy. The 18000 years of their as-
cribed duration, may safely be re-
duced to 1384 years, by reckoning
each year for a moon, as moons •
were the only primitive years, ev-
ery where.

2. Ti-hoang meaning Earthly

fimperors, Insteil also 18000 years
or moons, 1 384 of our years : which
is an additional proof of con-
temporary duration. They are said
to have been sons of the Celestial
Emperors, and fathers of the next
KI, all of which are sometimes per-
sonified. They must liave been the
primitive rulers of the Lowlands
which were called Earth in oppo-
sition to the Celestial Mountains.
To them is ascribed the discovery
of the solar year of 12 months of 30
days, makini^ the -year of StiO days,
as it was before the flood.

3. Oin-hoang meaning Human
Emperors were nine bpothers, sons of
theTi>hoang, who divided the earth
among them, and built cities sur-
rounded with walls, foundeu king-
doms and settled governments, be-
coming des|iotic rulers, while before
or among the other two KI, the
rulers were only patriarchs. Their
duration is extended to45,606years,
which if reduced to moons, would
be only S508 years. These GIN or
men appear to be the Jins or Oe-
nis of the primitive Arabs and Per-
sians, who came in contact with
them in East Imalava and Iran, fa-
mous in antediluvian history as
good and beneficent beings, friends
of the Peris, the ancient Iranians or

That these TIEN, TI and GIN
were not KI periods, but rather SHI
or families of mankind, is evident
by no Dynasties being numbered
among them. They are often col-
lectively made a Rl named San-
hnangi but then the U-long form
the second KI, while the third has
no name and therefore no existence.
I rather consider them as the three
first KI, either implying three
periods, or three divisions of man-
kind. And I find a fourth division
in the U-LONG (sometimes deem-
ed a fourth period) meaning Black
Monsters or Dragons, a metaphori
cal name for the primitive Negroes
of Asia, born in the sandy and
sultry'regionsofAsia, from the GIN
of whom they are deemed sons and

Lien-tong, six families or
8u-ming, four families or

successors. These U-lung had five
families or divisions, they were
barbarians, dwelling in caves and
on trees. This could not be if they
had been successors of the civilized
GIN.

Of the fourth, fifth, and sixth
KI very little is said. Lopi as-
cribes 90,000 years duration to
them including the U-long, which
if reduced to moons, would still
amount to 6923 years, a very long
period; but it is very probable that
they were partly contemporary
with the San-hoang, and some of
the barbarous branches of mankind,
since they dwelt in caves, rather
than towns. Their names were

4th. Ho'lo, formed of three fami-
lies or tribes: (are they the ancestors
of the Lola tribes of south-west
mountains of China?)

5th.
tribes.

Gth.
tribes.

The signification of their name»
which is most given, would perhaps
trace their connection with other
Asiatic Nations. The last re*
sembles tlie Samangs and Shamans
of Asia.

The seventh KI is called Sun-
fei, and had twenty-two families or
tribes, of which hardly any thing is
related, except that under the last
SHI or family Tse she, men were
more civilized, but a flood happened
which began the eighth period of
Yn-ti as stated above.

After this flooil, the history of
China assumes a different form, and
the names of the families, tribes or
dynasties are given. The subject
shall not be now pursued any
further; the antediluvian history of
China alone ishefe to be illustrated.
It becomes very prolix as we
advance. It has been suflicient to
show and prove that the Chinese
have traditions of the state of the
earth before the flood, as known to
them in Eastern Asia, that_ the
Asiatic Negroes were antediluvians,
and Uiat the deluge of Yao^ is not

>«Uc9LV#mnHWf^

-ifm>

•#»»»»«<i(p»»i

■J '« S)WI« l^ .. l l tJ, I JBM i » i l ll^|p»IT'^'l :! » M |II J.I|l l»»!Wli^|[pB p. l l i ||J l l l |« l t

-pw

ng Imd five
hey were
caves and
t be if they
le civilixed

and sixth
Lopi as-
u ration to
ong, which
would still
a very long
robable that
mtemporary
ind some of
of mankind,
aves, rather
Ties were
f three fami-
;he ancestors
F south-west

families or

r families or

• their names
ijould perhaps
n with other
he last re-
and Shamans

i called Sun-
wo families or
y any thing is
under the last
she, men were
flood happened
ghth period of

the history of
erent form, and
nilies, tribes or
. The subject
pursued any
nvian history of
o be illustrated,
prolix as we
jen sufficient to
lat the Chinese
the state of the
>od, as known to
Asia, that the
re antediluvians,
e of Yao, is not

that of Noah as generally supposed, I
which to support still more, (he SHI
between Vnti and Vao are given.

The eighth KI or Fn-ti had
thirteen SHI or families, all named
in history with some details, which
I only deem as many Emperors,

The ninth was Shen-iong with
twenty-one SHI, which here turn
out to be 21 Emperors instend of
families! A convincing proof that
the previous ones in more obscure
times were such also. Here details
abound likewise.

The tenth KI or actual period,!
opens with the three Hoang or
August Emperors,called Fuhi,8hin-
nong, and Hoang-ti: to whom great
improvements, discoveries, and acts
are ascribed. Fuhi has been very
gratuitously taken for Noah, by
some prejudiced historians, al-
though no flood happened in his
time, and thirty-five Emperors
reigned between the flood and him:
because with him some writers begin
the regular history of China.

After the three Hoang, came the
U-ti or five elective Emperors, of
which Yao is the fourth, in whose
time the flood of Peleg, which con-
vulsed the whole globe, was felt in
China during nine years in dreadful
inundations, towards 2357 before
our Era. In 2207 began the Ilia
dynasty, the first regutar historical
family. Much obscurity is found
previously, the five Emperors were
really six, ore being soon deposed is
often omitted. The three Augusts
had each a dynasty ofteii omi'tted,
the head being only reckoned.

Fuhi had fifteen successors reign-
ing altogether 115 years.

Shin-nong had seven, dynasty
lasted 140 years.

Hoangti dynasty lasted 100
years.

_ Many other floods are mentioned
since in Chinese history, as many
as aixty-five: but they were ail
local and did not extend over the
whole of China, although that of
185 before Christ was dreadful, and
this or another formed the Yellow
4

sea by overwhelming all the land
between Corea and China.

The state of mankind before the
flood of Yntj (or Noah, which agrees
in time Avith the seventy computa-
tion) is represented as happy.
China, called Tien-hia or Celestial
Region, (universe) was ruled )ij
benevolent monarchs who took
nothing and gave much; all the
world submitted to their virtues and
good laws. They wore no crown,
but long hair; never made war and
put no one to death. Harmony
I even reignwl between men anH
animals; men lived nn roots, fruits
and cattle, they did not follow
hunting, property was in common,
and universal concord prevailed.
They did not therefore deserve the
punishmeivt of total destruction by
a flood.

This interesting and important
part of the early history of mankind,
is not yet inserted in the would-
be universal histories of the
western Barbarians, as the Chinese
call us. Our compilers for agea
appear intent on destroying the
little remnant of ancient historical
knowledge as yet extant Let it
be revived.

I conclude by 3 remarks, 1 Geo-
logical, 2 Chronological, 3 Philolo-
gical.

1. The Chinese account of the
flood confirms tlie geological fact
that the flood was attended with a
change in the year from 360 to 365
days, with a change in the seasons,
increase of cold, winds and rains.
The increase of cold hitherto sur-
mised, and in which I did hardly be-
lieve, is very important for the »n.
tediluvian Zoology and Botany.
The increase of wild beasts, who
had probably taken refuge in the
mountains against the flood, is also
important. It shows how animals
were preserved as well as man,
and does not militate against the
Mosaic account, since the word
translated AKK in the Bible is
THEBA, which means refuge, and
is preserved in Thibet

2. Annther Chinese book of chro-
nology, Li-ta, followed by Morison,
puts Fulii, the founder of the Chi-
nese Empire in 33G9 ycarit before
Christ, this would change the whole
series and does not co-ord inate well
with Yao, Feleg and the Bible.
But the Chinese nave various Chro-
nological systems as we have. As
many as 70 have been based upon
the Bible, reckoning' from 4000 to
6600 years from Adam to Jesus
Christ.

3. My orthography of the Chi-
nese is the plainest and shortest 1
vcould use, based upon the Latin and
Italian, except that SH is like
English and CH also as in Church.
The Chinese have the French U
which I have expressed by UH.
The word U (or 00 in English)
means Black and Five in old Chi-
nese. The Negroes and the king-
dom of U or the Blacks, have exist-
ed in South China till 280 before
Christ, when they were conquered.
It is said that there are even some
wild negroes yetin the Mountains of
Kuenlun, probably similar to the
Samanga of Malaca.

J9. Early Colonization from China
by i9tia.
Towards the year 3670 before
Christ, or 4502 ago under the
Emperor Hoangti, ships were in-
vented and built in China, by Kong-
ku and Hoa-huh, by orders from
the Emperor, with hollow trees and
furnished with oars. They were
sent to discover places beyond sea,
hitherto inaccessible and where no
man had ever been. Thus the
first Chinese Colonies were estab
lished in many islands. The
magnetic needle had already been
invented under Shin-nong about
130 years before, or about 2800
years before Christ.

In 2037 before Chirst, under the
Hia dynasty, embassies were sent
to China from foreign countries
beyond the sea; they came in ships
to pay homage to the Hias.

In 1197 before Christ, binder the
fu dynasty a branch of the Shang,

a large colony was sent from China
to Japan and other Western islands
IVoin whence they drove the ONI
or black d(>vils (negroes) first in*
habitants of Japan.

The exact time when the Chinese
discovered or reached America is
not given; but it was known to them
and the Japanese at a very early
period, called by them FU-SHAM,-
and frequented for trade.

These extracts from Chinese
history, throw some light over the
early history of Polynesia and
America, without proving that the
real Chinese ever settled in Ameri*
ca, where there language is not
found. But the Japanese and Lu«
chus, evident children of old China,
speak very ditt'erent languages.
China had formerly and has yet
many dialects. The ancient Oins
Hud Tienhias of China before the
flood, and the Hias and Shanga
since, may have come and partly
colonized America. C. S. R.

19. SCirNTIFIC EXPLORERS IN
AMERICA AND AFRICA-

Jltiurica. — Mr. Audubon ia now engaged
in exploring tbe Peninsula of Florida, for
birds, and to collect animals, as well as all
other kinds of natural objects, lie bat two
assistants with him.

Mr. Drummond, the botanist, has been ex-
ploring the Oregon mountains for two years
nast, chiefly for plants and seeds. He was
sent by some English botanists and gardeners.
It is said that be look to SI. Louis two tons
of paper for prt'crving plants.

Mr. Peale is just returned from bisToytge to
South America, and travels in 1831 up the
R. Magdalcna to Bogota. He has brought a
line Zoiilogicnl Cbllcction for the Philadelphia
Museum, among which are 500 birds and 60
quadrupeds, nbich were not there. It is ex-
pected that be will publish an account of his
zoological travels and discoveries.. He as-
serts the very singular fact that the R. Magda-
lcna has no shells and but few fishes.

Jlffica. — The mouth of the Niger or
Quorra has at last been found by Lander to
be as was surmised in tbe large DelUt of
Benin, 250 miles broad, and tbe R. Nun
the main mouth. Thn ' -'okseller Murray
has paid bim 1000 g l.-^eas. '..' the Journal of
bis travels.

Douville, a Freneh traveller, has explored
Congo and reached inland to the N. £. as
far as the lat. 4 d. south of tbe equator. He
is just returned to Paris where be will pub-
lish his discoveries.

China

e ONI

1-81 in-

^hinese
erica i»
to theni
y early
SHAM,

Chinese
over the
jsia and
that the
II Ameri-
e is not
I and Lu-
)ld China,
anguages.
I has yet
ient Gins
before the
d Shang»
nd partly
C. S. R.

IRERS IN
BICA-
now engaged
,f Florid*, for
, as well as all
lie has tno

It, ha* been ex-
for two yeart

eeds. He *»••
anil gardener*.
Louii two ton*

omhie»oj«geto
in 1831 up the
le haa brought a
the Philadelphia
)00 bird* and 60
there. It i» «»*
tn account of hit
iveriefl.. He ai-
8tlheB.Magda-

ew flihes.
• the Niger or
ind by Lander to
e large Delta of
and the R. Nun
nkseller Murray
'..-the Journal of

tiler, ha» explored
to the N. E. at
■ the equator. We
rhcre he will pub-

20. GEOLOGY.

Entrance OF the Mammoth Cave of Kentucky.

TAe Caves of Kentucky. By C. S.
Uakinesque.

Among the various and curious
geological phenomena of Kentucky,
the numerous Caves of that region
are not the least interesting. They
have attracted long as;o the atten-
tion of travellers and Geographers;
but I was the first to examine them
geologically and zoologically, from
1818 to 1826.

In the last war, between 181 2 and
1815, they became of some impor-
tance by affording a good deal of
Saltpetre by lixiviation of their soil.
But all did not afford it, i>oine con-
tained a mere stone floor, or stalag-
mites, or a diluvial clay.

'Iheir number is unknown, be-
ing too many for enumeration; per-
haps fifteen hundred or more; of all
sizes from ten yards to ten miles
in extent. They are found chiefly
in the limestone region or the cal-
careous strata ; but the greatest
number is situated in the central
billy region of Kentucky, where the
limestone is covered by sandstone
and slate hills ; being however
found in the lime below, visible in
valleys : seldom in the sandstone

itself. They extend through the
three kinds of limestone, the Cher-
ty, the Specular, and the Compact,
chiefly this last. These limestonea
being of tiie oldest secondary or or>
ganic formation, called transition
by some Geologists ; but perfectly
horizontal without any visible dip
for 100 miles.

These vaiious Caves are of seven
different kinds, which I call

1. Cliff Caves, commonly called
Rock Castles or Rock Jfouses in
Kentucky. They are merely natu-
ral excavations in the cliffs of riv«
ers, somewhat like chambers, al>
ways small, without stalactites, nor
saltpetre. Common in East Ken-
tucky, and on Rock-castle river,
which takes its name from them.
Not uncommon in sandstone and
freestone.

2. Fissure Caves, found chiefly
in the slaty or shaly claystone
and coal region, being horizontal
or vertical fissures in the strata,
often without any communication
with the outside. Rather rare, often
concealed.

3. Sinking Caves. The outlete
of the numerous Sinking Creeka»

1 I

i i

•' J i ^^*l) i 9b»i*'h'i il. i i i . i

-■wtf^

•iMMMI

)

i •■■I

being subternnean channels of
creeks anil strcaintt, wliich after a
course of 100 yards to one or more
miles (lisappuar in them, 'i'hej
chiefly differ from the last by hav-
ing waters. Commonly inaccetisi-
ble, being filled by the water. Ve-
ry common, chiefly in West Ken-
tucky, in the open glades called
barrens of the sandstone table land.

4. Spring Caves. Uiving rise to
a stream wliich issues from them,
either to join another stream, or
sink in the Sinking caves. On-
ly a modification of the last; but
less coiiimun, sometimes quite ac-
cessible, forming vast caverns with
« vaulted roof. Chiefly in the
limestone regions.

5. Crater or Funnel Cavea. On-
ly in the lin^estone regions, very
common, formed by circular or
elliptical hollows, called Sinks in
Keatucky, from twenty yards to one
mile in circuit, and from five to fifty
Feet deep. Sides sloping inside,
similar to the craters of volranos,
but more of a funnel shape, with a
vent hole at the bottom, leadin;^ to
a fissure, spring or cave. W hen
this hole is choked up by earth, the
basin fills with water and forms a
pnnd. The sinks arc, according to
roy eruptive theory of the limestone
and clay formations, the springs,
craters, or spouts from whence issu-
ed in the sea, that limy mud which
spread horizontally, imbedding the
lossils.

6. Saltpetre Caves. Large cavi-
ties with galleries and chambers,
roof commonly flat, flonr with a rich
nitrous diluvial loam, commonly in
the limestone. The largest of all is
the Mammoth Cave, the entrance to
which is figured above, and an ac
c >unt follows beneath. It is in these
tliat bones of antediluvial quadra
peds have been found. Many were
discovered while digging for salt-
petre, but being often crumbling
were lost, the best were scattered
or thrown away, except a few col-
I'xted by Mr. John D. Clitt'ord and
ethers.

The principal fossil bones found
in them, and come to my knowledge,
belonged to

1. The Megatherium, nr an ani-
mal very near it.

2. My Jiulaxodon speleum, since
called jMegalonyx laqueatus, by
Harlan.

S. A kind of Taurus, either the
Bufl'ulo, or 7'. latij'rom.

4. A small animal like a Polecat.

5. A smaller one yet, perhaps a
<S(*r<'a".

The animals still living, or rather
wintering in those caves, where the
temperature is very mild and equal,
are bats and rats of many species,
and my subterranean Salamander,
SpeLrpes luc^fuga, which is perma-
nent tliere.

There also have been found a few
ancient mummies, not antediluvian,
but buried in the diluvium, and quite
preserved by the antiseptic nitrous
soil; they are not numerous, rather
accidental than otherwise.

7. The seventh and last kind of
caveo, are the Stalactical Caves, si-
milar to those of Europe, filled with
stalactites and pillars, as well as
stalagmites rising from the ground.
Itather uncommon and alwnys in the
limestone.

To give a tolerable idea of these
caves,! shall describe some of them,
out of several series.

Jeuning^s Spring and Lovedale
are two sinking caves of the 3d and
4th Series, between Frankford and
Lexington; both in the limestone
and shaped like an excavated bow,
with a large spring at one end and
a sink at the other. Jenning's spring
turns a mill, the excavation is IdO
yards long, 3 to 6 wide, and only 2
ur 3 deep. I<ovedale could also turn
a mill, but has none. It is rather a
chasm, 200 yards long, 10 wide, and
10 deep.

Elkhom Cave belongs to the 4th
Series; it is in the cliffs of Elkhorn
creek north of Lexington, like a fine
hall, with smooth limestone walla,
accessible for 100 yards and 'mure,
about 10 yards wide and high. A

ones found
tnowledge.

or an ani-

Ifum, since
jueotuu. ^y

J, either the

i'e a Polecat.
■I, perhaps a

ing, or rather
e», where the
\A and equal,
iiany specieu,
Salamander,
lich is perina-

«n found a few
t antediluvian,
ium, and quite
iseptic nitrous
merous, rather
•wise. ^
d last kind of
ticui Caves, 81-
ope, filled with
irs, as well as
oin the ground,
id always in the

_ idea of these
le some of them,

/ and Lovedale
U of the 3d and
I Frankford and
n the limestone
excavated bow,
at one end and
J enning's spring
icavation is 140
wide, and only *
e could also turn
e. It is rather »
ong,lOwide,and

lelongs to the 4th
cliffs of Elkhorn

Lington.likeafine
limestone walU*
yards and 'more,

ide and high. A

fine stream issues from it, quite fM*-
rennial and emptying into the Elk-
horn about 60 ynnls from the cnve.
Deer Lake belontfs to the 5th Se-
ries. It is one of the Iuri2;p8t natu-
ral ponilsof Kentucky, where hoing
rare, it in deemed a lake. Some-
what circular, nearly two miles in
circuit, constantly tilled with water,
without nny outlet. It is between
Green Uiver and Gla!)G;ow, at the
entrance of the Cumberland lime-
stone redun, where smaller sinks
and ponus are common ; evidently
one of them, filled up by water.

CrawJ'oyd\H Little Cave, one mile
from Mount Vernon in the sand-
stone region, is 2U0 yards long, full
of beautiful stalactites.
I 'If White Cave, near the Mammoth

Cave, is another with handsome
white stalagmites of many shapes
on the floor. It was not there, as
stated erroneously by Harlan, that
the Ju/aa7«(/on was found, but in the
Mummy Cave near it; a saltpetre
cave, where 3 mummies were also
discovered.

Bryants Cave, near Lexington, is
a small dry cave, in limestone, with
a small spring at the entrance. It
is like a crooked gallery, 380 steps
long, 6 to lU feet high and wide,
with an even floor and roof. It is
used by Mr. Bryan as a spring house.
It had hardly any diluvial matter,
but has a vent or air hole.

tiig Cave, in Rockcastle county,
nine miles east of Mount Vernon,
on Crooked Creek, is a fine saltpe-
tre cave, 700 yards long, surface
about I2J acres, divided in many
rooms and branches. Breadth and
height from 5 to 40 feet. There is
a sprintj; in it without outlet, but no
stalactites. As much as 1000 lb.
of saltpetre was made there in one
single day.

Mammoth Cave. The largest salt-
petre cave in Kentucky, near the
south side of Green River, in the
sandstone hills; but quite in the
limestone beneath. Entrance in a
cleft or chasm, very picturesque, of
which a figure is here given, drawn

by my«elf. I a!«o maile a rn. t
map of it as far as I went, which is
very different from those popular
eatch-penny mnpii already publish-
ed. In fact, all the popular accounts
of this cnve, in!<ei ted in the ephe-
meral pre»s, nre quite false, e^ag•.
gerated, or fabulous. Such is that
copied in the Saturday Kvenin'.( Post
ns;ainst my conHent, with my figure.
The best account is that given by
Farnhnm in the Arclieologia Ame-
ricana ; yet it is also lame and im-
perfect. It has many branches, all
in the gallery form, with a flat roof,
but very uneven floor.asrendingand
descending, with many fallen stones
forming sometimes hills. The
branches are croaked, like a laby-
rinth, sometimes descending under
each oth^r, with springs and a few
stalactical pillars. Fanciful names
have been given to these branches,
galleries, called rnums and halls
when expanding. The whole length
is yet unknown, being very difficult
to penetrate after 5 or 6 miles, but
9 to 10 miles have been reached,
and are supposed to extend under
the bed of Green River, which I
doubt, as the whole cave appears to
have been once the subterranean
bed of a stream, which emptied into
Green River, not far from the en-
trance, where the chasm leads and
reaches the river. Much saltpetre
was made here between 1814 and
1816; vats, oxen, and negroes em-
ployed, as in a manufacture; 25
miles of extent in branches were
explored to seek for the nitrous
earth ; no btmes and no mommies
were found there. The sides of the
galleries are commonly smooth and
of compact limestone, incrusted
with efllorescenco, native nitre,
glauber salts, yellnw ochre, calca-
reous incrustations, 8ic. in various
places. They cover the few fossils
of the strata, yet I observed some
Madrepores, a fine JUastrema, and
a Turbinnlite. In a room, a kind
of black flint or rather chert is found,
indicating the cherty limestone.
The temperature of this cave la

-JJ

■^

■:;l

! m

■ 'm
m

permanent, at about 56 degrees;
therefore cold in summer and warm
in winter. It it the wintering
quarter of thousands of bats of Ave
new species of mine which resort
to it in winter onljr from 1(K) miles
around: and remain suspended to
the roof in a half sleepy or torpid
state. Each species appears to oc
cupjr a gallery or room by itself.
Large rats dwell there v'so in
winter and feed on the bats they
can catch or who full; no snakes
dwell there. In coming out of it
in summer after an exploration, the
outside air appears as sultry as an
oven, and in winter so cold as to
chill and be dangerous for the
health, by the sudden change.

This cave upon the whole ap-
pears very similar to one of Siberia
described by Gmelin. The roof is
flat and lofty throughout.

21. Oeological Strata of Ohio and
Kentucky. By C. 8. U.

The following are the series of
(i<;ol(wical formations extending
iron Lake Erie in lat 42,*> to Ten-
ne.Hsee in lat. 36 j° through Ohio,
In^iiana and Kentucky, chieHy ex-
tracted from my Geology and Oryc-
tolotty of Ohio and Kentucky.
They are, as well as the Physical
geography of these large states,
almost unknown. The maps and
accounts of;Maclure and James
are quite erroneous.

The series begin at the deepest
or lowest formation and strata
nearly at the level of the sea, up to
the highest in the Cumberland
mountain about 1700 feet above the
sea. But the tertiary formation or
latest do not rise so high. They are
all horizontal or nearly so,belonging
to the Floetz formations of Werner,
'fhey all contain more or less fossil
remains of the most ancient order,
including Alcyonites, Corals, and
Trilobites, of 1000 new O. or N.
Sp. mostly different from those of
Europe and the Atlantic states.

Primitive boulders are only
found thinly scattered through

Ohio as far south as lat. 89". t
never saw a single one in Kentucky,
but many gritty and limy angular
boulders in some places.

Succensive Serin, hyJge.
1. Lowest series of formations-
Limestone.

1. Compact L. Grejr chiefly.

2. Specular, blue.

3. Oolitic, white.

4. Shaly.

5. Cherty.
2d Series. Carbonic.

1. Clay slate.

2. Bituminous coal.

3. Foliated slate.
3d Series. Grit ( Chris of the French.)

1. Pebble stone.

2. Freestone.

3. Gritstone, highest stratum.

4. Sandstone, briiwn chiefly.

5. Iron stone.
4th Series. Clay.

1. Ferruginous clay.

2. Saliferous clay.

3. Marly clay.

4. Potters' clay.

5. Common clay.
5th Series. Alluvial.

1. Diluvium.

2. Alluvion.
But these formations do not

always occur tosether; many are
often lacking. When present the
above is their respective position or
most general succession of superin*
cumbence. However there are
many anomalies of position in vari-
ous places, which baffle all the
actual fanciful systems of Geology;
but find a very easy solution in my
natural theory.

For instance, beds of coal are
sometimes found between the strata
or beds of limestone! instead of
slate. Elsewhere between sand-
stone above the slate. Large beds
of limestone have often strata of
clay from 1 to 6 inches thick be-
tween each stratum of limestone,
either iparly or saliferous clay.
Thus the cnal and clay are out of
their natural position, breaking the
series made out in Europe for the
whole world.

t.^

I M Ut. 89«. I
one in Kentuckj,
ind limy tngulir
places.
'.rieu, hyJgt'

of formations-
Grey chiefljr.
ue.

lie.

coal.

te-
res of the French.)

ighest stratum,
brown chiefly.

I clsy.
clay.

'7-
iTial.

brmations do not
Dgethen many are

When present the
spective position or
ccesston of superin-
Bwever there are

of position in vari-
lich baffle all the
lyatems of Geology;
easy solution in my

>, beds of coal are
d between the strata
lestone! instead of
ere between sand-
• slate. Large bed§
ave often strata of
6 inches thick be-
ratum of limestone,
or saliferous clay,
ind clay are out of
ttsition, breaking the
it in Europe for the

The Oolitic series which had been
denied to Anierico, 1 have found in
the Cumberland baain, but reduced
to a thin stratum, imbedded in
other limestone. This Oolite is not
the false Oolite of Kurope, or
granular sandy limestone; but the
true Oolite, formed by small white
hollow globules, similar to the roe oi
fishes.

My natural geological theory of
these western strata, which was
taught in my lectures in the Uni-
versity of Lexington as early as
1819 and 1820, consists in deeming
all these formations, beds and strata,
without exception, formed by alter-
nate submarine eruptions of matter,
slime or water in the primitive
ocean, from oceanic SALSES or
volcanoes without fire. The dilu-
vium was formed by a flood of
eruptive waters when the land
had been uncovered by the ocean.
This theory I am prepared to sup-
port and maintain, prove and de-
fend against all the geologists of
England, France, America, or the
whole world: whatever be the
system they may have formed by
looking at a few European or local
formations elsewhere.

The minerals found in them are
chiefly iron, hematite, pyrites, lead,,
xinc, manganese, calcedony, jasper,
onyx, chert, quartz, barytes, ame-
thyst, beryls, spars, marlstone, bo-
lites, nitre, salt, bitumen, sulphur,
alum, vitriol, geodes, &c.

22. MINERALOGY.
Oold Minea of J^orth America. Bu
C. S. R. •

The gold mines of the United
States, wore known to the Indians
in 1539, when Soto invaded them;
but they had the ability to bewilder
him, and conceal them. Else this
country would have been colonised
or desolated by the Spaniards.
The French of Laudoniere and the
first settlers of Virginia also vainly
sought them. Their knowledge
was almost lost, when discovered

spin in N. Carollns towards 1804.
1 he first gold sent from thence to
the U. S. Mint was in 1814. The
(|uantity was small, but lias been in-
creasing ever since. In 18;10 the
Mint received and coined £134,000
of gold, uf which

8128,000 from N. Carolina.
3.500 S. Carolina.

2.300 Virginia.

But last year. 1831, the i|uantity
received and coined was 2798,000:
a pro<ligious increase of S6;o,000
in one year.

S476.000 from Georgia.
294.000 N.andS.Carolina.

26,000 Virginia.

1,000 Alabama.

1.000 Tennessee.

At this rate, the southern statei
willJ)ecome a gold mining country.
The gold is chiefly found in dilu-
vial and alluvial barren tracts
near the primitive granitic range,
called Blue mt8.or Kitaniny. where
it blends with the Apalachian mts.
the southern termination of the
gritty Alleghany. It is procured
by washing chiefly. Some veins
have lately been iound, and begin
to be worked.

The Cheroki country, which it
in the very centre of such region
and mountains, is supposed to be
very rich in gold, having perhaps
veins of it in site. This has increas-
ed the cupidity of theGeorgians, who
have invaded those mines, and want
to compel the Cherokis to evacuate
the land; by nearly imitating the
Spaniards, and making the Chero-
kis (who are as civilized as the
Georgians) outlaws in their country.
Gold mines bring no solid
wealth, they are soon exhausted, or
the proceecls wasted. Georgia will
find it out at her cost Meantime
companies and adventurers are
pursuing this delusive search; some
succeed, but as many fail or hardly
procure gold enough to repay their
expenses. But sterile worthless
lands are becoming valuable, and
often sell at random and high rates
to speculators.

Y •

I J

«3. COMMRRCK.
Plan of a nrw 7'riiding rnyage, of
JnduHtrif and Science,
Our nation in the moit enterprit-
ing in the worlil, in muritiine (Juin*
iiierce. Our inurinprs penetrate in
all (lie •ran in purxuit «il Knin, traile,
and fiiiheriet. The whale and seal
fiitheriea have bern •tnurceiof wealth
and comfurta for all the aea-ports
which hove undertakttn them. The
nioat ardunua ui' all, thnt uf whalea,
chiefly pursued in Nantucket, New
liedford, and latterly lludtoot ia a
nuraery fur hardy aeamen. About
dOahipa are conHtuntly employed in
it; the whole crew go on shares in-
stead of wug«H, and often make
amall tbrtunea to settle at home
afterwards. The whales have been

ftursued all over the globe, and
atterljr in the stormy seas of Japan.
The sealing voyages are equally
arduous, requiring a residence on
desolate islands, the austral frozen
lands of Gheritz, South Shetland,&c.

We mean to propose another
trade or fishery somewhat similar,
less dangerous, less arduous, yet
^aite as profitable, and without any
of the bad chances of the whaling
•nd sealing voyages.which are some-
times precarious. We hope that
our hardy mariners and enterpris-
ing merchants will listen to us and
try this new commerce; making
money by it, at the same time that
they advance science and know-
ledge.

Here is the object and plan.

A vessel must be fitted out to
cruize all over the seas, to pick up,
preserve and bring home, a whole
cargo of fishes, shells, sea-birds,
seals, and every thing produced by
the ocean, the shores, or accessible
rivers. Besides landing in many
parts and collecting in the same
war, land animals, quadrupeds,
birds, snakes, land «hellR, mineraU.
tpeelmens of rocks,plant8, seeds, &r.

'Shat aech a scientific voyage may
be made profitable is proved 1. By
the great price paid in the U. S< al-
ready by showmen for living animals

brought fur sale, elephants, rhinoce-
n>s, camels, linns, &.c. 2. By the good
price paiil for their skins when they
died in the passage; the skin of a
rhinoceros sold forg.)OU for a muse-
um. .1. By the value which shells
and ccrals have had,even when com-
mon and sold at auction, while rare
ones fetch high prices. 1. By the in-
creasing taste for natural history,
geology, mineralogy and botany, all
over the United Htntes. 5. By the
number of muHeums already esta>
litthed, and their competition to
have rare things. 6. By the private
cabinets increasing every year. 7.
Ky their multiplicity when cheap
objects will be procurable. 8. By tlie
wants of universititis, colleps and
schools for museums, mineralogical
cabinets, herbariums, &c. 9. By the
several learned societies, znologicali
geological and philosophical vying
to collect rare specimens and sets
of rocks, minerals, plants, animals,
&c. 10. By the need of botanical
gardens, gentlemen, farmers, &c.
for seeds of curious plants or useful
productions, &c. &c.

There is no fear that a whole
cargo would be unsaleable: a market
for It would be found in all our lar|;e
cities, and chiefly Philadelphia,
New York, Baltimore, &c. But
besides the whole of Europe would
he open to us as a market, for
in France, Germany and England
alone, there are 9000 museums and
cabinets, constantly buying. We
have even heard ot a whole cargo
of 400 tons of sea shells in bulk
being sent from Peru to London
not many years ago. When these
objects shall be Drought home in
plenty and cheap, as many museums
aid cabinets can be formed in the
United States before the year 1830.

Therefore such voyage, trade and
speculation, will be available and
pnifitable. The cost will be almost
nothing; every thing is to be gut by
the crew, without half of the labour
and disasters attending sealing and
whaling. A small vessel, brig or
schooner of 120 to 180 tons would

MiwtMMnn*

^mm

Ktnt«. rtiinoee-

2. By the good
kint when they

the »kin of •
.^00 for R muM-
e which thelU
even wl>en com-
ition. while rare
.». \. By the m-
natuml history,
r and botany, »il
iuie<». 5. By the
»• already eata-

competition to
, By the private
r e*e-y ye*""- ^'
\ix when cheap
•urable. 8. By the
lies, coilegea and
fns. mineralogical
i,t.«u:.9. By the
cietiea, zoological,
>ilo»ophical vy>ng
«cimenaand »eta
», plant*, aniio»l»j
need of botanical
en, farwera, etc.
.u« plants or uaelttl

fear that a whole
isaleable: a market
undinallottrlaree
sfly Philadelphia,
timore, &c. Bot
B of Europe would
at a market, for
lany and England
5000 mueeuma and
ntiT buying. We
\ ol a whole cargo
gea shells in bulk
Peru to London
igo. "When these
"brought home m
as many museums
a be formed in the
•fore the year 1850.
ih voyage, trade and
\\ be available and
. cost will be almost
hine is to be gut by
It half of the labour
tending sealing and
lall vessel, brig or
to 180 tons would

do for lh« first experiment, 12 to
Iti men could navigate it, half the
numbiT rer|tiired fur whaling. The
outHt^ woiiltl be only staves and
planks to be made up into casks
and boxi s on board, some casks of
liouor t(i preserve fiithet, &c., laij^c
flHlies may be eaten and the ikm
only preserved iu brine. Shells
anil stones cost no trouble to pick
and keep. Some paper for drying
plants, suit, nets, bottles, &c. Be-
sides one or two years provision i
for the small crew. No portcharges
to pay, the vessel need not go into
any port to trade. The oatnts may
be insured just like those of whale-
men at 5 or 6 per cent, per annum
only. k

We should not advise the vessel
to be fitted fur sealing and whaling
at the same time; because it is more
expensive, and the crew might ne-
glect the object of the voyage in
pursuit of wnales. We should ra-
ther advise, if a greater capital is
disponible, to fill up the ship with
articles that may sell with some

Srofit at ports in the way, such as
uur and provisions, 8cc.; or else to
take out a freight to the West In-
dies or Brazil at the outset, and set
oflT from thence on the voyage.

We deem that a captain of com-
mon canacity, but some education,
would do to conduct such a voyage;
if he has some acquaintance with
science, or will tolfow the written
instructions closely atill better;
otherwise there must be a supercar-
go on board, acquainted with natu-
ral sciences, to direct the proceed-
ings.

As to the placet to go, no one can
go amiss. Any where will do; but
the most healthy, fruitful, and un-
explored countries best of all. For
instance: Brazil and Patagonia, Chi-
li, Peru, Guatimala, West Mexico,
California, East coast of Africa, Bor-
neo, Philippines, New Guinea, Aus-
tralia or New Holland, the SouUi
Sea Islands, &c.

Any one exploring the coasts of
those countries for one or two years

could not fail to bring a valuable
cargo of all these natural notions,
from a huge Sea Klephant, head,
skin and all, down to 10,000 ftshci
picked up at sea; and 9000 kinds of
shells, 200 of each kind would be
one million, which at one cent apiece
only amount to R 1 0,000, and some
Mliells will be wori.h a dollar instead
of a cent.
Csteuiflion ((ft cargo at A* (otetil frUui
1,000,000 shells at 1 cent S 10,000
10,000 fishes at 2.1 cents 2,900

Minerals, rocks, fossils, &c. 2,000
Living animals • ' 2,000

Other animals preserved 2.900
Preserved plants and seeds 1,900

820.000
The outfits could not cost more
than 02,000. the ship freight for
hulk alone SI 00 per month, o.-
S^400 for 2 years; say S9000 with
insurance; remain g 1 5,000 profit.
The half or 27900 to the crew.which
in 20 shares would give %375 fur
each, and the other %7500 for the
outfitters, being 379 per cent, profit
on S2000 for two years ! But per-
haps by better sales. 8300 to 700
may be divided on each share.

All this is so plausible, that we
invite the experiment to be made
at once, and any ship owner or
whaler who will undertake it mar
receive encouragement in Philadel-
phia, by writing to us post paid, if
no one will try, we mean to try it
ourselves, by chartering a small brig,
and raising the £2000 outfits by
dividing them in 20 shares of gtOO,
of whicn 3 are already subscribed.
We shall be proud of being the
first to open a new source of indus-
try and knowledge to our country.
We have had this plan in contem-
plation for several years past ; but
have waited to publish it, until we
have seen the time arrived when it
can be made very profitalde. For«
■nerly, when younger, wr aboulil
have been delighted to go on such a
voyage; but then science was not
yet budding as it is now. We most
depend on some active young man

-§■

. lAffciflrt'iijinii'ini'ii'triiiiirniiii,'

.li.

^0 go 99 supercargo, who can keeju
>i, good journal ot the vnjage, and
i|<itie the places where every thine
yi fouD<l The Rcnsalaer schuol
Height perhaps furnish some pupils
lyui^ble for such a scieQtific unuer-
^i(,in{;> or e)s^ some other Institu-
^pn and cullege; let them apply to
iia nost paid.

The outfitters^ shares are to be
00, as stated^ of glOQ each, and
the crew's shares as many, held by
fOi persons as follow:
1 A captain - 3 shares

I A first mate - S
\ A supercargo • 2
1 A third mate - 1|
1 A surgeon and 2d sup. l|
1 A carpenter - 1
'7 sailors, each. 1 - 7
'< A cook - - 1
, S boys, each j ^ 1
^» —

16 men and boys 20 shares

C. S. RAFINESqUE,

tkhtkalfqfhlnue\f and others in Philadelphia.

, , 14. ATLANTIC REVIEW.

Ve propose «t tax u. our linud will
allp7, to give Analyijcal and Eclectic Re-
TieWt, ortbe principal American works which
increast or revive knowledge. Meantime
^,^ofi give the liUet with critical nplicea of
■MC inch, lately publiahed ia America,
wnich may thus be reviewed.hereafiier. We
tuean to notice in this manner, all valuable
Aaierican wejka as they appear.
. I, Reaearches PfailosopliicBl and Antiqaa-
IMO conceiqisg the Aboriginal bidery of
America. By J. H. M'Cullot), Jr. M. P-
Biltimpre, 1129, 1 vol. 8vo fig. — Very good
hoak^ to tUt aa it goes, many omisaious, but
mwh latent knowledge on Amjerica i« here
re«ivr4.

'^. Narrative of the Captivity and AdveU'
tar^a of Jubn Tanner, who resided 90 years
■tooiig the Indians. By E. Jamea, M. D..
N«« York, 1980, 1 vol. 8vo fig. — Honiantio.
but with «iDch additional information on
Indi.M manners ^nd lungupge*. Tbe Mflai
(Graphic lyitem of the Lenap tribes with 110
glyphi or characteii is peculiarly curioui and
novel.

3. Ol»yjd Cualcb's Sketches of tbe Ancient
Hij^tery or the Six Nations (Oaguys or Irp-
quttis) Lewistown, 1827, 12mo Very cutiout
litlle woik by a Tuscorora Indian, giving the
tiedltioiw of the Onguy tribes. The whole
KjNV and important for American bistory>

j, TrtiveJa in Malta, Sicily and Gibraltar.
Bx 4Adreir Biglow, Boston, l&Si, 8vo. fig

V '' JUtJ:!i1S

— :A prolix tourist giving some important i!c-
'tails on Etna, ke. mixt with some errors.

6, Visit to the Sooth Sesa in 1829 and
SO. By C. Stewart, New York, 1831, 8 vols.
18mo. fig..— Lively narrative and picture of
the Sandwich and Society isliinds in llieir
new improved stale, afibrding some increase
to our knowledge.

9. Memoir of Cabot, author aaonymoasl

Philadelphia,! 83 l,8vo A work of historical

and geographical Krutiny and criticism, re>
viving Tost knowledge: but anonyi^ra
critici ere seldom believed.

I. A mas iaer's Sketches, anonymous. Pro*
videoce, 1880, 12mo.— A lively but stiper*
iicial work with many good maritime detaUs;
tbe most valuable areou Gheritzlaod and mi
seal flkhery.

8. Tour to Qrceee and (be MeditcrraDcaa.
By ^amuel Woodruff, Hartford, 1 vol. 12bm.
— Agent of the Greek committee mtd gift*
to Greece. Some useful information oa
Malta and Greece.

9. Observations on Greece, by R. Antfer*.
spa, Boston, 1880, ISno — A modest tHla
for cood travels in Greece. Sent by fhe
foreign Mission Society. Mueh usefuMa-
formation.

10. Natural History of the Bible, by
Tbadeus Harris, Bosipn, 1 830, 8ve. Leara*
ed, curious aud useful book; few mistakes.
The ancient names of natural objects giveo
there, are of importance on many accounts.

II. Cuvier'e Discourse on the Revolntipna
of lhe» Globe. Translation, Fbiladel|)biv
1831, 12ao. A cUasical book badly trani-
lat«d.

12. Covier'H Animal Kingdom, tratislated
by Dr. M'Murtrie. A cFBHical work in
Pbiloiopbical Zookgy, but deficient in de-
tails. Cuvier deserved a better Uranslator:
be, in here mutilated and perverted. The
appendij( is quite deficient

18L LIndley's Introduction to the Naloral
System of Botany; with the arrangement
of tl»e Atnerican Geneva under tbe Natural
Families, by Dr. John Torrey, New York,,
ISatI, 8vo^ Good work, tbe first attempt to
introduce the improved Botany of Europe
into general use here. But many omissiona
and iwperfeetions yet, both in the text and
appeoiiix.,

14. Cyclopedia Americana, translated
from a German Lexicon with a Iditions, by
several eolltbotatprs; Philadelphia, 1830-82.
SejveraJ 8«o vols, half completed. Neither a
Cyclppcilia, nor aii American worli ! but a
medley, similar to Nicholson's: ipade popbler
us in Germany by puffs: useful as far as it
goes to diffuse knowledge; but unfortonately
neglecting many solid <u<d practical portinni
of it. Spm* scitsujces not even mentipned.

19. Mpntbly Aqcricen Journal of Geo-
logy Bqd Natncal Sciences, by C. W.
Featlierstnhaugb, Philadelphia, 1831 andM|
tig. Useful periodical work well began,
bnf containing a* yet b«tt (em matertele on
Aaericaa (teology vA CtjeioU^fj^iiUfiii

• iw i m mm

■'W<»'^)|^ n i i » ..nm i i I . Il l l iii iii m i i i

W US,",* .»Jl ll^ifl*-

ij > K, i ,' ' .w".;'-." "w*"

log lome Smporleot t'c-
xt with fome irron.
luth Se«» in 1829 aoo
New York, 1831. 2 »ol».
arrmive »nil picture of
luciclv i»li<ndi in tlieir
•Sbrding »ome increwe

,bot, luthor •■onymotw!
,o._A work of Ui»tMie«l
rutiny •nil criiicitm, re-
idge: but aoonjiAOBi
slieved.

Btcheii,anonj«iio«». rto-
10.— A lively but »«>•»•
y good matitime delaUi}
eonGherilzlw»dai«»<b«

BandttwMedlterrtBWi.
jr, Hartf»r4 1 vol. \2m.
eek coBunUwe wd gn»
I useful informatioii on

Du Greece, by R.An^

IgBO A modert »tle

1 Greece. Sent by fbe
ociely. Muth useful «•

iitory of *e BiWe, »J
sBlon, »830,8v». LejrU-
.eful book; few mialakes.
'8 of natural objecU given
rtance on tnany accounts,
scourseon Ike RoTolutftwi
rranslalion, Pbilad«UA«H
pUMical book badlj Iraw-

limat Kingflom, translated
ie. A clBrtlcal work in
Jog,, but deicieot w H-
,e?v«d a blotter lr9M»*^;
(ted and perrertcd. »i>«

deficient. m-.-,.i

ntroductlon to the N»»w"
i; with «be anmngeMM
Genefau«»erthe^•l^Ml
John Torrey, New Xo«»
I work, the first atteWpt to
proved Botany of EnrBjo
lere. But many omissiona
I yet, both in the text «nd

, Americana, translated

pexicon with » 'd'ti?"'' */
Ms; Philadelphia, 1830-82.

half completed. Neither n
an American work! but «
Nicholson's: ipade populsr
r puffs: nseftil «• f»r as it
■owledge; but onforttmately
soli^ and practical portiOM
mces not even mentioned,
knjcrlcen Journal of Geo-
,1 Sciences, by C. W.
Wil*dclpWa,M3l andW,
iodlcal work well bagHn,
yet bnt few maUrtnl* on
>» VtA OijctoU>gjF,*Wfih.

lequire aclirt eierllona and IrtTeli to col-
lect.

\9. Voyages of the Companions of
Columbus, by W. Irvio; PhiladelpbiB, 1881,
•«n. A needful rcTival of American know-
tedfie, maue pupular by the style and fame
of the writer, like his life of Columbus.

17. History of New Plymouth, by F.
Baylies, Bstioo, 1830, S vols. Sro. A prolii
but raluable fragment of North American
History. Much historical knowledge is here
resived. It ezlenU from 1030 to 1692,
when New Plymouth was uuiled to Massa-
chuaets.

18. History of Louisiana by Barb6 Mar-
bols, translation, Philadelphia, 1830, 8vo.
Well written, but detcieni in the early
history; better in later timet.

19. History of Pennsgrlvonia to 1776 by
Gordon, Pbiiadelphia, 1828, 8vo. Well
written, few omiasions, a creditable work.

20. History of New York, by Moullon.
New York, 1st and 2d parts, 8vo. 1824 and

1826. Excellent work, copious on early
history, only carried as yet to 1633.

21. Treaties of the United States with
the Indian tribes; Washington, 1826, Svo.
published by order of Congress. Furnishing
important official documents for History.

it. Annals of America, by Holmes, 2d
cdition,Cambridge, 1829, 2 vols. 8vo. False
title: it is a Chronological History of the
English Colonies of NuMh America only, and
the United States; compendious, yet lame.

25. Travels in Guatimala or the United
Provinces of Central America in 1827-8, by
Dunn, New York, 1828, Svo. Interesting
nfcount of a country almost unknown, by an
•gent of the Bible Society; rather supuficial,
but many additions to knowledge.

24. Sketches of a Tour to the Lakes in
1826-7, by Th. L. M'Kinncy, Baltimore,

1827, 8vo. fig. Tedioui Bpistlcs of a louriai
or rather Indian agent; but some MidUion to
knowleilge may be gleaned therein.

26 Narrative of a second Expedition to
the shorts of tfae American Pblar Sea, by
Capt. J. Faanklin and Dr. J- Richardson,
Philadelphia, 1828. 8vo. Important addition
to geography, geology and all the cognate
wiences.

26. OmithoIhgiCRl Biography of the Birds
of Ameiira, by J. J. Audubon, Pbiladetphia,
1831, 4to, first volume, containing the Bio-
graphy of 100 Birds. Excellent work of an
nuibor uniting ibe characters of a naturalist,*
painter, a traveller, and a close observer. It
IS the text of his gigantic work on our birds,
or their colored flgurea of nalniaK tixe, a
splen>:id monument of geniiis and fine aits.

27. Medical Floru, or Manual of Medical,
Botany, of the United States of North
America, by C. S. Rafine^que, Pbiladetphia,
1828-80, 2 vols. ICmo. 100 fig. A very.
useful compilation, embodying nil iheaclual
knowledge on our Medical Botany, with o
muliiiude of original additions, both nedical itkw atate.

sa Th* Pvlnial, «r <h« art to cum wAim*
vent Ibe Conaumpiion w Obronic PhlkMi; hp
C. S. RsQuMqun, PhUad 182», lin*. tg.
Tbi» liula ssotk Iwthaa whntMMijipl^aMaM
wvongly dM^air of, how to *nn tfitetiullf
Ibis uial dintMe; nUiil dufirtmiKml

X9. EnmMKtioii and icctMit of tNM M>
auukable Objecu of Ibe Cabinet of Prof.
Rafinesqua, Pbilad. 1M1,SV9. inct. In 16
coluoms Ibis tract describes 110 New oojecti
of Zaotogy, chielly fossils of Kentucky, mon
Iban thick f olumei often can do.

80. Monqgraph of the Bivalve Shelh of
Ibe river Ohio, by C. S. Bafintesque, Iranalnt-
ed from the French of 1820 by C. A.Ponl<
son, Philadelphia, 1632, 12mo. 1 fig. 68 an.
The beat origkel wotk on our fluvintile
chonchology. Tho ir^nalater has oniitod
the 70 Gguics of the originni, and Ibe con-
tinuation carried to 118 speciei published
in >831. He might also ^ave added Ihn
posterior synonyms lo aid the atudents.

31. Manual of Botany for North America,
by Prof. 4. Eaton, fifth.edilioa,Albany,18S9,
12mo. A popular compila|ion; few reach
here so many editions; this l»sl is much cn«
Urged and improved, including the sooihem
planto of Pursb, Nuilal and Elliott, bat no
one else: therefore deficient- a* a compilation
for geberal use.

83. Geologicai! Text Book on North Ame-
rican Geotocy, by Prof. A. Eaton, Albany,
1830. Svo, fig. BMi a Geolof^al map of ihe
stale of New York . Tolerable attempt so (hr
as New York it Goncei;Bed, but toully dcft-
cicnt in oryctology or foasil ramaint, and mi*>
laking Ibe geological region (rom «Boaton lo
Lake Erie Tor Ihe whole of N. America, aa
the Englisb GeologiMiL atistake Ihe Geology
of England for that «( the viorld.

S3. Webster's Dictionary of Ibe English
Language, Boston, 1880, 2 vols. 4lo, and
abridged in a lhi«k Svo. Bulky, elaborate
wo(k, adding: iMPy thontand words to our
Lexicons; but lacking- yet as many more.
The Etymological pan it copious, yet totally
deficient hi ibe Sanscrit, tut parent of the
EngUsh as well' aa Latin and Greek, and
where aili their wordtt without hardly any
exteptifln, can be Uracad.

25. MISCGLLAVY.

Ptriodtcttl Press.— Nearly JOOO periodical
publications of all kinds are printed in the
United Slates; but soma are of very limittd
circujation, tivpavtod by Adfcrtisementt and
die monopoly of low, ratei of postage. In
Frani;e, ibey have doiiblcd lioce Ibe Revc-
lution of July 1830. They W«re 210 bcfmr,
I of which lBO«ul'of Patist now they are near*
ly 4100, of whirh SlOout of Paris.

S GH)kfical'><itkt9p[ FwnyjUtnio hat
been established in Pbiiadelphia on Ih^t2d
February, 1831. Mr. Gibson is the presi-
dent and P. A. Browne isecr'y it has chief-
ly in view a complete geological survey of

and botanical.

£Ulttti*'» fta— mtica.— In 18li, iha

jt.JC...,,..^.>.^-.. ,._ -j-'f^ ^ I

'.iaJ

tednOwB Ibiihtal diMue ha?e been 4807
k Londoo, out of 26,887 total deatha, or
■early one in five. In New York, 1023 onl
of 6862, or nearly one in six. One-liair, at
loeat, of tiieie fictimi of credulity in the ig-
norance of the Ikcalty, conid have been ia*ed
aad restored by reading the Palmiit, and ful-

lowlng Id direetioDt. In Philadelpbia, only
078 dealbt rrom Coniumpiion bsppened in
1831, out of* mortalilT oi'49SS, or len than
one in HTen, about 1 in 7J. It not Ibii dif*
ference to be partly ascribed to the Pulmel
being more used there than in New York, aud
not yet inlroduced in London?

\'1

iii

S6. FRAGMENT OF A PHILOSOPHICAL POEM ON KNOWLEDGE.
Truth is the sun, and Knowledge solar light
Streaining from truth, in beams effulgent bright,
I'o shine upon, delight, adorti, and bind,
By links of love, the human soul and mind.

Yes, God and truth are one, and both, what is,

Has been, will be. And truth we maj well deem

That part of God, which wi can see and feel.

To store the mind with ra^s of knowledge bright.

Is sharing truth, a beam divine to hold.

Those who neelect or spurn this lofty aim^

In mental darkness live, and blindness creep

Through life; while those who seek shall ever Snd

What they require, as God and truth have said.

A wish soon leads to active mental search

Of many kinds, to 8uit the taste of all.

Haupy the men who feel the noble wish,

And with delight the flow'ry path pursue;

But happier still when truth has reach'd the mind.

In streains of light of many hues and shades.

By thrilling sway, the dazzling flood delights

To fill and feed the human soul with joys.

We crave, and we receive the daily streams

Of lovely trtith, from youth to age imparted:

The more we crave, the more we do receive

Without disgust, since knowledge never cloys.

How sweet are those delightful tasks of truth.

Inviting men to share the joys of heaven.

Ere they can reach this last eternal home

Of virtuous souls and minds. Through earth and sky

The mental ranxe is found to roam at will.

And ramble fre^y there in search of science.

Subservient to the call of darine man:

While grateful truth becomes, his friend and tool

Of him who was, who is, an atom bom

But yesterday, to shine awhile and sink.

Yet truth eternal dwells with him this while.

And at his call does not disdain to lead

By gentle steps, from dross to gold divine,

His craving mind; from dark to bri^ter regions

Of knowledge pure, a lofty darins light

They take, to reach the scope of human life.

The thirst for light and bliss; the source of both

To find, around the throne of HIM, who rules

The world on high. Since God and truth are one!

^ •— C. 8. R.

ERRATA.
Vl^a 2S, eel. 1, fir preicnted read preeerved. „

M, J^ fir auM gives rtud aot givats. '

ii » iii"'Jg

mmmmtm

Id PhiUdelphia, only
lumpiion happened in
r of 493S, or lets than
D 1J. It Dot tbii dift
eribed to the Pulmel
han in New York, aud
•ondon?

iNOWLEDOE.

•ight,

;iB,

I deem
el.
bright.

er find
said.

i mind,

%.
ts

(VS.

th,

th and tkj

dtool

V
;ioni

both
es

re one!
C. S. R.

ATLANTIC JOURNA^.

«, T,«..,. ^ ^VCLOPEDIC jeCRNAL AND REVIEW
WTFHjmMEROUS FIGURES.

EDITOR, a S. RAFJJVESqUE,

Profeigor of Mitorical andJValural Sdencen, Uc.

Vol. I.] PHILADELPHIA. Summkp oHI^

Kmnotedge it the mental food of man.

[No. 2.

L ARTICLE.

CHEAP BOOKS.

Books are the vehicles of know-
ledge. The cheaper books are, the
more accessible and diffusible be-
comes the knowledge which they
convey.

manuscripts were few and costlji
knowled^ scanty and limited.
Since printed books have become
common, knowledge has increased
100 fold, libraries have multiplied,
and mankind have acquired new
means of enjoyment, of happiness,
and mental attainments.

But books which had been rather
cheap ItH) years ago, had within 50
yearsrbecome again very dear, owing
to a fanciful luxury in paper, embel-
lishments, and splendid bindings.
This was one of -the means, partly
contrived by the oligarchy of know-
ledge, to_ exclude the people or bulk
of mankind from the acquirement of
knowledge.

Happir^ however since the begin-
ning of this century, by the enlight-
ened ehterprize of^some friends of
mankind and the invention of ste-
reotype printing, both arisen in
France, a pew era ha» begun in
printing and producing again very
cheap looks; without precluding
embellishments: which the restora-
tion of wood engraving and the in-
vention of lithography,l)ave enabled
to add at a^eheap rate.

This new system, which promises
Mch happy results for the gradual
aad universal spreading of know-
6

ledge, has lately been adopted also
m Germany, England and America.
But unfortunately chiefly applied
(as at the discovery of printing) to
restore or reprint old books, rather
than producing new works. But
someniseful compilations, libraries

■n >'„ • ,. . . '"'"e'useiui compilations, libraries
Before printing was invented, of knowledge, manuals, &chavJ
anuscnnts werp. ft-w and matiir k- j._=j "'»"""'»» «c. nayc

been produced accessible to all the
classes of the people.

It is a positive fact that in general
mental acquirements and public hap-
piness, are now every where in pro-
portion to th^average price of books,
and the facility, or cheapness of this
manufacture of knowledge! of this
fact the following table may be a
proof.

ATerage price of 5 Vol. 8vo. of
books in retail, j 400 pages.

Before printing'!

was invented, j. gl 00. 00 g25. 00

towards 1400, J
Towards 1700,
Towards 1800,?

in England, 3

in France,
In 1830.
In England, *"
III the U. States,
In Germany,
In France,

1.00
5.00
1.50

VoKlSmo.
of 900 p.

0.25
LOO
a 50

S.OO
2.00
1.25
LOO

0.75

0.50

0.25

0.20

Therefore in France where books

are the cheapest, the people are the

most enlightened, and they stand at

the head of the actual civilization of

polished nations.*

But why could not the same
prices and results be attainable wilh
us? A great fall in the price of print-
ing and paper has happened within

.'W l fffWI!'"' '

■Ht^ijim W B^W I IHU iii i H 'iii iH- -J i WUffWI

A ♦ »C'« Wftr.-

15 years, all the prices have fallen
from 25 to SOper cent, even for Ste-
reotyping.^ — ^Engraving alone in all
its branclies is yet too costly, wood
engraving more so than even in Eng-
land, for lack of engravers. We ad-
vise 100 of the wood engravers of
England, who work at two shillings
a day to come here. Notwithatand
ing, some useful and cheap works
ornamented with wood engravings
have been published, such are Pro-
fessor Nuttall's Birds, and Profes-
sor Rafinesque's Medical Flora.

The high duties and taxes on pa-
per are also another evil; notwith-
standing the fall in prices, paper
could be imported for our periodical
press and books from Germany,
France and Italy at one half the ac-
tual cost, if our duties were not pro-
hibitory and a shameful tax on know-
ledge.

Our publishers who have capital,
employ it chiefly in reprinting En-
glish books, to avoid paying copy-
ridits. They steal English know-
leuge, and cramp with it American
genius. When these impediments
will be removed we can print here
as cheap as in France, and send the
productions of our press all over the
world, as the French now do theirs:
besides improving ourselves.

Benj. Franklin, junr.

2. PHILOLOGY.

Second Latter to Mr, Ciiamfollion on the
Graphic Syitemt of America, and the
Glypht of Otolum or Falex^ue, in
Central .4merfc«r.— Elemehts of thk

I ■ GtTFHS,

I have the pleasure to present you
hereto annexed, a tabular and com-
paritive view of the Atlantic alpha-
bets of the 2 Continents, with a spe-
cimen of the Groups of Letters or
Glyphs of the monuments of Otolum
or Palenque: which belong to my
7th series of graphic sign8,and are in
fact words formed by grouped letters
or Elements as in Chinese Charac-
ters; or 8ome\^at like the cyphers
now yet in use among us, formed by
acrostical anasrams or combinadons
of the first letters of words or
names.

When I began my investigation of
these American Glyphs, and became
convinced that they must have been
groups of letters, I sought for the
Elementary Letters in all the an-
cient known alphabets, the Chinese
Sanscrit and Egyptian above all; but
in vain. The Cninese characters of-
fered but few similarities with these
glyphs, and not having a literal but
syllabic alphabet, could not promise
the needful clue. The Sanscrit al-
phabet and all its derived branches,
including even the Hebrew, Pheni-
cian, Pelagic, Celtic and Cantabrian
alphabets were totally unlike in
forms and combinations of grouping.
But in the great variety of li^yp-
tians form oT the same letters, I
thought that I could trace some
resemblance with our American
Glyphs. In fact I could see in
them the Egyptian Cross, Snake,
Circle, Delta, Square, Trident, Eye,
Feather, Fish, Iiand,&c. but sought
in vain for the Birds, Lions, Sphynx,
Beetle, and 100 other nameless signs
of Egypt.

However, this first examination
and approximation of analogy in
Jigypt and Africa was a great pre-
liminary step in the enquiry. I nad
always believed that the Atlantes of
Africa have partly colonized Ameri-
ca, as so many ancient writers have
affirmed; this belief led me to search
for any preserved fragments of the
alphabets of Western Africa, and
Lybia, the land of the African At-
lantes yet existing under the names
of Berbers, Tuarics, Shelluhs &c.
This was no easy task, the Atlantic
antiquities are still more obscure
than the Egyptian. No Champollion
had raised their veil; the city of Fa-
rawan, the Thebes of the Atlantes,
whose splendid ruins exist as yet
the Mountains of Atlas, has not

even been described properly as yet,
nor its inscriptions delineated.

However I found at last in Gra-
may(Africa Illustrata) an old Lybian
alphabet, which has been copied by
Purchas in his collection of old
alphabets. I was deliglited to
find it so explicit;, so well connected

imm

investigation of
)hs, and became
must have been
sought for tlie

in all the an-
:ts, the Chinese
in above all; but
80 characters of-
rities with these
ing a literal but
ulu not promise
rhc Sanscrit al-
rived branches,
Hebrew, Pheni-
and Cantabrian
:ally unlike in
Ions of grouping,
iriety of li^yp-
saine letters, I
lid trace some

our American
I could see in

Cross, Snake,
e. Trident, Eye,
l,&c. but sought
, Lions, Sphynx,
r nameless signs

rst examination
of analogy in
ivas a great pre-
enquiry. I nad
t the Atlantes of
;oloni7.ed Ameri-
ent writers have
led me to search
Fragments of the
irn Africa, and
the African At-
jnder the names
;s, Shelluhs &c.
isk, the Atlantic
1 more obscure
No ChampoUion
I; the city of Fa-
of the Atlantes,
ins exist as yet
f Atlas, has not
I properly as yet,
delineated,
d at last in Gra-
ta) an old Lybian
s been copied by
lUection of old
s deliglited to
10 vvell connected

with the Egyptian, being also an
Acrostic Alphabet,, and above &\\ to
find that all its sign8>were to be seen
in the Glyphs of Otolum. Soon af-
ter appeared in a supplement to
Claperton and Denham's travels in
Africa, another old and obsolete Ly-
bian alphabet, not acrostical, found
by Denham in old inscriptions among
tlie Tuarics of Targili and Ghraat
west of Fezan : which although unlike
the first had yet many analogies,
and also with the American glyphs.
Thinking then that I had lound
the primitive eleuieuts of these
glyphs, I hastened to communicate
tins important fact to Mr. Dupon
ceau (in a. printed letter directed tu
him in 1 828) who was struck with
the analogy, and was ready to con-
fess that the glyphs of Palenque,
might be alphabetical words; al-
though he did not believe before that
any American alphabets were extant.
But he could not pursue my connec-
tion of idea^, analogies of signs, lan-
guages and traditions, to the extent
which I desired and now am able to
prove.

To render my conclusions per-
spicuous, I must divide the subject
into several parts: directing my en-
quiries 1st. on the old Lybian alpha-
bet Sdly. On the Tuaric alphabet.
Sdly. On their elements in the Ame-
rican glyphs. 4thly. On the possibi-
lity to read them. "While the exa-
mination of their language in con
nection with the other Atlantic Ian
guages, will be the theme of my
third letter.

L The old Lybian delineated in
the Table No. 1, has all the appear-
ance of a very ancient alpnabet,
based upon the acrostical plan of
Egypt; but in a very different lan-
guage, of which we nave 16 words
preserved. This language may have
been that of a brancli of Atlantes,
perhaps the Getulians (GE-TULA,
or Tulas of the plains) or of the
Ammoniane, Old Lybians, and also
Atlantes.

Out of these 1 6 woi-ds, only 5

have a slight affinity with the Egyp-
tian, they are

Nose

Ifr. L.

Nif. E.

Sea

Mah

Mauh.

Saturn

Siash

Sev.

Venus

Uaf

Ath.

Ear

Alps

Ap.

While this Lybian has a greater
analogy with the Pelagic dialects,
as many as 12 out of 16 being con-
similar.

Eye Esh L.

Nose Ifr

Hand Vuld

Earth Lambd

Sea Mah

Fire Itash

Moon Cek

Mars Dor

Eshas P.
Rinif.
Hul, Chil.
Landa.
Marah.
Purah.
Selka, Kres.
Hares, Thor.
Mergor.

Mercury Goreg

Venus Uaf Ucnas.

Saturn Siash Satur, Shiva.

Jupiter Theue Theos.

Therefore the numerical analogy
is only 32 per cent with the Egyp-
tian, while it is 75 per cent, with
the Pelagic. Another proof antong
many that the ancient Atlantes were
intimately connected with the Pela-

tian nations of Greece, Italy, and
pain; but much less so with the
Egyptians from whom they however
borrowed perhaps their graphic sys-
tem.

This system is very remarkable.
1. By its acrostic form. 2, By hav-
ing only 16 letters like most of the
primitive alphabets, but unlike the
Egyptian and Sanscrit. 3. By being
susceptible (if 22 sounds by modifi-
cation of 6 of the letters, as usual
among the Pelagian and Etruscan,
p. Above all by being based upon
the acrostics of 3 important series
of physical objects, the 5 senses re-
presented by their agents in man,
the 4 elements of nature and the 7
planets: which are very philosophi-
cal ideas, and must have originated
in a civilized nation and learned
priesthood. 5. By the graphic signs
being also rude delineations ol these

rr-

nui ii v i j iii

imiLimjUiiii

^yaical objects or their emblems.
The ear, eye, nose, tongue and hand
for the 5 senses. The triangle for
the earth, fish for the sea or water,
snake for the air, flame for fire. A
circle for the sun, crescent for the
moon, a sword for Mars, a purse
for Mercury, the V for Venus, dou
blc ring for Saturn, and trident for
Jupiter. Venus being the 5th planet
has nearly the same sign as U the
5th letter.

These physical emblems are so
natural and obvious, that they are
sometimes found among many of the
ancient alphabets; the sun and moon
even among the Chinese. But in
the Egyptian alphabets, the emblems
apply very often to different letters,
owing to the difference of language
and acrostic feature. Thus the hand
applies to D in Egyptian instead of
U, the eye to R, the circle to 0, the
snake to L, &c.

II. The second Lybian alphabet
No. 2, in the Tables, was the an-
cient alphabet of Tuarics, a modern
branch of the Atlantes, until super-
seded by the Arabic. Oenham found
with some difficulty its import, and
names of letters which are not
acrostic but literal, and 18 in num-
ber. It is doubtful whether these
names were well applied in all in-
stances, as the explainer was igno-
rant and Denham not aware or the
importance of this alphabet. Some
appear not well named and U with

V nave the same sign W; but these
are always interchangeable in old
language, and in alphabet No. 1

V is called UAF instead of VAF,
and U is VULD instead of UULD!

As we have it, this alphabet is
sufficiently and obviously derived
from the First, It out of the 16 let-
ters being similar or nearly so, while
only 5 are different, E, M, R, 6 and
Z. This last appears the substitute
of TH, of No. 1, and GH represents
G. Yet they are by far more alike
tiian the Demotic is from the Hi-
eratic Egyptian, and I therefore
deem thisNo. 2 a Demotic form of
the ancient Lybian or Atlantic.

I might hare civen and compared
several other Lybian alphabets found
in inscriptions; but as they have been
delineated without a key nor names,
it is at present very dimcult to de-
cypher them. I however recommend
them to the attention of the learned,
and among others, point out the Ly-
bian inscription or ApoUonia, the
harbour of Cyrene, given by Lacella
in his travels in theCyrenaica. The
letters of this inscription appear more
numerous than 16 or even 22, and
although they have some analogies
with the 2 Lybian alphabets, yet
approximate still more to the Demo-
tic of Egypt and the Phenician.
But the inscriptions in Mount Atlas
and at Farawan, when collected and
decyp^ered, will be found of much
greater historical importance.

III. Meantime in the column No.
3 of the tabular view are jpven 46
Elements of the Glyphs orotolnm
or Palenque, a few of these glyphs
being given also in column No. 4.
These 46 elements are altogether
similar or derived from the Lybian
prototypes of No. 1 and 2. In some
cases tney are absolutely identic, and
the conviction of their common ori-
gin is almost complete, particularly
when taken in connection with the
collateral proofs of traditions and
languages. These elements are
somewhat involved in the grouping,
yet tfiey may easily be perceived and
separated. Sometimes they are or-
namented by double lines or other-
wise,as monumental letters often are.
Sometimesunitedtooutside numbers
represented by long ellipses meaning
10 and round dots meaning unities,
which approximates to the^exican
system of graphic numeration. Be-
sides these 46 elements, some others
may be seen in the glyphs, which I
left off, because too intricate; al-
thou^ they appear reducible if a
lai^r table could have been given.
There is hardly a single one that
may not be traced to these forms, or
that baffles the actual theory. There-
fore the conclusion must occur, that
such astonishing coincidence cannot

ind compared
phabets found
he; have been
ey nor names,
ifficult to de-
er recommend
f the learned,
at out the Lr-
ipoUonia, the
en by Lacella
renaica. The
n appear more
even 22, and
ime analogies
Iphabets, yet
I to the Demo-
e Phenician.
Mount Atlas
collected and
)und of much
rtance.
e column No.
are j|;iven 46
fis of^Otolum
these ilyphB
olumn No. 4.
re altogether
n the Lybian
1 2. In some
y identic, and
common ori-
, particularly
tion with the
■aditions and
elements are
the grouping,
lerceiTea and
is they are or-
ines or other-
:ter8 often are.
tside numbers
[pses meaning
aning unities,
the Mexican
leration. Be-
}, some others
^phs, which I
intricate; al-
educible if a
e been given,
i^e one that
lese forms, or
leory. There-
ist occur, that
idence cannot

be casual, but it is the result of ori
ginal derivation.

The following relharks are of some
importance.

. 1. The glyphs of Otolum are writ
ten from top to bottom, like the
Chinese, or from side to side indif-
ferently like the Egyptian and the
Demotic Lybian ofNo. 2. We are
not told how No. 1 was written, but
probably in the same way. Several
signs were used for the same letter
as in Egypt

2. Although the most common
way of writing the groups is in rows
and each group separated, yet we
find some framed as it were in oblong
squares or tablets like those of Egypt.
See plate 1 2 of the work on Paten-
que by Del no and Cabrera. In that
1 2th plate there are also some singu-
lar groups resembling our musical
notes; q^ld they be emblems of
8( igs or hymns?

J. The letter represented by M
head occurs frequently; but it is re-
markable that the features are very
different from those of the remarka-
ble race of men or heroes delineated
in the srulptures.

4. In reducing these elements to
the alphabetical form, I have been
guided by the mere plausible theory
evolved by similar forms. We have
not here the more certain demon-
stration of Bilingual inscriptions;
but if languages should uphold this
theory, the certainty will be increas-
ed of the Atlantic origins of Otolum.

IV. -But shall we De able to read
these glyphs and inscriptions? with-
out positively knowing in what lan-
guage they were written! The at-
tempt win be arduous, but is not
impossible. In Egypt, the Coptic
has beo.n found such a close dialect
of the Egyptiau, that it has enabled
you to read the oldest hieroglyphs.
We find among the ancient dialects
of Chiapa, Yucatan and Guatimala,
the branches of the ancient speech
of Otolum. Nay, Otolum was per-
haps the ancient TOL nr TOLA,
seat of the Toltecas (people of Tol)
and their empire; but this subject

will belong to my third letter. 4
will now merely give a few attempts
to read some of the groups. For m-
Btance.

1. The group or word on the scat
of the sitting man of plate 4 of monu-
ments of Palenque, I read UOBAO
being formed by a hand, a tongue,
a circle, an ear and a crescent. It is
perhaps his name. And underneath
the seat is an eye with a small circle
inside meaning EB.

2. In plate 5, is an eye with 2 an-
nexed rings,meaning probably ilAB,
and perhaps the Sun, which is BAP
in the Lybian alphabet.

3. In plate 7, the glyph of the
comer with a head, a fish and a cre-
scent means probably KIM.

4. The 1st glyph of plate 15, is
probably BALKE.

5. I can make out many others,
reading ICBE, BOCOGO, POPO,
EPL, PKE, &c.

If these wordsand others (although
some may be names) can be found
in African languages, or in those of
Central Amenca, we shall obtain
perhaps the key to the whole lan-
guage of Old Otolum. And next
reacn step by step to the delh-able
knowledge of reading these glyphs,
which may cover much historical
knowledge of high import. Mean-
time I have open the path, if my
theory and conjectures are correct,
as I nave strong reasons to believe.

Besides this monumental alpha-
bet, the same nation that built Oto<
lum, had a Demotic alphabet be*
longing to my 8th series; which wasi
found m Guatimala and Yucatan at
the Spanish conquest. A specimen
of it has been given by Humboldt in
his American Researches, plate 45»
from the Dresden Library, and has,
been ascertained to be Guatimalan
instead of Mexican, being totally
unlike the Mexican pictorial manU'^
scripts. This page of Demotic has
letters and numbers, these repre-
sented by strokes meaning 5 and
dots meaning unities, as the dots
never exceed 4. This is nearly simii
lar to the monumental numbers.

aw'"

The words are much less hand-
some than the monumental glyphs;
they are also uncouth glyphs in rows
formed by irregular or flexuous liea-
vy strokes, indusing within in small
strokes, nearly the same letters as
in the monuments. It might not be
impossible to decypher some of these
manuscripts written on mcti paper:
since they arc written in languages
yet spoken, and the writing was un-
derstood in Central America, as late
as 200 years ago. If this is done it
will be the best clue to the monu
mental inscriptions.

C. S. Rafinesrue

PhilaiklpMa, Febniari/, 1832.

Note.— While this latter is going
to press, we hear of the death of the
learned Champollion, a great loss to
sciences and erudition. The 3 let-
ters directed to him were written in
January, February and March of
this year, while his career of useful-
ness was yet unimpaired; but they
were as much intended for the learn-
ed all over the world, as for himself,
and therefore were printed instead
of being sent. The third which is
to appear in the next number, will
however be inscribed to Klaproth as
a substitute.

We have lately heard that the 1 st
number of 3 excursions to Mitia and
Palenque. performed in 1805 to
1807, b' Capt. Dcpaix, has lately
been iv blishv 'i in Paris under the
title of Mexican Antiquities; but it
has ^ot reached us.

3. Primitive Origin of the En-
glish Language.

The best work on the philosophy
and affinities of the English Ian
guage is at present, the Introduction
by 5foah Webster, to his great Dic-
tionary. Yet although he has taken
enlarged views of the subject, and
by far surpassed every predecessor,
he has left much to do to those fu-
ture philologists and pliilosophers
who may be inclined to pursue the
subject still further: not having
traced the English language to its

primitive sources, nor through all its
variations and anomalies.

But no very speedy addition to
this knowledge is likely to be pro-
duced, since Mr. Webster has stated
in a letter inserted in the Genesee
Farmer of March 1 832, (written to
vindicate some of his improvements
in Orthography) that no one has been
found in America nor England able
to review his introduction ! although
many have been applied to! But I
was not one of those; few knowing
of my immense researches in lan-
guages, I was not consigned, else I
could have done ample justice to the
subject and Mr. Webster.

It is not now a review of his la-
bours that I undertake, but merely
an enquiry into the primitiv.e origin
of our language, extracted from my
manuscript philosophy of the En-
glish, French and Italian languages
compared with all the other langua-
ges or dialects of the whole world,
not less than 3000 in number!

The modern English has really
only <me immediate parent. The Old
English, such as it was spoken and
written in England between the
years 1000 and 1500, lasting about
500 years, which is the usuiil dura-
tion of fluctuating languages. Our
actual English is a natural deviation
or dialect of it, begun between 1475
and 1525, and gradually improved
and polished under two different
forms, the written English and the
spoken English, which are as differ-
ent from each other as the English
from the French. These two forms
have received great accession, by
the increase of knowledge and bor-
rowing from many akin Janguages,
words unknown to the Old English.
They are both subject yet to fluctu-
ations of orthography and pronun-
ciation, which gradually modify
tliem again.

The Old English existed probably
also under these two forms, and had
several conteniporaneous 'dialects,
as the modern English, of which the
Yorkshire and Scotch dialects are
most striking in Europe, while the

...f 'vx'-"'r:ti-/'^V~"™*'^'"^''*"' " 'i(|i [■"■■i-i"".

through all its
ies.

y addition to
ely to be pro-
pter has stated
the Genesee
i2, (written to
improvements

one lias been
Kndand able

tion 1 although
ed to! But I

few knowing
trchcs in lan-
nsi^lted, else I
e justice to the
ster.

lew of his la-
:e, but merely
riinitiv.e origin
acted from my
ly of the En-
lian languages
B other langua-
: whole world,

number!
jsh has really
arent. The Old
v&s spoken and

1 between the
I, lasting about
he usual dura-
inguages. Our
itural deviation
n between 1475
ually improved
• two different
English and the
ch are as differ-
as the English

rhese two forms
t accession, by
tvledgc and bor-
akin languages,
he Old English,
ct yet to fluctu-
ly and pronun-
idually modify

existed probably
) forms, and had
meous -dialects,
ish, of which the
itch dialects are
J rope, while the

Guyana Creole and West India
Creole, are the most remarkable in
America. Another dialect filled
with Bengali and Hindostani words
is alxo funning in the East Indies.

A complete comparison of the old
and modern English has not yet been
given. A few striking examples will
here be inserted as a specmien of
disparity.

Written Written Spoken

Old E. Mnd.E. Mod. B.

Londe Land Land.

Sterre Star Star.

Erthe Earth Erth.

Yle Island Ailend.

See Sea Si.

Benethen Beneath Binith.

Hewyn Heaven Hev'n.

Hedde Head Hed.

As late as the year 1555, we find
the English language very different
from the actual, at least in orthogra-
phy, for instance—

En«r. of Written Spoken

1555. Mod. E. Mod. E.

Preste Priest Prist.

Euyll Evil Ivl.

Youe You Yu.

Fyer Fire Payer.

Howse House Haus.

This old English is supposed to
Iiave sprung from the amalgamation
of 3 languages, 1. British-Celtic.
2. Anglo-^Saxon and Norman-French,
between the years 1000 and 1200.
This has been well proved by many
and I take it for granted.

But the successive parents «nd
the genealogies of the Celtic, Saxon
and Norman, are not so well under-
stood. Yet through their successive
and gradual dialects springing from
each other, are to be traced the anO'
malies and affinities of all the mo-
dern languages of Western Europe.

By this investigation it is found
that these S parents of the English,
instead of being remote and distinct
languages, were themselves brothers,
sprung from a common primitive
source, having/ undergone fluctua-
tions and changes every 500 or 1000
years. For instance, the Latin of

the time of Iloinulus was quite a
different language from that spoken
in the time of Augustus, altho' this
was the ciiild ot the former, this of
the Ausoniiin, &c.

The following table will illustrate
this fact, and the subsequent re-
marks prove it.

I. Old Englisii sprung partly from
the British Celtic.

2d Step. British Celtic of Great
Brittdin sprung from the Celtic of
West Europe,

3d Step. This Celtic from the
Cumric or Kiinran of Europe.

4th Step. The Cumric irom the
Gomerian of Western Asia.

5th Step. The Gomerian from the
Yavana of Central Asia.

6th Step. The Yavana was a dia-
lect of the Sanscrit.

II. Solirce. The Old English
partly sprung from the Anglo-Saxon
of Brittain.

2d Step. The Anglo-Saxon sprung
from SaxoM or Sacasenas of Germa-

the

3d Step. The Saxon from
Teutonic or Gothic of Europe.

4th Step. The Teutonic from the
Getic of East Europe.

5th Step. The Getic from the Ti-
rasorTharacaof West Asia. (Thra-
cians of the Greeks.)

6th Step. The Tiras from the
Cutic or Saca of Central Asia,
called Scythian by the Greeks.

7th Step. The Saca was a branch
of the Sansokif!

III. Source. Old English partly
sprung from the Norman French.

2d Step. The Norman French was
sprung from the Romanic of France.

3d Step. The Romanic from the
Celtic, Teutonic and Roman Latin.

4th Step. The Roman Latin from
the Latin of Romulus.

5th Step. The Latin from the
Ausonian of Italy.

6th Step. The Ausonian from the
Pelagic ot Greece and West Asia.

7th Step. The Pelagic from the
Palangsha or Pali of Central Asia.

8th. The Pali was a branch of the
Sanscrit!

i
i

Thus we ice >ll these source* of
the Enffliiih language concentrating
bjr gradual steps into the Sanscrit,
one of the oldest languages of Cen-
tral Asia, which has spread its
branches all over the globe. Being
the original language of that race of
men, fathers of the Hindus, Per-
sians, Europeans, and Polynesians.

All the affinities between English
and Sanscrit, are direct and striking,
notwithstanding many deviations
and lapse of uges. While those be-
tween the English and other primi-
tive languages, such as Chinese,
Mongol, Arabic, Hebrew, Coptic,
Berler, &c. are much less in num-
ber and importance} being probably
derived from the natural primitive
analogy of those languages with the
Sanscrit itself, when alfthe langua-
ges in Asia, were intimately con-
nected.

Many authors have studied and
unfolded the English analogies with
many languages; but few if any have
ever stated their numerical amount.
Unless this is done we can never
ascertain the relative amount of mu-
tual affinities. It would be a very
laborious and tedious task to count
those enumerated in Webster's Dic-
tionary. My numerical rule affords
a very easy mode to calculate this
amount without much trouble.

Thus to find the amount of affini-
ties between English and Latin, let
us take 10 important words at ran-
d'lm in each.

Wr. Eng. 8p. En;. Latin.

Woman Yumehn Femina.
tt Water Vuater Aqua,

t Earth Ertli Terra,

t God God Deus.

ft Soul Sol Anima.

One Uahn Unum.

tt House Haus Domus.

t Moon Muhn Luiia

Star Star Aster,

tt Good Gud Bonus.

We thereby find 3 affinities in 10
or 30 per cent, as many analogies or
semi affinities marked t equal to 15
per cent, more, and 4 words or 40
per cent, have no affinities. This will

probably be found a fair average of
the mutual rate in tlie Uld English;
but the modern has received so many
Latin synonyms as to exceed perhaps
this rate.

Of these analogies, it is remarka-
ble, that most are not direct from
the Latin, or even through the
French; but arc of Saxon origin,
which had them with the Latin pre-
viously.

Thus the affinities between the
English and Greek or Russian, are
derived through the Pelagic and
Thracian, unless lately adopted.

Bnxhorn and Lipsius first noticed
the great affinities of words and
grammar between the Persian and
German dialects: 25 German wri-
ters have written on this. But Wes-
ton in a very rare work printed at
Calcutta in 1816, on the conformity
of the English and European lan-
guages witn the Persian, has much
enlarged the subject, and has given
as many as 480consiinilar words be-
tween Persian and Latin, Greek,
EngliA, Gothic, and Celtic; but he
lias not stated the numerical amount
uf these afiinities. All this is not sur-
prising since the Iranians or Per-
sians were also a branch of Hindus,
and this language a child of the Zend,
a dialect ofthe Sanscrit Hammer
has found as many as 560 affinities
between German and Persian.

But the late work of Col. Kenne-
dy, Researches on the origin and
affinity of the principal languages of
Asia and Europe,London, l828,4to.
is the most important as directly
concerning this investigation; not-
withstanding that he has ventured
on several gratuitous assertions; and
has many omissions of consequence.

Kennedy states that the Sanscrit
has 2500 verbal roots, but only 566
have distinct meaniiu;8; while each
admitting of 25 suffixes they form
60,000 words, and as they are sus-
ceptible of 958 increments, as many
as 1,395,000 words may be said to
exist in Uiis wonderful language.

Yet out of these 2500 roots, as
many as 900 are found by Kennedy

^^.

fair average of
e Old Engliiih;
:eive<l mi many
exceed perhaps

it if remarka-
it direct from
1 through the
Saxon origin,
tlie Latin pre-

i between the
)r Uussian, are
i Pelagic and
ily adopted*
iU8 first noticed
of words and
e Persian and
! German wri-
his. ButWes-
ork printed at
the conformity
European lan-
iian, has much
, and has siven
inilar words be-
Latin, Greek,
Celtic} but he
merical amount
1 this is not Bur-
tnians or Per-
nch of Hindus,
lildoftheZend,
crit. Hammer
ks 560 affinities
1 Persian,
of Col. Kienne-
the origin and
[Ukl languages of
>ndon,l828,4to.
tnt as directly
estigation; not-
e has ventured
I assertions; and
of consequence,
latthe Sanscrit
s, but only 566
les; while each
fixes they form
ks they are «U8-
iments, as many
may be said to
ful language.

2500 roots, as
md by Kennedy

in the Persian and European lan-
guages, although the Greek has onlv
i220U roots aniTthe Latin '■2400. (Sf
these 900 affinities
339 are found in the Greek
319 in Latin
S65 in Persian
262 in German
251 in English'
527 in Greek or L(itin
181 in both German and English
31 in all the 5 languages.

This is something positive and
numerical; but unfortunately not
definite, and partly erroneous, as
will be proved presently for the
English. Kennedy denies affinities
between the Ccltic'and Manscrit, but
the very words he hasoftered as ex-
amples (only 100) oft'er many evident
affinities. His opinion that the Hin-
dus and Egyptians came from the
Babylonians is very improbable. It
was from the high table land of Cen-
tral Asia that all tlie old nations
came.

Th 251 Enslish affinities maybe
seen ii^ Kennedy, as well as the 33^
Latin, which are mostly found now
also in English through the words
derived from the Latin. These two
united would be 590 or more alrea
dy than the 566 separate meanines
of the Sanscrit roots. But Kennedy
has by no means exhausted the San
Bcrit etymologies of the English,
Although I have no English Sanscrit
dictionary at hand, yet I have many
Sanscrit vocabularies, where I find
many words omitted by Kennedy.
And what is not found in the San-
scrit itself is found in its Eastern
children the modern languages of
Hindostan.

Among my vocabularies, the most
important is one made by myself of
the principal words of the old San
scrit met with and explained in the
laws of Menu translated by Jones,
In these old and often obsolete words
are found the most striking affinities
of which I here give the greater part,
7

Knglisli
Written.
Mother
Mind
Mankind
Era
Hour
Virtuous
Antique
Beetle
Penny
Gas
Father
Play

Old Santcrit
Spoktn. of Menu.

Mother Mara.
Maind Men.
Mehnkaind Manavah.

Ira

Mauer

Vaertius

Antic

Bitl

Peni

Gas

Father

Pie

Malice ^sin) Malls
Patriarch Patriark
Middle Midi
Teacher Ticher
Hos (master) Bos

Before

Wind

Deity

Mouth

Eyes

mght

Phantom

Wood

Me, mine

Animate

Spirit

Uifor

Vuind

Deiti

Mauth

Aiz

Rait

Fantom

Vud

Mi, maihn

Animet

Spirit

Antara.

Hora.

VerU.

Arti.

Blatta.

Pana.

Akasa.

Vasus.

Waya.

Mala.

Patri.

Medhyt.

Acharya.

Bhos.

Purva.

Pavana. '^

Daitya.

Muc'ha.

Eshas.

Rita.

Vantasa.

Venu.

Man.

Mahat.

Eshetra.

Being 28 derivated words out of
84 of this old vocabulary. 33 per ct.

Another very singular vocabulary
I have extracted from the Transac-
tions of the Literary Society of Bom-
bay, and Erskine's Account of the
Ancient Mahabad Religion of Balk
from the book Desatir. Some words
are given there of the language of
the Mahabad empire, the primitive
Iran, which appears to be a very
early dialect of the Sanscrit and
Zentl. Out of 30 words 12 have
analogies to the English, equal to 40
per cent.

Engli

ih.

Mahabad

Written.

Spoken.

of Iran.

Father

Fiter

End

Antan.

Course

Kors

Kur (time)

Nigh

Nay

Unim.,

, s

,^^ w *n** -»g'f ji i-j ^ w I -J

' *P ' ."I I W '

mmf^^mimmm

"-WJifH

Amical

Globe
Middle
Sky
lioyal

Amikal

(}lob
Midi
Hkay
lioyal

Mitr

(friend)

(iul.

Mad.

Kan.

Uaka

(kinji;)

A^ai (nre)

Minhush.

lenate Ignet

Man Mehn

Donation Dunusiiiohn Datisur.

I could add here at leant 230 to
the 3J1 of Kennedy, if it were not
too tedious and long. But I can
safely vouch that all the 5GG radical
roots of peculiar meaning, forming
tlie baHe of th'i Sanscrit, are to be
found in the Eiif^lish roots, or if a
few are lacking it is merely owing
to some having become obsolete
through the lapse of nearly 50(H)
years, when tde Yavanas, Hacas and
Pallis separated from their Hindu
brethren, and the revolution of 6 or
7 successive dialects formed by each,
till they met again in the English.

Kennedy has even some obsolete
English and Scotch words, now out
of use, which are derived from the
Sanscrit

This enquiry is not merely useful
to unfold the origin and revolutions
of our languagejliut it applies more
or less to all the languages of Eu-
rope: which were formed in a simi-
lar way by dialects of former lan-
guages. Since every dialect be-
comes a language whenever it is
widely spread and cultivated by a

Klished nation. Thus the French,
dian, Spanish, Portuguese, Ro-
manic ancl Valaquian are now be-
come languages with new dialects of
their own, although the^r are in fact
mere dialects of the Latin and Cel-
tic.

The physical conformation and
features of all the European and
Hindu nations are well known to
agree, and naturalists consider them
as a common race. The historical
traditions of these nations contirni^l
the philological and physical evi-
dence. AU the European nations
came from the East or the West
of the Imaus table land of Asia, the

seat of the ancient Hindu empires
of Balk, Kashmir and Iran. The
order of time in which the Asiatic
nations entered Europe to colonize
it was as follows, 1 or most ancient.
1. Eaqxiaa or (hcann or Iberians or
CanUtbriana.

2. Oomarians or Cumras or Celts
or Gaels.

5. Getes or Goths or Scutans or
Scythians.

4. Finns or Laps or Sames.

3. Tiras or Thracians, or Illy-
rians or Slaves.

6. Pallis or Pelasgians or Hellenes
or Greeks.

The settlement in Europe of these
last is so remote as to be involved
in obscurity. But their geographical
potMtions, traditions and languages
prove their relative anti(|uity. The
Greek language is .o of those that
has been most permanent, having
lasted 2300 years from Homer's
time to the Turkish conquest Yet
it sprung trom the Pelagic and has

Siven birth to the Romaic or mo-
ern Greek dialects. C. S. R.

-9©0-
4. ANTHROPOLOGY.

The Fundamental Bate of the Phihtophy
of Human Speech, or Philology and
Ethnology.

Bt C. S. RAriNMdns.

The natural history of man and
mankind includes so many branches,
that some of them have been deemed
worthy of the proud title of separate
sciences. Such are Philology or the
science of human speech and lan-

?;uages, with Ethnology or the know-
edge of nations of a same speech,
which are so intimately connected
that they can hardly be separated.
Ethnology is a very modern science,
even later than Geology, and as yet
hardly, known in America, although
much cultivated latterly in Germany
and France, bein^ considered an in-
dispensable auxiliary to history and
geography.

Home Tooke has long ago said
that languages cannot lie; and the
most eminent linguists have all

«l

Hindu empires
and Iran. Tiie
lich the Aniatic
ro|ie tu colonize
or moNl ancient.
i« or Iberians or

Cuniras or Celts

8 or Scutans or

or Sames.
ncians, or Illy-

;iana or Hellenes

Europe of these
i to be involved
leir geographical
I and languages
%nti(|uity. The

.0 of those that
inanent, having

from Homer's

conquest Yet
Pelagic and has
Romaic or mo-
I. C. S. R.

POLOGY.

I tif the PhUo$ophy
or Philology and

ry of man and
I many branches,
ive been deemed
title of separate
Philology or the
ipeech and lan-
ogy or the know-
a same speech,
lately connected
y be separated,
modern science,
logy, and as yet
nerica, although
erly in Germany
considered an in-
y to history and

s long ago said
not lie.} and the
;uists have all

adopted that opinion. Comparative
Philology has always confirmed it.
The rcsultH of the most extensive
researches have proved,

I. That words arc the elements of
languages.

«. That the names [jivcn to the
most common an«« obvious obiects
are their first elcment»,aiidthelettst
subject to variations.

3. That words resembling each
other more or less are the liiiKS uni-
ting the dialects and languages, into
groups or clusters.

4. That these words must be such
as apply to the same objects, or are
synoRvmous in many cases.

5. That Syntax and Grammar or
the modes in which words are modi-
fied and combined are subservient
to the radical or elementary words,
and thus of much less relative im-
portance.

To these obvious results and rules,
I add three others which I have my-
self ascertained.

1. That a small number of these
words taken almost at random in
two languages or dialects, are suffi'
cient to indicate their degree ot ana
lo«y, without puzzling ourselves
with comparing all the words of
both, which may often be impos-
sible.

2. That the de^ee of similarity
analogy or affinities between 2 or
more languages ought to be express-
ed numencaliy.

3. That when needful to pursue
the enquiry still further or very mi-
nutely, the deviations or variations
of sounds in the compound words
might be divided into 5 or 10 series
of successive or combined changes,
additions or elision of sounds and
letters; whose numbers should ex
press the analogy, and by a division
of the total by 5 or 10, the ^yhole
numerical and strict amount of iden-
tity is ascertained.

To prove the correct principle of
these rules, without enlarging much
the subject, I shall merely select
as an example and illustration the

cardinal numbers in 2 well known
languages, Knglish ami French, so
us to procct'«l from the known to
the unknown, as always desirable in
science.

I have discovered and applied a
strict formula to fulfil these indicp
tions, and have thus almost reduced
Philology and Kthnology to a rna/Ae-
inntical demomtration of combined
or compound affinities. I call it the
Siftwremic formula, or the Numeri-
cal and Analogical Rule. Thus,

Prohletn. A number whatever of
elementary words in two dialects or
languages beinp known, to find what
is their numerical degree of mutual
analogy or reciprocal affinities.

Answer or Solution. Compare
each word, count those which are
alike or sipiilarj their amount is the
numerical degree of affinity when
compared with the whole amount of
given words.

fjy nples. Let 10 words be com-
p.i li, it two are found similar, the
r. .lult will be 2 in 10 = 20 per cent.
If 43 words arc compared and 20 i
found similar, the result is 20 in 43
> 44ii per cent.

Till now Philologists in compar-
ing languages had omitted to state
upon how many words they had
operated. By attending to this im-
portant basis of their labours, we
shall achieve a great improvement,
and give a kind of mathematical
certainty to the whole.

I shall not pursue now this for-
mula upon the plan of my 3d rule,
so as to find the numerical degree of
identity of two languages, as it re-
quires many explanations; but the
mode, problem, answer and exam-
ples are upon the same principle.

Let us apply it to the cardinal
numbers in English and French, rt-
membering that these two languages
are double in form, having each a
written and a spoken dialect: the
spoken form will be written on the
principles of universal and strict
phonology, as far as our letters and
signs in use allow it.

. «i .iii.. nn < .. n. i ) ii r> ijyii. ii | |pi| p ■■

Sp. E.

Wr. Fr.

Sp. Pr.

Uahn

CEn

deux

doe.

thri

trois

trua.

fuor

quatre

katr'.

faiv

cinq

senk.

siks

SIX

81S.

sev'n

sept

set.

eit

huit

hdit.

naihn

neuf

noef.

tehn

dix

dis.

Wr. E.

One

?two

three

tfoifr

tfive

six

seven

ei^ht

?nine

tten

In the 3 numbers marked t there
is no affinity, in those two ? the
analogy is rather remote.

Thus the English and French lan-
guages compared merely by their 10
cardinal numbers, which are a very
fair scale in many languages, evince
a considerable analogy of 7 in 10
equal to 70 per cent. 'But if the
numbers 2 and 9 with remote analo-
gies are only reckoned for 1, it is
reduced to 6 in 10 = 60 per cent.
While by the formula of identity, it
is still further reduced to 42 in 100
or 42 per cent, of positive identity,
derived from the 3 parents of both
languages, the Celtic, Teutonic and
Latin.

I have been led to this enquiry and
mode of investigation, by the wish
of finding the affinities and origins
of the American nations and langua-
ges, which many superficial examin-
ers had pronounced to be involved in
total obscurity and impossible to
classify, but Ihave not found them
so: by my formula all evince their
mutual analogies, whose calculable
amount enables us to classify them.

Having further extended this pro-
cess to many doubtful languages of
Africa and elsewhere, and' having
even compared 3 languages witii all
the others known, 1. English. 2.
Taino or Haytian. 3. Samang of the
Asiatic Negros of Malaca; I have

English.

God

Devil
Land

Haytian.

{Yocahuna
Maocon
Guamochyna
Tuyra
5 Caya, Xaya
i Acan, Cati

come to the surprising and unex-
pected result, Tfiat all the langua-
ges have a greater or lesser affinity
wtfh nil the other languages} which
fact although it may have been sur-
mised 4iad never been proved, but
which can now be proved mathe-
matically. Whence flows another
very important category or Vule.

That languages and nations are
no longer to be classed or connected
by insulated or limited analogies;
but by the numerical amount of their
toial affinities unth each of ail the
other languages.

This will be found a great step in
the historical knowledge of man-
kind, evolved from the most solid
and evident philological proofs.
These facts were already partly sin-
nounced by me in 1824 and 1828,
and I can now add that I have there-
by confirmed the unity of mankind:
since even the negro languages have
preserved the indications of their

mmon origin.

In all the American languages I
have found the greatest analogies
with the Sanscrit, Caucasian, Arab,
Mongol, Samoyed and Chinese df
Asia. The Copt, Berber, Jolof,
Congo, &c. of Africa. The Celtic,
Cautabrian, Latin and Greek of Eu-
rope. And even tfee Malay, Ta-
gala, Japanese, Ha way, &c.o'f Poly-
nesia, amounting in some instances
to 50, 60, and 70 per cent, of ana-
logy, or from 30 to 60 per cent, of
identity.

I shall conclude by giving one in-
stance of these numerous analogies
in the Taino of Hayti, Cuba, Jamai-
ca in 1492 and the Guanche of the
Canary Islands, now both extinct.

The number of words to be comt-
pared was 32, and the foUowiug 14
are analogous.

Guanche.

{Corac. *
Achaman. ^

Achicanac.
Yurena.
5 Haave.
^Kaa.

line and nnex-
allthe langua-
r lesser affinity
guages} which
have been sur-
en proved, but
proved mathe-
flows another
ory or vule.
na nations are
ed or connected
ited analogies;
amount of their
each of all the

a great step in
ledge of man-
:he most solid
Dgical proofs.
:ady partly an-
824 and 1828,
at I have there-
ty of mankind:
languages have
itions of their

m languages I
itest analogies
lucasian, Arab,
nd Chinese df
Berber, Jolof,
. The Celtic,
1 Greek of Eu-
e Malay, Ta-
y, &c. of Poly-
some instances
r cent, of ana-
iO per cent of

r giving one in-
Toua analogies
i, Cuba,Jamai-
ruanche of the
both extinct.
>rda to be coni-
le foUowiug 14

Engliih.

Priest

Man

Mother

Corn

Boat

Water

Milk, Breast

Club, Sword

Good

Dog

Hog, Swine

Haytian.
5 Bohito, Boition
I Behi(|ue, Buhui
Guam, Cani

Mama

Mahiz

Ca-.oa, Pagay

Ama, Xama

Toa

Macana

Taino, Guatayo

Cuchis, Gochis

Zaino

Guanch. ,
XFaybo.
I Faycan.
Guanch.

Mama, I ma.

Tamozen.

Guyon.

Hainen, Acmun.

Aho.

Masacas.

Antha, Makay.

Cuna, Cuncha.

Taguazen.

'%'

' 4

Thus the Haytian a dialect of the
Aruac spreading from Florida to
Brazil, and the Guanch the nearest
African dialect of the Atlantic or
Berber language spreading from the
Atlas to Nubia, have 14 in 32 of
mutual affinity, equal to 44 per ct;
which-ind^cates that they were dia-
lects of two akin languages, spoken
by two nations that were akin at a
period unknown.

Thus a clue is at last afforded to
American origins,much more certain
than all the previous and numberless

theories on the subject. And a solid
basis is acquired to build upon, in
any future researches and investiga-
tion of American origins and histo-
ry. Klaproth has asserted, and this
historical model of research will
prove, that languages are even of
more importance than features and
complexion to distinguish or assimi-
late numan families: thus the speech
of man, peculiar to him, shall be
found to take the lead even of phy-
sical forms and deviations.
FfUladelphia, May 1831.

6. AiaSBIOAV HISTORY.

ON THEZAPOTECAS

And other Tribe* of the State of Oaxaca.
Bt C. S. RiFiNrsaoE.
It is to be regretted that the au-
thor of the notice on the Zapotecas
of Oaxaca and their temple of
Mictla, inserted in the September
No. of the Journal of Geology, has
remained anonymous: having stated
some new historical facts, he ought
to have given his name, since he has
quoted no authority. For instance
to what author had he access to for
the names of the two last kings of
the Zapotecas, Cosi-foeza and Cosi-
xopu? wiien did tliey cease to rule
and is there a longer list of these
kings?

Some account of these kings and
their deeds, as well as the Zapoteca
language, which is hardly known,
would nave been more acceptable to
the learned than the notice on Mic-
tla, called Mitia by Humboldt, and

already described by him with a
figure. Even the true name of the
Zapotecas in their own language is
unknown, that name being merely a
nickname given them by their foes
the Aztecas or Mexicans: it means
Jlpple-people, Tecai (people) and Za-
po or Zapotl a generic name for
apples. (Tl added to words answers
in Azteca to our article Me.) If is
by these nicknames that the Ameri-

-i

can tribes have been disfigured and
swelled beyond truth. The first
enquiry in their history is to ascer-
tain their true national name, which
is often no easy task.

My authorities for the following
account are, Herrera's History of
Spanish America from 149^to 1554,
Garciafs Origen delos Indios, Laet,
Clavigero, Humboldt, Diaz, Vater,
Siguenza, Acosta, Torquemada,
Touron, Alcedo, &c.

Oaxaca is a fine province (now

State) south of Veracruz and S. fi.
of Mexico; it was formed in 1580
^ the union of the 2 provinces of
Zapotecas and Miztecas: the name
being given by the city of Guaxaca,
formerly Huacxyacac and now soft-
eneli into Oaxaca, capital of the es
tate of Cortez, who was made Mar
quis of Guaxaca in reward of his
conquest or rather invasion of Mex-
ico.

The Miztecas dwelt between the
Zapotecas and Mexico; they were a
fierce nation, yet at war with the
Spaniards and Zapotecas in' 1572,
and only subdued between 1572
and 1580 (Laet). Their name has
been spelt also Mixtecas, Mictec,
Mixes, Afixos,Mico8, Mecos, Miges,
&c. AH these names, leaving off
tecas which means people, imply
Lion or rather Cuguar, are animal
of the tiger genus, which was the
emblem or progenitor of the nation
(Martigergenusin Azteca.) But the
Mexicans changed it by contempt
probably into Jmc,Mix,or Mec,a. sin-
gle word meaning 4 things in Azteca,
which are connected in the language,
1. North, 2. Hell, 3. Devil, 4. Apes.
This is evidently the root of Mtctla,
tla being the article or an abbrevia-
tion of tlan a place.

It is by this apparently trivial
examen and etymology that I have
come to the importantconcfusion that
the Miztecas and Zapotecas are the
modern remains of tlie ancient na-
tions of 01 mecas and Xicaliancas,
mentioned in Mexican history as
anterior to the Toltecasin Anahuac;
and that the Olomis and CMchime-
caa were also consimilar tribes.
Here it will be needful to refer to
ancient traditions, which are not all
lost. Although Zumaraga, first
bishop of Mexico, and extolled for
his zeal by the monks, behaved in
Mexico as Omar had done in Egypt,
by burning the libraries of Tezcuco,
the Athens of Anahuac, (those of
Mexico itself had been lost in the
sieve) he could not destroy all the
books scattered through the whole
of Anahuac. Many are yet extant,

Herrrra and Garcias have given
some of the traditions of the Zapo-
tec>,s and Miztecas, neglected by
Clavigero and Humboldt. An £n-
glifih Lord has lately published a
splendid work on some Mexican
Antiquities and manuscripts. The
Librarv of the Philosophical Society
of Philadelphia, has the fac simile
of an Azteca manuscript which I
havedecyphered.

The Zapotecas boast of being anti-
diluvian in America, to have built
the city of CoatUai (snake place in
Azteca) 327 years before the flood,
and to have escaped the flood with
their MmePetela (Dog) on the moun-
tain of Coatlan (Garcias.) Which
of the two floods of the Aztecas this
was, whether that of Xeltiua or of '
Coxcox is hard to say. The Petela
or Dog dynasty ruled over them ever
since till the Spanish conquest.

The Coatlatecas (snake people)
or Cuitlatecas, the Cuycatecas (sing-
ing people) or Cuiscatecas, and the
Popaloavas are tribes of Zapotecas,
speaking dialects of the same lan-
|;uage, of which Clavigero says there
is a grammar, but Vater has not gi-
ven any words of it I have been
able to collect only 12 words of it
'out of 6 authors.

God or Creator
of all things

Spirit Vinac

House or ?
place 5

Brother Hun

Dog Petela

Repose or
Death

> Ahcabohuil.

Baa Ba in Mizteca.
Cuhua do.

Heaven
Earth
Hell or
Evil
Woman

Lio,Leo Leob do.

Avan Andevui do.
Baca GnuagnuayAo.

> Chevan Xttachi do.

Yxca.
Eve or first Woman Xtmana.
Adam or first Man Xchmel.

Whereby it is seen that out of 6
words which I have to compare in
Mizteca 4 are similar and 2 not very
different. Therefore the just con-
clusion is that the Mizteca and Za-
poteca are also dialects of each oth-

""'^jsmmmmmm

JTraac"

fiave eiven
the Zapo-
eglected by
An En-
published a
le Mexican
ripta. The
lical Society
e fac simile
pt which I

fbeing anti-
have built
ake place in
'e the flood,
c flood with
mthemoun-
8.) Which
Aztecasthls
eUiua or of"

The Petela
er them ever
nquest.
Eike people)
atecas (sing-
:a8, and the

Zapotecas,
e same lan-
ro says there
' has not gi-
[ have been
words of it

hcabohuil.

in Mizteca.
wi do.

'b do.

levui do.
a/fnuoydo.

chi do.

tmana.
xhmel.
it out of 6
ompare in
2 not very
just con-
:a and Za-
r each oth-

er, or languages very nearly related.
The same with the Zacatccas.

Of the Mizteca Vater has given
many words; he surmises that it is
very near to the Othomiz or Otomi:
and' he considers several other lan-
guages of Anahuac as dialects of it;
they are the Zoque, Lacandone,
Mame, Zeltales or Celdales, Chia-
paneca, Mazateca, Chochona, be-
sides the Mixe and Cuiscateca al-
ready mentioned. This if true
would diminish the number of lan-
guages of that region and extend the
Mizteca nation for to the South and
East in Guatimala, as the Otomi and
Chichimecas will extend it far to the
North.

I have a good vocabulary before
me of the Othomiz language by De
Neve 1767, and although only 10
words can be found in the Mizteca
of Vater, 5 of them are alike or simi-
'?r, which gives 50 percent of mu
^ \l affinity and leaves little doubt
(>. .'ir primitive connection. These
.'Oi .'s ?re,

(Othomiz) (Mizteca)
Father Hta Dzutun

Land Hay Gnuagnay.

Nose Xinu Dztni.

Son Batzi Dzaya.

Bread Thume Dzite.

The Chichimecas (Dog devils or
Northern Dogs in Aztecas) are not
a nation, but this appellation was
given to all the northern wild tribes
and foes of the Aztecas, even to one
speaking the Azteca language, and
lately to many of the Apaches, Skere
or Pani tribes forming a nation
spread from Anahuac to Oregon and
Athabasca lake, among which the
Shoshonis of Oregon bear also the
name of Snake Indians as yet

In result I am led to believe that
the Mu'tecas and Zapotecas were
once with the Otomis and many
others, the snake nation of America,
which did afterwards divide into the
Dcg and Cat tribes or Zapotecas and
Miztecas. The same has happened
in Asia and North America where
many nations ascribe their origin to{

Snake-men, Dog-men and Cat-men
or people.

The Olmecas or Olmec or Hul-
mecs of ancient Anahuac, whose
name means Old Devils in Azteca,
are said to have settled in Anahuac
after the Othomiz, but with their
allies the Xicallaneas or Xicayans,
whose name we may recognise ia
the Cuycatecas of modern times, and
were probably the old Zapotecas,
the Southern Miztecas are yet called
Xicayans.

Their settlement is so ancient that
it is beyond the Azteca and even
Tolteca chronology. It happened
after the sway of Gods, Giants and
Apes MifTerent nations.) They con-
quered and expelled the Giants or
'titans of Anahuac called Tuiname-
tin and Tzocuitlixeque, and took
the name t)f Tequenes or People of
Tygers. They were divided into 3'
trills, Olmecas, Xicalans and Zaca-
tecas speaking the same language!
(see Torquemada.) They came from
the snowy mountains, and united for
this conquest under the king Coxa-
natecuhtli, building many cities and
ruling a long while over Anahuac.

Another tradition traces the origin
of the Hulmecas to Hulmecatl bro-
ther of Xelhua, the Noah of Anahu-
ac, and indicates several dynasties
ruling successively their empire, 1.
Ulmec, 2. Cochoblam, 3. Quetzal-
coatl, the famous Legislator of Cho-
lula, 4. Huemac, and ends by Colo-
pecthtli last king killed by the Tlas-
calans towards 1 196 of our era, who
drove them to the East settling in
their country. The last we hear of
the Ulmecas in the Aztec history is
in 1457 and 1467 when those of Co-
tasta on the sea shore were conquer-
ed by Montezuma I. While this
name disappears from history, that
of the Miztecas and Zapotecas ap-
pears in the same' place or to the S.
E. of Mexico, and thus the evidence
is tomplete that they were the same
nation under different names.

In 1454 the Miztecas wop a great
battle over the Aztecas and their al-

'■■

'Jx-z^: ."--^iU ^

lies, whose real sway in Anahuac
only began towards 1425 and hardly
lasted one century. In 1455 Ato-
naltzin l^ng of Miztecas although
helped by the TIascalans was taken
ana his kingdom conquered. This
kinE is elsewhere called Yaguitlan.

The Miztecas rebelled in 1480,
and in 1486 the Zapotecas resisted
tile whole power of Mexico. Butal
last became tributary; yet in 1506
and 1507 they both were at war again
with Mexico.

Although overjoyed at the down-
fall of the Mexicans, effected by
100,000 TIascalans and allies among
which were some Miztecas, and 900
Spaniards under Cortez: they did
not readily submit to the Spanish
yoke and tribute after the mil of
Mexico in 1521.

In 1522 the Zapotecas defeated
Sandoval, and were only conquered
in 1526 by Olmedo (see Diaz,) but
they have often rebelled agninst the
Spaniards. In 1572 the Aliztccas
were at war with the Spaniards and
the Zapotecas; these had been con-
ciliated by the mild rule of their
Lord Cortez, who established only
a small quit rent on land, without
-any forced labour: this system has
made Oaxaca a flourishing city and
province.

The Zapotecas and Miztecas are
represented as the handsomest In-
dians of Mexico, nearly white, and
the females are beautiful, as white
as the Spanish women. This also
happens in Zacatecas, a province of
the former Olmecas: therefore it ap-
pears that this race is distinct from
the Azteca or Mexican nation in
features as well as languages: not-
withstanding that some writers
wrongly assert that the Olmecas
spoke tiie same language as the Az-
tecas and Toltecas. The Mixes
have sometimes long beards and re-
semble European; they are a tribe
of Miztecas. Thus we find by in-
vestigation that the nations ancf lan-
guases of the Mexican States are as
easily reduced to a small number as

those of the remainder of North
America.

The Theogony, Cosmogony and
religion of the jVf iztecas and Zapo-
tecas was also very dilVerent from
the Mexicans, although they had
latterly adopted their bloody rites of
the god of evil. The ' Miztecas of
Cuilapo according to a book written
by a Spanish monk in the Mizteca
language and figures, (preserved by
Garcias) ascribe their origin to a god
and goddess named Lion Snake and
Tyger Snake dwelling in ^poala or
heavenly seat of Snakes before the
flood. They had two Sons (or na-
tions) an eagle called Wind of 9
Caves, and a Dragon or Winged
Snake called Wind of 9 Snakes.
They were driven from ^poala for
their wickedness and perished in a
s;rcat flood. In .^poala we find the
Tlapala or ancient seat of the Mexi-
cans: which is perhaps the .^/>a/acA»
mountains of North America, where
was once the holy mountain, temple
and cave of Olaimi (see Brigstock)
which name recalls to mind the
Olmecas! and all these names an-
swer in import and sound to the
Olympus of the Greeks.

The Zapotecas had similar but
more definite ideas. AhcabohuU
was the Creator of all things; but a
divine man and divine woman
Xchmel and Xtmana were the pro-
genitors of mankind and of the 3
great gods Avon god of heaven, Baca
sod of earth and Chevangod of hell.
These 3 brothers are surprizingly
alike in import and names with the
Trimurti or triad of the Hindus, the
3 manifestations of the Deity Vish-
nu, Srama, and Shiven!

This same triad was worshipped
in Chiapa, Yucatan, Hayti and many
other parts of America, under names
not very unlike, such as

Izona, Vacah and Estruah in Chi-

la.

Izona, Bacab and Echvah in Yu-
catan.

Bugia, Bradama and Aiba in
Hayti.

'jmmmmmmam

^■

lao, Isnez and Suroki by the
Apalachians.

Yah, Wachil and Wacki by the
Natchez.

Quoyoh, Kiwas and Ocki in Vir-
ginia and Florida.

Zun^a, Quexugaand Haraqui by
the Chicolas.

Garronhia, Tahuisca and Oyaron
by the Hurons.

Amane, Vaca and Vochi by the
Tamanacs.

Akambue, Ichein and Maboya by
the Caribs.

Apu, Churi and Voqui in Peru.

Pillian, Meulen and Wocuba in
Chili.

Nemque, Zuhe and Bochica by
the Muyzcas.

Guipanavi, Avari aj»d Caveri by
the Maipuris

Aye;nan4 Tupt^a and Mabira in
Brazil, &c.

Are not these coincidences very
flurprizins and interesting for the
history of mankind and of their re-
ligions? They will appear still more
so if we compare them with the dif-
ferent triads of Asia and other parts.
Sometimes the Asiatic names are
more dissimilar between themselves
than the American, or else resemble
still more some of them. A few in-
stances will be sufficient to prove
this strange fact.

Asiatic Triads.
Brimha, Vistnow and Etcheves.
Tama, Satua and Raju.
Pramih, Bichen and Sumbreh.
Angeor, Okar and Gun.
Braham, Narayan and Mahesa.
Brahima, Bala and Mahadeo.
Brumany, Ramana and Rudra.
Primah, Krishna and Iswara.
The above by the Hindus in
different lAodern i anguages of
India, Decan, aud Indostan:
which are all dialects of the
Sanscrit.
Prahma, Aug and Codon in Siam
and Ava.

Bahman, Homi and Barzoi of
Iran.

Bahman, Manintar and Tamistar
of the Mahabad.

Hum, Fo and Kya, of Thibet

Y, Hi and Vi of'^the Tao religion
of China.

0,Mi and To of the Fo religion of
China.

Eon, Hesu and Pur of the Phry-
gians.

Samen, Phegor and Zebu of tbe
Syrians.

Mrican Triads.

Amon, Mouth and KhouB of
Egypt and Thebes.

LJcharan, Ahicanac and Guayota
of the Guanches.

European Triads.

Olcus, Pan and Ath of the Cy-
clopians.

Prome, Epime and Mene of the
Pelagians.

Pan, Eros and Methusa, of the
{Greeks.

Zeus, Poseidon and Hades of the
Greeks.

Ian, Aesar, and Sancu9 of the
Rtruscans.

Ain, Aesar and Taut of the Celts.

Bram, Amen and Vix of the Os->
cans.

Kog, Om and Pax of the Eleuai-
nian mysteries.

Molk, Fan and Taulas of Hiber-
nians.

Odin, Vile and Ye of Scandina*
vians.

Perun, Morski and Nya of the
Slavonians.

Polynesian Triads.

Biruma, Vishnu and Uritram of
Ceylan.

Awun, Injo and Niwo of Japan.

Tane, Akea and Miru of Hava^.

Tani, Uru and Taroa of Taiti,
&c. &c.

The order of these divine mani-
festations is of little consequence
and depends upon the priority of
those mostly worshipped, whether
the God of Heaven, Earth or Hell.
The Hindus have now two Secta
worshipping Vi&hnu and Shiva, but
Brama has few worshippers at pre-
sent.

These names would appear atill
more strikingly alike it they all
mteant the tame; but they <^teBm«|n

the past present and future, or power,
life and death, or the rising blazing
and setting of the Sun or some other
consiinilar ideas instead of heaven,
earth and hell, although they always
apply to the triple manifestations of
the Deity distinguished and person
ified in Creation, Preservation and
Destruction. This subject which
mishtbe pursued much further, may
indicate a primitive conformity of
religious ideas in mankind all over
the world.

Seventeen languages and dialects
of Anahuac or the Mexican States
are said to have been reduced to
grammars and dictionaries by the
Spanish missionaries; Vater and the
other philologists do not appear to
have known them all. In order to
draw thereon the attention of those
who dwell in Mexico, I shall attempt
to enumerate all the Mexican dia-
lects under 4 series, 1 well known,
2 Little known, 3 Hardly known
and 4 Totally unknown to the learn-
ed and historians. It will be obvi-
ous that the H latter series require
chiefly the attention of those who
may nave the opportunity to travel
or dwell in Mexico.

1st Series. Languages or dialects
well known of which we have ample
vocabularies and grammars known
to the learned — 1. Azteca or true
Mexican. 2. Otomi. 3. Mizteca.
4. Maya. 5. Cora. 6. Totonaca.
r. Pima. 8. Poconchi.

2d Series. Little known to the
learned at least, but well known in
Mexico as there are grammars &c.
of them. 1. Tarasca. 2. Huasteca.
3. Vaqui. 4. Popoluca. 5. Matlazin-
ca. 6.Mixe. r.Kiche. S.Cachiquel.
9. Tarahumara. 10. Tepehuanan,
&c. Of these I have procured al-
ready ample vocabularies of the two
first.

Sd Series. Hardly known, of
which we possess as yet but few
words. 1. Zapotecas. 2. Zacatecas.
3. Choi. 4. Chontal. 5. ^•^a. 6.
Opata. 7. Endeve. 8. Qutr ,, &c.

4th Series. Quite unk m for
lack of materials, althou . tu^j are

yet spoken languages, and some are
but dialects of those above. 1. Ut-
lateca. 2. Cohuichi. 3. TIahuichi.
4. Zoque. 5. Mame. 6. Chiapaneca.
r. Chochona. 8. Mazateca. 9. Cuis-
cateca. 10. Popaloava. ll.Tubar.
12. Yumas. 13. Seres. 14. Moba,
&c. Besides many dialects of Cali-
fornia, Texas and New Mexico.

Although they may be mere dia-
lects it is needful and desirable to
have materials on each, so as to re-
duce this to n certainty and to trace
their mutual analogies or deviations,
as well as the probable time of the
separation of the tribes.

These 40 Mexican dialects will
thus be reduced very probably to 5
or 6 primitive languages, as thopo. of
the United States have already been
reduced to seven, the Onguy, Lenih,
Chactah, Otaly, Capaha, Slcere, and
Nachez, by myself in the manuscript
history of the American nations.
And in the whole of North and South
America hardly 25 original langua-
ges and nations are met with, al-
liougli actually divided in 1500
tribes and dialects; as the actual
European languages, only 6 in num-
ber originally, are now divided into
600 dialects, some of which are even
deemed peculiar languages at pre-
sent.

Thus these original or mother lan-
guages of Europe are the Pelagian,
Celtic, Cantabrian, Teutonic or
Gothic, Thracian or Slavonian, and
Finnish. And out of the Gothic
have sprung the English, Dutch,
German, Danish, Swedish, &c.
which were once mere dialects, but
are now become languages I iving
many dialects of their own.

6. History and Zoologt.
The Domestic .Animals of Mankind

and the American Nations.
Bt C. S. RiriHBtavE.
I mean by domestic animals those
which have been tamed by mankind,
and dwell in freedom with men, -be-
coming subservient to their use; by
no means those which are pursued
or kept in chains abd cages.

ind some are
JVC. l.Ut-
I. Tlahuichi.
Chiapaneca.
ca. 9. Cuis-
ll.Tubar.

,14. Moba,
!ct8 of Call-
Mexico,
e mere dia-
desirable to

so as to re-
and to trace
1° deviations,
time of the .

lialects will
robably to 5
I, as thop<i of
i ready been
guv, Lenih,
, Skere, and

manuscript
in nations,
h and South
inal langua-
et with, al-
1 in 1500

the actual
vGinnum-
livided into
ch are even
ges atpre-

mother lan-
e Pelagian,
eutonic or
Ionian, and
the Gothic
ih, Dutch,
dish, &c.
ialects, but
ges I Lving
m.

OLOGT.

f Mankind
ationa.

imals those
■f mankind,
:h men, -be-
eir usej by
-e pursued

«8.

The number of these tlomestic
animals has always been deemed a
standard of civilisation, and the cul-
tivation of plants is another.

The slanderers of the American
nations (Robertson included) have
not been willing to perceive any
high civilization in this continent,
and have totally overlooked the nu-
merous animals they had domcsti-
eft ted

In America the number of domes
tic animals was greater than in
Asia, Europe and Africa! this asser-
tion is not a paradox; but a positive
fact, which 1 shall presently prove
completely. I do not mean to in-
clude among the domestic animals
of this Continent, those introduced
since 1002 by the Scandinavians,

,the primitive and ancient nations of
America.

1 shall form two collateral tables
of the domestic animals of the two
Continents, and afterwards quote
my authorities for those of America}
since in the actual state of our
knowledge, so much that relates to
America is endeavoured to be for-
gotten, that it becomes needful to
recall continually the ancient au-
thors which our popular writers are
too lazy to read, consult and adopt.

Abbreviations in .able,
N. A. North America. A. Asia.
S. A. South America. L. Europe.
W. I. West Indies. Af. Africa.
M. Mexican States. P. Polynesia.
This being intended as a popular

r VnTlSy by r S =ls; Essay," J ^^^\ ^^^^ --"
but merely those domesticated byl names of a.umals merely.

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
IS.
16.
17,
18,
19,
20
21
32
33

Ist TABLE.

Domettic Animals of America.

I. QUADRUPEDS.

Lama "\ , , ^ ■^•■

Paco 1 4 Species of the G. \ icu-

Taragua T nia, S. A.

HuanucoJ

American Bison, N. A,

American Elk, N. A.

Virginian Deer, N. A.

American Bear, N. A.

Fccari Hog, S. A.

Tayasu Hog, S. A.

Dog — 7 varieties, N. A

cima 1 4 Species of Rabbits but of

Paca ( different genus. S. A. 8c W.l

Huti J
, Tapir, S. A.
, Capibara, S. A.
, Coati, M.
.Raccoon, N. A.
. American Badger. N. A.

to 31. 10 Species of Monkeys in S.A
I. Flying Squirrel, N. A.

Manati or Sea Cow, W. 1. and S. A.

2d TABLE.

S. A.&W.l.

Domestic Ammals of Asia, Europe, Africa
and Polynesia.

1. QUADUUPEDS.

1. Common Camel, A. E. and Af.

2. Bactrian Camel, A.

3. Common Ox, A. E. Af.

4. Buffaloe, A. E. Af.

5. Asiatic Elephant, A.

6. Horse, A. R. Af.

7. Ass, A. E. Af. ' . .
9. Hog, every where.

10. Dog, (15 varieties) do.

11. Cat, do.

12. Ichneumon, Af.

13. Rabbit, E.

14. Ferret, E.

15. Sheep, A. E. Af.

16. Goat, A. E. Af.

17. Antelope, A. Af.

18. Yak or Thibet Cow, A.

19. Reindeer, E. A.

20. Ounce, A.

21. Marmot, E.

22. Otter, A. E. .

23 to 25. 3 sp. Monkeys m Asia and Ai.

2d CLASS.— BIRDS.

1. American Hen, N. and S. A.

2. Musky Duck, S. A.

3. Manedis "\ . „ , r

4. Fowls or Agami I Domestic Fowls ot

5. Uoco r Guyana.

6. Wacarara J

7. Turkey, M.

8. Cocolin Quail, M.

2d CLASS.— BIBAS.

1. Hen, every where.

2. Pidgeon, do.

3. Goose, do.

4. Duck, do.

5. Swan, do. rare.

6. Guinea fowl, Af. E,

17. Peacock, A. E.
8. Pheasant, A

,"-■■

mmmmummfim

9. American Crane, N. A.

10. American Pidgeoni, N. A.

11. Canada Goose, N. A.

12 to 25. Parrots 14 ap. S. A. and W. I.
!26 to 28. Ducki 3 sp. in Brazil and Pc'
ru and M.

29. American Ostrich, S. A.

30. Flamingo, in Cuba.

31. Hingdoves. N. A.
23. Carib Goose, W. I.

3d CLASS.— HEPTILE9.

1 to 5. Land and Water Turtles, 5 spe-

cies, S. A.

5 to 8. Iguanas, 3 species.
9. Rattle Snake, N. A.

10 to 15. Harmless Snakes* 6sp. M. and

8. A.

4th CLASS.— PISHES.
1. Remora, W. I.

2 to 12. Pond Fishes of M. Guatimala,

Peru, &c.

5th CLASS.— INSECTS.
1 to 3. Bees, 3 sp. S. A.

4. Red Cochinille, M.

5. Monteres or Yellow Cochinelle, M.

6. Silk Worm oF Mizteca, M.

7. Cucu) o or Acudia, W. L

8. Termes, S. A.

6th CLASS.— SHELLS and WORMS.
1 to 5. Oysters, 5 kinds, N. and S. A.

6 to 10. Clams and Shells, 5 sp. N. and

S. A.

11 & 12. Palm Worms, 2 sp. S.A .& W.l.

RECAPITULATION.
S3 species of Quadrupeds.

32
15
13
8
12

Birds.

Reptiles.

Fishes.

Insects.

Sliells and Worms.

112 Species in America.

Such a great number of domestic
animals were not collected ever^i
where} but a small numbei' found in
different localities in America and
elsewhere.

The domestication of animals be-

i^an before tiie flood, since the Me-,
ites or Pastoral tribes, and the Ca-
bulites, CabilSf or Cainitea, agricul-
tural tribes had at least reclaimed
the sheep and the ox soon after
Adam. Yet in the earliest Chinese
histonr only 6 domestic animals are
stated to have been reclaimed by the

9. Partridge, E.

10. Quail, E.

11. China Diver, A.

12 to 19. Parrots, 8 sp. A. 6.

20. Dove, A. E.

■n to 25. Falcons and Hawks, 5 sp. A. B.

3d CLASS.— REPTILES.
1 to 3. Land Turtles, 3 sp.
4 to 10. Snakes, 7 ap.

4th CLASS.— FISHES.
1 to 10. Sp. of Carps, and Pond fishc^
Gold fish, &c. China, A. E.

5th CLASS— INSECTS.

1 . Honey Bee, A. E. Af.

2. Silk Worm, A. E.

3. Kermes, K.

4. Fig Cynips, E.

6th CLASS.— SHELLS and WORMS,

1 . Oysters, E.

2. Muscles, E.

3 to 5. Other Shell Fish, E.
6. Pinna or Bissus, K.

RECAPITULATION.

25 species of Quadrupeds.
25 •• b.rds.

10 •< Reptiles.

10 " Fishes.

4 " Insects.
6 " Shells.

80 Species in the other Continent.

Fuhites 300 years after the flood of
Yn-ti or Noah, which were the
liorse, the ox, the sheep, the dog,
the hog and the hen.

The other animals were gradually
tamed elsewhere. Some are of local
and limited range, such as Yak con-
fined to Thibet, Ferret to Europe,
Reindeer to the Boreal Rej^ions.
Europe has only received the Buffa-
loe and Camel lately from Asiaj and
since 1492 some of the American
domestic animals have been intro-
duced there. Such as the Cavia»

I " !* "

. A. 6.

Hawkt, 5 ip. A. B.

tEPTILES,

, 3 ip.

-FISHES.

a, and Pond fishci^

ina, A. E.

INSECTS.
Af.

L9 and WORMS,
ish, E.

LATION,

peds.

er Continent.

ifter the flood of
vhich were the
sheep, thedogr
I.

s were gradually
iome are of local
!uch as Yak con-
:rret to Europe,
Boreal Rej^ions.
:eived the Bufla-
y from Asiaj and
)f the American
lave been intro-
h as the Cavia»

Parrots. , . . _ ,,. l.i . ^„„..;^,.n rmnp.

Parrots

nmerica the 4 kinds "^ J;-J^'' Vt"^S^,roTMexi.o raise a
nia or Peruvian _«heep jvere ^pye^^., JJ'^f Xorm to tl,is very day,

bv the Peruvians to Chili, tucu-
man, Paraguay, &c. and the Dog
was found every where; while the
domestic Tapir, Tayasu and Pecan
were confined to some small tracts
in South America. The common
Virginian deer is found wild all over
North America? but we hear of its
domestication only in Florida.

Let us detail the proofs of th
American table drawn from the ear-
liest travellers and writers on this
continent. The domestic an'm^r'^f „ u^^ti they had tame iguanas,

and all the writers on Mexico. ^°"T.!!.'*^?. "?!' M..n„,. &..

see Poinset: it is a native kind.

In the West Indies, the beautiful
bird flamingo or the Phmicojjlerut
ruber had been tamed in 1494, in
Cuba; also several large parrots,
and even a fish the Reinoia or Ech-
eneiit which was used by the fisher-
men to catch turtles and fishes by
grasping them. They had also tame
partridges and iguanas in 1508. See
Columbus, Diaz, Ocampo, Acosta,

Martyr, Acosta, Munoz, &c.

Several tribes of North America
have tamed the bear, the

raccoon,

TheTaensas, Cenis and other na
tions of Texas and Louisiana, had
tame turkeys, ducks, hens, pidgeons """. ^j-- „ j y^- them in their

tame
Ton-

Hennepin.

In 1678 the Chicasas had
Indian hens and turkeys, see
ty's travels. .

In Xalisco to the N. W. of Mexi-
co, several snakes were tamed and
kept in the houses, to destroy in-
•ects. In other parts of Mexico the
beautiful coral snake was kept as a

Prt bv the women. See Herrera and
urchas. .

Ayllon who explored Chicora or
Chicola the eastern part of Florida
now Georgia in 1514, &c. found
there tame ducks and geese, and
besides deer kept like cattle infolds
during the night, ranging out in the
day, returning home in the evening;
the does were milked like goats,
and the Indians drank the milk. See
Ayllon's relation in Peter Marty rd'
Angleria.

The first Spanish explorers of
New Mexico or Cibola found the
bison or American buffaloe kept in
folds and pens, like cows. See Her-
rera, Hackluyt, &c.
Lawson in his travels in Ca-

The
pet with"

the

squirrel is a common
boys and girls.

In Guatimala and South America
many species of monkeys were
tamed and kept in houses; but we
are seldom told which species they
were. The Aruwacs of Guyana de-
light to keep the beautilul little
monkey called sucawin, not larger
than a rat. See Bancroft, Boling-
broke, Stedman, Strangeways,
AcoHta, Herrera, &c.

In Darien and Yucatan there v»ere
herds of tame pecaris kept like hogs
according to Herrera, before 1540.
The Epurimei of Guyana kept
tame pecaris, tayasus, and deer. See
Purchas. This deer must be dift'er-
ent from the Virginian deer and
must be added to the table.

The 4 kinds of tame fowl of Gu-
yana are mentioned by Watertonj
but they are spread under other
names as far as Guatimala and Bra-
zil. , ,

In 1519 Pigafetta found the Ar-
uayas of Brazil with tame pw,
fowl, parrots, monkeys, and also

(he tapir or anta had been tamed by
them. He found also the patagons
with tame hiianacog.

The Diaguitas of Tucuman had
tamed the ostrich, also geese and
' hens before 1 330. See Techo.

Four species of rabbits, I'uca ni-
gra and Pacafulva, Cavia ai(Vli
and Cnviii acitcni were domesticated
from the West Indies to Peru ntid
Paraj^uay, under various names,
Cttpii and Cvijtts in Peru, Pujwx on
the Maranun and among the Uuara-
nis as early as 1534. (^innxrs in
Quito, Jipereit in Brazil, Hutia in
Hayti, &c.

Dogs wore found from Canada to
Chili; some peculiar varieties exist-
ed: the aico of Mexico had no hair
and was very good for food: the
aperuca of Peru was a black dog.

The Muras or Aymores of Brazil
and E. Peru had many kinds of tame
fowls and ducks. Acuna mentions
that 200 years ago the tribes of Ma-
ranon haa tame turtles, manati, anta
or tapir, pecari and paco.

Of the live species of Vicunia, the
Peruvians had tamed 4, the true
mountain Vicunia alone remaining
wild and untamable. They were
used as beasts of burthen, for wool
and food. Sometimes even as horses
to ride upon by the Achkeres of
West Brazil in 1540 and the
mapais, or mbayas of tucuman
in 1548; they called the lama
by the name of Amidas. The tribes
uiChaco had in 1548 tame deer,
lama, geese, and they cultivated a
kind of wheat and of rice. See Gili,
LozAno, Lavega, Schnidel, Pur-
chas, &c.

The Panches of Cundinamarca
kept the large ants or termes in
yards to breed, using them to make
a kind of bread. See Piedrahita and
Touron. "

The Carios of River Parana had
tame lamas, pecaris and geese in
1539; see Schnidel's Travels.

The Chilians, Araucas and Hue
, nus or patagons had tame guanacos
and goats: they cultivated 2 kinds
of wheat.

The partridges of Maranon have
been omitti'd in the table. They
must be d'ft'erent from those of Cu-
ba. The (ariiw had tame geese and
parrots in I4<)3 at (iuadalupe when
discovered by Columbus.

In Chiapa a yellow cochinille is
raised called inonteres; see Juarro.
The true cochinille of Oaxaca and
K. Mexico is well known. The same
or a ditt'ercnt kind is also found in
Uuatimala and Guaya(|uil.

In Collot's travels I find that the
Aiitans or Snake Indians of New
Mexico, keep tame rattle-snakes,
which they venerate, and feeding
them on flour only, they lose their
poisonous property ! this is strange
if true.

The capibara is tamed in Brazil,
the coati in Guatimala,the American
elk is easily kept in parks and folds.
The beaver alone, so useful and so
sociable, has never been tamed, but
wantonly destroyed.

Some Indian tribes took care to
spread and keep the oysters, pearl
oysters, muscles, clams, &c. The
palm worms esteemed a delicacy in
Guyana were taken care of, as well
as 3 kinds of bees. See travels in
South America.

The result of this Enquiry will be
that more animals have been tamed
than we were aware of, particularly
in America, and that the Americans
had little cause to regret lacking the
horse, camel, ox, sheep, goat and
hog, since they had for equivalent
the vicunias, deer, bison, pecarria,
tap;r, &c.

I have lonj; been convinced that
the civilization of many American
nations, such as the Toltecas, Mexi-
cans, Tarascas, Apalhchians, May-,
ans, Quiches of North America, and
the Muhizcas, Peruvians, Arauca-
nians of South America, was not so
low as represented by their tyrants
and detractors; but equal if not su-
perior to that of the Spanish invaders
of 1492: which fact will be easy to
demonstrate; but this is neither the
time nor place. I have merely il-
lustrated one of the many proou of

aranon have
ible. They
hose of Cu-
le geese and
lalupe when

cochinille in
see Juarro.
Oaxaca and
'I'lie same
'*» lound in
lil.

nd that the
ins of New
ttle-snakes,
nd feeding
' lose their
8 ia strange

in Brazil,
e American
s and folds,
eful and so
tamed, but

ook care to
sters, pearl

&c. The
delicacy in
of, as well

travels in

"irywillbe
leen tamed
articularlj
Americans
acking the
goat and
equivalent
} pecarris,

need that
American
:a8, Mexi-
ins, Maj-
erica, and
Arauca-
na not so
ir tyrants
if not su-
invaderg
e easy to
sither the
nerely il-
pi-oofg of ^

their civitization, by introducing a
subject which had been overlooked
by all, even Humboldt, and Macul-
loh.

Two species of deer, the Mexican
and Guyana deer must be a<l(led to
the table, also the t'uda goat of Mo-
lina tamed in Chili: and 5 species of
birds, the partridges of Cuba and
South America, besides the Ameri-
can swan and pelican, both of which
f have seen domesticated. Thus
the American domestic animals will
be increased to IQO species. I have
also seen buffaloes, ellcs and deer in
parks in Kentucky, in freedom, yet
coming at the call to be fed with
corn or salt, and never endeavour-
ing to e»>cape from a park merely
surrounded by a common fence.
Such was the park of Col. Geo.
Thompson at Shawanee Spring near
Harrodsburg.

7. ZO()L()GY.

On the Moles of North America and

two new species from 'entucky,

br C. S. KAriifEHH.CB.

The moles like many of the small
quadrupeds of this continent, are
hardly known .tnd distinguished as
yet. Several of them have been
mixt in the genera talpa, sorex, sca-
lops, apalax, condylura, SfC. of the
naturalists. In Harlan Fauna Ame
ricana the G. spalax is omitted, as
well as the tuzan of Mexico and
Louisiana, and the N. G. lately dis-
covered in Maine. He has only one
<Iiolc or ta/pa of North America and
he deems it the T. europea saying in
the character fur black, and in the
description/wr cinereous, fan on the
throat, ^-c. and then he has 4 varie-
ties spotted, while, yellow and cine-
reous again.

All the animals burrowing and
raising the earth in ridges are
called moles in the vulgar language:
although they may not all be^talpa;
the shrews are the G. sorex.

In 1814 I distinguished one of the
moles found in the Atlantic States
by the name of talpu cupreata
(precis, sp. 7.) which I had observed

in 1802, it differs from the European
kind, wliich / have seen in Europe,
by tail one seventh of whole length,
i;olour of u siiining brown with cop-
KMy purplish siiades, throat slightly
ulvous. The Kur<»pean mole may
be found somewhere in North Ame-
rica, but 1 have never seen it.

In IH'^O I described in my Annals
of Nature, sp. 5, the spalax vittata,
with striped back, &c. The com-
pilers who seldom travel and neglect
the published labours of travellers
who have wandered in search of
knowledge; have not noticed these
two species. This last however has
been also seen by my friend Audu-
bon, who first made it known to me,
and is inserted in the Knglish Jour-
nal of Zoology of 1822. The G.
upalax of Krxleben contains the mole
rats witljout tails.

Mr. Harris of Machias in Maine,
has discovered and described a very
singular mole of that State, which
he deems a N. G. and calls aatro-
mycter prarinatus. Not being yet
introduced in the books of compders,
I'll give a short account of it. O.
astromycter. Snout stellated, no ex-
ternal ears, eyes small, legs p*>ort
5 toes to each, anterior scaly with
long strait claws, posterior longer
with shorter curved claws, tail scaly,
fusiform, with thin hairs.

Sp. ^. prasinattts. Hair glossr
green, snout naked long with carti-
lagineous stellated processes^ and
two others longer before: tail pedun-
culate, fusiform, cylindrical, acute,
two fifths of whole length; body 4^
inches, tail 3.

In 1820 I discovered two new
moles in Kentucky, one is rather
common and the substitute of the
common mole in the gardens. I call
it talpa macrhina. 'flie other talpa
sericea is rather i^carce. A specimen
was in Clifford's museum.

1. Talpa machrina, Raf. 1820. —
Long-nose mole. Fur thick, brown
with greyish s'lades; nose elongate,
depressed, nr^ked and tuberculate;
tail one sixth oi whole length white,
squared, naked, feet white.

-— ^MBS^

ToUl length 7 iiichea, tail U but
only j nut uf tlio fur. Body thick,
covered vtxlh a soft ftiiky fur i inch
Iong,»h(>rter and woolly on the head ;
nose aInioHt like a proboiicii i inch
longer than the lower jaw,moveable,
baite white villose, and naked rubi-
cund) feet naked, the anterior broad,
roun(ied flat with 5 toes thick and
subpalinate or coherent, 3 claws
nearly equal, -arge, convex above,
flat beneath) posterior feet more
•lender, claws smaller, longer and
narrow. In woods, gardens and
fields, near Lexington, &c. Raises
flexuose burrows of great length.

2. Taha acricea.lia(. 1820. Silky
mole. — Fur short silky, grey, with
silvery shades; nose short obtuse;
tail one fifth of whole length cylin-
drical.

Smaller than the first and more
•lender, only 5 inches long, body 4
and tail 1. Fur very peculiar and
diHerent from the other moles, nut
being reducible to different direc-
tions; but imbricate as in other quad-
rupeds; remainder as in the first sp.
Found in woods near Nicholasville
and Harrodsburg.

8. Deacription of a New Otter, Lu-
THA CoNuoLOH /rom Jiaaam in
Aaia.

Dr. M. Burrough of Philadelphia,
has been a great traveller and col-
lector in Zoology, having made a
voyage round the world, travelled
in Peru, Panama, AVest Mexico,
.Sandwich Islands, and Bengal. His
Greatest Asiatic excursion was a
Journey from Calcutta to Assam in
the Imalayamts, by the Baranputra
river; it is to be widlied that he may

Eublish his Journal of it. He has
rought to Philadelphia some fine or
new animals and many shells.

Among his quadrupeds, he has an
otter from Assam, which I pronounc-
ed new, and he has permitted me to
describe. I call it Intra concohr,
being of a uniform color; it mighi
also oe called L.amblonyx from its
blunt claws.
S. 6. Amblonyx^ViaS. Clawa, short

obtuse, not sharp oor crooked; while
they are so in the other otteiu

IMtra roncolar. sp. ch. Knt'rely
of a uniform bay color, tad depress-
ed as long as the body, claws blunt.

Description. — Total length '■2i li.
head and neck i, body and tail each
one foot; nose blackish, no whiskers,
cars very small; six small close in-
cisores to each jnw, canine teeth
large, grinders sharp; feet short,
with 5 unequal palmate toes, and
claws as above stated; tail slender
Hat acute.

Found in Assam and the Oarrow
hills. Dwells mostly on land, seldom
goes to the water; feeds on fish and

fowl. C. S. ItAFINKSqUB.

Philadelphia, 27 March, 1833.

P. S. Dr. Burrough has again
sailed on another voyage to Buenoa
A^res and China, from whence he
will no doubt bring many rare ob-
jects of Zoology. — ^May 1832.

9.CoucuARSof Orrgon. ByC.S.R.

In addition to the article tm our
Couguars, p. 19, I have to state that
several other varieties of tygers are
found in the Western wilrJs of the
Oregon Mts, or East and West of
them, which deserve to be noticed.

I find in my notes that two other
varieties of Couguar have been seen
there, and East of the Mts.

1 . Var. Oregonenaia, Dark brown,
nearlyblackon the back, belly white;
body 6 ft. long, 3 high, tail Sor 3 ft.
long. A large ferocious animal of
the mountains. Is it not a peculiar
species? Felix oregonenaia.

2. Var. Very near the Pennsylva-
nia or rather Alleghany Couguar.
Body nearly entirely tawny or bay,
rather shorter, smaller and lower
than the last, more slender, less fe-
roceous. Dwelling in the plains
east of the mountains near woods,
but pursues the game in the plains or
prairies, preying on deer, elks and
buffaloes.

i find in Lereye's travels that a
smaller animal, nearly similar in
color, but not larger than a cat ia

ooked; while

ottei.,

:li. Ktit'rely
I ilepr<!ss-

claws blu.it.

length 9.^ U.

and tail each

no wliiikert,
nail cluie in-
canine teeth
feet ihort,
te toei, and

tail alender

the Oarrow
land,Heldom
■ on iish and

AriNKSqUB.

133.

lias again

e to Buenoa

whence he

lany rare ob-

y 1832.

V. ByC.S.R.

tide on our
to state that
)f tjrgera are
wilrJs of the
and West of
> be noticed.
lat two other
vc been seen
VI ts.

Dark brown,
(belly whitei
tails or 3 ft.
18 animal of
ot a peculiar
ma,

I Pennayiva-
\y Couguar.
wny or baj,
' and lower
der, less fe-
the plains
near woods,
(he plains or
r, elks and

ivels that a

similar in

Itan a cat b

found east of the Oregon mnuntairiH,
which is very tierce, ami ol'turi killH
lariTR animalM, wild sheep and goat*
by juu)|>ine on tlicir necks and cut-
ting the iieitii and artericH, until
they fall. Is it a new speciesi*

/Wi« marrura, Haf. Kntireljr of a
■allow color, tail as lung as the body^
which is from I to ^ feet long only,

10. OuNiTHOLouY. — Description of
a new Kngle from South America,
Jiifuilu ilirrom/x or Macarran Ku-
gle. Uy C. S. It.

Mr. Macarran of I'liiladelpliia Iwih
had for 5 years in liiH small nu'iiiicc

rie and botanic garden, a hoiiuliml

eiiiige
iiulim

eagle, kept alive in a cage in tlie open
air during the coldest wiiilers, beiiij;
a native of the cold cliinitle of An-
tartic America. He was found by
the mate of a vessel near Bueno<«
Ayres, while yet young, feeding on
a dead horse, and taken alive with
out much dilficulty. He has grown
and improved in colors since bought
by Mr. Macarran. Although fierce
and wanting to fly against the boys
when they annoy him, he is very
tame and grateful towards his keep
er: heknowsiiim as well as friendly
vtsitcra,and greets them bv peculiar
postures, looks or cries. Ae has se-
veral kinds of cries rather harsh, to
express Joy or anger. He feeds on
every kind of flesh, offals or even
fish and dead animals. He will kill
rats and eat them. He is a beauti
fut noble bird, when he expands the
wing^ they All his large cage. His
gait IS clumsy and he oftener jumps
than walks.

I have called him ^^quiladicronyx
from the singularity of claws of two
colors.

^q.dicronyx. speech. Bill horny,
feet vellow, claws black, but the
middle claw homy or whitish; piu-
ma^ blackish, head greyish, tail
whitish; end of it rusty

Description — Total iength 3 feet,
wings expanded, 9 feet; Bill large
strong 4 inches long, shaped as in
the eagles, of a homy or whitish-yel-

lowisli colon cere and lore brewnish;
eyes black and bright, iris yellow;
lead greyish above and across the
efcs,nearly white beiieatli and above
the eyes; feathers neaily black with
u lead colored cast, white at their
base; wings slate colored brncath;
Uropygial feathers inixt of bLok
and grey. Tail with a rusty band
at the end. Feet yellow very strong,
feathers nut quite to the toes. Claws
strong and black, that of the middle
toe same color as the bill.

When younger this bird was en-
tirely of a'hluisli black, or dark lead
color, the head rnd tail have since
changed, luit tlie rusty band of the
tail and claws \, ' re permanent and
are proeniiiient distinctions bctv jten
this en);le and the whitehead eoi;le.

Mr. Audubon admii\<i this ' agle
and wanted to purt'inse him;' '".t Mr.
Macarran would not take less than
8 100 fur him.

1 1. KapF.Toi.ooY. — On the .-?r<uan-
der of the hills of East I ..enii cky.
S.lurida. by C. S. R.

1823 a new land
my excursion tojthe

I discovered
salamander in

falls of the river Cumberland, dwe!
ling in the hills near that river in
East Kentucky, among logs and
rubbish in woods.

It is a sluggisii and ugly animal,
but rare and not easily detected
among dried leaves, being of a dull
color, only 3 or 4 inches long.

Salamandra btrida. Entirely grSJf
with two rows of black spots on the
back, tai' >,« long as the body with
blackish .iii'- ., belly whitish. The
tail is rouniied as in the land sala-
manders, and the foes are 4 and 5
as in tht^ whole genus.

I lake this opportunity to state
*h,U my sal. or sp. bmfii^a of last
1^0. is different from the Salamandra
longicauda of Green, having com-
pared them, I find by specimens of
this last, that the dots are larger,
fewer, rounded, and lacking be-
neath; head smaller not so flat,
mouth smaller with minute acuta

ii>i . iiii i I i j wfiitMm

teeth in both jaws; but the eyes are
nearly alike and both have the tiic-
titant membrane very properl v com-
pared to that of tlie owla by Green.

-Q©&-
12. Description of two new genera of

Soft Shell Turtles of North America

By C. S . liaiinesque.

AP ALONE and MESODECA.

The following account was prepared
for the Philosopical Society of N. York
in October 1816; but not published at the
time. It is now given as written 16 years
ago.

The Zoologists had preserved the
Genus Teitudo of Linneus, till Uumeril
in 1806 established the G. Cheloniaa for
the Sea turtles with feet like fins, the G.
Chelyt for the T. matamala, and the G.
Emyi for all the turtles with 5 moveable
palmated toes. Lately the G. Trionyx

has been proposed by Geoffbry for thelbetween tlie falls of Hadley, Glen and
soft shell turtles with 3 toes and claws. JBaker, and further up to the source. It

ly blended with the T. ferox, this must
form also another Genus JWMorfeca by
having 10 Scales in the middle of the
back.

1 N. G. Jipalone Raf.

The name is contracted from Apaloche-
lone meaning Soft turtle.

Char. G. Body and limbs soft without
scales. Nose proboscidal, jaws without
a bill. Upper Shell smooth soft with a
small keel anteriorly. Lower Shell ante-
rior, body denudated behind. Five pal-
mated toes to all the feet, with small
claws. Tail short corrugated.

Jtpalone Hudsonica, Kaf. Upper shell
rounded elliptical, flat, entire, yellowish
with brown spots, and a circular black
line near the margin. Two oblong occu-
lated spots before and behind the eyes,
tail obtuse mitcronate shorter than the
shell.

A very pretty small species from 2 to 6
inches long, found in thie River Hudson

But last year I proposed in my analysis
of Nature (Palermo 1815) to divide the
Turtles into 15. G. as they offer so many
'other important Characters.

They were 1 Cheloniaa D. 2 Testudo D.

3. Oophenit, Raf. With flat round nails.
Type. T. polyphemut of North America.

4. Chelonura, Raf. with long tails 5 & 4
claws, the bills serrated. I'ype T. indica,
many Sp.here blended

5. Chelyra, Raf. Soft shell Sea turtles
witli sulcated back. Type T. coriacca,

6. Trionyx of O,

7. Cheliphui, Raf. Water turtles with
Valved smells 5 claws and toes to all the
feet.

8. Uronyx, Raf. an anterior valve to the
ll . shell, toes and claws 5 and 4, tail with

claxy. T. Scorpioides, &c.

9. Didicla. Raf. Bivalve lower shell,
toes 5 and 4. Type T.clauia, odorata, &c,

10. Monoclida, Raf. Lower shell valvu-
Mt anteriorly, toes 5 & 4. T. retziana &c

11. Emyda, Raf. or Emyi D.

12. Chelyda, Raf. or Chelys D.

13. Chemelya, Uaf. Warty Scales, no
valves 4 toes to all the feet. 1 . verrucosa

14. Chehpiu Rai. No valve, toes not
palmated 4 and 5. T. Punctata &c.

15. Cheliunts, Raf. No valves, feel pal-
mated a long scaly tail . T. Serpentina &c.

This year I Have discovered in my
journey to the f' .' of the Hudson and to
Lake Champlai.. new Soft Shell turtle
which has 5 toes instead of three as
Trionyx, and which I propose to call
Apalone. Bartram has long ago descril ed
and figured another Soft shell tuitle
with 5 claws, v'hich has been common-

is called mud turtle and not eaten. It is
a lively pretty animal,' quite harmless, as
it cannot bite, having no horny hard jaws.
It dwells in the mud and sand, and buries
itself under it in winter. It feeds on
small shells and fishes.

Body olivaceous striped and dotted
with brown; but entirely smooth with-
out warts. Neck retractible and elon^
gated when extended, grayish clouded
with rufous as well as the feet. Head
small with 2 singular large spois one be- '
fore and one behind each eye, oblong
yellow with a black margin, appearing
like as many eyes; while the true eyes
between them are small round with a
yellow iris. Nose tubular like a proboscis
extending beyond the mouth, and trun-
cated with 2 round nostrils. Mouth large,
with thin soft lips. The hind part of the
body ia denudated beneath, the lower
shell extending only half way from be-
fore and is blueish white. Vent round,
tiiil conical short thick rugose obtuse
iiMicronate. Feet spotted, toes black, 5
unequal with small claws. The upper
shell is very entire and prettily* spotted,
the margin is yellowish unspotted, then
comes a circular black line blackish but
spotted of brown, while the centre is
olivaceous yellow with many round
spots occulated and clouded by having
a brown margin, with grey dots within.
The small half keel extends onlv to the
middle or as far as the lower shell below.

II. N. G. Mesoiiica Raf.

The name means tniddle with ten Scales.

G. Ch. Body and limbs soft upper
shell soft but with 10 hard scales in the
middle, and 10 pair of bard lateial libs.

Iferox, this mu»t
[JUS Metodeca by
be middle of the

lbs soft without
il. jaws without
>oth8oft with a
|ower Shell ante-
hindi Fire pal-
feet, with small
[gated.

af. Upper shell
intire, yellowish
a circular black
ivo oblong occu-
>ebind the eyt».
ihorter than the

icies from 2 to 6
e River Hudson
dley, Glen and
the source. It
lot eaten. It is
Kite harmless, as
lorny hard jaws,
sand, and buries
It feeds on

ed and dotted
'■ smooth wi(h-
tible and elon
;rayish cloudeJ
defect. Head
e spois one he- •
:h eye, oblong
gin, appearing"
■ the true eyea
round with a
ike a proboscia
uth, and trun-

• MoutI) large, '
ind part of the
th, the lower
way from be-

Vent round,
ugose obtuse
toes black, 5

• .T'>e upper
sttily" spotted,
potted, then

blackish but
(he centre is
i»any round
5d by havinr

dots within.
' onlv to the
■hell below.

th ten Scales.

■oft upper

scales in the

iateial ribi.

' % ' i m ii

^■.

Boston to Lake Eric. It ne^rlects
fossils also, and lacks the solid foun-
dation of Oryctologv. It surmisen
that all the rocks of the U. States
must agree with those of the North,
without being able to prove it, since
Raton who has laid out the series of
rocks, has never seen those of ihe
South and West. He leans to the
Plutonic theory.

Sd. The English school believes
that the whole world is to be found
in England, and that our strata and
formations mustagree of course witli
those of England. Prof. Fcather-
stonaugh, who has given lectures on
this System of Geology, and now
publishes a Journal oi Geology is
very sanguine and active on that
opinion. He has many followers,
who all incline to the Huttonian
theory. » They know that Oryctolo-
This turtle of Uartram cannot more belgy is as needful to Geology, as Chro-
theT./eroxwliichiBatrue rrjon^x.than/noiogyis to History; buthave hardly

° begun yet to examine our fossils in

with many horny warts before and be-
hind. Lower shell bard and horny in the
middle. Head with lateral comparti-
ments above and lateral contractible
warts. Nose proboscidal. Mouth with
horny jaws. Five palmated toes to all
the feet with crooked claws.

Metodeca bartrami, Uaf. Upper shell
elliptical entire brown unspotted. Head
long, neck rugose, warty.

Synonyms. (Great Soft shell Tortoise
Bartram's travels in Florida (,Philadel-
phia 1791) page 177 to 179 fig. 4 and 5.

Teitudn ferox of many authors but se-
veral species have been blended by
them, found in Carolina, Alabama, and
Louisiana, while Hartram says he found
this only in East Florida. The T. ferox
had been described and figured by many
authors; but their figures and descrip-
tions must be compared and revised.
When not copied from Uartram they ap-
ply to other species or the true "V. ferox
of L. first figured in I'hilol. Trans, vol. 6.
fig. 10. See also Lacepede, vol. 1. tab. 5.
and Schoepf. turtles, tab. 19.

the ^pahtie ! For the complete descrip
tion and history of this species see Bar-
tram's page and fig. quoted. It is one of
the most explicit descriptions of his book,
and the 2 fig^res of the body and head
are no doubt correct. It is a large sp.
2^ feet long and weighing from 30 to 40
lb. excellent to eat. Although carnivo-
rous it is no more ferocious than all the
other turtles and terrapins feeding on
prey.
Aew-Forfr, October, 1816.

13. Geology and Oryctology.

Extracts of a Series of Geological Letters
to Prof. Ai. BBonoNrART, Preiidenl of
the Geological Society of Paris; by Prof
C. S. Bi.viKESq,n£.

First Letter, March 1832.

There are now 4 schools or Sys-
tems of Geology in the U. States.
1. The old school to which Maclure,
Mitchell, James, Troost, Nuttal,
Schoolcraft, &c. belong. This is
properly an American branch of the
Werneriau school. They neglect
fossil remains and merely depend
upon the position of rocks.

2. The Northern school of which
Prof. Eaton and Sillimar are the
founders: it has many followers in
the Northern States. It is based
upon the series of formations from

sites.

4th. Tlie fourth school is my own,
I call it the Natural and Orycloh-
gical Method of American Geology.
I began to teach it in my public lec-
tures in Lexington in 1 819 and 1 820.
Mr. Clifiurd and others had adopted
it I have not published much upon
it yet; I was apprehensive of hurting
the ideas of the systematic writers.
But after 30 years of observations
and reflections I think that I can
boldly venture to compete with them
for what I have seen and studied,
while they have not. My theory is
not a system; but the result of what
I have seen in the South of Europe,
Sicily, the Azores and this Cohti-
nent: nor do I mean to apply it to
the whole world, as I deem that
every region has peculiar local fea-
tures. I take besides whatever is
^^ood in every previous theory.

I propose to divide the formations
as follow, in 3 series and 10 groups;
each with many formations.
I. Series.— Inorganic formations.

1 gr. Uniform formations.

2 gr. Compound formations.

3 gr. Volcanic formations, including
the Ba8»Uic and Trapic.

- - - rirlM

III

II. Serres. — Organic formations.

4 gr. Primary or Vetuititl.

5 gr. Secondary or Planial.

6 gr. I'ertiary or Alluvial.

My primary organic formatiun an-
swers to the transition of Werner,
the secondary to his iloetz rocks,
and the tertiary to the deposited al-
luvions, diluvions, &c. which I di-
vide into diluvial,fluvial,pluvial and
literal.

III. Series. — Anomalous formations.

7 gr. Vegetable formations.

8 gr. Animal formations.

9 gr. Human formations.

10 gr. Atmospheric formations.

I am prepared to support and de-
monstrate this natural theory, by
physical, oryctolo^ical and ocular
proofs. I iiave tsiken, as it were,
nature sur lefait in Sicily and Ame-
rica. I have seen the va,rious ano-
malous formations forming. I have
discovered the craters or mouths of
the eruptive salses or pseudu volca-
noes, calcareous, slaty and carbonic,
to witich are due all the organic for-
mations. When not visible, they
are covered br obliterated like those
of basalt and many volcanic strata.

This leads me to explain my views
ou this series* I deem all these or-
Eanic strata of the second series.,
formed by emanations or salsic erup-
tions of oceanic SALSES or subma-
rine pseudo-volcanoes, except the
modern alluvions; but many ancient
alluvions may also be owing to wa-
tery salses or eruptions of water.
Baron Humboldt has surmised that
Hm Asiatic flood was caused by an
eruption of the Caspian sea. Our
American lakes may have causc<l
floods with us, and Volney deemed
Lake Ontario such an aquatic vol-
cano.

These olcanos were not ignivo-
mous like those of the first penod or
series, but salsivomous; they were
under the sea in the primary and se
oondary formation^ but on dry land
in tl>e tertiary. They ejected by turns
and alternate paroxysms the mud
or sUmes which have formed the or
ganic strata; either calcareous, slaty,
argilaceous, carbonic, j;ritty, sandy,

&c. which are found to alternate,
and spreading horizontally they
overwhelmed and imbedded the ma-
rine fossils which we find in them.

I do not know if this theory ha»
any followers in Europe; I presume
not, since Patrin who had partly for-
seen it, has not been believed. It
is with the utmost astonishment that
many hear of it here, yet it explains
every thing without the least diffi-
culty, while all the geologists are
puzzled with the intermixture of
strata and fossils. And above all
the carbonic formations, so vainly
attempted to be reduced to a plau-
sible theory.

We have in North America 3
kinds of coal, or carbonic forma-
tions: 1 . Anthracite. 2. Bitumite.

Lignite. This last only is of ve-
getable origin, and belongs to the
alluvial or tertiary group, being
minted with the alluvial clay of our
great streams. The anthracite is
chiefly found on the Eastern slope
and borders of the Alleghany mts.
among the shales and grits, while
the bitumites or bituminous coal is
much more common on the summit
and eastern slopes of the Alleghany
mountains, among the slates and
imes. They are Doth evidently of
eruptive origin like the strata which
are above and below them. There
is no need to suppose a multitude of

Shysical revolutions, successive
oods and cataclysms to form them
out of vegetable ruins. All is easily
explained by alternate emanations
or eruptions, with the other organic
formations. Has it ever been calcu-
lated what would have been required
to form our carbonic strata out of
ligno&e fragments ; forests cov-
ering t^ whole ' earth, (which was
not then <\uite dry land,) with trees
as thick as the gra&s of a meadow,
would hardly be sufficient for a sin-
gle stratum. And we have many
such over each otiier, separated by
thick strata 7)f schist, grit and lime.
The vegetable fossils found in them,
most of which are marine, have been
imbedded there, as they have in the

^KKSrjk

(WMiiiiriftiiniiini^**,'"

ttm^ < .

< ■ jB 1 1 .J tiM imniiywf^iWjlig'!^

■' m

alternate,
tally they
led the ma-
I in them,
theory hat*
I presume
1 partly for-
lieved. It
ihment that
it explains
least diffi-
il(»S;ists are
mixture of
1 above all
, so vainly
I to a plau-

America 3
inic forma-
. Bitumite.
ily is of ve-
mgs to the
)up, being
clay of our
ithracite is
5tcrn slope
ghany mts.
;rits, while
lous coal i»
he summit
Alleghany
slates and
vidently of
trata which
:m. There
mltitudc of
successive
form them
yi is easily
emanations
her organic
been calcci<
en required
rata out of
rests cov-
(which was
I with trees
a meadow,
it for a sin-
iiave many
parated by
t and lime,
nd in them,
!, have been
have in the

nfmbeuidTerhaps many otl.e.s reject Exterior with a tegument covered by
ffeabsurd vrgetable theory of coal. fl„uo8e longitudinal furrows, sp.car.
I send vou figures and descriptions [),ft„,.,ne, oboval, obliqual, palmate,
.* i J r._r:i _i»«*a fnr thA Geo- . _i-.._ — lu #>no awli> anmilar.

of 7 of our fossil plants for the Geo
logical Society.

I. Rytomaeqmlis, Raf.disc.l831
in Kentucky in the Wasioto hills,
and the carbonic region. It is an
impression on clay-stone, reddis^i
brown. It is near to Calamttes, h^i
flat, notcylindricaUalthough neither
distorted nor flattened. Gen. car.

truncate or split, one side angular,
the other thick, furrows unequal
curved or flcxuose often twisted. 2

or 3 inches.

5. "jTrisjnnites obliqua,KA\. }oW.
Very singular fossil, resembling an
£?scAara,butapparently a plant,with-
out any cell or mouth. From Clil-

Car. Surface flat tcsserated, each
square with an oblique heart shaped
impression, and 3 prominent spines
behind. Sp.Car. Angular or squar-

..»»g.- out any V.C1I ui ..."--•" -- .

distortea nor ..•t....ed. Gen, car. If^^d's museum, discovered by him in
Straight, flat, long, cutat equal dis.L,,^ g^n^y grit covering the coal on
tances by transversal furrows, others j^^^ ^^i^er in West Virginia. Gm.
smaller longitudinal approximated, r<„„ a..rfar.. flat tcsselated. each
separated by flatribs. Speccar.Var
rows deep and narrow, the trans-

versallarger, the ribs larger than the ^g„,„Q_ oj^.^^,. .w.^-.- ,-

longitudinal furrows. (3 inches. V ^j^ 3 or 4 tesselated squares on one

2. An unknown Lignite (L. ChJ-^^^^ g^g 4 to G inches. „ ^ ^ ^, „ _
fordi) from the carbonic regions ot g Porimites levtgata^ Rat. 181 ».
Kentucky, disc. 1822. Superincum- ^ ^y smooth, pores round. -

- ° •'-'1 :- *v, „.;f TlASPinblinsr 7. porimites sulcata, Raf. Deeply

sulcated, pores oblong or elliptical.
These two splendidi fossils, were
discovered by Mr. Cliftbrd in the
sandy grit of the Cumberland and
Clinch mountains in Tennessee.
The fragments were a foot lon& and
6 inches' in diameter, cylindrical,
very hard, nearly silicified and
brown. Is it a fossil plant near the
Cactus or animals near the Miue-
pores? Generic Car. Body cylindri-
cal, solid, no tegument, covered out-
side with longitudinal wrinkles, and
regular rows of nores, alternating;
each with a mamillar centre.

ben" to coLl in th:grit. Resembling
the Phytolites dawsoni of Stemhauer.
Petrified in sandstone grit. Brown
outside, grey inside, impressions on
JJth sides, fibres flat parallel une-
qual in length, equal in breadth,
strias between very small, interior
obliterated, yet a little porose.

3. Mesiphites ctorafa, Rat. As n-
Eular fossa of the diluvium of Phila-
lelphia in iron clay. Is it a plant
near to the fistular Fuc"s,o; an ani-
mal near to Holothuna? Mr. Peter
A. Browne has figured several of
these fossils, perhaps different sp. in
the Journal of Geology. I shall pub-
lish them again with his figures and
my names. Are the singular fossils
lately discovered in the ferruginous
diluvium of Nova Scotia, similar to

4. Cladocerus alcides, Raf. 1818.
Fossil resembling the horn of an elk,
but rather a plant, disc. 1818 in the
calcareous shale of Kentucky. It is
very near to my N. G. Somantes

14. Remarks on the Silicious Fos-
sils of North America.
[Translated from the French.]
Br C. S. RAFiNxsauB.
The Essay of Brongniart on the
silicious orbicules has beguu to un-
fold some important geological facts.
As 1 can add some others to those
indicated by him, I will venture

(enL.8p.73) which I placed among '"^f /^ "^^^ '^^''the 'siUcious fos-

i f

_.^. 4.w«tfMM

» 1 WH - n w n ""I I I II 11 ^ 1 1 III I-.H "!

. ■■■■■L.-W >!■■ I ' U i - M^Wt ipi pl l ' ^-

;/ '

America. This immense basin ex-
tends from Canada to the Gulf of
Mexico, and from tlie Alleghany to
the Ozark mountains which are grit-
ty mountains, while the basin itself
is of very ancient limestone, altho'
quite horizontal, but often covered
with hills of slate, coal and sand
stone.

Prof. Brongniart has mentioned
some of the fossils which I sent him
in 1820 from this region, {Terehru
iula, Shophomenes, Favositea) whici
had on them silicious orbicules. I
oould add many more as I have seen
several others on 7\irlnnolites, Or-
thoceralites, &.c. My Cydorites tiir-
binolia covers all over one of the
first.. I consider it like all my cy-
ciorites of the S. G. cyclepite as
parasite animals become fossils along
with their support. Among my G.
Cydorites published 1819, and a
complete monography in 1831,
there are some flat and fixed, oth-
ers fixed branched, free and simple
with 1, 2 or several orders of circles.
While in my G.Fibrillite8,the whole
is striated in the interior as in
the Tethya of Donati and my G.
Boladites.

Yet I do not doubt of the globu-
lar and circular cristalizatiou of the
silex. Far from it, I have always
believed in it for 30 years past, even
when hardly any mineralogist could
believe it. Besides the mamillar
and oculated calcedonies and asats,
I have seen jasper, onyx, cornelian,
quartz, and chert, &c. with cristals
either mamillary or hemispherical or
lenticular. I have several speci-
mens in my cabinet, such as red
jasper, blue and white onyx, &c. 1
should therefore be inclined to be-
lieve that some of the orbicules men-
tioned or figured by Brongniart are
orbicular cristals; but there are
some, which with my cydorites, fi-
brillites and others omitted, have
the appearance of being animal fos-
sils ot ancient pelagic alcyonites,
become silicious,. like nearly all the

Kentucky, Ohio, Tennessee, &c.

It appears that the geologists do
not yet know well this fine region
of fossils whose oryctology was first
explored by Clifford in 1814to 1820,
and next by myself in 181 8 to 1826.
Maclure has designated all the re-
gion west of the Alleghanies as se-
condary, and James calls the same
transition. Brongniart appears un-
decided whether it is transition. In
fact it is neither strictly the one nor
Mie other! America is not always
similar to Europe in all the forma-
tions and strata. It has neither
chalk nor liasP The Oolites and
clays are often out of place! The
ancient or pelagic limestone of this
region as well as the slates and grits
which surmount then-, are of transi-
tion by their appearance and ancient
tribes of fossils; but they are similar
to the secondary of Europe, by the
horizontnl position of the strata, and
the silicificd fossils like those of the
chalk. They form therefore a kind
of peculiar series, deserving perhaps
a p-'culiar name, since the English
appellation of mountain limestone
or carboniferous limestone do not
properly apply; they do not form
mountains, but inferior horizontal
strata, and do but seldom bear the
coal. I have called it compact when
it is nearly homogeneous and specu-
lar when it has a. shining lainular
fracture, &c. The fossils are dis-
seminated in it very unequally,being
sometimes very rare, but accumula-
ted in some localities. Some species
are very abundant and others very
rare. 1 heir great antiquity is provetl
by the ancient tribes to which they
cniefly belong. Madrepores, Mille-
peres, Turbinolites, Favosites, Te-
rebratulites, Encrinites, Alcyonites,
&c. with some Trilobites and'Cepha-
lopodes.

But the most striking fact con-
sists in the complete silicification of
all these fossils of nearly 1000 dif-
ferent species. Most of them are
casts of destroyed animals replaced
by a silicious mattei*. This is con-

fossils of the ancient limestone of stant in the limestone, except in the

i lB»

newest and uppermost, the shaly

»m' ^. Bi— iwppii

iologists do
fine region
,7 was first
14 to 1820,
18 to 1826.
all the re-
nies as se-
s the same
ppears un-
Insition. In
the one nor
ot always
the forma-
ncither
elites and
ace! The
one of this
!8 and grits
of transi-
nd ancient
are similar
pe, by the
strata, and
lose of the
are a kind
ig perhaps
e English
limestone
le do not
not form
horizontal
I bear the
pact when
md specu-
; lamular
i are dis-
illy, being
ccumula-
le species
lers very
is provei
lich they
8, Mille-
ites, Te-
:yonite»,
i Cepha-

ict con-
:ation of
300 dif.
lem are
eplaced
is con-
)t in the
s shaly

limestone, which covers the oldest
in some places, or elsewhere is un-
der the sandstone or slates. The
same happens in the long but narrow
formation of limestone called transi-
tion, which borders on the mts. Al-
leghany to the East dividing them
from the primitive hills. The Tri-
lobites and Terebratulites, &c. are
there also siliciiied. While in the
limestones of New-York N. of the
Alleghany, or superposed to the £.
of them, the fossils are nearly all
calcareous. And in the vast marl
region from Long Island to Florida
along the sea, alfthe fossils are cal-
careous or marly. A few later fos-
sils of Kentucky, &c. not siliciiied,
are chiefly found in marly forma-
tions.

The fossils of this central region
can therefore- be known at first sight
when seen silicified in limestone.
Thus the cyclorytes and siliciiied
alcyonites may well be animals like-
wise. This becomes very clear when
many of them are seen, which ap-
proximate to living animals of the
Fropipal seas and Mediterranean.

As a striking instance I add the
descriptions (and iigures in the ori-
ginal) of 2 N. G. of mine from the
sea of Sicily.

1. Paadiromarubra^Riif. Analyse
Nat. 1815. Family of Polactomes —
Animal iixt upon "shells, fleshy red,
smooth, elliptic, flattened, margin
irregular, many flexuose concentric
s'lrias, centre with an expansible
mouth without tentacula.

2. Peritrema lobularis, Raf. disc.
1807. Family of Alcyons. — Fixed on
rocks, lobed, compressed, fleshy,
brownish, with many rings on the
surface, having a hole or pore in the
centre>

These two animals appear to re-
present the ancient cyclorytes of the
pelagic world; but many more exist
yet in the seas.

It will therefore be needful to dis-
tinguish with care among ihc silici-
ons fossils witli simple forms, those
which are really inorganic, suci) as
tbeorbicui^s, splrozoites, annulites.

globulites, mamillites, Ientilite8,&c.
and the organic fossils; such as the
fibrillites, cyclorytes, bolactites, gra*
nulites, &c. wliich may resemble
them, and also the geodes from the
geodiles. If the silicious orbicules^
&c. were always minerals, they
should not be so rare, but common
as the cristals inside of silicified
shells. Out of thousands of silicious
fossils which I have examined, I have
only found cyclorites upon a small
number. I have hardly ever seen
any spiral epizoites and very seldom
nodulose orbicules. But I have seen
some radiated, and others with small
circles within larger ones. The va-
riety is great. If the free cycloritei
were only orbicules they should not
be so rare. Some are totally chang-
ed in calcedony, they should then
be deemed circular calcedonies; but
they are* very difterent from the ma-
miliar, and occulated calcedonieK.
Yet I was right to sa^ that the fo8»il
alcyonites form as it were, a link
between animals and minerals, as
they approximate in shapes; but my
fibrillites (decidedly organised ani-
mals) proves the animalitv of many
others gradually linked by the
forms. C.^t.R.

PfUiadelphia, 2dJlpril, 1832.

NoT(. — The tendency to silification of
all animal substances is so very great in
the western strata, that even parts of
bones and horns of quadrupeds have been
found partly silicified outside . I have in
my cabinet a remarkable instance of it in
the fossil horn of my Maxaitui salhuiria,
which is intact inside, but partly silicious
outside: although this fragment was in a
late furmation, not in a stratum, and be-
longs to the latest age of t'ossil animals.

15, Semarki on the Oeodet and Geoditea.

Every hollow mineral with cristals
inside has often been cnlled Geode. Pa-
trin.ever since 1803 in the article Ueode
of the Diet, of Nat. Hist, has very well
distinguished the volcanic Geodes, from
the Geodes of the chalk, which last'h';
deemed fossil nniinuls.

Our ancient limestone agrees also with
the chalk by having similar geodesi
but there are two very different kinds
of Geodes in our ancient limestone, Some
like those of the Niagara lime stone,

lilitMiti. ri inlialhii

iiiiMiiirr^- '■'

which Eaton hu called Ondic Hmeitont,
containi great many cavitiei aimilar to
the volcanic Geodes and filled with cris-
talt, while in Ohio, Kentucky &c. and
chiefly in the Waiioto or knobhilU, the
cherty limestone and even the saridstunc
above it, contain many free gsodei per-
fectly silicified like the other fussils, fill-
ed iniide with fine criatala of quartz.
These geodea which 1 have called geo-
(litea in my enumeration, appear to me
to be fossil animals, like those of the
chalk distinguished by Patrln. They
are always thick, often smooth, without
cyclprites or orbiculites. Some are very
large, 1 could have collected many, bul
they were too heavy to carry. They are
often found abundantly in the ravines,
glena, and torrents of the hills, mixed
with rolled stones. 1 have seen some cal-
cedonised. It is sometimes needful to
break them to ascertain their geodic na'
ture, ns the outward appearance is delu
aive.

But if they were animals, as they have
no visible mouths, they must have been
porottomet become fossils. See my letter
to Cuvier upon the porostomes.

They will always be easily distinguish
ed from the chert and silicious fragments
of jasper, quartz, &c. imbedded in the
cherty limestone by not being in any way
angular, nor ringed.

Many kinds or species can he distia
giiished among them, but they often run
into each other by gradual forms or co-
lors. The G. levigata of my enumera-
tiuHf tp..74,.wnuld probably include many
such. The colors are variable, but chief-
ly uniform in each specimen, the whitish,
yellow and rufous are most common, but
various shades of red and brown are also
found. The sizes vary from that of an
orange to the size of a man's head.weight
from 1 to 25 pounds.

The following kinds oHer the most
attiking forms.

1. Oeodiles levigata, Raf. Commonly a
little elliptical, not compressed, nearly
smooth.

2. fi.Compretta, Elliptical, compressed
one side smoother than the other.

3. G. Snic'ita. A little elliptical, wit!
•ome furrows or wrinkles unequal and
irregular.

4. G. Globota, Globular, smaller than
the others, a little rough.

5. G. Phaitpi. Oblong, nearly smooth^
dark brown.

6. G. Ovcidea. Ovoidal smooth, one end
•mailer.

7. G. Mami/a. Elliptical, somewhat
mamillar outside.

8. G. Erythrea, Red, oblong, smooth.

9. G. Bivita. Oblong, with a partition
in the cavity inside.

10 G. Biloba. Oblong, bilobe, with two
rounded parts nearly equal.

11. G. Lobata, With many unequal ir-
regular lobes.

12. S. Etongata. Long ohlong, nearly
cylindrical, smooth.

13. G. Cavernoia. Irregular with seve-
ral cavities.

14. G. ^morpha. Amorphous, unshape-
ly, a single cavity.

15. G. Diipar. Oblong, with a large
chink on one side.

16. G. Turbinata. Nearly turbinate,
rough, one end attenuate, the other con-
vex depressed, cavity small. Very sinjju-
lar sp. fulvous uneven outside, inside
changed in white quartz, cavity within
with mamillar crystals.

16. On the CavuUtei and JIntrotittt.

My N.G. Cavulites fullowathe geoditea
in my enumeration. It differs chiefly by
having outward cavitica or openings to
the internal cavities. The cavulites which
contain ns many sp. as the geoditcs, are
not therefore porottomei, but may be tme
alcyonites or spongites having mouths or
openings to the internal atoroach or ca-
vity.

Another N. G. of mine, which I call
^ntroiitet, forms the link between them.
It has no outward cavUies, but a aingle
large opening or hole communicating
with the internal cavity. A living sea G.
of Sicily called by me Megaitoma in 1814
comes very near to this, but here the
opening is still larger and the body is
fixed not free. This Megaitoma i% how«
ever a very singular animal. It is called
cedm di mart or sea citron in Sicily, re-
sembling outside a large citron rough or
somewhat mamillar, inside quite smooth,
substance thick cartilaginous. Fixed on
rocks nearly inert, yet alive, since when
cut it appears to shrink from the knife.

The cavulites and antroaitea have many
specie!!, of as many colors as the geod-
ites; but their sise is always smaller, and
they are more rare, some ap. very much
so. I shall give here a few of them: but
•igurps should be required to make them
w<;l! known; they will be figured here-
after.

1. G. Cavnlile*.

1. C. ambhideii. Subglnboae, outward
cavities small and imequal,few Inside and
small.

2. C. anaitoma. Oblong, cavitiea al-
most anastomosed, large cavitiea inside.

3. C. geodica. Ovoidal, large cavities
outside, only one inside, hardly commu-
nicating.

—r- ■<

;, with B partition

'> bilobe, with two
c]ual.

many unequal tr-
ig oblong, nearly
egular with teve-
rphouB, unsbape-
g, with a large

fearly turbinate,
:e, the other con-
nail. Very sinffu-
outside, inside
•ta, cavity within

and JIntrotitet.
owsthegeodites
differs chiefly bj'
i or openings to
icavuiites which
he geodites, are
but may be true
aving mouths or
I stomach or ca-

e, which I call
: between them,
ies, but a single
communicating
A living sea G.
^gaitoma in 1814
», *ut here the
nd the body is
^gttttoma 'h how.
nal. Jt is called
•n in Sicily, re-
citron rough or
e quite smooth,
rious. Fixed on
ive, since when
rom the knife,
•sites have many
rs as the geod-
>ys smaller, and
I sp. very much
!W of them: but
dtonfakethem
: figured here-

nbose, outward
l,few inside and

ig, cavities al.
cavities inside.
I large cavitiet
hardly commu.

4. C. wiica. Elliptical, a single cavity
inside, few outside unequal, one united
to the interior.

5. C. vermiculant. Unshapely, with
yermicular cavities outside and inside.

6. C, amorpha. Unshapely, cavities
rounded unecfual.

7. C. equalis. Subglobose, cavities near-
ly equal, few inside.

8. C, ilepretia. Elliptical compressed,
cavities unequal, only one or two inside.

2. G. Antrontei.

1. K.globoia. Globular, surface nearly
smooth; small opening, large cavity.

2 A. elliptica. Elliptical, surface a lit.
tie rough, opening at one end, large ca-

3. A. camerata. Ellipsoidal, surface
nearly smooth, opening lateral, cavity di-
vided by partitions.

4. A. depreita. Ellipsoidal, depressed,
nearly smooth, opening very small termi-
nal.

5. A. nodoaa. Rounded surface, knob-
by or mamillar, opening small, cavity ir-
regular.

6. A. magna. Amorphous rough, un-
even, opening large, cavity lobular.

7. A.ditpherica. Formed by two united
lobes rounded, nearly smooth, opening
irregular.

8. A. rimota. Ovoidal with many chinks,
opening and cavity large.

9. A.ivcurva. Oblong . curved irregu-
lar, opening terminal, cavity small.

10. A. dilrema. Oblong nearly smooth,
two unequal openings, one at each end
cavity large. This ' " ""' »--—♦'

openings, and be called Ditremite* leyit.
All these animals or fossils are entire-
ly silicious like the geodites. The antra-
titet have often cristals inside, but the
cawdites very seldom. They are from
the same locality and chiefly from East
Kentucky.

17. On the Genera o//o«»i7 Tbiiobiteb or
Gi-oHKBiTBS of Jiorth America, Bx C.

8. liAriMSSflVB.

Philadelphia, May, 1832.
Prof. Green of Philadelphia, is
engaged in the investigation of all
the Trilobites of the U. States; a
labor very much wanted; as these
interesting fossils are very numer-
ous with us, and but few as yet pro-
perly named and described. Instead
of figures he will give colored casts
in piaster of all those he can procure.
This improvement is novel here and
will be very acceptable to the oryc-
10

tologists. He has already issued in
April a first scries of 8 casts and
species accompanied with a synop-
tical table, among which a N.G. rfi-
plmra and 4 new species of G.two-
phus and calymtne. He has omitted
the geological localities, but will
probably supply this deficiency m. his
monograph.

I was among the first to attend to
the trilobites in N. America. In 1817
Dr.Sclisefter presented the first spe-
cimen from ttie Catskill mts. to the
Lyceum of New-York, as a fossil
quite unknown. I pronounced it a
new genus of fossil entomostraceous
crab, and called it Glomerites euru-
cephala in a paper read before the
Lyceum; being very near to the G.
glomeris of Latreille or annadiUo of
fcuvier.

Soon after I found in the work ot
Parkinson, that he had been the first
to notice these fossils, under the
name of Trilobites, a very good and
precious name.

Brongniart in his excellent work
on the trilobites, published in 1822,
but which he claims to have read be-
fore a society in 1815; divides them
into 5 genera, and abolishes without
just cause the name of trilobites;
!l which ought to have been left to the
group calymene: and must yet be
restored, because there is a previous
G. calymenia of Ruiz and Pavon in
botany.

Much discussion and controversy
has taken place on the subject of
these animals, some deeming them
shells near to chiton', but tlic pre-
sence of eyes in many of them fixes
them among tlie crabs; altho* their
feet being small and soft, hayebeen
obliterated in the fossilization.

In 1821, I sent to Europe the de-
scription of 12 Amtrican trilobites,
and I published in Kentucky the N.
Gho ctomesa.

In 1824 Dr. Kay produced it again
under the name ol isoteles and in
1826 Dolman calls it nileus.

Dolman has described many Eu-
ropean species; we have nearly as
many in North America, offering

V"^? uV VCr:.Z lust cause the name ot tiiiooiies}
,„„• . pVcU., g»5rS?dUicl, ou^t .« h.v. been leftjo «»

many strikinfl; generic digtinctions.
A8 far as I know them they must
form at least 15 genera, and 4 series
of beings, with many, two, one or no
eyes.

I. Series or Section. More than
two eyes. Polyopsitks.

1. G. Allootops, Raf. 1821. Tri-
lobate not glomerate, head with 8
unequal eyes in 2 longitudinal roivs.
Thorax and abdomen with many seg-
ments. 1. A.y?exuo/a, Raf. about 20
flexuose segments, fore eyes smaller,
tail a little jutting obtuse. Cabinet
of Transyl. University, from old
limestone of Kentucky.

2. G. DiPLopsiTES, Raf. 1821.
Not trilobate nor glomerate, head
with 4 eyes double on each side.
Thorax and abdomen with many seg
ments, l.D./evt«.Very smooth, eyes
ecjual. An imperfect specimen in the
Cincinnati Museum, from Ohio. i

3.G.ToMOLiGus,Raf. 1821. Not
trilobate but glomerate, head very
broad, 2 large eyes^£ut in two
lengthways, lliorax with few seg-
ments, 4 or 5, abdomen large entire,
Type. 1. T. mimulua, 1821, (or my
trtlobites «tmt(ir,enum. 1831 .) Smooth
Q furrows before each eye. Cabinet
of CliRbrd, found in Salt River
Knobs.

II. Scries or Sections. With two
eyes. — Diopsi'iBi>,Raf.

4. G. IsocTOMESA,Raf. 1821. Jao-
teles, De Kay, 1 824. ^Vt/euA, Dolman,
1826. Not trilobate nor glomerate.
Head and abdomen large entire, 2
distant eyes. Thorax with 8 equal
segments. Type 1 . T. emarginata.
Eyes round, abdomen larger than
the head, retuse or notcheu behind.
Cabinet of Trans. University, pre-
sented by Judge Bledsoe, found near
Harrod's Lick and Paris in Ken-
tucky," in old limestone. The lawest
trilobite known, being 9 inches long
and 4 broad. Different from the L
gigaa of De Kay, which has bilobed
eyes and is not notched. I. plana. D.
and other sp. belong to this genus
alteo. The G. Jlemu of Dolman,
' "dly differs having only 9 or 10
segments to thorax, it may form a
sub-genus.

5.G.DiPtF.uRA,Green,1832. Not
trilobate, subglomerate, 2 oblique
eyes, thorax with 14 segments, ab-
domen or tail orbicular. Sec Green's
series No. 3.

6. G. AsAPHus, Br. 1822. Trilo-
bate, not glomerate. Abdomen or
tail expanded large, without seg-
ments. Thorax with many seg-
ments. Many sp. see Brongniart
and Green.

7.G.TRiL0DiTKS.Park.l812. Glo-
merites, Raf. 1817". Calymene. Br.
1822,and Green, 1832. If the name
trilobites is not to be generic, caly-
mene must be changed nevertheless
(or diopsitea or geoplaxia,R&f. many
sp. I descr. 2 in my enum. T. eury-
cephala and T. ^ranulala. Green
has 5 sp. in I. series, of which 3 new;
but his pretty C. ca/tVepWa ought to
form a sub-genus Orimopa, Raf. by
eyes annular or with a central dot,
and head with a curious relief like a
Aower de Luce. The G. differs
chiefly from asaphua by having the
abdomen with segments or blended
with thorax, and both glomerate.

8. G.T£i.E8iops,Rari832. Differs
from the last, by head very broad,
with remote lateral eyes, very large,
prominent and reticulated. l.Type.
r./etocepAa«,Raf.H£ad 8mootli,eyes
reticulated by dots, flat and smooth
above, thorax with 1 1 segments, la-
teral ribs duplicate, abdomen or tail
with 7 segments flattei^ed not dupli-
cate. My cabinet, from Virginia, se-
veral sp. blended under C. macroph-
thalma of Br. must be united here,
and probably also my 'T.eurycephala
or Teleaiopa granukUa. The T.
leiocephaa I have ceded to Prof.
Green.

9. G. Promenites, Raf. 1832. Bi-
lobites,Raf. 1821 and 1831, in enum.
I have changed the name as there
are several G. bilobites. 1. Pr. lunula
Raf. 2. Pr. bilobata, &c.

10. G. OoYoiA, Brongniart.

III. Section or Series. Only one
eye? MuNOP8iTEs,Raf.

11. G. Mm^tapteles, Green; or
MoNOPSiTEs, Gr. or Crtptolitks,
Gr. All these names proposed by

■•••■^►•^•i^Wili*

ken, 1832. Not

\te, 2 obliqite

segments, ab-

Sec Oreen'a

1822. Trilo-
Abdomen or
without seg-
many seg-
lee Brongniart

irk.1812. Gfo.

^alumene. Br.

If the name

rineric, caly-
nevertheless
u^AfRaf. many
snum. T.eury-
\ttlata. Green
»f which 3 new;
gsAo/a ought to
imops, Raf. by
a central dot,
>U8 relief like a
['he G. differH
by having the
nts or blended
I glomerate.
iU832.0ifl'ers
Id very broad,
yea, very large,
lated. l.Type.
»d 8mootli,eyes
lat and smooth
1 segments, la-
bdomen or tail
i^ed not dupli-
n Virginia, se-
'■rCmaeroph-
e united here,
r.eurycephaia
^a. The T.
Jed to Prof.

laf.1832. Bi-

831,inenum.

ime as there

I. Ft. lunula

igniart.

J. Only one

•

» Green } or

HYPTOLlTK8»

proposed by

eyes,

Green; he tthall select probably the
best. Singular G. without eyes? but
with a big central knob like an eye,
only the head known, trilobate, with
a fine reticulated forehead. 2 sp. see
Green's work.
IV. Section or Series. No

ANOP8ITE8,Raf.

12. AoNOSTES, Br. 1822. Jiatua,
D. 1826.

13. Paradoxides, Br. 1822. Ole-
nus, D. 1826.

14. Ampyx, Dolman, 1826. Tho-
rax with few segments, abdomen or
tail expanded.

15. Retusites, Raf. 1821. Head
retuse or bilobc, body trilobate with
many segments, abd. not expanded.
l.Type. R. /em: Head short sub-
bilobe, about 20 segments, middle
lobe narrow. In Ohio.

It will be noticed that I have call-
ed head, thorax and abdomen, what
others call clypeus, abdomen and
tail: my view has more conformity
with ihe living genera, and whatever
bear eyes must be a head.

-«©0-
18. On the Saltea of Europe and America

Spallanzani gave the name of talses to
the mud volcanoes of Italy, wliicli com-
moiily throw out salt water at the same
time. This name has been properly ap-
plied as a generic name to all the volca-
noes which throw mud, slime, clay, marl,
lime, sand, &c. instead of lava, stones,
gravel, pumice, cinders, obsidian, &c.

Water, air, gases, fumes, sulphur, iron
and many other substances, are common
to all the volcanoes, of which there are
at least 4 series. Earthquakes, heat and
fire,are more or less common to all in some
of their paroxysms. And all the volcanoes
exist Within two peculiar fluids, air or
water. The Aerial volcanoes or salses
are those acting in the atmosphere, tli«
aquatic volcanoes those existing under
the water of the sea.

The 4 series of volcanoes tre,

1. Trachytic or la vie volcanoes: such
as Etna, Vesuvius, both aquatic and
aerial.

2. Basaltic volcanoes, ejecting basalts
Mid traps commonly aquatic.

3. Carbonic volcanoes, ejecting coal
and slates; always aquaiic.

4. Salsic volcanoes or salses. These
are both aquatic and aerial. Many are
yet existing! but they were much more
mimerous in ancient times, when the sea
covered most of the land.

They are found all over the world,
but those uFAsiBiAfrica and Polynesia are
little known as yet. Those of Europe
liave only been observed within 50 years,
and those of North America by myself
within 16 years.
The principal salses of Europe are now
1. Those of Italy, in Modena, the
Apennines, and Roman States.

3. Those of SicHy; Macaluba visited
by Dolomieu and rnyxelf is the most fv
mous, as having sometimes firy erup-
tions, although ejecting only clay. But
there are many more in Sicily ejecting
clay, sulphur, magnesian marl, &c.

S.Thoie of Crimea, described by Pallas.

4. Those of Poland, producing mud
and salt.

5. Those of Iceland, called Geysers or
spouting springs, producing many eartha
and even silex.

6. Those of Murciain Spain, near Ori-
huela. Quite 'ately sprung in 1829, with
dreadful eartlic|uakes, but no fire. A
square of 64 miles circuit was desolated
and aH the villages destroyed. The
ground wa|i filled with clefts and millions
ofsmall craters, throwing out sand, black
liquid mud and sea water, mixt with sea
shells! and sea weeds! (see the Descr. in
Bulletin of Geography of Paris.) This
great eruption of our times is a complete
proof of the vulcanic formation of many
tertiary strata and even § indstonc strata,
or strata with organised fossils.

Two other recent instances of volcanic
eruptions ofmudandeartlis,willbe given
us additional proofs.

In 1 322. The mountain Galun{^n, near
Cheribon, in Java, had a dreadful erup-
tion with explosions, earthquakea and
lightnings; but no fire, no flame and no
lava. It rained ashes and hot mud, with
earth and stones, which formed a stratum
70 feet deep, 20 miles long and XO wide,
overwhelming 114 villages, and destroy-
ing 4000 men.

In 18^1 and 1832, some of the volca-
noes East of the Andes must have had
earthy or muddy eruptions, since the
earth, dust, and mud, was carried easter-
ly 1000 miles tO Buenos Ayres, in black
clouds, by the winds, as was stated in the
periodicals, unless we admit that it was
formed in the clouds.

I'hese salsic and muddy volcanoes in
fact exist every where; but have perio-
dical or remote eruptions. When they
are small, they pass unnoticed, as many
have which exist in England, France and
Germany; being mistaken for curious
springs or casual phenomena. But these
small local eifects and formations are ex-
actly what geology seeks as remains of
former more powerful agents.

I have Bought for tlicm in North Ame-
rica and had no dlHi'Milty to find thcni.
Ttiey exint every wliere in tlie Kcconda
ry und tertinry regiunit. M my bcUiiig tu
remote aquatic formations and eriiptiunsi
but icverul exist in uctuni activity as
aerial lalses, with craters, throwing many
earthy and saline substances.

Out of lOU intereatinj; localities of this
kind, which I have visited, I shall here
mention a few.

1. SALSGSof New-York, at Saratoga,
Saline, Syracuse, Montezuma, Sic.

f. Those of tlie Rreat lime valley ex-
tending from New-York to Virginia cast
of the Alleghany.

3. Those of tlic 'Alleghany mts. Cats
kill, &c. with very ancient craters that
threw sand or nsamitc formations, some-
times become lakes.

4. Those of Cumberland and Wasioto
mts. of Virginia, Kentucky and 'i'enneS'
see. Tlic hollow mountain is a singular
psamite crater in it very ancient.

5. Those of the Ohio basin, in Ohio,
Kentucky, Tennessee, Illinois, Indiana
Very numerous and various, of didercnt
ages and periods, called licks, salines,
springs, Etc. Such arc Uignob licks, Har<
man licks; mud licks, yellow sinings, &c
which will be described in my account of
the licks.

6. Those on the Mississippi, or west of
it, are very numenxis also. In 1811 and
13, they had dreadful eruptions forming
]akes and clefts, craters, new strata as in
Murcia.

All these throw out as yet periodically,
earths and salts, gases, mud, clay, iron,
lime, marl, bitumen, sarid, &c. and coi).
tinue to increase some smaller or local
formations of those substances.

The account of these salsic volcanoes
will be continued in other papers; and
the carbonic volcanoes of North Ameri-
ca will be described in my memoirs on
the coal minca of North America.

C. S. llAFI51!Sq,VE.

19. On MeLAMiiLiTEs JV.G. of American
Fofiitt. — Br C. S. ItAriNEsauK.
Among several fine fossils uf the cabi-
net of Prof. Green, which 1 have added
to mine by exchanges, I have found 2
sp. of a N. G. of I'OROSTOMES.or ani-
mals without mouths, in a fossil state. I
was right to announce that the fossil no-
rostomites would soon increase in number
I have called this N.U. Lametlitei owing
to its internal lamellar structure, whereby
it is related to my bolactites, fibrillites
and the living tethya. It differs chiefly
from this last by its solid centre and
smoother outside, without cuticle. Both
species are from the State ot New-York,

near Glen's falls in the old limestone of
that region, homewhat similar to the
transition of the long valley; but of a
darker hue; nearly black with a bluish
cast.

riiev arc not silicificd, but petrified,
into tlie hard limestone, and can be
scratched by iron.

G. Lnim-lliteii, Body free without a cu-
ticle onlsiile; lamellar in a radiating form
around the circumference, centre solid
nut lamellar, but the lamellas radiate from
t.

1 sp. I,. bilobitla, liaf. Oblong, nearly
bilobe,or middle contracted, ends round-
ed. Surface a little uneven, lamellas,
elongated, solid centre small. Fine large
heavy and hard fossil, 4 inches lung,
blackish, with some roughness and pits
outside, some white spots inside.

'2. sp, L. ikfireata, Itaf. Uiscoiilal, de-
pressed, nearly smooth outside, lamellas
short; solid centre large. Smaller, dia-
meter over one inch, softer and of a paler
bluish cast.

The figures of these and 500 other fos-
sils will be given in my Iconographical
Illustrations.

PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY.

20. JAcks and Sucks of Kentucky.
Bt C. S. KAriNEsat'i.

The enumeration of these places
properly belongs to Physical Geo-
Sraphy, tlieir ultimate history to
Geology.

Their {iciiogical name is SALSE-
They arc fount! all over the Western
States, and even in Western Virgi-
nia and Pennsylvania; but arc most
numerous in the Central State of
Kentucky. They were called
LICKS by the first settlers, because .
they noticed that buftUloes, elks and
deer went to lick the saline ground,
and SUCKS when they went to i,uck
or drink the saline springs or pools
of the salses. The French settlers
called them salines; this name has
been partly preserved in New-York,
Canaua, Illinois, and Missouri.

Nearly 100 licks are noticed in
tlio large map of Kentucky by Mun-
sell; but I iiave seen or heard of 60
more. They may be divided into 3
series.

1. Salt Licks, producing saline
cfHorescences or salt springs and
pools. In summer the springs are
often dry, but the saline particles

i I

Id limettonc of
liimilar to the
lleyi but of a
with a bluiih

but petrified,
> and can be

|e witlioiit n cu-

i radiating furm

le. centre itulid

|lnB radiate from

'blonir, nearly
ted, ends roiincf-
[even, lamellas.
mil. Fine large
I inches long,
hnesa and pita
~ InHide.

Discoidal, de>

utaide, lamellaa

Smaller, dia^

:r and of a paler

d 500 other fos-
Iconographical

HAPFIY.

of Kentucky.

these placr.8
Physical Geo-
te history to

ne is SALSE.
rthe Western
''estern Virgi-

but arc most
tral State of
were called
tiers, because .
Iocs, elks and
uline grountU

went to (.uck
'irigs or pools
each settlers
is name lia»
II New- York,
Missouri,
•e noticed in
ckybj Mun-
• heard of 60
ivided into 3

icing saline

springs and

springs are

ne particles

v^Aist in the soil. Altho' sea salt if
the inoHt conitnon, jf t sevenil otiier
salts inixt with it, Kpsam and Glau-
ber salts, &c.or miiny ><ulpl)»ii'satul
niuriiites. Few licks aftoi d the pure
muriate of soda.

2. Sulphur liirkn. Those where
sulphates uiid hydrogcnc predomi-
nate, rendering the soil or water
fetid.

3. Clay lAch. Where clay or
marl chiefly abounds; often partly
saline, and licked by wild beasts or
tame cattle. Tiic paint licks have
colored ochres.

Nay, tiiesc 3 kinds of licks are
often near each other; at mud licks
for instance, 4 springs, salt, sulphu-
ric, vitriolic and chalybeate are
found. But chalybeate springs are
not called licks, because the cattle
do not lick them.

The licks are known at Hrst sight
by their barrenness, as little grass,
few plants and fewer trees, grow
among them, being commonly desti
tute of soil, and forming therefore
many small barren spots among the
fertile lands of Kentucky, from lOU
yards to one mile or more in extent.
But few are stony; they are gene-
rally formed by a thick stratum of
clay, from 3 to lUO feet high, raised
in heaps, slopes, hills or hollows:
perpetually washed by rain into gul-
lies or clefts, by the unshaded heat
of the sun.

To enumerate them properly, as
counties are yet fluctuating in Ken-
tucky, I have disposed them in 7
groups, according to their situatiim
near streams.
Enumeration of all the Lickt of Kentucky.

I. Group. Near the Ohio river.

1. Salt lick near Vanceburg and mouth
of Salt Lick Creek.

2. Dank Lick near Covingtonand Bank
Lick Creek.

S. Briarpatch Lick on Stony creek, N.
of Burlington.

4. Sand Lick on creek do. opposite
mouth of Miami.

5. Double Lick on Woolpers cr. & do.

6. Bigbone Lick on creek do.

7. 8. Mud Lick and Upper Lick on
mud cr. near last.

9. Paint Lick on creek do. S. of 6.

10. to 13. Flat Lick, Fern r.ickand Bul-
ger's Lick, on Fern ur Fund cr. H. of Lou-
isville.

1.1. M. Munn Lick and F.Ik Lick, S.uf
those in the knobs.

1.1. 16. CliiviT Lick and Tar spring
Lick on Clover cr.

17. to 20. White Lick and 3 otlier on
lliglilan.l cr.

21. Clear Lick, at fork of Clear cr. and
fradewaier cr.

11. Group.— On the two Sandy Hivera.
32. 24. On branchvs of Ul|^ Handy.

Hummer Lick in Heuvt r cr. in knobs,
Cats Lick and Bigpaiiit Lick on the cr.
bearing their names.

25. 26. 27. On \ ittle Sandy, 3 Salt
Licks. Little Saiul 1.. Grayson L. Ber-
ret Lick. Much salt made.

111. Group Licks on Lirking river«

which took its name from them. All in
the limestone region.

28. 29. On North fork. May's Lick, a
salt stony lick, and Stone Lick at the
head of the fork.

SO. Grant Lick on Fhilips' cr. branch
of main fork.

31 to 37.' On Middle forks. Upper and
lower Blue Licks, salt and stony. Cow
Lick and Slate Lick on Cow cr, and Slate
cr. Mud Licks or Olympian Springs, 4
sprinK^ as stated on a brook. Station Lick

and Uuniing Spring Liok near the head.

37 tu 17. Ten Licks on south fork.
Fork Lick on Forklick creek.

Four Licks below Cynthiana,

llarrod's Lic!{ on Ilarrod's cr. above
I'aris. — 2 Stone Licks on Stoners fork.

Carlisle Lick, one mile W. of Carlisle
on Lick cr.

Hinkston Lick on Hinkston fork.

IV. Group. — Licks on the Kentucky
river and branches, beginning near the
head.

48. Burning Spring at the source of
Burning Spring fork of South fork.

49 to 53. Five licks near Manchester
and South fork, all Salt Licks, where
much salt is made. Collins Lick. Goose
Lick, Outlaw Lick, Elisha Lick, Kedbird
Lick.

54. Estil Springs and Licks near Ir-
vine.

55. Salt Lick near mouth of Trouble-
some cr.

56 to 59. Red Lick, Blue Lick, Copper
Lick and Kock I^ick on 4 t'orks of Station
Camp Creek.

60 to 64. Paint L. White L. Big and
Little Harman Lick, Button Lick, near
Paintlick cr.

65. 66. Silver Lick and Rocky Suck
on Silver cr.

07. Stone Lick 8. of Frankfort.

68. Glen's Lick F.. of Frankfort 1 mile.

■i

69, Cedar l.ick on Cvilar cr.

70, Cl»y Lick on (lie Kentucky K. aide

71, Dreiinon's l.ick on Drcnnon cr.W.
tide.

73. 73. Deer Licki on Mill creek.

74 to 79. Near Dick Itiver, 6 l.icki.
nig knob l.ick the moat remarkable, a
fine aalae of mnrl of late formation, near-
ly 2 milea round, with crater*, &c. I.ittic
knob Lick at head of Knoblick cr. Ktat
Knoblick on Lick branch. Shelby Lick
on Knoblick cr. Fall l.ick nn Fall cr.
Hoon'a Lick between Mt. Vernon and
Crab orchard has aalt wella.

80 to 87. On Ked Kiver, 8 licka or
more, all in the Knobs. Alum Lick and
Iron L. near the iron works. Catamount.
L Red L. &c. above them.

88 to 92. Near the KIkhnrn cr. lluft'a-
loe atampinfc ground. Sulphur Springs.
Kikhorn Lick on North Elkhorn. Lane's
Licka 2 or Lane'a run.

93, 94. Dig Lick and Spencer Lick on
Eagle cr. near each other.

V. Urnup.— Licks on Salt Itiver and
branches.

95. On Lick fork of Floyd cr.

96. Long Lick on L(.,iglick cr.

97. Uullit L. on Uullit cr.

98. 99. On Simpson cr. 2 Licks.

100, 101. DryL. and Ilarrod'ttL, nc3r
Harrodaburg.

102 to 1U5. Several licks or 'jranuhes
ofDeechfork.

105 to 110. Several on Hollin|r fork in
the knoba chiefly. Falling run I., fine L.
•t head of Pottinger cr. Two lulphur Im
N. •nd'S. Salt L. on Salt run iiear Mul-
draugh hill. Cedar L. between New Le
banon and New-Market.

VL Group. — Licks near Green River
•nd branches. From the head to the
mouth.

111. Long L. near the source, giving
rise to Long branch, and also to a branch
of Dick R. in the Knobs.

112,113. Mocassin L. two near head
of Green H. and Mocassin cr.

114. Pine L, on cr. same name.

115. Locust L. on Locust run of Pit-
man cr.

116. Rock L. on Brush cr.

>17, 118. Elk L. a dripping rocky lick,
•nd Sulphur L. both on Little Barren R.

119. Clay L. at the head of Bear cr.

120 to 122. Wolf, Duck and Elk L. on
3 forks of Muddy River.

133. Alston L. on Alston cr. branch of
Pond cr.

134. Otter L. on Otter cr. branch of
Pond cr.

125, 126. Long L. and Sulphur L. on
two branches of Rough River.
127. Big L. on Panther cr.
138. Deer L. on N. fork of Deer a.

The following are on .le '.ranches of
llig liarren Kiver.
129. Wolf L. on Wolf fork of (ias, ar l(,
13U, (iasper f,, on Goiper It.

131. Bluck L. on HLirklick fork of do.

132, Clay L. below II iigreen.
133 to 135. Salt L. on rake cr. Salt

made. Sulphur L. and i .ummel L. on
forks of Drake cr,

136, 127. Licks on Noble cr. and Dif-
ficult cr.

139, 140. Two licks near Chaplintown
and Saltpetre cr. and c&ve.

141 to 144. Four Licks on East fork of
Dig Barren Kiver.

VII. Group. — On tlio waters of Cum-
berland Kiver in E. Kentucky in Knob
hills chiefly.

145. Hollow L. at the source of Cum-
berland Kiver, near the Hollow mt. in
C.imberland mts.

146. Yellow L. at head of Yellow cr.
near the Cumberland Gap.

147. Morgan L. on Cumberland be-
tween moutna of Laurel and Rockcastle
Rivers.

148. Flat L. on Stinking cr. E. of Bar-
buursville.

149. Kaccoon L. in Knobs at head of
Richland cr.

150. Flat L. on Buck cr. to N. E. of
Somerset.

151. Fighting L. at the forks of Fight-
ing cr.

152. Hennick L. above Burksville.

153. Salt L. in Sftltlick bend 8. of
Burksville.

154. Sulphur L. on Sulphur cr. branch
of Ohio Kiver.

155 to 160. Six Licks near Kovkcastle
River. Round stone L. on cr, ditto, N. of
Mt. Vernon. Double L. and Horse L. on
Horselick cr. Birch L. Indian L, >nd
Laurel L. on Laurel fork of Laurel R.

Some other nameless Licks may
exist in Kentucky. When very
small or quite dry, they often pass
unnoticed, and many Uucks are now
called Springs. I have seen many
such which it would be tedious to
detail.

Licks become Sucks sometimes
in the Winter and Spring, in rainy
weather: and many Sucks^ become
Licks in the dry season. Some mi<
neral springs were formerly sucks,
Mich is the Cameleon spring in the
knobs near the Mammoth Cave.
Deer and Cows now frequent the
Licks to lick the ground.

The Spouting Springs and Burn-
ing Springs of Kentucky although

%i(**i.i| ''

mfm

!.rknolie( of

•T.

c of (iM, «r K.

rK.

ck fork uf do.

i|{rerii.

rake cr. Salt

Limmcl L. on

le cr. »nd Dif-

■ Cluplintown

n Kast fork of

item of Cum-
icky in Knob

)iirce of Cum-
liollow mt. in

of Yellow cr.

imberland be-
nd Rockcastle

p cr. E. of Bar-

sbi at head of

:r. to N. E. of

fork! of Fight-

Burkiville.
;k bend S. of

)hur cr. branch

tear Ha»k castle
1 cr. ditto, N. of
nd Horse L. on
Indian L. and
of Laurel R.
9S Licks may
When very
ey often pass
iucks are now
e seen many
be tedious to

ks sometimes
iring, in rainy
iucks^ become
in. Some mi-
rmerly eucks,

spring in the
nmoth Cave.

frequent the
ind.

ngs and Burn-
ucky although

commonly connected with the lick«,
aJeTut few and pecular phenomena.
The .le.cripti..u of tlie in..Ht re-
markable I. icks will be given here-

after in a geological Knsay. Al-
JhouKl feware alike in extent and
form, they have nevertheless many
things in common.

While in Me«ico at 18 to 19 d. N. of
the K<i.iator. all vegetation cease, at

' ihe Imaiays ntonntains of Asia e*inci|
also that other cause, beside, latitude and
elevation, influence the climate, heal,

elevation, ininii:"^'^ •■•- -■••- ■ , .
veitetation ..«l congel.tioni since in lali-
u!5e 20to30 N. cultivation "tend. a.
far a. 17000 teet above the .ea ^l P«r-
petual snow begin, only at 20^ [«^«;
according to Dr. Cierard'. "bservatHm,.

31 The two lligheii Moiinlaiiit of Amen ■

ca.- tty I'entland Scienlific E. hhr^r, ofX«rlh AmtfUa.

They are both in South America »"''Pj''^;"',-(;,j„e/. . n„tanist and Kntomo-

^"?£;:;tSorata.K.stofUkeTiti<^U^^^

is 25,250 feet high : the »''K''"'''0 ,^Tl?e tl*» year in Pennsylvania, and he i. now
rica butyet lowerthanthe peak.. ^ the «"«>^^'„ ,„,« Carolina and Georgia,
imalaya in' Asia, i;*- V«v.her .. 26.745 K"-^^'^^^ P ,, , next year o A •

:rXr..Vom2V to 28.000

2. Mount lllimani, Ka.t of City l.»p«a
is 24.350 feet high, and the «cond high-
est in America, while the tamed Chim-

rexVVctsTbc.:^ next year to A«.-
traliaby the Botanical Society of Stutt-

""^Mr. Gate. ha. explored for two
. _..:„:»_■ Mi» uinni and Ala-

s;. whne the »r*fr:; y«r.pistYr^i.;:::MSppi.«dAi.

borazo. once H'ought the highest on years pw „f several gentle-

earth ind lately the highest at >"«t in bama, «t tne I ^ork. He ha. col-
America, is at best the third -„- J; ^e^red' or/hem many plants, shells, fos-
Stt^Sh^ 'y'itfr/ro'be l-ound in Bo?i. siU, ^>!tf^^:l

*'Ve"nu2in 1825 measured the moun

tain, and height, of Bolivia, and found

hem h"gher than those of Quito, near

recfuator. The highest "and » Ajne^

rica is, to the S. of it, while in Asia it is

'^Thiildi.covery «p.et. all our boasted

calculation, and pl'y"«> *'«*" "'I?'"" ,1
?ain., which mu.t fee amended « well
a. our ueographical whool books.
AnotTier dicovery of Pentland de-

'''on'thfAnde. of Quito at the equator|
the perpetual .now i. tound only at
15 74Vfeet. While in the Ande. of the
«oUvi. between 18 and 19 S. of Equa-

17 061 feet 'by the theory it ought to be
,; le.. thtn HOOO ! at which height are
lound village, and vegetation.

The po.t hou.e of Ancom.rc. mh.b^
ed 4 months in the year, is at 15,7.^^ ft.
Sove the sea. The village of Tarura at

**The cUyof l^otoai i. at 13.314 feet, the

"^CUy of cSto at 13,025 feet ,

The Lake Titicaca inhabited all around
.- -nn r 1 Tk- <ak1i> land ot 1 a-

is lit "r2,703 feel. The table land of Ta-
joraW. of it 18.898. ,„.■,,•„,,

Lapaz.the largest city of Bolivia, at |

13,195.

anu oilier OUJCWI-. ,

3 Cant. Wyeth with a company ol ad-
vcnU.re»from Cambridge in Massachu-
letts sent by the Vacific Fur Company,
have TpUd this ye^to^P^'fJJS
Oregon Country.where they are to spend
five years in hunting and grading. It i.
"aid they have a Mineralogist and Zoolo-
JTst among them, but their names are

""I'^S: Bafinesque has been one of
the earhest scientific exporer. of North
America. He ha. travelled for 20 year,
a. a Botanist. Zoo'ok;*. Geology .Geo^
Krapher and Archeologist. from 180- to
1804, and from 1815 to 1832. in the fol-
[lowing State, and places.

1802. Pennsvlvania and New jersey.
' 1803. Ditto ind Alleghany mts.

1804. Delaware to Cape Henlope".
East and We.t Maryland. Virginia. Alle-
ghany mts. of Pennsyl. and New Jeraey.
1815. Connecticut and New-York.
1816 NewYork.LakeChamplain. the

4 fall, of Hudson. Vermont, &C.

1817. Mattawan »nt«. Oat.kill mt..
Lonir Island, Connecticut, &c.

1818. Pennsylv. mts. Alleghany lliver
Ohio to Waba.h. West Kentucky. India-
na, Illinois. Ohio and P«"n*y';'*"''J-„,_u

1819. Maryland. Potomack. Allegb.
mt. River Ohio. Central and Ea.t Ken-
tuckv. Knobhills. &c.

1830. Central and East Kentucky.

_ _ . __ !_.. rku:» Miami. fltC

1821. Kentucky, Ohio, Miami, &c.
\«22. Central Kentucky.
1823. West Kentucky and Tennessee.
East Kentucky and Cumberland mts.

Descript. A fine laree tree 20 feet
high in 20 years growth. Bark very
dari( nearly black. Branchlets slen-
der with a gEeyish brown bark, buds
small rurous, with obtuse scales.
Leaves like those of apricot, but
much smaller, about one inch long,
not so smooth, a little rough, but not
pubescent. Blossoms in May and
produces a profusion of white flow-
ers with a fine smell of honey. The
cherries are ripe in July, small, one
fourth of an inch long, elliptical,
looking like small wild plumbs; but
black, soft and sweet when ripe.
Gootl to eat, but if too many are
eaten causing sickness in the sto-
of J^ew York, to Prof. Rafiraiqtie o/lmach, like all the wild cherries.
Philadelphia, March 1832. g^.^n^ oblong acute as in plumb, but

I have lately received some of without the 3 keels as in cherry,
your new plants from Ohio, and also I think that I have seen the same
Irom Kentucky, sent by Mr. Eaton, tree in West Kentucky in hillsj but

1824. Central Kentucky.

1825.. Ohio, Western and Northern
Virginia, Maryland, Pennsylv. Kentucky,
&c.

1826. Ohio, Lake Erie, Falls of Niag.
ara, Canada, New-York from BufTaloe to
New-York, Pennsylvania.

1827. New-York, Massachusetts, Bos-
ton, &c.

1828. Allegh. mts. Lehigh, Schoolcy
mts. New Jersey and New-York.

1829. NewJersey,New-York and Con-
necticut.

1830. Catskill mts. New Jersey, &c.

1831. Delaware, Taconic mts. &c.

Tiinns.

23. Botany and Hohticultuue.
Extract! of a letter fivm Dr. John Torrey

Your Cladrastis is certainly the
Virgilia of Michaux, it must be se-
parated, from the Exotic Virgilias,and
your name (of 1825) is a very good
one.

Slylypus has interested me very
much, the stipe changes in appear-
ance in diiferent periods of inflo
resc^nce.

Enemion is distinct from Isojyy-
nun,} but the /. thalictroides of Ger-
many may perhaps belong to it.
' Your E. biternatum I suspect to be
the Tlialiclrum clavellatum of Dec
and Delcssert Ic. t. 6. collected by
Michaux; but without seeds; while
the seeds make this genus.

I did not see the fruit tliere. It may
be found from Kentucky to Oregon.
It is now naturalized in Pennsylva-
nia, and may probably be improved
by grafting. Birds and children are
fond of the fruit. C. S. R.

25. Account of 2 JV. Sp. of Dioiiea or
Venus fiy trap.

This beautful ^cniis was supposed
to consist of a single sp.; but out of
many plaits brought from Carolina
and Florida to our Philadelphia gai--
deners, I have detected 2 new ones
D. sessiliflora and D. uniflora.

These are their respective charac-
ters.

1. Dionea muacipula L. Petioles
24. Detcription of a nev> cherry tree from cuneate broadly obcordate at the

the Oregon Mountain!. end ; flowers corymbose, 4 to 9 on

I noticed as eariy^s 1829, mliong peduncles, bracts linear.

2. Dionea sessili/lora^Saf. 1830.
Petioles winged, oblong or subcu-
neatc narrow, acute at both ends;
flowers sessile, 3 to 5 aggregate,
bracts lanceolate. Observed in the
Botanical Garden of Macarran in
blossom in May 1830. The true
leaves are bilobe and cil.iate as in
the first, they also catch flies. Scape
terete elongate, flowers white with
short concave bracts. Divisions of
the calyx lanceolate acute, C.t'psules

Washington Square of Philadelphia
a fine tree said to have been brought
by Lewis and Clarke from the Ore-
gon or Rocky Mountains. I ascer-
tained that it was a n. sp*. and sent an
account of it to Decandolfe in 1830.
I call it Prumts (Cerasus) rotundi-
folia. Arborescent, leaves rounded,
base often subcordate, end obtusely
acuminate, margin serrulate. Flow-
ers fasciculate, berries oblong smrll
and black.

tree 20 feet
Bark very
ichlets elen-
bark, buds
ituse scales,
apricot, but
le inch long,
•ugli, but not
n May and
white flow-
loney. The
, small, one
elliptical,
plumbs; but
: when ripe.
)o many are
in the sto-
ild cherries,
plumb, but
IS in cherry,
een the same
Mn hills; but
here. It may
;y to OrcMn.
1 Pennsylva-
be improved
children are

I. of Dionea or
ip.

was supposed
p.; but out of
rom Carolina
adelphia ga"r-
d 2 new ones
unijlora.
ictive charac-

I L. T'etioles
rdate at the
e, 4 to 9 on
linear.

hSaf. 1830.
i)g or subcu-
t both ends;
5 aggregate,
served in the
Macarran in
The true
ciljate as in
flies. Scape
1 white with
Divisions of
te, Ca'psules

hardly longer oval acute. As prettr
as the old sp. and will be a fine ad-
dition to our gardens. Brought from
Carolina or Florida.

3. Dionea vnijlora, Raf. 1830.
Petioles oblong acute winged. Scape
unifiore, bracts linear. Also from
the same garden and place, perhaps
a variety of the last; but smaller,
leaves shorter and broader.

C. S. RAFINGSqUE.

FRANKLIN TREE.
FRANKLINIA ALATAMA.

26. Ntu) Plants from £artram*s
Botanic Garden.
Bt C. S. RAriNssuvE.
The Botanic Garden of Bartram,
at Kinsessing on the Schuylkill, 2
miles from Philadelphia, is the old-
est establishment of the kind in N.
America, begun over 100 years ago
by the elder Bartram. It is yet in
a very flourishing state under the
management of Col. Carr and his
■on} very rich in rare Southern
planti and ahnibB. There have been
uatondized in Pennsylvaniat the
11

Franklin tree, Gordon tree, Stewart
tree, Bigleaf Magnolio, and several
other Southern trees. In my Medi-
cal Flora several new plants were
described from this garden. I now
propose to give periodically the de-
scription of many others, which the
liberal owner has allowed me to ex*
amine, describe, preserve and draw.
I may give their figures hereafter}
meantime I give above that of the
beautiful Franklin tree, which grows
with the utmost perfection in this
garden. The original tree brought
by Bartram nearly 60 years ago ig
now nearly 40 feet high. All those
in other gardens come from this
tree. Their sweet white blossoms
and orange-like leaves make tliem
highly ornamental and prized.

1. Veronica precox, Raf. Stem
diffuse conilpressed probescent. Low-
er leaves opposite, upper alternate,
on short petioles, ovaterrounded,
serrate-laciniate, trinerve. Pedun-
cles axillary solitary longer than
leaves, capsules compressed emar-
ginate. Annual Vernal in March
anff April,la8ting only a few months,
Grown in the garden from seeds re-
ceived from a place unknown; but
has spread all over the garden like
a weed, and even is become sponta-
neous on the banks of the Schuyl-
kill. A pretty small vernal plant,
with delicate large bluish blossoms*

2. Veronica Spar8iJlorayViBSA%SQ.
Stem erect, simple round solid,
leaves opposite sessile cuneate, ob-
long entire obtuse. Raceme termi-
nal lax very long, flowers scattered,
bracts linear oblong obtuse, pedicels
filiform. Capsules bilobed subcom-
pressed. Annual native of Arkan-
sas or Texas, received from Prof.
Nuttall. Stem 1 or 2 feet high.
Flowers vernal purpurescent, hand-
some. Corolle rotate, segments of
the calix unequal oblong obtuse. A
pretty ornamental sp.

S. Cotyledon marginatum^ lUt
Leaves crowded patent sessile spa*
tulate; oblong acute tiiick, convex
beneath, flat above, margin tcvt*
brown. Scape terete with 8 or 3 snail

i^>

, IHiL,. i«WM » '

r !■

r^n:

p 1 I

■,■1

i.-\

ill

leaves orate acute. Flowers in pa-
niculate spikes naked. Corolla cain-
panulate, 5 fid 5 gone. Fine pe-
rennial green house plant received
from Mexico. Blossoms in summer,
corolla acute, saffron color. Scape
nearly 2 rt.higli,calix 5 parted acute.

4. MararUa obliqua,H&{. Petioles
terete scabrous, leaves broad lan-
eeolate,base oblique, end acuminate,
lucid above, glaucoA beneath, very
smooth. Perennial from Florida or
Brazil.

5. Ms aurea,U&f. Stem straight
biflore, leaves longer broad ensiform,
end acuminate falcate, flowers ge
minate beardless, 3 petals obovate
entire, 3 lanceolate undulate, stig-
mas dilatated notched. Discovered
by Mr. Carr in a pond of the Pocono
Mt. in the AUeghanies of Pennsylv.
Very near to Iris pseudacorua of Eu-
rope, which however has bifid tooth-
ed stigmas, &c. Large Iris 3 to 4
feet high, with scentless flowers of
a bright golden yellow, smaller than
inl.paeudacorus. The 3 inner petals
shorter than stigmas, equal to An-
thers, casules oblong deeply sulcate.

(To be cuiUinued.)

27.

ARCHEOLOGY.

Some Antiquities of Tennessee.
UrM. Khea.
The following description of two
ancient towns of the former inhabi
tants of Tennessee, was given us
for publication by Mr. M.Rhea, tiie
author of the late excellent map of
Tennessee, with a geological section
confirming our geological survey of
Kentucky, and noticing a stratum
of Oolite near the top of the Cum
berland Mountains in Tennessee.

On the plantation of A. IiOng,E8(]
Si miles South of Columbia, in
Marny co. Tennessee, are seen the
remains of an ancient town or vil-
lage, containing six or more acre».
The form is elliptical, extending
East and West. Surrounded on
the South East and West by

each extrenvity in the neighbour-
hood of four springs of water, which
rise from the foot of steep cliffs on
the North side of the Village.

The interior particularly at the
Eastern end contains the ruins of
many houses of various sizes from 10
to SO feet diameter, all of circular
form. Throughout the whole Vil-
lage graves are found in abundance,
from one to three feet in depth, and
containing human bones of all com-
mon sizes. The bodies seem gene-
rally to have been buried in a sitting
posture, with flat stones placed
around and over them. Cups and
small ornaments composed of earth
and shells are found with the bones.
Several small hatchets of very hard
stone, and of various shapes have
also been found. Other small pol-
ished stonea, weighing from half a
pound to 2 pounds, designed from
appearances for breaking nuts, are
frequent.

No metal of any kind whatever
\is been found in or about this Vil-
lage, although much search has been
made.

Several of the forest trees grow-
ing on the spot, which were removed
by the proprietor within the last few
years, numbered upwards of two
hundred annual formations. Some
of these trees were found growing
on banks formed by the uprooting
of other trees of equal size and age.
From which may be inferred that
many centuries must have elapsed,
since the population of the place
ceased to exist.

Opposite the mouth of Big rock
house creek on Buflaloe river in
Perry county, Tennessee, are the
remains of another large ancient
Village, similar in general appear-
ances to the one described. Near
the Western side is a large mound,
of an exact four sided rectangular
figure, the lines of the sides point-
ing nearly to points of the heavens.
The elevation is extremely regular,
the height about ten feet, with a flat

wall of clay which terminates at surface, and steep, almost perpendi

■ iA>Wwiafc.>* •■

neighbour-
vater,which
lep cliSs on
111 age.
larlj at the
Ihe ruins of
Izes from 10
] of circular
whole Vil-
I abundance,
I depth, and
i of all com-
seem eene-
in a sitting
fnes placed
Cups and
ised of earth
'h the bones.
if very hard
shapes have
r small pol-
from half a
isigned from
ing nuts, are

id whatever
)out this Vii-
arch has been

i trees grow-
I'ere removed
ii the last few
ards of two
tions. Some
and growing
!ie uprooting
lize and age.
nferred that
ave elapsed,
jf the place

-){ Big rock
oe river in
3ee, are the
rge ancient
;ral appear-
bed. Near
rge mound,
rectangular
sides point-
he heavens,
elj regular,
, with a flat
It perpendi-

cular sides. The exterior has not
yet been penetrated.

28. Some Antiquities of Ohio.

Notwithstanding the long account
of the monuments and ancient towns
of Ohio by Atwatcr, in the Archeo-
logia Americana, and my own sy-
noptical account of the ancient mo-
numents of North America; there
are many more as yet unnoticed, of
which I shall now describe two.

1. Near Alexandersville, 7 miles
S. of Dayton in the Valley of the
Great Miami river, the main road
from Cincinnati to Dayton, which I
travelled in 1826, crosses the site
of an ancient town, of about 500
acres extent. It forms a perfect
ellipsis, nearly one mile long, from
N. to S. It is surrounded by a wall
or embankment &S feet broad and H
feet high, without any ditch outside
nor inside. It has S gateways to the
East, West and North, this last is
close to the River Miami, which has
partly washed away the embank-
ment. By its size and shape it could
not have been a temple; but rather
a town. I could see no mounds nor
altars near it. It is very old, the
walls being rounded, covered with
soil and large trees.

2. At the mouth of Grand River
on Lake Erie, where now stands the
town of Fairport, stood about 50
years ago, an old Indian fort, ex
actly ofa pentagone shape, with une
quai sides, inciosing several acres.
The wall was of rough stones, partly
cemented,but covered with soil, and
trees 300 old were growing on it.
This account was given me by an
old settler and is rather obscure.
The stone wall, with a kind of ce-
ment is rather singular and doubtful
This may have been one of the forts
of the Erigas or Erie's Nation,
built for defence against the Seiie
cas, who drove them off Soutli of
Ohio in 1 650; but it was far more
ancient; the trees showing that it
had been left, soil formed and trees
begun to grow towards \475. .

^': d. S. I*.

29. ECONOMY OR SOIBNOB OF WBALTtt

The DiviTiAL ART is a new branch
of this science, which teaches hovr
to produce and increase wealth, by
carefully husbanding and employing
the Savings of Industry: whereby
industry itself, with moral happi-
ness, and social comforts are also
promoted.

Among the many institutions to
which this art has given rise, the
Beneficial Societies and the Savings'
Banks are the most conspicuous and
useful; but some others less known
are n6t less so, and tliere is room for
several new ones on improved
plans.

Having paid peculiar attention to
this subject, written an analysis of
this art, and found some new impor-
tant principles of it: we propose to
invite the public attention to it very
speedily in a more impressive form;
when we have visited the new insti-
tutions lately established in Balti-
more; where these principles were
first made known by us in 1825.

Meantime we merely state now,
that the two fundamental principles
which we claim \o have discovered
and published in 18£:5, are,

1. That every dollar and cent
saved by industry, frugality and
care, ought to be invested with th«
property of accumulating at simple
or compound iaiei :;st, by convermon
into Stocks!

2. Th?t "ver" imiMc or private
Stock cousisdng vf such Savings,
ought tobedivis'/i3^e i: pleasure into
any requir •'! ^.mount of Hcllars and
cents. Wiitreby any baviiigs be-
come re;, -rtibie into p.-^-jUctive
Stocks, aud any such Stacks conrrr-
tible into fractions available as mo-
ney or remittances.

It is evident that such ample and
useful pi'inciples cannot fail to in-
terest every body that can save a
penny out of industrious earnings:
nor tail to be applied evr.ij whei-e,
when more generally understood, as
they liave already partly bf.a ap-
plied in Baltimore and Boston.

t H

Until this Journal Msumcs the Month-
ly fornii it will be impoMible to give
comprehensive Reviews, and we must
confine this department to short ecclec-
tic notices. We are even inclined to cur-
tail them; since we might sometimes of-
fend irritable authors, who do not wish
that the defects of their works should be
exposed. But a veridic, enlightened and
independent Review is very much need-
ed, and we hope to be enabled to furnish
one hereafter.

1. Cabinet of Natural History and
American Rural Sports. Philad. 1831.lv.
4to. with 24 colored figures of animals.
Published by Mr. Doughty. A popular
work issued in monthly numbers, with
good figures and interesting accounts of
quadrupeds, birds, &c.; but some bad
names. The authors being chiefly ano-
nymous, their wonderful tales and lucu-
brations can be of no authority in science

3. The Alphabet of the Primitive Ian
guage of Spain, and. Pliilosophy of the
Euscaran or Bask people. Extract from
the work of Mr. De Erro, by G. VV. Ew-
ing. Boston, 1829, 1 thin 8vo with the
Bask alphabet. Very valuable philolo
gical work, proving the antiquity of the
Euscaran language and alphabet, akin to
the Etruscan and Greek; and giving the
primitive philosophy of numbers. We
shall again notice this work.

3. Manual of the Land Birds of the U.
States and Canada, by Prof. Th. Nuttall,
Boston 1832, thick 12mo. with inany
wood engravings. Very good compiU'
tion, useful like all manuals, with some
original observations, and tolerable fi-
gures; but those of birds si.; uld be cO'
lored.

4. On the Causes, Cure, and Means of
Preventing the Sick Head-ache, By Dr<
James Mease, Philada. 1831, small 8vo.
A useful small work, teaching what diet
and changes of habits will cure this di
sease.

5. Geography and History of the Wes-
tern States, By T. Flint, Cincinnatli,
1828. 3 vol. 8vo. A lively popular writer,
but neither profound nor always accu-
rate.

6. Sketch of Long Island, By Siias
Wood, Brooklyn 1834, 1 vol. 8vo. Much
addition to historical knowledge, and on
the Indians of Long Island with a voca-
bulary.

7. Annals of Philadelphia and New
York. By Walton. Philada. 1830, thick

8vo. fig. Curious book on the first state
of these cities and their gradual changes.
8. Collections of the Historical Socie-
ty of Maine. Portland 1831. 8vo. Some
addition to historiral knowledge. The
most interesting articles are a compen-
dious history of Portland, with a map, by
Willis, and an Essay on tlie Noridgwock
or Penobscot language, a dialect of the
Abenaquis, by Lincoln.

31. SCIENTIFIC NEWS.

1. Newman, a German traveller, has
lately brought 10,000 Chinese manu-
scripts from China to Germany. What*
treasure of new learning for Chinese
scholars!

2. Mr. N. Dunn of Philadelphia, haa
brought home from China where he re-
sided 11 years, a very evtensive collec-
tion of implements, models of arts, dress-
es, natural objects, &c. He means to
begin a Chinese Museum in Philadelphia,
and make it a free Institution. A lauda-
ble exajiple worthy of imitation.

3. In Austria, ruled by one of the most
despotic governments, there are schools*
in every Village paid by the State, every'
child is compelled to learn .reading, wri--
ting and numeration. By a late law no °
one can be married, nor received as »
servant if he has not learnt this. Many
ofour States appear to be behind Aus-
tria in civilization and education, since
they neither pay for it nor encourage it.
No uneducated man ought to be a voter
in this enlightened age and country.

4. Mr. Tanner is preparing a newedi- ,
tion of his large map ot the United
States, much improved, and above all, '
with many corrections and additions in
physical geography and oreology. . He
has very liberally purchased the survey*
of Hills and Mountains made by Prof.
Kafinesque in many States, and the
Northern or N. E. termination of the Al-
leghrny will no longer be lacking in our
maps. All the range of bills in Ohio and
Kentucky will be added for the first time
to our geography.

5. T. A. Conrad has issued 3 num-
bers of his Marine Atlantic Concho*
losy, containing the genera Pecten*
Lima, Solen, Solecurtus, Nucula,
Sanguinolaria, Petricola, and Car-
dita, with colored figures of each
sp. He is also engaged on a work
on our fossil shells, which is speedi-
ly to be produced or begun.

T. 'Amvi, Printer, Back of lU fFalnut St.

t--"- -i

jie first tUto

lial changes.

^rical Soeie-
Bvo. Some

pclge. The
! a cotnpen-
h a map, by
^oridgwock
' stofthe

ATLANTIC JOURNAL

AND

A CYCLOPEDIC JOURNAL AND REVIEW
OF vxivinsAL BciKNcit ahh kmowudoe :

BtSTOBICAL, HATCnAL, ARD MEDICAL ARTS AND SClRMCCS:
IHOUSTRT, AOniCULTDBE, ZDUCATIOH AKD EVEUT KIND OP USEIUL ISFOBMATIOK: '

ws.

aveller, hat

ese manu-

ly. What a

for Chinese

lelphia, hat
vhere he re*
nsive coUec-
farts,dreta-
e means to
hiladelphia,
ALkuda<
tion.

of the most
are tchoola'
State, every
eading, wri--
late law no '
ceived as a
this. Many
behind Aut-
eation, since
:ncourage it.

be a voter
country,
ganewedi-,
the United
d above aU, '
additions in
eology. . He

[ the surveys
de by Prof.
s, and the
>nofthe AI-
cking in our

1 in Ohio and
he first time

led 3 num-
ic Concho-
ra Pecten,
9, Nucula*
and Car«
!B of each
on a work
I is speedi-
in.

</ St.

EDITOR, C. S. JRAFIJ^ESQUE,

Prefeutr of Historical and JVatural Sciencei, and Member of several learned SocieHtt

in J'aris, Brussellt, Vienna, J^aples, Bonn, J\/'ev>-York, Plata'

{lelphia, Cincinnati, Lexington, (Jc,

Knowledge it the mental food of man.

Vol. I.

PHILAD. SEPTEMBER, 1832. [Extha of No. 3.

NOTICE.

The appearance of the SptMimodic
Cholera in Philadelphia, having in-
duced the Editor to lengthen hv

it. 5thly, We give below a list of
agents in some places to whom the
money may be paid. 6thly, In case
of need, the agents of Atkinson's
Saturday Evening Post, and Casket*
usual Summer Excursions, duringjjfci well as of the Journal of Health,
July, August and September, the ma> be applied to, and' the gl paid
third number of tliis Journal (no\ them, Worming our friend Atkinson
printing) will only appear in the of it, wht>nthey write to him and

beginning of October, and is pre-
ceded by this Extra Number. The
fourth Number shall appear in De-
cember. Botii shall only be sent to
those who have paid or sent the
small subscription amount. This
Extra Number is intended as a
warning to those who have neglect-
ed this, and as another sample of
the coii:/ iits of this Journal, which
will uupear to deserve, as Ihey have
already partly received, the warm
approbation of all the liberal friends
of knowledge and science. Great
difficulty having occurred with sub-
scribers in forwarding the small
amount of subscription, we recom-
mend again to send us S 2, in which
case we are willing to bear the heavy
postage; or else to join five together
to send us S ^ for five subscriptions
in one place. Sdly, To send SI by
a friend coming to the city. 4thly,
To pay it to the Postmaster, and re'

remitting tli*>«irae.

In all those «^se8, whenever we
shall hear of S 1 bft(,g paid or secu-
red, the Journal shaui^e gent, with
the back numbers, to n^. subscri-
bers as long as they can be Krpigh.
ed. Price g 1 per annum on 4 nVn.
bets, or S2 for 12 numbers formii^.
a volume of 400 pages and many
figures.

CONTENTS FOR THIS YEAR.

This Journal is dedicated to all
the sciences and branched of know-
ledge; but chiefly all the historical,
philosophical and natural sciences,
on which it contains more new ma-
terials and details than any other
Journal of a similar size, nay per-
haps as many if not more than some
dearer and bulkier. Above all it
gives chiefly materials concerning
America, and has nearly as many
articles on Geology, as the Amen-

que^t nim toi s^d it or inform us of| f^wx Journal el Geology.

IMP

In proof threoF, it is sufficient to
notice the principal subjects and es-
says contained in Nos. I, & 2, or
that will be found in Nos. 3, & 4.

Genkral Knowledok. Latent
knowledge. Taxes on Knowledge

Age of Mountains. On Crystalliza-
tion. Origin of Sand and Sand-
stone. Geological regions of North
America, &c.

American Oryctology^ Vul-
gar names of fossils. Silicious fos-

Cheap Books. Employment of'sils. On Geodites. On Cavulites
Wealth. Impediments to Know- and Antrosites. Genera of Ameri
ledge. Primitive Discoveries,

can Trilobites.
Lucilites, N. G.
Nevryctes, N.

Education. Free Institutions of
Paris. Principles of Fellenberg.
Principles of Jacotot. Institutions
needed in America, &c.

History. Of China before the
flood. Early Colonies. Cradle of
Mankind. Asiatic Negroes. Po-
lynesians, &c.

American History. American
Nations. Atlantic Nations. Ame-
rica before the flood. Primitive Ne-
groes of America. History of Zapo-
tecas. Domestic Animals. Histo-
ry of Shawanis. Laws of LoUoway
Ancient History of the Iroquois.
Last Indians of Virginia and New
Jersey. The Americana are not
Jews, &c.

American Antiquities. Letters
to Champollion. Alphabet^^of Ly-
bia and America. Ap^»q"ities of
Tennessee. Of Oh?^- Of West
Kentucky. Of I^.-issouri, &c.

Philology; American Langua-

fes. Origin ^^ American Language,
'hilosopv ^f human Speech. En-
flish Homonyms and Synonyms
jtters to Klaproth. Vocabularies
of Mandans, &c.

Meteorology. Climate of Ge-
nessee. Physical phenomena of the
Cholera. Singular Meteors. New
Theory of Tides, .&c.

Geology. Caves of Kentucky.
Strata of Ohio and Kentucky. Geol.
letters to F'-nnguirrt. Salses of Eu-
rope and An ;ric5i. Licks of Ken-
tucky. Gef/ktgy of Alleghany Moun-
tains. CfKil Mines of North Ame-
rica. Voliiiuic Theory. New Cave
with fosil bones. On Oreology. Es-
sential View of Geology. Feroe
Ids. Coral Ids. Great Western
Limestone basins. The K* Ahills.
Lakes of Ohio. On the American
Oolites. Geology of West Maryland. jjliiines, &c.

Lamellites, N. G.
Flexurites, N. G.
G. of Encrinite. ^
Odocoileus, N. G. of fossil teeth.
Fossils of Sherman Creek, 50 Sp.
Fossils of Ohio and Kentucky. Fos-
sil Trees and ferns, &c.

Mastology. New Jaguars and
Couguars. Two new Moles. A
new Ottfi'. A new Slirew. Bats of
North America. New Squirrels.
Nev/ Field Mice of Kentucky, &c.

Ornitholooy. No«' Aniencan
Eagle. Sea birds of Kentucky, &c.

Erpetjlogv. Two Salamanders
of Kp-itucky. Two New Lizards,
ofrfo. Two N. G. of Turtles. Seve-
.al Snakes, &c.

IcHTHioLOGY. Supplement to the
Fishes of Ohio. New Fishes of
Lake Erie. Of the Rivers Susque-
hanna, Potomac, Delaware. Inland
Fisheries of the U. S. &c. Ichthyolo-
gical regions of N. America, &c.

Entomology. On 15 Mosquitoes
or Culex of North America. On the
Ants of do. &c.

General Zoology. Letters to
Cuvier, &c. i

Botany. Letters of Agardh and
Torrey. 24 N. Sp. American plants.
New Cherry Tree. New Dioneas.
New plants of Bartram's Garden.
New plants of Maryland. New
plants of N. Am. from my herbari-
um. Subterranean plants. Bota-
nical Letters to Decandolle, &c.

Agriculture and Horticult-
ure. Plants giving Oils. Best shrubs
for hedges. Sulfur in Trees. Double
Crops. On the several kinds of
Mulberry tiees. Subterranean hor-
ticulture. Melissa or Balm, &c.

Mineralogy. Gold Mines of
North America. Obsidian of Penn-
sylvania. Friable Lignites. Coal

1 Crystalliza-
d and Sand-
puns of North

LOGY= Vul-
8iliciou8 foa-
On Cavulites
;ra of Ameri-
jllites, N. G.
xiiiites, N. G.
of Encrinite. ^
r fossil teeth.
>eek, 50 Sp.
jntucky. Fos-
ic.

I Jaguars and
f Moles. A
)rew. Bats of
uw Squirrels,
enfurky, &c.
o«' Ameiican
.entucky, &c.
) Salamanders
Sew Lizards,
Curtles. Seve-

plement to the
2w Fishes of
livers Susque-
vvare. Inland
ic. Ichthyolo-
nerica, &c.
15 Mosquitoes
lerica. On the

. Letters to

)f Agardh and
lerican plants.
New Dioneas.
am's Garden,
rland. New
n my herbari-
lants. Bota-
ndolle, &c.

HORTIOULT-

s. Best shrubs
Prees. Double
;ral kinds of
terranean hor-
Balm, &c.
)ld Mines of
dian of Penn-
gnites. Coal

Astronomy. New Views on So-
lar Systems. On the Galaxy. Com-
ets and Tychomes.

Mathkmatios. Principles of So-
metry. Numerical numbers. Bulk
of Bodies. Obliijue Mensuration, &c.
Philosophy. Theory of the
Mind and Will. Emanation ot
Bein'gs. Analysis of Pythagorism.
Gkograi'hy and Iravkllkiis.
Highest Mountains of America.
Ridges of the Alleghany. Ancient
Geography of America. Ascent of
Mount Etna. Falls of River Cum-
berland. Mineral Springs of the
United States. The Imalaya Moun-
tains. Douville Travels in Africa
Scientific Explorers of America, &c
Health and Medicine. Chi-
nese Maxims of Health. Physical
phenomena of the Cholera. 1 ables
of liability to Consumption. Salt
in Hydrophobia. Remevlies for Can
cer. Consumption quit*, curable.
Medical Botany of the U. SJtates.
Dangers of Burials, &c.

Industry and Economy. Nev
Science of Wealth. Plan of a six
per cent Saving's Bank. Principles
of Economy. Trades lacking in the
United States. Manufactures of the
United States. Stereography and
Pyrography. Duties of Mankind.
Theory of Population. Sets of Per-
formers, &c.

Atlantic Reviews. Short Ana-
lytical Reviews or Notices of about
do late American Works.

Miscellany. Scientific News,
American Drama. Fragments of
Poetry, &c.

Alleghany, ^nd from the Potomac
to Emitsburg. In Pennsylvania,
cliicfly in the mountains, from the
Maryland line to Sherman Creek
and the River Juniata, and from
the mouth of Juniata to Westches-
ter in a S. E. direction. On Sher-
man creek in Perry county, we have
found a new and very rich locality

Scientijie Travels of the Editor
in 18S2.
Our Excursions have been chiefly
extended through West Maryland
and Central Pennsylvania, applied
to Geological, Botanical and Zoo-
logical researches performed at lea-
sure, from June to September. We
have visited Baltimore and found
many rare objects in the Cabinets of
Dr. Powell, Cohen, Hayden, &c.
We have explored the Geology of
Maryland from Baltimore to the

for fossil remains, where in one
week we collected about 50 difter-
ent species, of which a further ac-
count will be given in No. 3. We
have found new localities for Obsi-
dian, liignite, and other rare mine-
rals. In Ichthyology we have ob-
served and drawn 25 Sp. of fishes
from the Susquehanna, and Poto-
mac Rivers, with their affluents,
chiefly new species. In Botany
we have collected 1200 specimens,
chiefly in the Aleghany ridges, and
have perhaps 5 or 6 new species.
We have visited the remarkable
Cave of Carlisle, where fossil bones
and teeth were once found, one of
which we possess. We have also
v«.ited tlie Mineral Waters of Be-
linOv Maguire, Emitsburg, Car-
lisle, Kennedy, &c., of which we
shall pubMi accounts, &c.

The Primitive lUack JVafiows of
^mert%(^.

By Profcssor C . S. Ralh^que.

The Society of Geography Uaving
offered u reward for the best M.^.
moir on the Origin of the Asiatic
Negroes, I sent them last year two
Memoirs; one on those Asiatic Ne-
groes,'wheiein I demonstrated the
affinities of tlieir languages with the
African and Polynesian Negroes, as"
well as with the Hindus and Chi-
nese, and renders it probable that
all the Negroes originated in the
Southern Slopes of the Imalaya
Mountains, as they did once ex-
ist all over India, South China, Ja-
pan, Persia and Arabia. My se-
cond Memoir was on the Negroe or
Black Nations, found in America
before Columbus, wherein I proved
their existence and connectioa by

issmammff

I i

IiDKUase with the Negroes of Africa
aniT Polynesia.

These Memoirs have been re-
warded by the learned Society of
Geograpliy, with a gold medal of
100 TrancM, which was lately com-
municated to me by Messrs War-
den, our former Consul in Paris,
and Jomard member of tite Institute.

This gratifying intelligence will
be acceptable to all my friends, and
furnish another proof of my ability
to unravel at last, the origines of ail
the American Nations and Tribes,
in pursuing the path which I have
opened, by comparing all the Ian
guages mathematically and numeri
cally with each other.

To many, this fact of old Blacl
Nations in America will be new,
yet it is an important feature of
American History, as well as the
existence of primitive "White Na
tions there still more numerous. To
furnish a kind of insight into this
subject. I will here merely enu-
merate the Black tribes of whicbj
I have found evident traces and «e-
mains in North and South Ai«ei"ica.

1. The Ancient Caraeoh ^ Hay-
ti, represented as a Nation of Beasts
by the Historical So'gs, see Roman
and Martyr.

2. The Cfli3'M'*«'"ns of the Carib
Inlands, cp-'i'^d Black Caribs or Gu-
auini hr others, are a black branch
of Pdribs. See Rochefort, Uerre-
ni, &c.

3. The Jlrguahoa of Cutara men-
tioned by Garcias in the West In-
dies, ciuite black.

4. 1 lie black Aroraa of Raleigh
or Yarura% of the Spaniards, u^ly
black or brown Negroes, yet exist-
ing near the Oronoco, and language

"known, called Monkeys by their
neighbours.

5. Cliaymas of Guyana, brown
Negroes like Hottentots, see Hum
boldt.

6. The Mavgifias and Poreigh
of Nienhof, the Motayaa of Knivet
&c., all of Brazil, brown Negroes
with curly hair. See also Yespucius
«Qd Figafetta.

7. The Mfritat of Martyr in
Darien, yet existing in Choco under
the name of Chminaa or Gaunnt or
CliiniiM. t^ee MoUien. Ugly black
or red Negroes.

8. Those of Popayan called Mu'
nahi, blackish with negro features
and hair. See Stevenson.

9. The Ouabas and Jams of Ta-
gii.rj^alpa near the Honduras. See
Juaius, &c., now called Zambos.

10. TheJ^na<eRorJ?</er(MofNew
California, ugly blackish Negroes.
See Vanegas, Langsdorf, &c. '

11. The Black Indians met by
the Spaniards in Louisiana in 1543.
See Soto's invasion.

1^ The Moon-eyed Negroes, and
Albinos, destroyed by the Cherokix,
and seen in Panama. Barton, &c.

Among these the Yarura language
has 50 per cent of analogy with the
Gauna, 40 per cent with the Ashan-
ty or F^nty of Guinea, and about
33 pM- cent with the Fulah, Bornu
Uvd Congo languages of Africa. In
Asia it has 39 per cent of numerical
affinity with the Sainang Negroes,
and 40 per cent with the Negroes of
Andaman as well as those of Aus-
tralia or New Holland.

All this and many other details
are given at length, proved by au-
thorities and compared Yocabula-
ries, in my Memoir.

Employment of Wealth.

There are already in the United
States, many individuals, who by
personal industry, inheritance, or
accumulation of property, and its
increase in value, possess wealth
beyond their wants.

Liberal generosity is for them a
duty, as well as a judicious employ-
ment of their superfluous wealth or
income. Great wealth, unless pro-
perly employed, is detrimental to
the State, and possessors, becoming
dangerous to public freedom, and
the temporal or spiritual welfare of
individuals.

It is said that Monarchies perish
by poverty, but Republics by two
much wealth ia individual hands.

f Martyr in
Choco under
>r Gaunni or
Ugly black

n called Ma-
egro features
ion.

Jaraa of Ta-
nduraa. See
id Zambog.
BteroH of New
ish Negroes,
rf, &c. '
lian8 met by
iiana in 1543.

Negroes, and
the Cherukifl,

Barton, &c.
ruraJanguaee
tlvgy with the
th the Ashan-
A, and about
Fulah, Burnu
f Africa. In

uf numerical
ing Negroes,
ie Negroes of
[hose of Aus-
J.

other details
troved by au-
ed Yocabula-

iVEALTH.

n the United
lals, who by
lieritance, or
irty, and its
>ssess wealth

s for them a
cious employ-
>us wealth or
I, unless pro-
etrimental to
>rs, becoming
freedom, and
lal welfare of

irchies perish
blics by two
idual hands.

This truism will often render weal-
thy men obnoxious to their neigh-
bours and fellow citizens, unless
they are known to make a good use
of it When they do they become
public benefactors.

Avarice and perpetual accumula-
tion is a vice, useless prodigality is
another: both extremes ougnt to be
avoided. When childless, rich
men ought to consider the poor or
the public as their children. When
they have a posterity or relatives t(»
provide for, they must beware not to
make them too rich and vicious, as
wealth acquired by inheritance in-
stead of personal exertions is ol'tPti
mis-spent ur s<|uandered. It is suf-
ficient to provide a competence, a
share ought always to be set aside
for useful public purposes.

But iiistetkU of waitiug till death
comes to snatch our posx^Ksjims, in
order to give wimt cannot >m( held
nor enjoyed any longer, how pfU'c

state, and whenever they become too
rich, it may happen that to despoil
them or destroy them becomes a pub-
lic duty. No perpetuity can there-
fore belong to religious donations.
Yet to huild free churches, religious
schools and libraries are good deeds
and commendable. But to endow
them richly is wrong and pernicious.
To help missions und societies for
tracts, temperance, peace, &c. is
worthy of praise; but must be bla-
med if such religious societies are
made too rich; when simiething
wnmg will always happen, and the
objects be often perverted.

True charity and benevolence con-
sists in giving to the poor, the help-
less, tile aged, the cripple, the lame,
the blind, the sick, the destitute,
the ignorant, the oppressed, the un-
happy — to relieve, nelp, feed, clothe,
instruct, support, and comfort those
who are in need uf any thing. Not
by giving mere trifles to beggars;

rable it would be to do the good weUut by providing all the free institu

intend while we are yet living: that
we may see it and receive the bless-
ings oAhose we may benefit. There
is nardly any merit to leave by will
what can no longer be our own after
death. Wills besides, are sometimes
lost or setaside,or not properly com-
plied with; we can never be sure that
our good intention? will be fulfilled.
The best, safest and surest mode is
to give while we live, that we may
see and enjoy the benefici,il effects
of our charitable or patriotic purpo-
ses: whereby we enjoy the reward
of good deeds by praise and esteem
in this world, and their eternal hea-
venly reward beyond this life.

Some religious men try to buy
heaven! either by wills or donations;
but no bribe will take them there!
God reads the heart. Good deeds
alone are of any avail. What is gi
ven after death, not being our own
then, is hardly a gift, but a mere le-
gal disposition

To pamper the church or sects is
not a good deed. It is against the
kw of God that churches should be
rich: it is besides detrimental to the

tu^ons of benevolence which are
requwd in a crowded society and
exuberat*nopulation.

The rich ■»«(; monopolizing the soil
and wealth of v^e land, assume the
duty of supporting those who can-
not acquire either. Vy having the
means to do much good, v. becomes
their duty to do it. The bftit giftg
are those which are of a perman^t
or perpetual nature, calculated to be .
useful not to one but to many, not
for a day but for years or forever.

Although ostentation and pride
may often mingle with public gifts
as latent motives: yet charity throw?
her veil over motives and accey.;s
the good intention. Patriotism d(»es
the same and never asks for motives.
Ostentation is only baneful when it
gives with a blind hand, to rich,
useless, fashionable or extolled insti-
tutions or individuals, instead of
poor, useful and meritorious ones.

Free institutions for ail useful pur-s
poses of the actual improved civili-,
zation are needed all over the Uni-,
ted States. They abound in Europe*
even in the most despotic countries^

,.i

■^^

"mm

it:

Witli us tlicy arc very scarce as yptj
nay sevuial kiiuls ultugctliei- luck-
'\n<i:.

Kvcn in Tuikcv nnionp; Mnhonie-
dans, it isilecineJ the duty of ivcal-
thy men to (>;ive ii titiic ttr at leaHt
one-tentli of their income lor use-
ful purposes or nooii lieedn: cacli
being at liberty to apply it to what-
ever tliey deem best; and tliey are
allowed to leave by will ono-fliird ol'
their whole property in this way,
which becomes forever free of taxes,
and not liable to confiscation; as
they can appoint their own trustees
they commonly appoint their own
posterity as trustees forever, who
are thus provided for. They thus
build free colleges, churches, libra-
ries, roads, bridges, acqueducts,
fountains, baths, ba/.ars or stores,
caravansaries or hotels, hospitals,
chapels, monuments, &c. all free in-
stitutions, besides periodical alms or
distribution of food, &c.

Open your hearts and your han/**

J'ou wealthy men of this fr^itlul
and of freedom! Follow tl^: exam-
ple of the Turks, and "*" all the
christians of Europe. " l>o for a thou-
sand years past h^'C founded a mul-
titude of free <»8titutions of public
benefit. F-'H^t^ '"to the wants of
the necJ ^^^ of society at large,
jiQflJo the good you intend your-
.ctves, and speedily. Life is short,
time is swift. Build or found these
institutions while you live and have
health. See it done or appoint friends
to the task if troublesome. And
when it is done, rejoice in your
hearts, and receive the thanks of
thousands of your fellow men. Be-
come public benefactors, let your
names and good deeds be inscribed
on Eton#s, tne tablets of history, and
the memory of tliose vou will bene-
fit.

The free institutions wanted are
chiefly the following.

Hospitals for the sick, the disabled
and cripples.

Asylums for the blind, those with
chronic diseases, for the poor orphans

and widowfi, for children aband(med
by parents, for reclaiming vicious
persons, &c.

Free schools and colleges for the
needy ignorant boys and girls.

Sclioo! ■. -il industry, ngriculture
anti mech»;ii - like the Fellenberg
schools: they support themselves.

Free collef!;es for all the arts, sci-
ences and professions. Chairs and
lectureships in colleges.

F'rec public libraries in every city
and town.

Free museums of Natural Histo-
ry and Fine Arts in every city and
town.

Free factories to give work and
employment to all those who are
willing to work and out of employ.

Institutions to lend money on
pledges without interest, or at a
small interest to the poor in all emer-
gencies These are found all over
Europe and arc called Fiona Bankn.

Free halls and storen, to lend for
exhibition or deposits of works done,
without fee or entrance money.

Botanical gardens and experimen-
tal farms for the improvement and
frcie teaching of horticulture and
agriculture.

Public baths either free or with a
very small entrance fee, so as to en-
able the poor to enjoy this healthy
luxury.

Alf these and many others to be
as free as light, air and water, so as
to be similar to divine gifts. Yet
baths at six cents woultl be cheap
ent)ugh for the purpose and pay the
expence of attendance.

I'ioua Banks might charge five or
six per cent to pay expences, or
might lend without pledges to honest
sober mechanics or industrious men
to buy tools, materials, &c. or fos-
ter genius by lending on engravings,
maps, books, &c. for a period.

May this be done, may some of
our readers do it, may we live to
see it. Heaven and earth will smile
on such deeds.

Ben;. Franklin, Junr.

• najiMfc^alftrM'A^p

iiildrcn abandoned
Irecluiminj; viciouii

1(1 collegps for tlio
ivH and i^ii Is.
[listry, n(!;riculture

.0 tlie FelltMiberg
[port tlienisolvpH.
U- all the arts, Hci-
iMions. Chairs and

|lll'<fpS.

m'lcs iti every city

of Natural Histo-
in every city and

to give work and

all those who are

and out of employ.

o lend money on

nterest, or at a

the poor in all emer-

are found all over

;alled Pioiis Banks.

storen, to lend for

Dsits of works done,

itrance money.

ens andexperimen-

: improvement and

[)f horticulture and

Either free or with a
ince fee, so as to en-
9 enjoy this healthy

1 many others to be
air and water, so as
) divine sifts. Yet
nts wouliT be cheap
lurposo and pay the
ndance.

might charge five or
> pay expences, or
)ut pledges to honest
) or industrious men
aterials, &c. or fos-
iding on engravings,
:. for a period,
done^ may some of
it, may we live to
and earth will smile

;. Franklin, Junr.

Savings' Banks at Baltimohk.
Having visited these institutions,
as proposed ntui announced in No.
'2. I have found that since I82:>, and
!26, when I ncide known there tli«>
true principlt's of improving theai'
useful establishments, several new
institutions liavu been cstablislicd
which are all become more or less
Savings' Ranks, allowinii; interest oi
deposits. Some huvc been cliarter-
ed, some have nut, and two nre |)ri-
vatc banks managed by individuitls.
Such has been tiic utility of this
system that nearly all the old banks*
enjoying a state monopoly have been
compelled to adopt it also. Yet this
bas not prevented the common kind
uf Savings Banks fr<iin continuing
its business in the unual wav. All
are thriving and giving goo'd divi-
dends.

These Banks have all agru-d to
give three per cent interest on caisM-
al deposits and account currents,
four per cent on special deposits
payable one month alter demand and
five per cent for those three months
after demand. They also give cer
tificates of those special demands,
payable to order. They have there-
fore adopted all my views except
the divisibility of the certificates.

A plan similar to that of Balti-
more or still further improved, has
long been contemplated and needed
in Philadelphia; where there are
many more savings of industry than
in Baltimore. It is probable that a
meeting of the friends of such an
undertaking will soon be called,
meantime a plan is here added of an
improved Savings Institution, where-
in it is contemplated to give six per
cent interest for savings; as the
poor ought to receive as much as the
rich for their earnings. Our Savings
Bank gives only four and a half per
cent which is wrong, and in New-
York only five, where the legal in-
terest is seven. Therefore such im-
proved institution must meet the ap
[trobation of all the industrious and
iberal members of the community,

C. S. 11

Plan of cm imprnvi'd Savings Tn"
slitiitimi.
1. To be called the DivrriAi,

iNsrrririoN, or the Six v

H Cknt
North

Savinos Institution of
a.mkiiica.

!2. Kvcry individual niiiy deposit
any sum, at any time, anil as often
us wished.

3. 'I'iie smallest sum received will
be a dollar; on which interest will
be given.

4. Kvory deposit must be for a
specific time at the option of the de-
positor: wliicb may be renewed for
any other lii f. at pleasure, or with-
drawn with II "rest at the appointed
time.

5. The (! I- shall receive at
his option u tk where the sums
will be enter' il, or certificates of de-
posits to order or bearer and divisi-
l)k! on dcmuhd.

6. Kvery depositor of g 10 for
fiveyeais in his own name, shall be
a St»^rc holder and voter in future
elections.

7. Six |M.r cent shall be given on
all deposits, »nd compound interest
calculated after g^e first year.

8. To pay the »^■pcnces of the
Institution, one per u,it shall be
deducted from the intertv un the
first year, but nothing on any <)thcr
year,and the odd days of the inomk^
never calculated for the interest.

9. If this fund and the profits of
the Institution exceed the expences
an extra dividend will be given year-
ly to those who have kept the depo-
sits one year in the Institution.

10. The Institution shall be ma-
naged by a board of Trustees,

elected by the subscribers at the first
meeting in the first instance; and
after one year by the share holders.

11. Each share holder shall be
entitled to one vote only, whatever
be the number of his shares, and he
must vote personally or by letter.
No proxies will be admitted.

12. The Trustees muHt all have
deposited at least S 20 in tlie Insti-
tution for five years, and give perso-

<i >

^>^ii(

i I!

I'l:

U 1^

n«l bonds for perrorming their du-
ties.

13. They Hhall elect among; them-
selves, a I'reitidcnt, a Cuiihier, aii*i
a Book-keepcr{ who muMt ^ive per-
sonal bonds tor peri'uriniug tlieii'
duties.

14. The President Hhnll preside
at the Htmrd of Tnistet-**, and sign
the certificates, books, &c.

\3. The CaMJiiers shall receive
and nay the moneys deposited or
with(lruwn and keep the securities.

16. The deposits shall be invest-
ed in public or private securities,
mortgages, loans on stocks and
goods; and every other sat'o business
ua the divitial plan.

17. No compensation shall be

fiven to the Trustees the first year,
t shall afterwards be decided by
the share holders at the first election
whether one dollar or more for every
time they meet, beins once a week,
ought to be granted them.

18. The Trustees shall from Wine

to time, according to the amount of
business, fix the compensation to be
piiiil to the President, ('ushier, and
lionk-kccpers, or any other oiicers
to be employed by the Institution.

19. The Institution shall be open-
ed at first once a week; but as soon
as convenient twice a week or every
day if r('«|uircd, to receive and pay.

2,0. Uusiness and i.'vestmenls by
the Trustees shall be transacted only
once a week, unless a special call of
the Hoard, is called by the Presi-
dent.

21. Tiie Trustees and Oificers
shall be liable personally for their
transactions, and the tttockholders
may at any time meet to appoint a
Uoard of Control, to oversee and
rectify their transactions.

22. No clmrter of incorporatien
'' irthis Institution ahall be asked,
iuutil 'C has been two jears in suc-
jctMsful operation, and it is demand-
Zed or assented to by three-fourths of
lull the stockholders.

—"»••••••-

LIST O^'^C! IJVTS FOR THIS JOUBJ^dL,

TO '' 'M ASCRIPTIONS MAY BE PAID.

They ■*''® n ,; .»,sted to send them in to us in orders upon Exchange
Brok"^f oi >-'U' and Drafts. The Names of the Subscribers must not
lir lurgotti (.: ue sent speedily.

Washington City,

Baltimore,

New York,

Albany,

Troy,

Boston,

Cincinatti,

Charleston,

Louisville,

Lexington, Ky.

Newburg, N. Y.

Newhaven,

Pittsburg,

Hochester,

Utica,

York, Pa.

Thompson & Homans.
Coale & Littell.
Carvill & Brothers.
Webster & Skinner.
F. Ad'incourt.
Ebfiieezer Wight.
Goodwin & (,'o.
E. Thayer.
Byers & Butler.
Joseph Ficklin.
J. W. Knevelg.
S. Babcork.
Avery & Co.
L. Tucker.

Warner & Southmaid.
Haller & Small.

Published at No. 59 North Eighth Street, and at J. Dobson's, No. 108
Chestiut Street, Philadelphia, where Subscriptions are received..

the nmount of
iciiHatiori to be
, ('uHl)ier, nml
other oiicert
InAtitution.
Hhull be open-
($ bul&% soon
wceK or evury
ceivc ftiul pay.
>'ve»tmentH by
ruiisucted only
spuciul call of
by the Presi-

anil Officer*
ally for their
> HM>ckhol(ler»
it to appoint a
'i oversee and
ins.

' incorporatien
lall be asked,
I years in »uc-
[ it is demand^
hree-fourths of

AID.

pon Exchange
■ibers must not

id.

son's. No. 108
; received.

'• aiJiSJi:g&iii^\i'i^€«a^'Mv..!! = -aw ' tvii'- "

ite'i

IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)

1.0

141

I.I

M |2.5

2.0

1.8

11.25 i 1.4

- 6"

■y

Photographic

Sciences

Corporation

23 WEST MAIN STRfET

WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580

(716)872-4503

CIHM/ICMH

Microfiche

Series.

CIHM/ICMH
Collection de
microfiches.

Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques

ATLANTIC JOURNAL

AND

A CYCLOPEDIC JOURNAL AND REVIEW

01 VSriVHSAI, acIBRCB AKO XVOWIIDOI :

HnTORICAt, VATDRAL, AMD MEDICAL ARTS AITS ICISKCBS:

INDVinr, A9RICVI.TDRS, BBUCATIOV AHD KVRRT KIXD Ot rslIVL nrOBVATIOirt

WITH miMEROVS FIGURES.

EDITOR, C. S. R.AFIJVESQUE,
Profeitor of Kutorical and JVaturat Scieneet, &c.

Vol. I.] PHiLADELPHiA, Autumn or 1832.

[No. 3.

Knorwledge ii the mental fotd ofmim.

1. Analysis OF Fellenbero's Sys-
tem OF Education.
This system is one of the greatest
improvements on education effected
by pliilanthropr during this age,«iince
it enables to educate the pour with
out any expense. It is as well cal
culated for the United States as for
Switzerland, yet it hardly begins
to be appreciated and introduced,
There must be a great lack of patri
otism, liberality, and philanthropy
in legislatures and individuals, iC
similar institutions are not quickly
adopted every where. To contri-
bute partly to this desirable object,
we shall give a brief analysis of the

ftractical principles of Fellenberg,
urnished us by a pupil of his school.

1. The good and wise Fellenberg
has acted upon the following princi-
ples. •

2. The present society and gene
ration arc unhappy: we ought to en-
deavour to afford or give to posterity
the means of being less so, by a bet-
ter education.

3. A new kind of education is
needed, not by levelling the two
classes or poles of society, the rich
and the poor; but by rendering both
happier. They ought not to be mix-
ed nor blended; but both prepared
for their respective duties.

4. Education is the aim and in-
struction is one of the means to
achieve this improvement. Educa-
tion consists in forming the heart
and character, unfolding the under-

standing, and giving strength and
health to the body.

5. Instruction speaks only to the
memory, but by exercising the un-
derstanding and reason, it has a due
influence on the heart and education.
\ little instruction with much edu-
cation is better than little education
with much instruction. By neglect-
ing education for instruction we hav«
lost sight of this true aim.

6. Each class ought to be taught
by counsel in action, exercise of
hands, enlightening their understan-
ding, and ennobling their hearts,
that they may love and practice vir-
tue.

7. The poor are directed to the
labor of their hands, care is taken
of their minds and hearts to lead
them to a virtuous conduct; their
future welfare and happiness, with
an assured subsistence are secured
by making them enlightened and
virtuous husbandmen and mechan-
ics.

8. The rich or superior classes
are taught to love the poor or the in-
ferior classes, so as to produce so-
cial happiness and harmony,and pre-
vent civil discords.

9. The insensible but rapid
changes produced by the progress of
human mind, the subdivision of pro-
perty, the abolition of feodal ties,
the influence of discoveries, chants
of manners, &c. absolutely require
a modification of society and educa-
tion in those who are to lead or rule.

I .'.■O ,,.1t^^„ ^■■.'— <M,- — - ... - ■-,.

MMH

ifmS^

10. Social peace can only be pre-
served by enlighteninfr them and di-
recting them well in their youth, so
as to make thorn useful and popular
leaders. Thus preventing revolu-
tions, and the strife of ambitious
hypocrites directing the rabble.

11. The worthy Fellenberg has
given up his time and fortune for
thirty years, to put in practice these
improvements. He was once much
opposed by the aristocracy of Berne
in which Canton, his estate of Hof-
wyl is situated. But he has over-
come all opposition and succeeded
to make Switzerland the centre of
European civilization.

12. This was done without any
ultimate expense, nor diminishing
his estate, since it was found that
the schools supported themselves by
the labor of the poor, and the pay
of the rich.

13. The liberals applaud his la-
bors, the servile tremble. Some
monarchs have forbidden their sub-
jects to send their children toitj yet
it is always filled by the liberals and
the Swiss.

14. It has been said that such im
provements and knowledge made so
cheap, may be abused. But Fellen-
berg has proved that their use may
be regulated, and all the abuses re
pressed.

15. From 1809 to i821, or du-
ring twelve years, the only expenses
or advances were 83.600, or only
S 300 per annum: while many thou-
sands have been educated at Hofwyl.
Thus hardly one dollar expense for
each student on an average.

16. The establishments of Hofwyl
consist of eight schools or institu-
tions. 1. Model Farm. 2. Expe-
rimental Farm. 3. Agricultural
Factory. 4. School for Boys. 5.
School for Girls. 6. Institute,* or
Superior School. 7. Agricultural
School. 8. Normal School.

17. The model farm is cultivated
with the greatest care, with the most
perfect implements and machines,
and with the least number of cattle.
Whereby Fellenberg obtains more

produce with less labor,
an example to all.

18. The experimental farm and
garden is used to test every kind of
new practices and improvements;
whenever their utility has been
proved, they are introducied in the
model farm. This is a very benefi-
cial school of improvement.

19. The third branch or manufac-
ture of agricultural implements and
machines is a most interesting arid
wonderful establishment. It receives
models from all countries. Nothing
is adopted or rejected without testing
by experiments. It is a complete
application of mechanics to all the
branches of agriculture. It supplies
new useful tools and machines to all
Switzerland and Europe.

20. In the school for bojs they
are admitted from five to twenty.
They support, feed and instruct
themselves by their own labor in
the farm and factory.

21. The instruction consists in
practical agriculture, reading, wri-
ting,arithmetic,geometry,agronomic
botany and natural history, abridged
history, geography, drawing,modern
languages, music, gymnastics, &c.
It is found that the methods of natu-
ral sciences form the mind of youth
to order better than languages;
when riper mathematics are ad-
ded.

22. If any child shows genius of
extraordinary talents for any thing,
he is taken to the superior school or
institute, and thus every poor child
has a chance to become a member of
the superior class by his talents and
exertions.

23. The monitorial plan is adopt-
ed for every thing; the monitors are
selected from the best scholars, and
may be superseded by others: thus
keeping up the moral influence of a
co-equal emulation.

24. The students are treated like
the adopted children of their teach-
ers. They are made happy in labor,
meals, games and recreations. Thus
a domestic and public education is
happily blended. They have plenty

r~fliTtiMiTT-i"-f'^'--'VV'4'-'^^'**^-'^'r*-'V'TiiV rf-'tV-r'' — ■'■'■^■"- ■ ■■

._. ii

ibor, and sets

ntal farm and
t every kind of
improvements;
ity has been
roduced in the

a very benefi-
ement.

li or manufac-
inplements and
interesting aiid
lent. It receives
itries. Nothing

without testing
. is a complete
anics to all the
ire. It supplies

machines to all
rope.

for boys they
five to twenty,
d and instruct
r ov, a labor in ,

don consists in
■e, reading, wri-
inetry,agronomic
history, abridged
drawing,modern
gymnastics, &c.
methods of natu-
le mind of youth
than languages;
:matics are ad-
shows genius of
its for any thing,
luperior school or
every poor child
;ome a member of
)y his talents and

rial plan is adopt-
I the monitors are
est scholars, and
d by others: thus
ral influence of a
I.

:8 are treated like
en of their teach-
de happy in labor,
recreations. Thus
iblic education is
They have plenty

iWKiiiriiHifiir

of exercise, a good healthy diet, and
at eighteen or twenty they enter the
world well prepared for every duty.

25. The teacnersare selected with
care;, they paitake of the labors,
studies and recreations, they treat
the boys mildly, all punishments are
lenient and paternal, yethardly ever
inflicted.

26. The school for girls is sepa
rate, but similar. The poor girli
are raised from the abjection of ser-
vants, taught to provide for them-
selves. Tliey are employed in sui-
table female labor, taught taste and
skill of hands.

27. The two sexes are not intend-
ed for the same occupations, women
have less strength, but greater skill
in all sedentary occupations. They
are taught all what is required to be-
come good wives and mothers, which
has great influence on producing
good husbands and good children.

28. The institute or superior
school, is chiefly intended for the
rich scholars who pay for their board
and tuition; they nave somewhat
better accomodations, and are taught
all the branches of science and lite-
rature as in colleges: but in other
respects fare and behave as in the
lower school.

29. In the special agricultural
school are admitted men, all stu-
dents are above twenty, chiefly land
owners, who are taught the improved
agriculture of thescliools and farms
and pay for it.

30. The last or normal school is
held in summer, when forty lectures
are given to students wishing to be
teachers, to enable them to spread
and apply this education to all the
villages of Switzerland.

Let all those who wish for the wel-
fare of mankind and our country,
ponder well on this useful, benevo-
lent, practical, and practicable plan,
so as to introduce it speedily with
us everywhere. Few modifications
will be needed in the United States,
we have in fact the two classes of
rich and poor already, instead of
nobles and poor. Ten years, from

ei^ht to eighteen, will educate a
child without cost to the parent nor
the state, and make him a useful en-
lightened citizen.

2. Taxes on Knowledge.

One of the means employed by the
foes of knowledge, freedom and ci-
vilization, to check these blessings,
is to tax knowledge. It is done in
many ways in difl'erent countries.
The most depraved governmeuts
employ censure of the press, prohi-
bitions, printers' license tax, stamps,
heavy duties on paper and books,
heavy postages, &c. in order to pre-
vent the circulation of knowledge.

Even in England heavy com-
plaints are made against stamps and
taxes on knowledge, excessive du-
ties, &c. While in the United
States we appear to follow closely
this example, although we boast of
complete ireedom of the press. This
is a Kind of political hypocrisy since
it is not true. Without mentioning
here the numerous impediments to
ihe increase of knowledge, exceed-
ing those of France and England
in some instances, and which shall
hereafter be enumerated, the actual
needless taxes in knowledge wjll
now command our attention, and be
exposed.

The heavy postages on periodicals
(not newspapers,) on pamphlets,
books, printed circulars, engravings,
orders, &c. is the most odious and
obnoxious. Because quite useless,
not required for revenue, nur to sup*
port the post office department.
When pamphlets were at two cents
per sheet, it was said that the mails
were overloaded with them, and that
the nation was in debt. The tax
was triplicated and raised to six
cents per sheet, with the acknowl-
edged intention of preventing their
circulation by mail, as the tax
amounts to about two hundred per
cent on their cost, or one hundred
per cent on their usual selling price.
This avowed shameful purpose of
preventing the circulation of pam-
phlets and books, by giving a kind

>f'nl

i K'liMBlMllMli

•^i

^b.-JL-...<l ,r,.M.-.,.^,y^i...

" *«■ j-K „»nMiw«B»»j»iB!,'igBaiBi»«rsf».'». '

IWri.

!iil

}« '

of monopoly to periodicals, has com-
pelled authors and publishers to issue
almost all publications periudicaly so
as to enjoy the benefit of the lessen-
ed postage, and thus the mails have
been loaded with them as heretofore
and even often with pamphlets and
books, such being the need of the
people.

Upon newspapers the tax amounts
to about twenty-five per cent on the
average for weekly papers.

On a paper of S 2 per anuum, 52
numbers at 1 cent 52 cents, or 26

rr cent. When sent far 2 cents
1.4 or 52 per cent!

Un a daily paper of S 8 per annum
about 300 papers at 1 cent g 3 or
S7i per cent, or 75 per cent when
sent far!

On periodicals, monthly or quar-
terly, of about S 5 per annum, and
about GO sheets at U cent 90 cents
or nearly 20 per cent, when sent far
Si cents the sheet g 1.50 or 37: per
cent!

Even these rates are extravagant
and useless. This tax is not re-
quired by our treasury, which is now
overflowing. It is not required by
the people who loudly complain of
it. It is a tax on industry and
knowledge, the very reverse of the

itrotective taxes on industry. Last-
y it is not required by the post
office department, because the tax
on letters pays all expenses. It is
said that naif of it alone goes into
the post office treasury, the other
half being allowed to the postmas-
ters as a compensation for the trou-
ble of distribution. The half go-
ing to the post office is such a triHe
as not to be wanted by it. If all
postages on these were abolished
there would be no lack of applicants
for the office of postmasters every,
where, with the express condition r-f
distributing periodicals gratis. Or
if that would be too liberal, a small
compensation of one cent for ever
periodical distributed, might be al
lowed to the postmasters alone, the
United States or post office depart-

ment charging nothing. There is
already a precedent for this practice
in the city letters, on which 1 cent
is allowed to the postmaster alone
on each letter larsc or small.

No more trouble is found to dis-
tribute a pamphlet or book, than a
periodical pamphlet, and therefore
one cent to postmasters on each
would also be an adequate compen-
sation. But with -the actual abomi-
nable tax of 9.00 per cent on them,
any modification would be accepta-
ble, even one cent a sheet which
would reduce the tax to one-sixth.

Now a pamphlet of 64 pages 8vo.
or 4 sheets, pays 25 cents postage,
or 150 per cent: on first cost of about
10 cents, or 100 per cent on selling
cost of 25 cents!:!

At this new rate they would pay
4 cents or 40 per cent on cost or 17
per cent on selling price.

A book of 2 2 and 25 sheets now
pays g 1.56 postage tax or 78 per
cent; but on the prime cost of about
75 cents, it is above 200 per cent.
While by the new rate it would be
16 per cent on selling price or 33
per cent on the prime cost.

If it is contended that the mails
would be loaded with books and
pamphlets at this rate, so much the
better, since knowledge would cir-
culate freely and rapidly. Pamph-
lets and periodicals could be earned
by the mail in weekly wagons, at a
cheap rate, instead of daily mail
bag8,by new and easy arrangements.
At present a single book or pamph-
let can hardly circulate. It must
be sent with others in packages, at a
great expense of time if not money.

The same facilities ought to be
extended to every kind of printed
materials sent by mail, as handbills,
circulars, engravings, prints, music,
&c. It is a shame to charge letter
postage for any printing less than 2
sheets. They certainly cannot be
heavier for the mail nor more trou-
blesome to deliver. There is no
excuse for this imposition and pro-
hibition of knowledge. Handbills

KJlLll

..,».. _ r^Tii -ri1l""- "'-*-— '^

iiiiiLa>»i ;Af'ri ii Miwr i » i irt Mi« iThil fc 'T^^f>l'ih^ iii '1 i<iAi>»Mfc^

There is
"this practice
which 1 cent
master alone
small,
found to dis-

book, than a
ind therefore
ters on each
uate compen-
actual abomi*
;ent on them,
be accepta-

sheet which
to one-sixth.
64 pages 8vo.
ents postage,
t cost of about
ent on selling

ey would pay
on cost or 17
ce.

25 sheets now
ax or 78 per
e cost of about
200 per cent.
te it would be
ig price or 33

cost.

that the mails
th books and
i, so much the
Ige would cir-
idly. Pamph-
juld be earned
y wagons, at a
of daily mail
arrangements.
lOok or pamph-
iate. It must
packages, at a
! if not money.
IS ought to be
ind of printed
I, as handbills,

prints, music,
charge letter
ing less than 2
nly cannot be
nor more trou-

There is bo
sition and pro-
«. HandbilU

must now be sent by private convey'
ance or not at all. Circulars are
prohibited likewise except tu the
rich. There is no end to the incon-
veniences to which the public is lia-
ble by these illiberal and preposter-
ous arrangements. A letter of half
a sheet pays like a sheet, but half a
printed sliieet pays four times as
much as a single printed sheet. Is
it not unjust and abominable.

They nave probably originated in
want of information in the legisla-
tors on the subject, and above all in
the fact that they being free of post-
age do not feel all the evils of this
system. Let them be taxed too and
tney then would perhaps think of
the people they tax, and who pay
them to make good laws, neither
useless nor vexatious.

Another abominable and useless
tax is that on double letters, or ra-
ther inclosures of drafts or money,
whereby the rich can afford to send
his large remittances, and the poor,
or whoever wants to send or receive
small remittances, is prohibited by
the following shameful taxes.

To send a draft or bill or g 1 in
eluding the letter 25 per cent, if far
50 per cent ! ! !

To send ^ 5, 5 or 10 per cent

To send 2 10, only 2| or 5 per
cent.

To send g 100, only
cent!!!

This falls heavy on all publishers
of periodicals and many otiier trades.
It IS preposterous and intolerable,
since there is no more trouble in the
delivery of letters with inclosures.
It ought tu be remedied. All mune)'
sent by mail to be free or liable to a
tax of one per cent only, one cent
on one dollar, and one dollar on one
hundred. This would be just at
least. Or else the franking privilege
to and fro of postmasters ought to
be extended to editors and authors,
or all the useful trades who deal and
depend on small remittances.

These post office impositions, ex-
tortions and prohibitions have swell-
ed this statement so far that the tax-

i or i per

es on printers and booksellers must
be omitted at present. Let us mere-
ly state the fact that there are hea-
vy taxes, mostly useless and obnox-
ious on 1. Foreign books never print-
ed here. 2. Onlead and type metal.
3. On paper and machinery. 4. On
wood cuts, copper plates, and litho-
graphic stones. 5. On paper and
pasteboard. 6. On skin and parch-
ment, &c. all which fall on these
useful trades and the manufacture
(if knowledge, journals and books.
Besides the charges of taxation, ad-
vertising, publishing and selling.

B. Fhanklin, Jr.

3. Analysis of the Philosophy of

Pythtt^nraa as promutgated

2400 years ago.

God is One: He is within the

universe and the universe is within

UOD.

God is every where and yet no
where! He is a circle, the centre of
which is every where and circumfe-
rence no where.

Goo is the soul of the universe:
the order and harmony through
which it exists and is preserved.

God is the great Unit: numbers
and things emanate from the unit.

God is universal, inefable, per-
fect, and the principle of every
good.

All what is, exists by number and
harmony.

Harmony rules over numbers and
pro<luces order.

Harmony is the invisible sun of
the world.

Beauty, good, virtue and health,
proceed from harmony.

The science of numbers is holy:
it is the oniy certain one.

The science of bodies is less cer-
tain; they are evanescent and ever
changing.

Nature is a stream that ever
flows.

Nature is what may be seen of
God: it is the body of Goj>.

God is the soul and life of na-
ture.

The material part of nature is

<•' i

itmjtfitm t mcifti'^ni

.■r». ^5-'.i**.:;.e

SJi-.

i\'i

ih'

formed by elements: these are the
various configurations of its parts.

The souls arc particles emanated
from the universal soul.

They partake therefore of immor-
tality: their annihilation is impossi-
ble.

Death is their passage from a body
to another.

Space is infinite. Time is infinite.
God is infinite.

Nature is incommcn!!urable: the
plurality of worlds is evident.

The smallest star is a sun similar
to ours, shining over planets and
worlds like ours.

We revolve round the sun; they
revolve round their suns.

The sun, the stars, the moon, and
the planets are globes. Our earth is
also a globe.

All the worlds have inhabitants
like 09 unlike those of our globe.

The souls*^travel from bodies to
bodies, and from worlds to worlds.

This is the spiritual metempsycho-
sis or passage; the real palingenesy
or renovation and resurrection.

Every thing is pass^ageand renova-
tion in nature and man.

Such is the birth of man, his child-
hood and his education. Such will
be his death.

Man will not be annihilated at
this passage, nor die forever. ; He
will have many lives yet to go
through.

Rewards and punishments, await
us in these after lives, according to
our previous behaviour.

God is good: men are wicked.
Why so?

Because God is perfect and men
imperfect.

The imperfections of men create
moral evils and disorders.

Philosophy ^nd wisdom correct
these evtis and disorders. -

Philosophy is not wisdom; but it
leads to it, it is the love of good.

Science is not philosophy; but it
leads to it Science is the knowl
edge of order.

The philosopher acknowledges no

other covntry but his family and
mankind; he waits for the return of
primitive equality, ere he may adopt
another.

He tells the truth without fear, it
is his duty.

He deplores and unveils the crimes
of men and nations.

What will be his rewards? perse*
cution, contempt or neglect.

If he is asked what God he wor-
ships, let him answer: a God whose
body is light, and whose soul is
Truth.

He believes when he has strong
motives of credibility, and he obeys
when he sees the need of it; but not
otherwise.

Let him respect the law, when it
is respectable.

There is anRiKnNAi. Law, ante-
rior to all other laws, and their im-
mortal type.

Tliis law is the law of universal
order and harmony.

Every man is tacitly bound to pre-
serve this law, and to contribute to
the preservation of moral order.

The rulers, priests, and warriors,
who disturb this order, are as many
banes of society.

The tyrants and slaves are the
hammers and anvils of society. Let
us beware to be crushed between
them.

Wicked men labor under a men-
tal disorder. Let us try to cure it.
Wisdom is the remedy to be used.

Let us exercise universal benevo-
lence. We must love all men even
when they are wicked.

Let us correct the evils of human
nature by education and instruc-
tion. ■

Happiness is offered to all men,
let theni re^ich it.

Do not deny this right to any one
except to those madmen « ho seek
their happiness in the misfortunes of
others.

The regeneration of mankind,
will never be completed until the
insatiable demon of property is abol-
ished.' Uf ,

■ il l llfrr-fliiyii-^- - I ^-•■■^"^"'■'■^'■■■■■'■^-"'•■^- " -.».^.. m

amWj and
e return of
may adopt

out fear, it

the crimes

(Is? persC"
ect.

oD he wor-
GoD whose
ose soul is

has strong

nd he obeys

it; but not

aw, when it

Law, ante-
nd their im*

of universal

)ound topre-
^ontribute to
al order,
nd warriors,
are as many

ives are the
society. Let
hed between

ider a men-
•y to cure it.
to be used,
irsal benevo-
Eill men even

ils of human
and instruc-

to all men,

>t to any one
len w ho seek
lisfortunes of

if mankind,
ed until the
perty is abol-

But if we were to say to the weal-
thy, put your riches in common,
they would call us knaves.

If we were to say 8«t to tlie igno-
rant, they might call us luoU. IT
to rulers and powerful men, they
would forbid us to repeat it.

What is then to be done? Let
us labor in silence and by our ex-
ample. A time will come, when it
will be safe to speuk openly the
truth.

Real equality will then be under-
stood, and eltectually established.

It consists in every individual be-
ing equally enlightened, wealthy and
happy, according to his wish and ca-
pabdity.

Natural equality is not fit for the
mob nor the ignorant; they could
not enjoy it a single day without
mischief.

But let us work to make them fit
for it in time.

Our good and bad qualities pro-
ceed from our education.

Let us reform this essential branch
of human economy.

The reform of mankind is a la-
bor for ages, it will be subject to
many relapses; but we must not de-
spair to acnieve it.

Let nothing disgust us and thwart
us in this noble and eminent under-
taking.

Those who feel a passion for the
love of truth and wisdom will never
sink under it.

Let us transmit the means and
knowledge from age to age, from na-
tions to nations.

Let us nurse with care in our bo-
soms, this last hope of mankind; and
when its appointed time will come,
let us present it to their eyes.

But let us beware to give guilty
bearings to Luy eternal truths.

Meantime let us improve ourselves
and increase our wisdom and knowl-
edge.

Let us beware of our senses, they
often deceive us.

Our secret senses are our intern-
al sight and feeling.

We must not judge of things by

n^MAMU.a«iMiaM«te!

mere appearances, nothing is more
deceitful.

Let UH study their essential and
real qualities and fuculties.

There is ofien no better ground
for an opinion than plausibility.

If a thing is possible, it may be
believed. 'I'o believe we must be-
:;in by dcmbting. Doubt is the man-
tle ot wisdom.

I'iie nature of bodies results from
the mixture and separation of ele-
ments.

The elements emanate from 6ou.

The sun is the mirror of God.

The light of Gou shines on our
minds as (he light of the sun on our
eyes.

It delights to brighten a good mind.
ignorance is the night of the mind;
errors are its clouds.

Happiness is the general pursuit of
mankind.

Harmony is the universal chain of
happiness.

Let us imitate on earth, the har-
mony of the heavens.

The same order ought to rule over
men and societies, as over worlds
und things. ,

Let wisdom unite itself to labor,
and genius to strength, as the earth
is united to the skies.

Nature is a republic. It is indi-
visible, imperishable; all the mem-
bers thereof act in eternal harmony.

Nations! you are all the children
of nature; imitate your mother.

Men ! in all your thoughts and ac-
tions, think of God.

When we wish to become wise,^
we must not be satisfied with what
is good, but ever strive to reach
what is better still.

This is the complement of wisdom.
Let us improve forever.

But the past has been for us a
mixture of good and evil.

Such will be futurity. Never
fear evil, but conquer it.

If we expect every thing, nothing
shall surprise us.

When danger shall threaten us,
let us warn them by the brazen
shield of wisdom.

sil

I !fl

Jf'

t1 -'
V ■

,ii

tjiL.

tf the promulgation of truth be-
comes dangerous, let us conceal it
in our bosoms and those of our fel-
low friends.

Let us institute a society for the
preservation of tins sacred nre.

Let us become the vestals of truth,
let us preserve this holy deposit pure
and unadulterated.

It is deplorable to conceal truth
and happiness from mankind; but it
is often needful.

When the time will come for un
veiling the sun of eternal light it
will b« our duty to do it.

Let us select with care the vestals
of truth: every one is not worthy to
nurse it.

Our bonds shall be union and har-
mony, order and knowledge; the re-
sults wisdom and love, health and
wealth, happiness and peace.

We must unite the labor of the
hands to the labor of the mind.

We shall receive no salary for ad-
mission, nor instruction, nor under
any other shape; let us beware of ve-
nality; must we pay to see the sunP

But no one among us can hold
perpetual property; he may give it
to whom he pleases.

We shall live in common with
families: our eldest men shall

our

be our rulers: our wisest men our

teachers and advisers.

Our motto shall be, To do Oood
and Keep the Truth.

Let us be physicians of the body
and the soul.

Let us instruct, admonish, and
jHidge mankind.

Let us seek to become mediators
in domestic discords, and even in
public ones if we are able and call-
ed upon.

Let us guide youth, inexperience,
ignorance, and repentance.

And let us perform all this with-
out reward.

Let us pardon, ever before hand,
those who may do us some injuries,
as we pardon the staff of the blind-
man striking at random

Let us remember that we must
not say all to all.

Let us beware of blood, money,
and error.

Let us live and let us die, for
truth, justice, equality, benevolence
and happiness.

Benj. Franklin, Junh.

4. The American Nations and
Tribks are not Jkws.

As early as 1829, I published in
the Evening Post a letter tu the Rev.
Ethan Smith, against the singular
but absurd opinion that the Ameri-
can tribes tlescend from the He-
brews or the ten lost tribes. This
opinion based upon some religious
prejudices and slight acquaintance
with philology and antiquities, has
been entertained by Penn, Adair,
Boudinot, and several other super-
ficial writers, among which Ira Hill,
author of a late work, ^ntiquitieH
of America Explained, Hagers-
town, Maryland, 1831. It is to
me astonishing how in this enlight-
ened age, any such unfounded be-
lief can be sustained; if greater ab-
surdities still did not prevail as yet
among a few.

Two recent instances of egregi-
ous folly based upon this singular
tenet, have induced me to republish
my letter of 1829, which if read by
those laboring under this delusion
cannot fail to shake their belief.

A new Religion or sect has been
founded upon this belief! the Mor-
monites, thus called after a new
Alcoran, or Book of Mormon, (which
is not a Jewish name.) Supposed
to be written in gold letters more
than 2000 years ago by Mormon
leader of the American Jews. This
Book which no one has seen nor
read but the founder of the sect,
the probable writer thereof, has
been made the Bible of a new sect.
I have tried in vain to procure a
copy of the translation, wherein I
could certainly detect a crowd of
absurdities and incongruities. Mean-
time a Sect of Fanatics has arisen
therefrom, and wandered from New-
York to Ohio and Missouri: an evi-
dent proof how false beliefs can be

jiii.

il, money,

IS die, Tor
nevulence

LIN, JUNR.

IONS AND

CW8.

blished in
to the Rev.

singular
the Ameri-
n the He-
bes. This

religious
quaintance
uities, has
in, Adair,
ther su per-
ch Ira Hill,
^ntiguit leH

Hagers-

It IS to

his enlight-

ounded be-

greater ab-

evail as yet

I of egregi-
lis singular
to republish
h if read by
lis delusion
r belief.
ct has been
f ! the Mor-
fter a new
mon, (which
Supposed
ctters more
>y Mormon
lews. This
18 seen nor
)f the sect,
hereof, has
a new sect.
I procure a
wherein I
a crowd of
ities. Mean-
9 has arisen
I from New-
luri: an evi-
liefs can be

spread and made subservient to
crafty purposes.

The second instance is that of
Lord KingsboruiiKh, who having
adopted the delusive idea of the
Mexicans and other American na-
tions being Jews, has vainly spent
the vast sum of r)(),0()0 pounds ster-
ling, or gl35,0()0!!! to publish fac
sirailies of Mexican Antiquities and
Manuscripts in the Libraries of
Dresden, Paris, Vienna, Berlin,
Home, and Bologna, executed by
Agliu, and with notes of his own in
support of the Jewish origin of the
Mexicans. This Work in 7 volumes
folio, sells for 200 pounds sterling,
or £900 and is deemed a wasteful
employment of money, even by the
learned, because it does not contain
the translations which would be
more useful than the glyphic texts.
It lacks also the Mexican Manu-
scripts preserved in Madrid and
SimancaS archives of the Indies;
the only valuable novelty in this
huge work are the Mexican monu
ments, drawn by Depaix, with the
history of Mexico, by Sahagun a
Spanish monk, who spent 30 years
in Mexico in the 16th century. The
great sum spent by this nobleman for
t\)is vain support of his fallacious
Jewish theory, would have been suf-
ficient to unfold the true history of
all the nations of America, by then
monuments, languages, traditions
and books, or publish 100 volumes
on the subject. C. S. R.

To THE Rev. Ethan Smith,
Pattor uf Poultney in Vermont.

Rev. Sir:

I have lately met by chance the
second edition of your work on the
Hebreioa in ^merica^ and read it
with attention, as I do all works on
our Indians, while writing their his-
tory before and after Columbus.

Your work and Boudinot's Star in
the West, have widely spread again
among the religious readers, the old,
obsolete and I may say absurd no-
tion that our Indians, nay all the va-
13

rious American tribes and nations
descend from the ten tribes of Israel.
This theory advanced by some Jews,
by William Penn & Adair, who
knew but few tribes of our Indians.
is now laughed at by all the learned
and enquirers on American history.
As it is a pity that the religious com-
munity should be again deluded into
such improbable belief, I mean to
try to show you the impossibility of
the fact, and request that should you
publish a third edition of your work
you will add my remarks, and an-
swer if you can my cogent argu-
ments.

I shall first state why their origin
is impossible and next confute your
boasted proofs of it.

The American nations cannot de-
scend from the ten tribes of Israel}
because,

1st. These ten tribes are not lost,
as long supposed, their descendants
more or less inixt with the natives,
arc yet found in Media, Iran,Turan,
Cabulistan, Hindostan and China,
where late travellers have traced
them, calling themselves by various
names.

2d. The American nations knew
not the Sabath, or Sabatical weeks
and years. This knowledge could
never have been lost by Hebrews.
The only weeks known in America,
were of three days, five days and
half lunations, as among the primi-
tive nations, before the week of se-
ven days was used in Asia, and ba-
sed upon the seven planets, long be-
fore tne laws of Moses.

3. The Indians hardly knew the'
use of iron; although common among
the Hebrews, and likely never to be
lost: nor did they know the plough.

4. The same applies to the art of
writing, such an art is never lost,
when once known.

5. Circumcision was unknown
and even abhorred by the Americans,
except two nations who used it, the
Mayans of Yucatan who worshipped
one hundred idols and the Calcha-
quis of Chaco who worshipped the
sun and stars, believing that depart-

. I

■^

:><\m

100

ed souls
liefs an>
iim, and
mon to

became stars. These bc-

quitn (liHi'rent from Juda-

l)c<tidcH this rite wtk^ com-

K|ry|)t, Ktliiopia, Edoni,

Colchis, fcc

6. None of the American tribes
have the striking sharp Jewish fea-
tures, and physical conformation.

7. The Americans eat hog!*, hares,
fish, and all the forbidden animals
of Moses; but each tribe abstain
from their tutelar animals, or badj^es
of families of some peculiar sort, as
we abstain from the dog and horse
without any rational cause.

8. The American customs of
scalping, torturing prisoners, cani-
balism, calumet, painting bodies,
and going naked even in very cold
climates, are totally unlike the Me-
brew customs.

9. A multitude of languages ex-
ist in America, which may perhaps
be reduced to twenty-five radical
languages and two thousand dialects
anu sub-dialects. But they arc of-
ten unlike the Hebrew in roots.
Words and grammar: they have by
far more analogies with the Sanscrit,
Celtic, Bask, Pelagian, Berber, Ly-
bian, Egyptian, Persian, Turan,&c.
or in fact all the primitive languages
of mankind.

10. The Americans cannot have
sprung from a single nation, because
independently of the languages,
their features and complexions arc
as various as in Africa and Asia. —
We find in America; white, tawny,
brown, yellow, olive, copper, and
even black nations as in Africa. Al-
so dwarfs and giants, handsome and
ugly features, flat and aquiline noses,
thick and thin lips, &c.

Let us now examine your proofs.
1. You say all the Americans had
the same god, Voheivah: this is ut-
terly false. This was the god of the
Chactas and Floridans. I have found
a multitude of names for it among
the Unitarians. Many had triple
gods or trimurtis as in Hindostan
and with names nearly Sanscrit.
■ Polytheism, idolatry and a complex
mythology prevailed among all the.

most civilized nations. All the an-
cient religions were found in Ameri-
ca, Theism, Habeism, Maeism, Hin-
duism, Shamanism, Fetichism, &c.
but no Judaism!

2. The few examples you give of
aflinities with the Hebrew language,
belong only to the Floridan and Ca-
raib languages. I could show you
ten times as many in the Aruac,
(juarani, &c. but what is that, com-
pared with the 100.000 aflinities
with the primitive languages.

3. All the civili/.ed American had
a priesthood or priestly caste, and
so had the Hindus, Egyptians, Per-
sians, Celts, Ethiopians! were thej
all Jews?

4. Tribes are found among all the
ancient nations, Arabs, Berbers,
Celts, Negroes, &c. who are not
Jews. The most civilized nations
liad castes instead of tribes in Ame-
rica as well as Egypt and India: thb
Mexicans, Mayans, Muhizcas, Pe-
ruvians, &c. had no tribes. The
animals badges of tribes are found
among Negroes and Tartars as well
as our Indians.

5. Arks of covenant and cities of
refuge are not peculiar to the Jews;
many Asiatic nations had them, also
the Egyptians, and nine-tenths of
our American tribes have none at
all, or have only holy bags, some-
what like Talismans or Fetiches.

6. The religious cry of JiUluyah
is not Jewish, but primitive, and
found among the Hindus, Arabs,
Greeks, Saxons, Celts, Lybians,&c.
under the modification of hulilU
yululu, luluyah, &c. other Ameri-
cans called \tululaeZf gualulu, alu-
yuh, &c.

7. The mentioned traditions of
our Indians or rather the Algonquin
stock only, point to a N. W. origine;
but the Natchez, Apalachians, Ta-

ascas, Mexicans, Mayans, Muhiz-
cas, Haytians, &c. have traditions
to have come from the East or through
the Atlantic Ocean. It is important
to distinguish the American nations
of Eastern origine from the later in-
vaders from Tartarjr: they are as

the

dl«
paj

thif

''^l^' ^--Y'^'rt-^ '•'•'•'-"^ '-"' 'I '-^'^'" ^ii^'i"ri~'^"fiffni

--'= '•'t'- r t III-

rmttMm'ii

.iii-

|AI1 the an-
. in Ameri-

iigism

Hin-

cliism, &c.

you give of
Iw language,
|ian and Ca-
show you

tiie Aruac,
is that, coni-
|00 aflinitiet
ages.

Lmerican had
y caste, and
yrptiang, Per-
s! were they

amonz all the
)s, Berbers,
who are not
li/ed nations
ibes in Ame-
nd India: thb
luliizcas, Pe-
tribes. The
bes are found
artars as well

t and cities of
r to the Jewsj
had them, also
nine-tenths of
have none at
y bags, some-
tr Fetiches.
y of Jileluyah
iritnitive, and
Indus, Arabs,
I, Lybians, &c.
on of hulilU
other Ameri-
gualulu, alu-

traditions of
the Algoncjuia
N. W. origine;
lalachians, Ta-
Eiyans, Muhiz-
lave traditions
East or through
It is important
lerican nations
»m the later in-
r: they are ai

101

All the alled<!;cd customs com'

different as the Romans and Van-
dals,

8.
roon to Jews and Americans, art'
positively of primitive origiiio and
found aUo amons nearly all the an-
cient nations ot Asia, AtVicn, Eu-
rope and Polynesia, nay even amon<(
the wild negros to litis day; are they
then all Jews! The actual Puritans
and iSabatarians who keen the Jew-
ish Sabath and bear Jewish naincs,
would be greater Jews by fur, if cus-
toms alone were to settle this ques-
tion.

You will therefore perceive that
this old notion of yours is totallv im-

fDSsible and at variance with all our
nowledge of the Americans, when
we study all the Nations, itistead ot
taking as you do the Algonquin or
Lenapiun although a widely spread
family for your rule and main exam-
ple of all.

I hope you will consider aj;ain the
c[uestion with impartiality, divesting
it ofy^our mystical problems, and
studying the writers on South Amer-
ica with more care. You will find
that Garcia a Spanish writer, had
200 years ago, in his origin of tiie
Indians proved that they may have
come from many ancient Nations,
even before the flood, and Dr. M'
Culloh of Baltimore, has proved the
same thing injiis researches on Ame-
rica. C. S. RAFINESqUE.

Phadelphia August 1829.

5. The Cradle of Mankind or the
Imalaya Mountains.
The learned had long disputed on
the locality and habitation of the
primitive progenitors of mankind.
Those who believed in a single cra-
dle as Eden sought for it in various
parts of Asia.— Others believing
through pride or ignorance in many
such cradles found them almost
every where or in all the continents.
Both were wrong; late uncontrover-
tible discoveries and proofs have
proved that the cradle of mankind
was unique and in the central moun-
tains of Asia. The best biblists as-

sent now to this evident historical
fact, see Wells, HuHsell, &c. as well
us all tl)c pliilosophers who are not
blinded by their systems.

Uisliop llfliiT lias said that the
Inialuya mountains were the centre,
the cnulle, tlie tlnoiie, and the altar
of the earth. 'I'luTi'lore they were
the cradle of maiikiiid, from whence
the various nations have Hprcad like
divergent rays througiiout the sur-
rounding lands and islands.

The iiiountuiiis and tablelands of
Central Asia, deserve therefore the
utmost attention from us in every
point of view, either religious, or
liistorical, or geographical. Yetwe
do not know tiiem completely: the
Southern slopes and sides with the
centre alone have been lately ex-
plored, while the Eastern, Northern
and Western sides have hardly been
penetrated. However we know
enougii already to warrant our con-
clusions, and travellers are now at-
tempting their further exploration.
Those wiio have already visited and
described tliese interesting moun>
tains are chiefly Polo, Gruber, Goez,
Webb, Moorcroft, Turner, Frazer,
Herbert, Gerard, Ja(iueminot, Bu-
chanan, Kirkpatrick, kc.

Many names have been given to
these central lofty regions of Asia,
that furnish important references.

Ima-lai/a the actual Hindu name
means Snowy or Icy mountains.
The J\luz tag of the 1 artars has the
same meaning; 2000 years ago the
Gi-ecks called them also Imaus.

This name is chiefly given to the
Southern range which the Chinese
also call Sien-shan or snow moun-
tains. But every ran^e and side has
peculiar names. Three principal
anges appear to run from E. to W.
of which the Imalaya or Southern is
the longest since it is connected with
the mountains of Persia and Cauca-
sus to the West, and those of China
in the East.

The others are the Lung-shan
(Dragon Mts) or the T'tVn-s/ian (Ce-
lestial Mts) of the Chinese, and the
Altav of the Tartars the most Nor-

' I'

. J

,,:;;!,,

102

them. Each having tablelands be
tween them.

The Central or Celestial Mts call-
ed also Kuen-lun in China app'.'ar tu
become in the West the Beiu.ag or
cloudy mts of Tartars, the Pameru
or polar father of the Hindus, the
Paropamisus of the 6reeks,or lid-ur
lord of ligiit.

The Altay or Alatay or Atahy
spreads through Siberia and Tartary
with various names, the Chines';;
call it Kinshan or gold mts. The
range called celestial in almost all
languages is the most stupendous and
interesting. It is the K'dman of
the Tartars, Tangra of Thibet,
Meru or pole of the earth of Hindus,
Muztag of the Turks, &c.

But the collective name of these
lofty regions was very anciently de
signated by appellations — the roots
of which were TAL, TOL, TUL,
meaning tall, high, lofty or eminent
(lands, regions or mountains,) as it
does yet in many languages, the
English Chinese and Arabic for in
stance. Such were TOLO.T'H ALA,
TALAHA, TULAN, &c. in the
old Sanscrit and primitive languages
of Asia. Whence came the Asiatic
ATLAS and also the ATLAN TES
of the Greeks, who spreading thro'
the world Westerly^! gave these
names to many other places and na-
tions.

Some of these ancient and modern
names will be mentioned as exam-
ples.

Talaha ancient name of Tulan or
Turan or West Tartary by the Hin-
dus, who dwelt there before the
Turks.

Tdlotes, Scolotes, the ancient Scy-
thians and Turks.

T&lash Kingdom conquered by
(^zkan 2850 years before C. now
Tala in Turkestan, Tali the ancient
kin^om of Pegu, Talao of Laos,
TVlinga of South India, &c.

Tola-nor and Tola-pira the lake
and river of Tola in the country of
the Kalkaa. Tollen their capital.

Talithf pame yet of East Cauca

of Gurwhal

sus. Mhulas since called Assyri-
ans or Asuras.

Baran-tola is Central Tola, name
of Thibet, this last name comes from
Tlieba refuge, or 7'ifr a peak. Pa-
tala was the capital of it, and Tula,
Tulon, Tuling, &c. cities in it.
Rutala is tliv ihibet or heaven of the
Cingalese.

'lulun is a province
and 'Pul of Bukharia.

Tliala or 7'atvala, Dwala, is the
highest southern peak of Imalya.

Matala or Mantulahy or Jnanso-
I'ar is the sacred lake of Thibet.

The 7 earthly worlds, or conti-
nents of tiie Hindus are often called
Tola or Tala with various appella-
tions, whence Tholos and Thule of
the Creeks, and Tellus of the La-
tins.

Out of Asia these names abound
also, since the Talas or Atlantes oc-
cupied or conquered Europe and
Africa, nay, went to America in
very early times. The Hindus say
that J<fl/uskingof Tnlya conquered
Africa. The Greeks mention many
kings or a dynasty of Atlas or Te-
lainon in Africa and elsewhere.

The Atlantes are also called Ti-
tans, Uranians, Ammonians, Thra-
cians, Scythians, 6cc. by the ancient
Greeks and poets. See Diodorus and
Bryant.

In Greece they became Malantest
Talautians of Epirus, Jietolians of
Western Greece, Thalacas or Thra-
cians of the East.

'I'hey gave name to Italy, Mtala
meaning land eminent^ or Vetulia
from the capital of the Hetulas since
called Hetrurians, Etruscans, Tos-
cans and Rasens; and their capital
Vetula and Yetulonia. Jitelum was
the capital of the Oscaus. The Tuli,
Rutuli, Cutuli, Antuli, Latins, &c.
were also tribes of Old Italians, per-
haps come from the Cuntalas an^ild
nation of West Imalaya or the Ve-
tulas a nation of Demons there.

In Spain they became the Baa-
tulas, [Low4alaSf) Talasen or Sons
of Talas, mixing as in Italy with

> (

tmftlriil

dub.

iii^-i"- f"' '■■•'—" .1 c..'i>.m «iniiliiiiiiii'<a.

i l.iii>iilin»>»ii ii'^li liiiijiiii imxruiittlBIt

.Jilt.

led Assyri-

Tola, name
comes from
peak. Pa-
and Tulo,
ities in it.
eaven of the

of Gurwhal

wala, is the
Imalya.
or Jilanso-
f Thibet.
I, or conti-
often called
ous appella-
nd Thule of
of the La-
mes abound
Atlantes oc-
Europe and
America ia
Hindus say
\fa conquered
lention many
Atlas or Te-
iewhere.
so called Ti-
mians, Thra-
ly the ancient
Diodorus and

meMalantes,

Jetolians of

actts or Thra-

Italy, >9itala
;, or Vetulia
itetulas since
ruscans, Tos-
their capital
Jttelum was
IS. TheTuli,
Latins, &c.
Italians, per-
ntalas ao-old
ra or the Fe-
tns there,
me the Baa-
lasen or Sona
a Italy with

'tf-

t03

the Oscans or Baskans or Eskaras,
since Cantabrians.

In Europe a multitude of cities,
rivers and districts bear tlieir names
from Toledo in Spain to Tula in
Russia.

Northern Africa is filled with tlieir
remembrance and posterity. The
Western mts called Atlas by the
Greeks, were formerly called Jid-
tala or first highland, now Adla and
Tedla. Hunteta (whence Anteus)
Jidala, Altara, Atys, &c. were parts
of it. Telia are yet the mts ot Al
giers. Ptolemy calls the central mts
of Africa Tlialas, and the Eastern
are Tagla. Those of Fezzan are
the Gantela.

Besides the true Atlantes of Afri-
ca which were said to have come
from the Caucasus, we find there the
^utololes, Thalas, Tuladas, or Da-
radas, (now Torvdos,) Oetulians,
Teladusif &c. all tribes of Atlantes;
besides the Atarantes, called also
Hamantes and Garamantes. Many
cities bear their names, one of the
oldest is Talata in the Messalata
hills of Fiybia near Tripoli where is
a huge mound or altar 340 feet high
now Zetiten.

These African and Spanish Atlan
tea gave their name to the Atlantic
Ocean and to the great Atlantis or
America! called in the Hindu books
Mala or Tala4olo the fourth world
where dwelt giants or powerful
men.

America is also filled with their
names and deeds from Mexico and
Carolina to Peru. / The Tol-tecas
people of Tol, and Aztlan, Otolum
near Palenque, many towns of Tula
and Tolu. The Talas of Michua-
can, the Matalans, Jtalans, Tulu-
kiSf &c. of North America, &c.

Thus all the Western Nations
trace their cradle to the East and
Central Asia: while the Chinese
trace it there also, as well as the
Hindus of the South and the Tartars
of the North.

Besides these traditional proofs,
two others concur to prove this fact.
1. The height of these mountains

"*'^"'"'"'"'i ll 'il i r i rf i <r» ii i >ll«^ l M »l »i'»P .d. rri 't l - Mi --^a..-

2. The origine of nearlv all the do'
mestic animals and cultivated plants
and fruits being traced there, where
they are found wild to this day, and
hardly any wliere else.

The Imnhiya mts as far as known
are the highest on earth, although
the Andes of America reach very
near to the same i)ei|^ht; but these
are volcanic, thus unfit for a very
early life population & civilization:
while the Imalaya are pri)iiitive and
fruitful. The highest mts must of
course have been the first to appear
above the waters. of the ocean j they
were not then covered with eternal
snow as now, being low above the
waves. Their table lands are the
loftiest and largest on earth; thus
likely to be the first habitation of
men and animals.

The African Atlas has been deem-
ed by Jackson in 1820 to be higher
than Imalaya, because it is seen 245
miles off, in latitude^S, which he es-
timates to indicate a height of 39610
feet; and the Mountains of Elala in
Suz lat. 30 seen at 240 miles to be
28980 feet above the sea. But other
travellers lessen one half or one
third this huge height, stating it to
be from 14500 to 18000 feet: we have
however no correct mensuration of
it, and it may probably be found
nearer than supposed to the Imalaya
height. Like the Andes of South
America; Chimborazo 21425 feet
high was thought their highest peak,
but lately Sorata has been found to
be 25250.

Although the dififerent travellers
who have measured the peaks of Ima-
laya differ somewhat, yet they all
agree within a trifle, and in stating
that the valleys, plains and table
lands between them support vegeta-
tion and cultivation at a higher level
than any other country.

Dhawala or Tawala (Hoary) is said
to be tlie highest properly measured,
it is in lat. 19. Webb found it 27550
feet, while others reduce it to less
than 27000. But Chumelari has
been estimated at 30,000 feet. While
the Celestial Mountains and Muz-

J^^^^^^^^^'^"^

«''""'■•*""'■'.'■' • .W^*S'"f

;li I

fill

104

tag are believed to exceed 32000 feet,
although they have not yet been
reached nor measured. But the} are
seen at the distance of nearly 300
miles.

The limits of perpetiml snow in
lat. 32 is not at 1 1000 feet as syste-
matic calculation would have it, but
at 13500 feet. Fruzer found vegeta-
tion as far as 1319i2feeS Mosses and
Lichens as far as 14700 feet Against
all rules the Northern side or slope of
Imalaya is warmer than the South-
ern, owing to dryness and latent
heat Gerard and Jaqueminot fount
in Thibet cultivation as far as 17000
feet, and perpetual snow only at
20500 feet; Therefore the r.limate
and soil improves inland in tiiese
lofty regions, and were still milder
once when the peaks had nuper])etu-
al snow.

Thibet lies between the Imalaya
and Celestial Mountains, Tartary
between these arid the Gold ;ii "loun-
tains or Altay. Both are lol • ,ilains
and table lands from 10000 lu 15000
feet above the sea, fertile and popu
lous, except in the sandy desert of
Gobi.

North of Cashmir the Imalaya
Mountains take the name of Vind-
hyan, West of tiie Indus they be
come the Hinducush meaning Dark
Mountains, with peaks 20500 feet
high. Three ranges of ridges form
the Imalaya proper, witli peaks from
21000 to 28000 feet high. The third
ridge is not penetrated by tlie rivers,
the Indus and Ganges penetrate the
two others.

The, Geology of these Mountains
is very interesting. As you ascend
them four ranges of secondary hills
and mountains are found on their
Southern slopes. The first from 500
to 750 feet above the plains of India
is of Sandstone, clay and gravel.
The second is of Claystone from
1500 to 5000 feet high. The third
are mountains of Limestone 7000
feet high. And the fourth of slate
8000 feet high. See Frazer.

Beyond begin the three primitive
ranges of Imalaya, which are how-

ever all stratified even to the highest
peaks. The strata are commonly
inclined 40 to 45 deg. but often per-

tendicular, and some jumbled in all
inds of direction and forms, so as
to resi'vible marble jiaper! They are
commonly ofQuartz,(black or white)
liornstone. Granite, Gneis, ana
Micaslate. Gangotri is entirely gra-
nitic, Jumnotri has veins of all co-
lors. See Frazer.

No Volcanoes are found in Ima-
laya, except lake and water volca-
noes; Tirtaputi in Ladak is a hot
spring like a volcanoe spouting sedi-
ments half a mile in circuit Some
burning volcanoes in the Altay have
not yet been visited. No diluvium
is found on the mountains and peaks
of Imalaya, except in some valleys,
where many eruptions and disrup-
tions of lakes have taken place.
Thev have fossil remains in the se-
condary strata; but hardly any di-
luvial fossils. It is therefore doubt-
ful whether the geological floods
reached that lofty land, and proba-
ble it was the THRBA of the Bible
or refuge in Noah's flood.

Imalaya and its branches E. and
VV. are the true native country of
the Wild Ox, Horse, Ass, Goat,
Sheep, Hog, Dog, Cat, Camel, Hen,
Duck, Pheasant, &c, and almost
every other animal that has since
been domesticated, except those pe-
culiar to America: the Yak or Ini-
bet Cow is peculiar to it, and has
not yet been spread very far.

All our fruit trees, all our cereal
plants, and nearly all our culinary
plants are also found growing wild
in those mountains. It j^was long a
problem whence came our Wheat,
Barley, Maize, Rice, &c.; but they
iiave lately been found there by tra-
vellers. 'I'hey all say that there, is
found the climate with the produc-
tions of Europe. They enumerate
among the wild trees and fruits, the
Apples, Pears, Grapes, Plumbs,
Peaches, Apricots, Raspberries,
Strawberries, Currants, Chesnuts,
Walnuts, Mulberries, Gooseberries,
Almonds, Cherries, &c. &c. also,

k ■

ai i H I nn ru MMb II liiN m i * !* ' ■ ' i<i i »■ ■' ' i ' n " i ' rin VfT-" i -f V'^-'^' ii i ■ '-'- I'l r't i ir i '' '*-' i ^wt"n iiiiii i ^ ii ^ i K i if i T ii fi i ^v

met

Frij

rail
CaJ

at-

105

< the Roses, Oaks, Pines, Larch, Ce-
dar, Heath, Birch, Fir, &c. While
among the useful plants tl>e follow-
ing are both wild ur cultivated in va-
rious parts, Wheat, Barley, Rye,
Rice, Mayze, Cotton, Pease, Beans,
Lentils, Millet, Gourds, Melons,
Carrots, Turnips, Cabbage, Onions,
Fennel, Egg plant. Madder, Clover,
&c.,&c.

These animals, fruits and plants,
which have accompanied mnnkind in
his migrations, ait'urd a strong proof
that man first knew them there,
, which was their common cradle, and

where began pastoral and agricultu-
ral life.

Many other proofs could be addu
ced to support this truth: since civi-
lization, religions, governments, as-
tronomy, the arts and sciences, nay
every thing valued or employed
by men can be traced also by us
Easterly to those mountains, or those
of Iran and Turan on their West
slope near Persia and Turkestan;
Cashmir and Balk being there two
of the earliest seats of civilization.
There also points the Grecian and
Hindus Mythologies, Chinese His-
tory, and every primitive tradition;
nay every language of the earth can
be traced to that central cradle.

C. S. RAFINESqUE.

6. OREOLOGY.
Belative Jige of Mountains.

Although it is impossible in Geo-
logy to ascertain the exact age of
Mountains, Strata, and Fossils, yet
it is possible in many cases to detect
their relative age or successive form-
ations.

Beaumont who has lately paid pe-
culiar attention to Mountains, thinks
that he has found their relative age,
and divides them into six ages or
series.

1. Oldest, the undisturbed Sedi-
mental Mountains, such as those
of Saxony, Pilat and Cotedor in
France, &c.

'i. Second age. Mountains in pa-
rallel ridges, such as the Alleghany,
Carpathian, Apennines, Pyrenees,

Ghauts of India, also the Mountains
of Persia, Dalmatia, &c.

3. Third age. Circular Mountains
with concentric Ridges, such as the
Western Alps, Mountains of Nor-
way, Brazil, &.c.

4. Fourth age. Mountains in di-
vergent groups, such as the Central
Alps, the Balkan, Caucasus, Hima-
laya and Atlas of Africa, &c.

.5. Fifth age, the Andes of Ame-
rica.

6. Sixth age, Volcanic Mountains,
the newest.

This System, like so many others
in Geology, is based on observations
chiefly made in Europe, and the opi-
nion that Mountains have broken tne
primitive concentric Strata of the
earth by rising from below by crysta-
lizationor intumescence. Is it not er-
roneous to suppose that the primitive
Imalaya and Caucasus are less anci-
ent than the Secondary Alleghany &
Apennines? they appear quite aa
much disposed in ridges. All Moun«
tains except the Volcanic may be
considered as huge Crystals; their
distinction in four series, Sedimen-
tal, Parallel, Concentric and Diver-
gent, appears correct; but this dis-
position in crystalization may have
been contemporaneous, and does not
ufiurd the best clue to their relative
age. Perhaps the Tabular Moun-
tains raised on Table lands, like the
Imalaya and Andes, are the oldest.

C o. Hm

8. Geological Survey of the Alp
leghany mountains of penn-
SYLVANIA, IN 1818, Jrom West
to East.

By Professor C. S. Rafinetque.

It is well known that the Allegha-
ny Mountains run in parallel ridges
from North to South, therefore in
crossing them from East to West
or from West to East, their struc-
ture, and the component strata of
the successive ridges are easily as-
certained.

1 have crossed or penetrated those
Mountains in 20 places from New-

"—• -•^"•|*^-n ■> T«i»ii I .III' !■> ■

"tm

Ml.

\i It.

.liMiMMJ i Qiiiiii

106

York to Virginia; between 1804 and
1832; but in November 1818,. re-
turning from the Western States
when vegetation was nearly gone, 1
attended particularly to their geolo
gy^ crossing them on foot to collect
specimens for my friend Z. Collins.

The result will be given in the
form of a Journal, as written on the
spot at the time.

nth November 1818. From Pitts-
burg to a tavern 24 miles E. coun-
try rolling. Sandstone perfectly flat,
supporting in many places Bitumite
and Slate: many Coal mines opened
on the sides of the hills; some fossil
remains in the strata.

12th. To Whitestone tavern 18
miles. Near Greensburg 32 miles
from Pittsburg, the Sandstone strata
cease to be perfectly horizontal, and
begin to dip a little to the W. or
rise to the h.

13th. To Tiaughlin 15 miles. At
YouDgstown 48 miles from Pitts
burg, begin the Alleghany Moun-
tains, the first range is called Chcs-
nut Ridge, they are not high, only
500 to 600 feet. First ridge one
. mile broad to the Loyalhanah Yal
ley, running through the hills. Strata
of Sandstone very thick, slightly
dipping W. Huge cubical Sandstone
rocKS on the sides and bottom of the
valley, disrupted from the strata.
Iron ores and mines in the hills.
Coal in many parts, on Coalpit run,
&c. Near Laughlin at the foot of
the Laurel Hills, conical knobs or
round hilU with horizontal strata.
Coal and Iron.

14th. To Quenehan Creek 10 m.
The Laurel Hills are the second
ridge of the Alleghany, beginning 57
miles from Pittsburg. Higher tiian
the Chesnut Hills, about 800 to 1000
feet. Their structure is very differ-
ent. They are seven miles across,
forming a narrow table land on the
top, which is of bluish Limestone in
vertical strata 1 with some mixture
of white Sandstone, so friable as to
crumble into wiiite sand, and some
Shistose Slate in confined layers

tains, the usual coarse Sandstone is
found, which dips W. on the West
side, and E. on the East side, so as
to become nearly connivent on the
top.

15th. To the top of Alleghany IT
miles. Passed several small hills and
ridges. Rase hill is the princiral,
partly slaty nearly horizontal. Be-
ginning of the Glades or Stony un-
woodeu places.

The third ridge of the Alleghany
is the main, the highest and broad-
est, being called the Backbone
Mountain, and dividing the waters
falling into the Ohio and Atlantic.
It begins 74 miles from Pittsburg,
Stoystown and Stony Creek are at
its VV. foot. It is about 2000 ft. high;
1 2 miles across, forming a flat table
land eight miles wide here, and fur-
ther north much wider, as I am told,
although the maps makes it a simple
ridge. The Western Slope is very
much inclined, the Eastern more
abrupt and higher. It is altogether
of coarse Sandstone, and Grit, with
strata flat on the top, but appearing
to dip W. slightly on eacn side.
Some white friable Sandstone on top,
forming Sandy tracts with Pines.
Coal is found in many places, chiefly
on the E. Spurs.

IGth. To Bedford 17 miles. In
the Eastern Valley or Waters of Ju-
niata, beginning of the Slaty Region.
The Slate is Silicious, dipping W.
from the Alleghany to Schetlsburg,
E. of it becoming flat and covering
the Sandstone. Coal is found in
some parts of the Juniata Valley and
near Yellow Creek.

Between Schelisburg and Bedford
the hills are very interesting. Tull
hill is composed of vertical Slate
strata, running either from E. to W.
or from N. to S. Long hill and
Wills Mountain run transversely or
from E. to W. Bedford near the
Juniata, has many important locali-
ties around. The Mammoth Swamp,
where Mammoth bones were founa,
the Mineral Springs, much resorted,
with Limestone hills near them, stra-

but on each side of the hills or moun- ta dipping S. E. with many fossils.

1200
by thJ
row al
Sand(
dippij

theSi

wideJ

J£^.:

'■•m.»iiH,

it^ikm^wbtMi

^ lilt iilii M i riil ii \f « t lll iii ■t' W I i r i t i ^iw

Tihi 'wii.fciiii ■iitmitjopii'i ■

107

, irth. To Licking Creek 25 miles.
East of Bedford are two narrow Wa
ter Gaps in the fourth ridge of tlie
Alleghany, called tlie Tortoise or
Terrase Mountain, through which
the Juniata has broken and flows.
The first is Denning's Gap. The
strata are of Sandstone, dipping S.
W. with many huge Limestone
boulders unrolled but carried by the
Debacle. The second Gap or Turtle
Gap, is of Vertical .Sandstone, with
Limestone resting on it, or to each
side in inclined strata; while be-
tween the two gaps five miles dis-
tan», the whole is Slate or Schist,
nearly vertical, and running from
N. E.toS. W.

Along the Juniata and in the val-
ley beyond, the whole country is of
Sandstone beneath and Slate above
it, in various directions, either dip-
ping West, or undulating, or nearly
vertical.

Next comes Sideling hill, the fifth
Ridge of the Alleghany, 104 miles
from Pittsburg and five miles broad
This has quite a regular connivcnt
or undulating strata of the same,
dipping W. on the West Side, and
E. on the East Slope. East of Side-
ling hill, the strata are undulating
like the small hills. On Lickin<;
Creek there are Licks like those ol
Kentucky, with CI iv.

18th. To ( haiiiih burgSG miles.
Before the Cove \ alley, are two
small ridges called Great and Little
Scrub ridges, chiefly slaty and un-
dulating. The fine Cove Valley has
a limestone and alluvial bottom very
fertile. East of it, 127 miles from
Pittsburg is the Cove Mountain, a
Southern branch of the Tuscarora
Mountain, and the sixth Ridge of the
Alleghany on this road. It is about
1200 feet high and five miles across
by the winding road, although nar-
row at the top. The whole coarse
Sandstone in thick strata, slightly
dipping, or undulating ovea- it.

Between the Cove Mountain and
the South Mountains to the E. is the
Big or Long Vallev, here 23 miles
wide, which oxtcnils
14

from Virginia

to the Hudson. The West side of
it is Slaty, the centre Limep*one,
and the East side Quart/.ose, where
begins the Primitive Region. These
three formations extend more or less
through the valley, but are always
parallel. Here the Schist or Slate
extends nearly to Chambersburg. It
is foliated, and nearly vertical, when
dipping the small dip is E.

19th. To top of South Mountains
12 miles. Limestone nearly all the
way in the valley, about nine miles
wide. It is a blue or white Lime-
stone chiefly, with veins of Marble,
Lias and white Spar, with a great
dip to E. but often nearly vertical
or undulating; the outside is nodu-
lose and smooth as if water worn.
Many sinks in it as usual in Lime-
stone Regions, some dry, some re-
ceiving streams that sink in it, some
clianged into large Springs. They
are evidently Volcanic Springs, or
the ancient craters of the limy out-
lets. No fossils seen in it.

At the foot of the South Moun-
tains begins the primitive by a coarse
quartzosc rock, with Debris and
Boulders of primitive rocks. These
Mountains are here low, not above
500 feet high, but seven or eight
miles broad, with rounded hills.
The whole has a granitic nucleus as
seen elsewhere; but here none is
found in place. It is covered with

coarse Quartzose rock resembling
Sandstone, and the whole track has
many diluvial Debris and Boulders
ot Granite, Quartz, Limestone and
a curious Pudding Stone, blue with
white oblong spots. Iron is found in
many places. Some boulders are
rolled or worn, others are not.
These Mountains improperly called
South Mountains, are the Matta-
wan Mountains of the Indians, and
the higliest primitive ridge bordering
the A'lantic priaiUivo formations
extentliiig E. to the Schuylkill river
at I'hiladelphia, in wide plains with
low hills. The whole breadth of the
Alleghanies near lat. 40, is therefgre
about 1 15 miles.

20lh. To Gettysburg 12 miles.

I II

> it

"*"T iMiiUilsmmtt^im

Mm II ii*r-

108

!'1

HI i:

Leaving the South Mountains, they

are seen to run S. and bend to the

N. W. The formation is the Flinty

Shale, red or blue in strata nearly ivulsions, earthcpiakes.

vertical, or dipping 60 to 80 (leg. to storms and IVost.

W. and therefore not pBralloI with! The various directions and undu-

the Mountains. Some scattered small I lations of the strata, preclude the

rocks, cubical or angulai*, large and
small, are not rare, being disrupt-
ed from the nearest rocks- by con-
avalanches,

conical hills through the plains, of
Granit or Gneiss, like the Moun-
tains.

Here I terminate this Suivey. as
it will intersect at Gettysburg with
the survey made this year fi;om S. to
N. from the Potomac to the mouth
of the Juniata. In going E. to the
Susquehannah I noticed however the
Pigeon hills, South of Oxford and
York, which are of conglomerate
and singular formation.

I must conclude with some gene-
ral remarks.

Although only six or Heven ridges
are found in the Alleghany on this
main road to Pittsburg in S. Penn-
sylvania, their number varies in
other places, as many ridges are
much shorter than these main ones.
In a N. W. Direction from Lancas-
ter and Harrisburg to Lake Erie, 24
ridges at least are crossed, and the
Backbone is a wide table land.

All these ridges a',)pear somewhat
like as many immense elongated
crystals of the Globe, if we adopt the
opinion that Crystal ization has form-
ed them: or as many long currents
of submarine emanations and depo-
sits, if we adopt the eruptive theory.
It is very singulf^r that I met but
few fossils on thi<i road and explora-
tion. This proves that they are
scarce, only found in some peculiar
localities and basins, not every
where as in th« Ohio region of flat
strata. Perhaps these Mountains
belong to the primordial order or a
very ancient a.'^e, rather to the tran-
sition than the secondary.

Boulders and water worn stones
are also very scarce on them, only
found in some valleys, never on the
slopes and tops, except in the pri-
mitive South Mountains. Extrane-
ous stones are found there but not in
the AUeghanies. Yet fragments of

idea of a regular and quiet intumes-
cence. They rather appear to be the
natural resultof the foliated stratum
of the rocky layers. Either sandy
or slaty. The Sandstones have
thicker layers and a disposition to
cubical fractures. They are of all
sorts and colors, intermingled with-
in a small space or widely separated,
from the coarsest gravel stone, even
with pebbles in it to the finest quartz-
ose granular Sandstone, the parti-
cles of which are angular and crista-
lized, and to the Gritstone and Free-
stone nearly homogenous or with
f (articles of Mica. In colors I
bund them white, grey, red, rusty,
and yellow, in various hues. The
same with the Slates, which however
lack the white color and have instead
the black. Their tendency is to thin
layers and foliated fracture. They
vary in hardness, some being flinty,
and others softer, with more alumine.

The soil of the Aleghanies appears
to partake of the stones supporting
it, being formed by their decompo-
sition, with a mixture of alluvion
carried by rains. The clay and
marl formations are not common nor
extensive. They as well as the licks
may be traced to limited formations,
rather than wide diluvial agency.
Iron and chert are sometimes imbed-
ded in the Sandstone. Some valleys
are very fertile having a deep alluvi-
al soil; but the ridges are commonly
barren, with denuded rocks, al-
though wooded and the leaves of
trees have added to the scanty soil.

Although in Pennsylvania the
highest ridges and tops of these
mountains do not exceed 2000 or
3000 feet, tiiey become much higher
in the N. and S. at their extremities
to the N. E. called Catskill Moun-
tains, and to the S. W. In North
Carolina, Tennessee, &c., called

I was
all thl

regiof

ationi

Cavei

sinksl

tion

is a

limes

I tiiiWBitiigiiiit,-.

I' i«tfaiite,iit.

109

Apalachian Mountains, both rciw.h-
ing 4500 feet or inoif.

ODOCOILEUS SPELKUS.

8. Ihscripdon of some of the fossil
teeth found in a Cave in Penn-
sylvania, Jhj C, S. Ilafnesque.

Among several curious fossils of
the cabinet of Mr. Ilayden in Balti-
more, some teetli found in a Cave
attracted my peculiar attention. Mr.
Hayden had the goodness to present
them to me: lie stated tiiat they had
been found in the big cave of (3ar-
lisle, in Pennsylvania, by Mr- War-
del, who had broken them from a
jawbone sticking out of the lime
rock, and in fact one of the teeth is
united to its socket and the fragment
of a jaw.

This statement induced me to vi-
sit this locality, and new cave with
fossils remains, which I did last Au
gust, in hope of finding more bones
or teeth in it. A wonderfi'l descrip-
tion of this cave published several
years ago in the port-folio, made me
expect something extraordinary; but
I was as usual disappointed, since
all these wonderful accounts are ex-
aggerated. I found however the cave
interesting enough in other respects;
it is situated in the Big Valley, be-
tween the South and North IVloun-
tains, about one mile North of Car-
lisle on the banks of the Conocochig
Creek, itt the end of the limestone
region and the verge of a slaty form-
ation, being the main outlet of a
Cavernose hill, with many holes,
sinks and craters of eruptive forma-
tion as in Kentucky. But the rock
is a kind of blue lias or compact
limestone with thick inclined strata

''fffftl!'i1«jri'"l

and no fossils in them. The cave
^towcver is incrusted with stalagmites
and ^ limy crust of recent Forma-
tion, in whicli (he teeth must have
been found partly imbedded. In my
exploration of this cave I could not
find any more teeth nor hones. The
account in the port-folio states that
bones were found at first at the bot-
tom of tlie cave, which were mista-
ken for bones of Indians and scat-
tered or lost: it is ver^ probable that
tiiey were fossil diluvial bones.

1 shall give hereafter a view and
plan of this cave. The floor of it is
not diluvial but Stalagmital and
formed since the flood, but it may
overlay a diluvial bottom, and it
might be worthwhile to dig in it for
fossils, as they have done in similar
caves of Europe.

Mer.ntime I have carefully exam-
ined and compared the teetli in my
possession, and I cannot refer them
to any living animal. Mr. Hayden
thought they belonged to an extinct
animal akin to the Hog. It maybe
so ; but hogs have not hollow teeth,
riierefore Ihave called them Odo-
coikus meaning teefk well liollowedy
and I give the exact figures of thenv
of natural size, that Oryctologista
may further compare them and re-
duce them to their proper family:
which is perhaps near to the tribe of
goats or dwarfish oxen.

Odocoileus. Generic characters
of the teeth. Grinders trilobate before
three large ribs and two broad fur-
rows between, middle rib or lobe
longest and largest: convex and un-
lobed behind. Centre with a deep
lunulated hollow with a Semiparti-
tion on one side. — Remarks, the en-
amel covers the whole teeth, even
the hollow inside, the brim has a
suture throughout evincing a tenden-
cy to a double laminar structure.
The roots have no enamel, they have
2 or 3 unequal conical prongs with
a visible hole at the end. Resem-
bling by the ribs some Oxen teeth
but size of a goat.

Odocoilms Speleits or cave Odo-
coil. Specific characters. — Size of

fe» * !i.AiatiLliaMW

110

: t'.,v'

the animal like a large goat, teeth
short & thick of a white color, swp'-
led behind, llfinnrka. — The I'oots
are as lone as the tectli, «nd about
half inch long. Par* *>» the jaw ful-
vous, smooth outside with a wide
transversai depression, cellular in-
side ceils unequal. All in fine pre-
servation.

The geological locality of these
teeth indicates that they were
brought there either by th«i animal
itselfor by diluvial agency (or an
early overflowing of the creek close
by), but since covered and partly
ibcrusted by the recent limy exuda-
tion or crust of the floor and sides
They are by no means coeval with
the old limestone strata.

9. Bemarks on the JVonthli/ Jour
nal of Geobffif and JVatuv J Sci
ence of G. fV. Featherstouaugli,
for Map 1832, (6m/ only published
in July.)

We regret to be compelled to no
tice the article in that Stereotyped
Journal, which under the garb of a
•Review of two of our labors, is from
beginning to end a jumble of scurili-
ty and a public attempt to injure us.
■ — This article is a aisgrace to the
writer, and the Journal where it is
found, as we verily believe nothing
half so spiteful and disgraceful was
ever before Stereotyped here or any
where else.

It would be beneath the dignity of
Science to imitate the example tnus
given us. Our purpose, which is
met'ely to defend ourselves from a
wanton and unjust attack, will be
fully attained by a simple exposition
of facts cor nee ted with that Journal,
the edito- of it and his sleeping part-
ner Dr. Harlan. The public shall
easily discriminate between the plain
truth, and their farrago of envy and
spite.

In April 1831, Dr. Harlan, who
was then my friend, and whom I es-
teemed as a cultivator of some branch-
es of Zoology, introduced me to Mr.
Featherstonaugh at his own request,

. j^ i ^itf&ih i <^ij ii i< i ci ii ; i «ii | |iiwiia i t-, i . i " l yiti l ii iw iii ti iiii.

white lecturing here on English Ge-
ology. I was invited to attend his
lectures, but went to very few, when
1 found that he had nothing new to
present to the public, and was a
mere echo of the local English Geo-
logists, of whom we have so many
works, that lectOres are useless tu
teach their doctrines.

Soon after, Mr. F. undertook to
publish a Journal of Veology, and
oftercd me through Dr. H.to oecome
a collaborator, stating that he would
give a compensation for every page
written for his Journal: to which I
assented, although afterwards he
changed his minu and pretended he
could not afford any pay to writers.
One of the objects of this Journal
was stated to be bv Dr. H., to op-
pose or expose the blunders of Prof.
Silliman's Journal of Science, and
of Prof. Eaton. I could not then
receive any satisfactory explanation
of this hostility of Mr. F. against
them, but I have since learned in the
North, that it is owing to Prof. Sil-
iiman having refused to pu(f Mr. F.
and admit into the American Jour-
nal, his lucubrations on English Ge-
ology, already so well known, as he
had nothing to offer on American
Geology. Respecting Prof. Eaton,
who has long been a Friend of mine,
(and whom I esteen, although he be-
longs to the old schools), 1 learnt
from himself that Mr. F. was his
bitter Foe, ever since something had
occurred at Albany to defeat hts ap-
plication to' be employed by the
State for a new Geological Survey,
because Prof. Eaton had already
made one.

Many of my Geological and other
Essays, having been seen by Mr. F.
he highly approved of them at first,
particularly ray Geology of Ken-
tucky, with drawings, and^Belected
them for his Journal. But after-
wards, when he found them clashing
with his own English System, he did
not publish them, and I had some
difficulty to get them again. Out of
six Essays put in his nanda he has

-c -

;<f;i.tHH\

, m i-.^».-..^. ;... IM.. — .-.....„,-.(' .-.^yttf^, ,

write n
The
in this
few da
tility
preten(
of the
in his
false b1
them
care,
Museu
movedl
but I
ford's I

.:ii

111

only published one, my Visit to Big-
bone Lick.

I was often urgeil by Dr. Harlan,
who was the agent for Mr. F. to give
him my remarks and criticisms on
some of Sillinian'a and Baton's min-
erals, &c. but I delayed tu do it,
although I could have no partiality
for tiie first, who has allowed Mr.
Barnes to publish my Ohio Shells,
over again in his pages, and other-
wise neglected my labors. I was
loath to become an ally in the avow-
ed hostility against those respectable
professors.

In October 1831, I published my
N. G. Trinecten, on which nothing
was said by Dr. H. till March 183-2.
It was in my enumeration of some
objects of my cabinet, containing not
less than UT new objects in eight
pages, while Mr. F. has about eight
in 1 17 pages of his Journal. Out of
these 117 only six are criticised in
May 1832.

In March 1832, I published the
first number of my Atlantic Journal,
which I had announced in March
1831 one year previous, before I was
acquainted with Mr. F. and which
my disappointment in his editorial
management did not induce me to
relinquish. This journal was not
intended to clash with his; but as
Geology and Natural Science were
included in my plan: it appears that
this gave great offence to both editor
and partner, which added to a latent
jealousy or envy of my labors, in-
duced both to break with me, and
write me very unbecoming letters.

The letter of Dr. Harlan inserted
in this absurd review is dated only a
few days after, and evinces his hos-

labels many were erroneous, as they
are yet, on the shelves of Clifford's
Museum now in (he Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia,
where some Kuropean fossils are
mixed witii Aniericiiii, to feed future
geological blundeis, and my beau-
tiful N. G. Ti-iduisHis of 18)8, is
calle«l Tijriiulhsi! When Dr. H.
showed mc again the buiies, my me-
mory was not bent upon that sub-
ject, yet 1 told him that I had cal-
led theoj ilnlaxiiiim, from the sul-
cate teetii: but not published them
yet as doubtful. Thus Dr. H. has
published first these foi^sil remains
as a new Megaonyx, and I gave him
credit for it. While he has not done
the same when he published my
tectums under a new name, as well
as other animals, which I overlook-
ed on the score of his personal
friendship. It is not true that I have
abolished the G. Megalonyx of Jef-
ferson, which is a different animal.
2dly. As to the fish called by me
Trinectes in Oct. 1 83 1 , it is true that
the first specimen was given me by
Dr. H. who could make nothing of
it, and called it a Flounder; but he
gave me the specimen to describe,
name, figure and keep, I had then a
right to send it to Cuvier, which I
did to have his opinion on the stri-
king want of anterior fins, making it
a N. G. I quoted the true discoverer
M. Carr, who at my request caught
another for me, which Dr. Harlan
took out of my hands in the pre-
sence of Mr. Carr, when I showed
him distinctly the want of apodal
fins forming a distinct N. G. from
Achirus. Three other fishes un-
known, to Dr. H., were lent me to

tility by two false statements 1. He describe, but returned afterwards as
pretends that I never saw the bones, requested, .with the names given
of the Aulaxodon or Megalonyx, tillithem. So much for Dr. H's veracity,
in his possession. This is not onlyj Concerning the double review of

false but preposterous, suice / had
them for several yearn under viy
care, while Curator of Mr. Clifford's
Museum after his death, when re-
moved to Transylvania University;
but I had seen all the fossUs of Clif-
fbrd'fl Museum, since 1818. As to

Mr. F. the first relates to my enu-
meration or rather only to the six
first objects in it. I am accused of
imposture, puerility and lack of Ge-
ological knowledge; but the review-
er has mistaken his own faults and
deficiencies for mine ! ...,,/

> f?

112

■'!!

1. My O. Mazama is not new, it
V'as publiishcil in IH17, and contains
ail tlie American Deer with simple
liorns. Many Sn. are living in Mex
ico and i^uutli America. To which
livinjj; Sp. my silicitied liorn belon;;^
could not be ascertiiined, thererore
1 called it prof cm .W. Snliiinriii.
Living Genera wlien found fossili/.ed
are certainly of the last {^eoloi^ica!
a^e. This horn was shown to Dr.
H. who said I was ri<;ht in Sept. 18,11
and to Mr. F. who could make noth-
ing of it! yet I am accused of pub-
lisTuni; without showing to such
learned men!

2. The Panallnilon was based upon
teeth not silicificd, but similar to the
freshest bones found in the earth,
nay, perhaps buried by the Indians,
thTeiore later than N. 1 This was
shown to Dr. H. who could not make
out the G.

S. I have substituted the name of
Taurus {^\x\\) to the .ibsurd generic
name of Bos, (Ox) ever since 1814,
(SeePrinc. Somioi. ) as I never could
believe it right to call animals by
neutral names. If Mr. F. and i)i:
H. think otherwise they may call
themselves Eauuchiis Sapiens! in-
stead of Homo Sapiens! This tooth
is twice as big as a Buil'aloe's recent
tooth. It was shown to Dr. H. who
pronounced it new, as unknown to
nim.

As to the bone called A\'phros-
teon, I acknowledge that it may be
the Epiphysis of a whale, as Dr. H.
did tell me in 1831, after my pam-

Ehlet was published. But it is per-
aps a new whale, since he could
not find it in Cuvier's (ossemens fos-
siles). J\'eplirosteon is however a
very good name, and may become
specific. Let the learned Mr. F.
explain how a whale came inland in
Louisiana, if not before the flood,
when he blundered about diluvial.

Nothing being said of the 112
other new objects of this enumera-
tion, animals, shells, fossils, &c. of
my Cabinet, probably because the
reviewers could not go beyond
bones: this lessens my trouble of
explanations.

The purpose of my pamphlet was
merely to announce some objects for
sale, and orders already received
from F.iigland and France have evin-
ced that tliis tritlle had answered
its purpose (»f making known my
t'abmet, and collections of sixteen
ycais arduous travels.

Thus much al)out bones of con-
tention! and this comes from the
two individuals who have had the
ettVotilcry to describe, name, figure,
and make casts of a Sandstone Con-
cretion for a Jawbone of a Rhinoce-
ros, and impnse it on the public as a
discovery! the only one tlie sapient
Mr. F. can boast of. Some also ac-
cuse Dr. 11. notwithstanding his
anatomical skill to have made a N.
G. Osteopcra, out of a decayed bea-
ver skull, beaten by the tides! My
fossil teeth and bones are at least
bonafide such and not impositions.

The second part of this strange
review, is on a par with the first.
It purposes to attack the first num-
ber ot the Atlantic Journal, and
spends its venom upon the adver-
tisicments on the cover, (which are
no more a part of it, than in the
Mirror of New-York). One of which
has been given at length, and then
stereotyped, for which we ought to
be duly thankful. The public knew
long ago that I was a rulmist ever
since 1827, when I began that pro-
fession with eminent success. Nay
Dr. H. and Mr. F. knew it very
well and never found it amiss till

Sublished the Atlantic Journal,
my advertisements have been
seen before in 50 papers. Surely I
have as much right to be a Pulmist,
nay perhaps the first and only one in
America, as Dr. Harlan to be a
Dentist!

The contents of the Atlantic Jour-
nal have not excited pity and indig-
nation in any one except the hearts
of the reviewers. They stigmatize
the whole without entering into de-
tails. What credit is due to their
assertions will be best conceived by
stating that they dare to say, that
our No. 1, contains nothing new in

— -^---- - i ^rf-"—^ -ij- ;ti.n^M,

113

Zoology, while we have in it several
new vurii'ties of JiimiiiVH atul Coiinu-
ar8, IS iiMw uniiiiaU in Cuvici's li-l-
ter,n new Saliiiiii»n,|er,siiicc atkiiow-
ledscd a8 vui-y dihtiiibt (Voin ln>
S. lungicauda, by Prtd'. (irceii, 6tc.
My new views of (geology are tailed
ignorance; but theirs is tiarkni-iss
compared to mine, witness tlic llhi
noceroUes !

My historical and pliilolouica) dU
coveries are called insane! Tims
was Champollion insane wiien he re-
stored the Egyptian Anti(|uities as 1
do the American. Tlie Ueographi-
cal Society of Paris must have been
insane to reward my Memoirs on
American and Asiatic Negroes. Cu-
vier was insane when he dared to
make nut a Cienus out of a single
bone like myself, but Mr. F. is not
insane in calling a rolled stone
jaw-bone, and making a genus of it!
I well remember that when 1 came
to America, in 1802, Linneus was
here as in England,the nee plus ultra
of Zoology and Botany, wliilc I who
already belonged to the French
school founded by Jussieu, Desfon-
taines, Ventenat, Lamark, Cuvier,
Patiin, &c. and in my youthful ar-
dor spoke of the treasures of new
plants, animals and fossils which I
saw, of new genera, and the natural
families; I was deemed a rash youth
and innovator by Barton, Muhlen-
berg, Mitchell, &c. I have lived to
sec my youthful rashness become
science, and the new school adopted
in England and America, after 30 or
40 years tielays and struggles. 1
may live yet to see my mature insa-
nity of improving every branch of
knowledge, become wisdom, in spite
of the obsolete doctrines and pre-
sumptuous conceit of such reviewers
as Mr. F. and Dr. H. The French
Methodic Schools of Geology, Phi-
lology, &c. will soon prevail every
where as they have already, in Che-
. mistry. Zoology and Botany; when
the stale doctrines of Mr. F. and
other snails in science, will be for-
gotten or .set aside, like those of tlie
17th century; while mine, with those

of oilier pioneers and precursors of
lviii)\vlril;;c will become (he leading
(lo( ti'iiu-s of tills age.

But I liavu porhaps, bestowed too
i\)any liiu-i^ on such a tissue of ab-
surdities uiiil false statements as this
shameful rhapsody contains. It will
recoil upon itself, and bring discre-
dit upon the Journal of Geology, as
the Editor has siiown himself neither
liberal nor competent.

If Mr. F. has been successful as
a lecturer, and in other things, he
lias failed as an editor, a mun of ge-
neral science, and even as a Geolo-
gist, lie has disgusted many per-
sons by his proud and overbearing
suiliciency. He has been the first
to assail in myself, one of the most
peaceful members of society, and a
devoted friend of Science and
Knowledge for ;10 years past, a Ve-
teran in Science us he oiici" called
As he is neither a Zoologist,

me.

nor a Botanist, luu' a Philologist,
nor an Anti(|uai'ian, although too
proud to acknowledge it, he cannot
understand my labors and rails at
them, like ignorant men so often do
at learning, or wliatever is above
their comprehension.

The whole drift of his rhapsody is
to injure me in the o|)inion of some
ilislant readers, compel me to cry
mercy as intimated, and cry in
vain! But my labors are known and
will be known where those of Mr.
Featherstonaugh, (or Feather — Stone
as he is properly called in New En-
gland, since all his Stones and Bones
are mere Feathers,) never were, ne-
ver will be, nor ever can he, since
he has made no discoveries! while I
count mine by thousanils, having
been the pioneer of discoveries in
manj natural and historical sciences
in North America and South Europe
from 1798 to I8.)2. having travelled
'20.000 miles, always collecting or
drawing. My illustrations of 30
years travels, with 2000 figures will
soon begin to be publisiied, and be
superior to those of my friend Audu-
bon, in extent and variety, if not
equal in beauty. 1 shall study and

.. 'A

ji' '■'!:

•A

write as long as I live, in spite or all
■ucli moan iittiMnpts n^ainst my re-
putation iin*l ctxertionH, truKtin^ in
the juHticc of libcrul men. Hiu-li Cot
instance, as the reviewer of Lea's
shells in the Hnme Journal of Geo-
logy, for June; whoever he is, I am
thankful to him for having pioperly
noticed my labors on some shells
which Lea had neglected or named
over again. The wonder is, how
this learned and candid revic**' j^nt
alongside of tlu^ utiior, lu wliich it \h
a perfert contrast.

C. S. Uafinksi^l'k.

10. On tiik kalsk IIhinockiioidkh
OF Fkatiikkstonauoii and Hah-

LAN.

To dispel errors and to evince
truth is tlie duty of every genuine
natural enquirer.

In tiie first No. of the Journal of
Geology for July, 1831, the leading
article is the description of a presum-
ed iaw-bone, of which a new G. is
made and figured, being called Hhi
noceroides ^Ucglianiensis. This is
the only fossil ilescribed by the edi-
tor, and was not even found by him.

When this jaw-bone was exhibited
to a large class, as a great geological
discovery of the Lecturer, nay, the
only one he could boast of; I did not
venture to contradict the assertion,
supported as it was by the authority
of Dr. Harlan, whatever were my
doubts; but I merely ventured to
state that if it was a fossil cast of
grit-stone, it was a great anomaly,
and to insinuate that whereas there
was no proof of the animal having
had a nasal horn like tlie rhinoceros,
the name intended, did not well ap-
ply, and ought to be changed into
'rropodon, meaning teeth like a keel.
This suggestion was "not well receiv-
ed nor attended to.

In my visit to Baltimore, in June
last, after Mr. F. had proved hostile
tome, I ascertained, in conversation
with my old friend Mr. Havden, one
of the first Dentists and Geologists
of our country, that this jaw-bone
had been exhibited to him, and his,

' ' ' 'rlftiir I III' iiit'illiili'ii

opinion asked i when he candidly
stated to Mr. K. that it could not bo
a fossil remain, bet;iiise tliv npfwrent
sutures were not in «'••' propt-r placeH
nor directioiis, and the teeth had no
traces of roots nor sockets, benides
other osteological reasons of less mo-
ment.

This was before his publication,
anil lie hail the benefit of this pre-
vious advice, which he neglected;
choosing rather to believe Dr. Har-
lan, who concurred with him in opi-
nion, to deem it a fossil, and thus
make out n grand iliscovery. I have
since heard that other Geologists in
New-York, were of the same belief
as Mr. Ilayden, and laughed at Mr.
F.'s pretended discovery, anil jaw-
bone of Grit.

In fact, the anftlinalous nature of
the specimen, and its obscure geolo-
gical site, ought to have corroborated
this doubt. It is sutficient to refer
to Mr. F.'s own description to per-
ceive it. lie says,

*' The anomalous character of this
fossil, made me hesitate to publish
it. The mineral composition of the
fragment is very anomalous. There
is nothing of the nature of bone about
it, except the form. The whole sub-
stance, the two teeth included, being
an aggregate of small (juartzose par-
ticles or Grit. It was tound in a soil
cither alluvial or diluvial. It is of a
doubtful but ancient age," &c. &c.
Thus this jaw-bone is nothing
more than an adventitious fragment
of Stone, with the singular peculi-
arity of two projections like teeth on
it: which Dr. Harlan made out to
be like a Rhinoceros' !

If Mr. F. had travelled in the Al-
eghany mts. he would have known
that such singular fragments are not
uncommon, and he would have pick-
ed up, many petrified hams or legs
of mutton, or monkeys' heads, or
snakes, &c., as well as rhinoceros'
without horns!

If he had studied our mountain
grits and sandstones, he could have
seen that all the fossils and casts or
moulds in it, are of the oldest marine

«*« " . -.1 . ' »,»■■(

11. Coti
Mlej
Fair,

115

(fcnpration of Hciiiy;x. Mm iiic plants,
KiicitoH, 'rori'l)i;itiiliti>. iiiiil oilier
hIicIN, &.C. 'riii-ii'roif lluit 11(1 ImtiCH,
nor aiiv tun-fstriiil animal, iiiiali less
nuadi'iipeilM can be totinil tluMf, noi'
their bones di-cay in it. iorni moiiliU
und roiky rasts waHJu'd iiway by ili-
luvion or alhnion !

Therefori', tliis Hhiniiriroiile^ is a
non I'ntity ! a blunder in doctrine
and fact, worse tlian tin- petrilied
rattle snake of Siliiniait's JournaK
80 nuicli ridiculed by liotli the au-
tliors of this ey;i'oy;ious y,e(il(iy;ical and
oryctological error. A intMe casual
concretion of indurated saixl, or
broken rolled frannient of sandstone
grit ! a lusus natura like Mr. V.

The blunder is i;reat, it is not sur-
nriy.in'5 in Mr. K. who never yet
knew our fossils; but it is siiauiuful
for Dr. Harlan, who is otiierwise a
clever Anatomist. It woulil prove
that Mr. F. with all his pretensions,
is only a pseudo (Jculo<;ist and no
Oryctolosist nt all. Since he has
gratified Prof. Huckland and otiiers
with new casts out of his pseudo
cast, and if he has succeeded to de
ccive them, we venture to suggest to
iiini a manufacture of sucli fossil
casts; we shall if he wislies, send
Stone Cutters to carve them by hun-
dreds for him in the Alleghany
Mountains, and furnis'. him very
cheap all kinds of San jiie Hones,
and Jawbones of (-aiiielj, Girafes,
Whales, Lions, Mammoths, Mon-
keys, and even Men! with 100 N.
Genera to grace his Journal when
resumed.

Perhaps he was served in that way
with the Rhinoceroides, & this would
be charity to him: it would prove
him as credulous as Dr. Mitchell, or
Silliman, or Eaton, anil ignorant of
Oryctology; but would clear him of
intentional imposition on the public,
if the warnings of Mr. Hayden and
others did not rather operate ajtainst
Urn. C.S. 11.

11. Coat fUliiPS nf .^VflnftVo hi the

^Ue^hanij Muunta'ms. llij Dr.

Fuwell.

Dr. W. 11, Powell. ofHaltimoNS
wlioisa V( rv iiitelligenl (ieologistial'
ihougli of tlu' ^^ enierian si I lol, has
furnislu'd us vh facts respecting
the. Coal Mine» of Pennsylvania!
which he deems of Chemiral forma-
tion in concave basins, und by no
means of Vegetable origin. As he
proposes to publish in Silliman's
.loiirnal these results of his Ions re-
searches, we. shall merely give nere
inc of the facts communicated by
lim.

At the Nantico Falls of the Sus-
|uehannah, near Wilkesbarre, Lu-
/.erne county, the following are the
succession of formulions, where Coal
Mines are formed \(\ a kind of con-
cave Masin,well displayed ut the falls.

First formation, thin Hoil, newest
of cfuirse.

Second, Slate, five to eight feet
tliick, newest stone.

Third, Millstone Grit, ten feet
in the middle, thicker on the sides
of the basin.

Fourth, Second Slate ten feet in
the middle, becoming gradually 100
feet on the sides.

Fifth. First Anthracite Coal, 15
feet thick.

Sixth, Third Slate, 13 feet, 30
on the sides.

Seventh, Second Anthracite Coaly
seven feet thick.

Eighth, Milstnne Grit, with con-
glomerate, 12.5 feet thick.

Ninth, Bluish Sandstone with
particles of Mica in it, 100 feet
thick.

Tenth, Red Sandstone, 133 feet
thick in the middle, less on the
sides.

Eleventh and last forroation reach-
ed. White Grawacke, very thick,
and forming also a Ivasin or concave
support to the whole.

This Coal IJasin therefore, has
been penetrated or can be traced
about 450 feet in the centre, and
above (iOI) on the sides; it aftbrds a
fine illustration of the stratifications
connected with Coal in the Allegha-
nies: but other localities display dif-
ferent successions.

nfh'I p nr Miti 'ikjAr ii i ii » w t .

116

12. Oeology of the Fetoe Islands.

la the description of tliosc islands
by Landt, is found a complete con-
firmation of tlie Volcanic tlieory ot
Basalt, Coal and Clayl omitted ol
course in our common scliuol booKS ot
Geology. They arc 2'2 Islands lar^e
and small inlat. 61 and 6.3, between
the Shetlands and Iceland, connect-
ing the Geology of both. Iceland is
quite Volcanic and yet active. Shet
land is primitive;* but the Feroe al-
though Volcanic are not in activity

13. AnciniTES RnoMnirKnA, a new
Encrinitc, from (lie Calnnet of
Dr. Cohen, of Baltimore. By
C. S. Rafinmiue.
N.G. AiifYiuTES, Raf. Head glo-
bular, 4 pairs of nurves arising from
the base or concave mark of the bro-
ken ])eduncl'', forming eiglit dicho-
tomous rays on tlie surface, soon
bccomin'^ anastomosed and reticula-
ted, with small warts: opening or
n\outli terminal, round, simple, not
quite central.

Speech. o{ Jl.rhombiferit, Quite

^ ,, They have no crrtters, no lavas, no globular, rays uneiiual, reticulations

ii |-«|( eruptions; but only tiie productions unetjual, rliomboidal, small warts in

the rhombcs, 4ione on the nerves

of submarine ancient, e\tinct vol-
canoes, Traps, Basalts, COAL,
CLAY, &c. alternating and inter-
mixed. The sti-atification is very
singular and often quite plain on
the sides of ruptured islands, sliow-
ing 20 to SO strata of Trap, IJasalt.
COAL, CLAY, and a porous stone
alternating! The Basalts are of all
forms, perpendicular, oblique, hori-
zontal, SPIRAL, divergent iVom a
nucleus! &c.

The Coal strata are imbedded in
these volcanic formations; the Coal
mine of Suderoe is 4000 feet long,
1200 wide, and 5 thick.

Some warm springs are found
there, as in all volcanic countries.
AU the hills and mountains are co-
i/:"?!, but without craters as in ma-
ny submanne volcanoes. The high-
est is Mount Skojiling, 2-240 feet
high in Stronove, the largest island
27 miles long.

Let the systematic Geologists ex-
plain this if tliey can, and tell us
now Coal and Clay come out of their
place, between Trap and Basalt,
the newest or superincumbent rocks
of theirs: and in islands were no
trees can grow 1 See the translation
of Landt, published in London, in
1810. C. S. R

• Yet in 1768, a Submarine Kruption
of a Volcano near l-'etlar Island, in tlie
Shetlands, took place and killed the fish-

This fine fossil is I3 inch in dia-
meter, converted into carbonate of
lime. It was found by Dr. Cohen,
near Lockport in New York, at the
excavations in the geodiferous lime-
jjtone. The inside is solid. It was
unlabelled. My name means net-
like head. It is one of the Encrinitc
head, most like some Echinites, but
the rays are not by 5 nor stellated.
The small warts may resemble .am-
bulacri; but the umbo of the pedun-
cle is very apparent, round and con-
cave. The Encrinites in fact only
ditVer from tlie Echinites by being
pedunculated.

14. LuciLiTKs NiGUA, « iiew uni-
valve fo>i>til Shell, friim the Mle-
ghanij Miunlnins of I'ennsijlva'
niu. Hji C. S.I'ajiiiesqite.
This pretty fosil is in the Cabinet
of my friend Hayden, in Baltimore,
wlio found a single specimen of it,
on the side of a limestone clitt' at
IJedford Springs, in a valley of the
Allcghanys of .S. Pennsylvania. It
was taken 60 feet from the ground.
It is the most shining fossil Shell
which I have seen, almost as if re-
cent, whence I have called it Luci-
liteK or shining fossil. Its black
color very unnatural among shells
makes a fine contrast with the dull
blue limestone in which it is fixed.
It belongs to the family of Patellites,

.-.1. ■

■iffl^lfiiiilHtonCiOii «

'^iifliilfi I » I * I t«Ji«««.«

*, I i mmm k ^m n i n i iw i f *.it' rfi"

lA, a new
tihinet of
lire. By

Head glo-
sing from
f the bro-
;lit tlicho-
ace, soon

I reticula-
)pening or
uple, not

Trt. Quite
liculations

II warts in
nerves,
ich in dia-
rbonate of
)r. Cohen,
ork, at the
arous lime-
d. It was
iieans net-

Kncrinitc
inites, but
r stellated,
semble am-
the pedun-
id and con-
i fact only
5 by being

a new urn-
•n the Mle-
I'ennsylva-
iqite.

the Cabinet
Baltimore,
nmen of it,
me clitt' at
11 ey of the
ylvania. It
the ground,
fossil Shell
st as if re-
ed it Luci-
Its black
long shells
th the dull
it is fixed.
■ Patcllites,

117

and only differs from Patella, by be-
ing elliptical and smooth, without
radiations.

G. Lucilites Raf. Sim pie univalve
pateloid shell. Elliplical entire,
outside convex smooth without radi-
ations, inside concave smooth. No
openings nor iissuros.

Sp. L.ni:j;ra. lilack shining out-
side,both ends ecpial obtuse. Length
double of the breadlli. t)ver hall
an inch in the specimen.

15. Ameuican IIisToin — Ancie.m

CHHONOLoriv oi' riiK Ongcvs oil

Ihoquois.

Hi/ liavitl Ciisich,

In the traditions of tiie Tuscaro-
ras published by Cusick in 18'2r,
few dates are founil; but these few
are nevertheless precious for His-
tory.

A small volume has been printed
this year by the Iruntlay Sciiool L'nion
on the History of the Delaware and
the Iroquois Indians, in w hicli tlieir
joint traditions are totally neglected
as usual witli our actual 'jookmakers.

Although Cusick's dates may be
vague and doubtful, they deserve at-
tention, and they shall be concisely
noticed here.

Anterior to any date, the Eag-
wehoewe (pronounce Yaguyhohuy)
meaning real people, dwelt north of
the lakes, and formed only one na-
tion. After many years a body of
them settled on the river Kanawag,
now the St. liawrence, and after a
long time a foreign people came by
sea and settled south oi the lakes.

First date. Towards 230f) win-
ters before Columbus' discovery of
America or 1008 years before our
era, total overthrow of the Towan-
cas, nation of giants come from the
north by the king of the Onguys,
Donhtonha, and the hero Yatatan.

2d.. Three hundred winters after
or 708 before our era, the northern
nations form a confederacy, appoint
a king, who goes to visit the great
emperor of the Gt)lden City south of
the lakes; but afterwards quarrels

arise and a war of 100 years with
(his empire of the south, long civil
wars in the north, &c. A body of
people escaped in the mountain of
Oswego, &c.

3d. 1500 years before Columbus
or in the year 8 of our era, Tareny-
awngon the first, a legislator leads
this people out of the mountains to
the river Venonatateh now Mohawk,
wiiere G tribes form an alliance call-
ed the Long-house Agoneaseah. Af-
terwards reduced to 5, the sixth
Impleading ^^'. and S. The Kai:i:an-
oil since Tuscarora came from this.
.Some w ent as far as the Onauweyo-
ka now Mississippi.

4il . In 108 the KonearaWyeneh
or Flying Heads invade the 5 na-
tions.

5th. In 242, the Shakanahih or
Stone Giants a branch of the West- '
ern tribe become Canibals, return
and desolate the country; but they
are overthrown and driven north by
rarciiyawagon II.

Gth. Towards 350 Tarenyawagon
III. defeats other foes called Snakes.

rtli. In 492, Atotarho I. king of
the Onondagas quells civil wars, be-
gins a dinasty ruling over all the 5
nations till Atotarho IX. who ruled
yet in 1142. Events are since re-
ferred to their reigns.

8tli. Under Atotarho II. a Taren-
yawagon IV. appears to help him to
destroy Oyalk-guhoer or tlie Big
bear.

9lh. Under Atotarho III. a tyrant
Sohnanrowah arises on the Kaunaseh
now Susquehanah R. which makes
war on the Sahwanug.

loth. In 602 under Atotarho IV.
tiie Towancas now Mississaugers
cede to the Senecas the lands E. of
the 11. Niagara, who settle on it.

11th. Under Atotarho V. war be-
tween the Senecas and Ottawahs of
Sandusky.

12tli. "Towards 852 under Atotar-
ho Vl. the Senecas reach the Ohio
R. compel tlie Ottawahs to sue for
peace.

loth. Atotarho VII. sent embas-

118

8ie%totheW. the Kentakch nation
dwelt S. of the Ohio, the Chipiwas
on tiie Mississippi.

14th. Towards 1042, under Atot-
arho VIII. war with the Towancas;
and a foreign stran;>;er visits tlie Tus-
caroras of Neuse Hiver, wlio are di-
vided into 3 tribes and at war witli
the Nanticokes and Totalis.

I5th. In 1142 under AtotarhoIX.
first civil war between tlie Krians ol
Lake Erie sprung from the Senecas
and the 5 nations.

Here end these traditions.

C. S. R.

16. Amehican Piiii.or.oGv. — Voca-
bulary OF THE YaUI'UA LAN-

ouAGE.— By C. S. R.

The Yarura nation of the Oronoco
regions, (also called Jarura, Jams,
Worrow, Guarau, &c.) is one of the
darkest and ugliest in South Ameri-
ca* some tribes of it are nuite black
like negroes and are called monkeys.
They are widely spread from Guy-
ana to Choco. The following 35
words of their language collected
from Gili, Hervas and Vater, have
enabled me to trace their origine to
Africa.

fGod.
^Heaven.
Sarth.
Water,
Biver.
iSunandday
Moon.
Star.
Fire.
Soul.
Wood.
Flain.
^ Bread.
JVame.
Give.
Come.
Mayxe.
%Man.
Woman.
Father.
Mother.
Head,
Hyes. ,

Conomeh Andereh
Andeh.
Dabu, Dahu.
Uy, Uvi.
Kicua.
. Doh.
Goppeh.
Boeboe.
Condeh.
Yuaneh.
Yuay.
Chiri.

Tarab, Tambeh.
Kuen.
Yero.
Manatedi.
Pueh.
Pumeh.
Ibi.
Aya.
Aini.
Pachu.
Yondeh.

IfJVose. Nappeh.

Tongue. Topeno.
Feet. Tao.

IJvil. Cliatandra. ^

J!eing. Abechin. Conom.

Our. Ibba.

Will. Ea.

I'uicer. Bch.

1 Canameh.

2 Noeni.
f,l Tarani.
Tliose marked 1 or 7 out of 34 have

some analofjy with the Englisli, equal to
19 per cent.

The language of the Gahunas, ne-

gros of Clioco and Popayan has 50

per cent analogy with the Yarura,

ince out of 8 words to be compared

4 arc similar.

God. Conomeh. Y. Copamo. G.
Mav. Pumeh. Mehora.

One. Canameh. Amba.

Two. Noeni. Numi.

While the Ashanty or Fanty, ne-
gro lang. widely spread in VV. Afri-
ca has 40 per cent of affinity with the
Yarura or 6 words similar in 15 com-
parable.
■ ■ Dabu. Y.

Aini.

Ibi.

Aya.

Yondeh.

Dade

Mina.

Bis.

Aga.

Ineweh

Uyaba

Earth.

Mother.

IFomnn.

Father.

FJijes.

Water. ., ^ ^

This is the maximum in Africa.
But the language of the Papuas of
New Guinea in Polynesia h^s 50 per
cent of analogy, or 6 words out of
12, which is the maximum with the
Asiatic and Polynesic negroes.

Man.

Woman,
Mother.
Water.
Evil.

MXt.GiA--^P-

Bienih.
Nana.
Uar.
Tarada.

One.

Amboher.

Ibi.
Aini.

Uy.

Chatandra.

Canameh ?

Amba G. S
It may have happened that the
Gahunas came from the Papuaa
through the Pacific; buttheYaruras
from tlie Ashantis through the Atlan-
tic: yet have been once two branch-
es of a single black nation.

i^irilM^f*

_n, ,i. .a l>T r'-— ff.-.Hni.f.wA arti.i.^dWi^^^

><•<*»»»!».'

119

17. Botany — New and hatie plants

OF Maryland neau Ualtimohe.

By C. S. Uafines(ile.

Many rare or Southern plants l)c-
gin to appear near Baltimore. I no-
ticed many in 1804 and 1819. Also
in my visit an' herborizations this
year.

Some are preserved in the herba-
rium collected by Mr. Klias Durand
(now of Philadelphia,) presented to
the Academy ot Natural Sciences
of Baltimore, where I saw them.
Such are the.

Andromeda marginata of Dultamel.
■ Acuminata? Duh.

frondosa of Wildenow.

Ascyrun pumilum.
Inula or Diplogon argentcum.
Chrysogonum Virginianum li. this
very rare plant 1 found in West
Virginia also.

In the Herbarium of Dr. AV. Fish-
er of B. are some other rare plants,
such as

Uelonias angustifolia.

Stachys hyssopifolia.

Calamintha caroliniana.

One of both Herbals were quite
new undescribed and nameless. 1
shall therefore name them and cha-
racterize them as follows.

Fyrola (or Cliimaphila) duramli
Raf. Leaves few, shortly petiolate.
ovate remote serrate, acute, unspot-
ted. Stem naked above uniHore,
flower nodding, calyx 5 toothed, ob-
tuse.

Discovered and collected by Mr.
Durand. It belongs to the S. G.
Chitnaphila very near to P. macii-
lata; but differs by broader unspotted
leaves and unitiore stem. Is it a
variety of it? Only 4 or 5 inches
high, with only 3 leaves, calyx short
with obtuse teeth, petals white ob-
ovate obtuse, stamens bifid short,
stigma sessile thicl^ depressed.

Orchis (or Uabenaria) Crocea
Baf. Stem angular, leaves lanceolate
acuminate, spike short cylindrical,
bracts lanceolate equalto flowers,
spur slender equal to ovary, petals
ovate acute, labellum nearly similar
hardly longer, entire.

Discovered and collected by D.
W. Fisher. Very different from
(). cili'iris, flowers smaller, saffron
color, not ciliated. Slender plant
lo inches high. Probably an Habe-
naria. _,— -- — -^^^

18. Six New Fius of OitsGON.
Lewis and Clarke discovered and
noticed without names, many years
ago, several fine Fir trees of the Ore-
gon or Columbia country. These I
named and cliaractcrized in 1817 in
my Fiorula Oregonensis, and since
sent them to Prof. Uecandolle. I
now }jive here my names and speci-
iic cluiracters of those 6 new sp. of
tlie Genus Jihies of Jussieu, &c.

I. Jlbii'stri^unuU. Gigantic Fir
First Fir L. C.) bark and branches
scaly, leaves densely scattered, pe-
tiolate trigone acuminate and stift' —
Stated to be the largest tree of North

America, some reaching 300 feet
high, i20() without branches, and 42
feet around. Petiols trigone also,
leaves 3-4ths of an inch long, l-lOth
wide.

2. ^hies heterophylla R. Odd
leaved Fir (Second Fir L. C.) bark
rimose, leaves distichal petiolate
very unequal, sulcate above, glau-
cous beneath, cones terminal ovate
minute flexible — Reaching 1 80 feet
liigh and 6 feet diameter. Leaves
from l-4th to one inch long, but all
I -20th wide. Is it a variety of the
Spruce Firf

3. Mies aromatica R. Aromatic
Fir (Third Fir L. C.) branches bul-
latc balsamiferous, leaves densely
scattered, forming 3 rows, sessile,
lanceolate obtuse, flexible, sulcata
and shining above, gibbose beneath.
Reaching 100 feet high, blisters on
the branches filled with a fine aro-
matic balsam. Leaves very small
l-8th of an inch long, 1-1 6th wide.

4. ^bies microplujlla R. Small
leaved Fir (Fourth Fir L. C.) bark,
rimose, branches not bullate, leaves
densely scattered, forming 3 rows,
sessile, sublanceolate acute— Reach-
ing 150 feet high. Like the last^
but yielding no balsam, and with.

>'>■'.

'iSt

■»■ '.

i-f

kmm<»smiirjm i

IP
h I If

120

leaves still more minute, not lucid
above, only ]-l'2t!i of an inch long,
and l-24tli wide. Wood white and
tough.

5. ^'Ihies inucyim-iln U. (Fifth Fir
L. C.) bark scaly, branches virj^ute,
leaves scattered very narrox^', rij^id,
and obrujue, sulcate ;i')ove. jialc be-
neatii. Cones ovate acuie, stale,'-
rounded nervose. ni'icronate — Rises
150 feet, leaves sii!)-balsiinic, cne
inch loiij;, !-£(); !i wide, cones verv
large two and a !k.U' incises loiiv;
Var. ])nli!sli-i>i. (jrows in s^wainis.
only 30 feet high and with spreadin;;
branches.

6. J]bi'S fahdlit R. (Seventh Fir
L. C.) Imrk scaly, leaves tristiclial
or ill 3 row.i, in '2 rows upright, in
lower row dedinate falcate, all li-
near lanceolate, with trigone netiols.
Cones fiisllbrni olt'.use at both ends.
Only on the sea sliore of Ori'jion, ri-
sing only 35 feet, leaves 3-4th inch
lon";,,1-5tli wide.

,,-^ C. S. Rafinksque.

19. On S N. Sp. ok Ci.intoma.
'Of all the New Genera of Plants
which 1 claim to have established
and well named, to few am I more
partial than to the beautiful G.
CLINTON 1 A which I published in
1817 in America and in 1819 in
France (50 N. G. .lournal phys.) of
ihe natural tribe of Asparagides:
which I dedicated to my worthy
friend Dewitt Clinton, an eminent
Philosopher, Naturalist and States-
man. 1 proved that it ditVered to-
tally from Wi'flccnaand Convallnritt
to which 2 Sp. had been united, by a
bilobed stigma, biiocular berry and
a striking habit. 1 enlarged besides
the Genus by describing 4 sp. of it
CI. nutans, CI. odorntn CI. purvi-
flora, CI. I'odnnhia in Ann. Nat.
1820, and I am now going to add 3
more, making a Genus of 7 known
species.

It was then with surprise and re-
gret that I have seen another N. G.
Clintonia lately proposed by an
oversight of Lindley, erroneously
copied by my friend Torrey. Ac-

cording to the practice of Decandole
this G. Clintonia of Ijindley, must
he named anew, and mine prevail,
as anterior by l!^ years. 1 have
railed it protem in my notes BiMia
an anagram of Labi I'm to which it
is very akin; but Lindley may
frame a better new name for it, if he
likes, ])rovided he adopts my Clinto-
nia of 1817.

G. Clinton IV Raf. 1817 non
Lin<lley H:>0.

5. a. IKcttntha Raf. Leaves cili-
ate. Scape cl()n;\ate pubescent, om-
bel 10 llowercd, pedicles erect pu-
bescent, petals lanceolate acute, stig-
ma bidentate — In the Alleghany
mts. of Virginia and Cumberland
mis. Four leaves oblong acute.

(). (I. .y.dtijhirn Raf. Leaves
ample ciliate, scape smooth, ombel
nuiltillorc fastigiatc, pedicles erect,
l)racts oblong, petals cuneate obovate
acute undulate whitish — This plant
1 have seen in the herbarium ol Dr.
Torrey, sent him from England as
the IJmvcilUtria ximhellulata culti-
vated there, and native of Canada.
It is totally dilVerent from my CI.
oilitratii, and (7. pnrviflora, all mis-
taken for that plant. The leaves are
lar^e, elliptical acute, scape one foot
high, with 12 to 15 flowers, smaller
than in the other sp. except Ct. par-
vijlorn; but this has unguiculate pe-
tals. In fact all the sp. of this pretty
Genus are much alike in leaves ana
scape but chiefly differ by the flow-
ers and petals.

In Andrew's Repository fig. 206
the original Dracena borealis of Al-
ton and Solander is figured. Which
almost indicates anotJier sp. of this
Genus, somewhat dift'erent from the
CI. mitdns and CI. podatiida which
have oblong berries, ciliate leaves,
&c. I shall notice it protein as fol-
lows.

7. CI. borfttlis or CLaitoni. R.
licaves undulated, not ciliate, scape
flexuosc multiflore biombellate, om-
bels 3-4 flowered, nodding, petals
lanceolate obtuse, stigma oblique
truncate dilatate emarginate, berries
globular — In Canada 4 leaves.

C. S. RAFINESqUE.

121

of Decandole
.indley, must
nine prevail,
iirs. 1 have
notes Bulelia
to wliicli it
.inilley may
11 c tor it, it lie
ts my Clinto-

". 1817 lion

Leaves cili-
ibescent, om-
;les erect pu-
ite acute, 8tig-
e Alleghany

Cumberland
i;^ acute,
llaf. Leaves
iiooth, ombel
•dick'S erect,
neate obovate
I — This plant
arinm ol Dr.
11 England as
Uulata culti-
e of Canada.
Vom my CI.
'Jm-a, all mis-
'lie leaves are
icape one foot
vvers, smaller
cept CI. par-
is^uiculate pe-
of this pretty
in leaves and

by the flow-

itory fig. 206
)yeaUs of Ai-
ured. Which
er sp. of this
rent from the
lanhia which
;iliate leaves,
(lotem as fol-

Cl.aitoni. R.
ciliate, scape
Tibellate, om-
[Iding, petals
gma oblique
;inate, berries
leaves.
Rafinesque.

20. On 3 N. Sp. of Eriocaulon.
L E. pumilnin Raf. Leaves sub-
ulate recurveil pellucid acutL', con-
vex and striated outside, ilat iusitio.
Scape stiff* double tlian leaves, spi-
raly striated. Capitule heuiispliori-
cal, scales black obovate obtuse. —
Annual like all the Sp On the
Catskill or Kiskanom nits of New
York, on the niiir^inofthe twolivkes.
only one incli hi;;li. Flowers estiv;il.
tricolor, base irreen, middle brown,
top nearly white.

2. E.Jiliformis \h\{. Leaves lili-
forin elons;atc striate, scape sub-
equal round stirt", capitule hemisphe-
rical, scales lanceolate obtuse. — In
New Jersey and Virginia in swamps.
Flowers estival, wiiitisli. Scape one
foot high.

3. £. Spalhacpum Raf. Leaves
subulate very siiort, scape round
hardly striate, base spatliaceous,
spatha bivalve obtuse ,-ube(|ual
membranaceous. (,^apitnle spliorical
white, scales ovate oblonj>; obtuse —
From Florida, seen in tlie lierbariuui
of Mr. Ilalscy without a name.
Scape one foot'higli.

C. S. RAi'ixEsqvK.

2l.Eiii'EroLOGY. — On 3 New \Va-

TBK SaLAMVNDKUS OK KkxTICKY.

The Salamanders are very lunne-
rous in Noitli America, and altbou;;!)
we know now about 40 sp. of them,
as many more remain uiulescribed.
Prof. Green has found some new
ones this year in West Pennsylvania,
among whicii is a rciniirkai)ie new
Genus with a tubular tongue anil
callose toes, whicli he will ilescrihe
by the name of Gi.osshmils. { have
described already '2 lanil .Salaman-
ders, in N I and' J: I will now add
a N.G. and 2 N. Sp. of water Sala-
manders, making 5 I'rmn Kentucky.
I propose to dve hereafier ^ood li;';-
ures and ample description of tlu'in.

N.G. EcaveK\ Raf. Mouiii very
large with many rows of small feetli
Opercules a round hole on each side
ot the neck. Feet v.ith 4 and 5 toes
Tail conical carinate above — A'ju. IJ.
mucronata R. Upper jaw longer

nucronate, eyes very small rounds
body marbled of twosliailes of brown
tail one third of total len<j;lli — In the
river Kentucky. >\'liolc length 21
inches.

'I'lie - N. Sp. belong to the (». or
S. G. Trilurns (Triton of some but
not Lin.) or Salamanders with com-
pressed tails.

1. .S'. or '/"/•. Inlcsccnn R. Entire-
ly of a dirty pale yello'v, without
spots, tail cfjual to the body. — In
West Kentucky in rocky limestone
sj)rings in the barrens or glades, .'»
to () inches long.

± S. or 'ZV. ni'Iniloxus R. Black-
ish with pale or brown clouded spots
on the back, tail nearly conical snort
one third of total length. — In small
streams and fissures of rocks in the
knobs of West Kentucky, length 3
to 4 inches. C S. Rafi.mcsoue.

■I'j,

PsKi'iiini s Pauadoxa.

■2-2. C()\(-Hoi.or.Y. — .'? A^ew Tubu-
lar fi;x!i n-.itcr ulicll of the Mk'

I was nuuli gratified to find this
year a new iliiviatilo shell of the
sini]ile tubular form; but the animal
was ii'.it witliin. It was found in
,'^iierinan creek, a mountain stream
of Perry County, Pennsylvania,
among the Al!e:;nanies.

This strange shell lias something
niysteriiiiis in it. It appears a mass
iif liravcl; '^tronL:;ly eeuienled, even
holding sometimes minute fossil tere-
bratulitesand otiier fn^sils. It is not
tiierefiire tiie tube (d" a Hliriignii''tt.
"ince tiiey are all brittle, arenaceous
or inei.nbr.inaceous. Vet the worm
liuit f)! ins it and dwells in it, fas no
midus'.'a form tubidar siiells) is un-
kn )wn, and 1 was (old none has ever
i)ee!i s en in it. ,\ singular idea was
siig^i'sted (o me by Prof. Green that
it might be a fossil shelll Since it is
found ill a rich fossil region; and

» !l

iMfnni»jtolf-ii-tihii}«iii i> I

mj'iatnm^'

122

■*m

has a ston}' appearance; but beinc;
fouinl free, in the water or on the
banks of the stream, and never im-
bedded in stones it ran hardly l)e so.
The subject must remain (h)ulitrul,
until other coiisimiiar (ienera are
found. .Meantime I a;ive a liu;urc o!
it, and its description; whereby it
appears to approximate to the Sabel-
Jites and other tubular aiineliiles,
perhaps also to mv (J. Pittiimiiiliu>
of the R. Ohio, published in 1819,
whose worm 1 detected; but its shell
is arenaceous open at both ends and
opercuiatc before. My name ol
JPsephidvs means sravf 1 1 If tube.

PsEPHiDBS. Cylindrical tubular
shell, open before, closed behind,
opening round entire, inside smooth
-hard stony, outside entirely formed
Jby cemented gravel and little sliells.

I'sephides ptti-iido.ra Uaf. Uncial,
diameter e(|ual throuu;lu)ut, about
one sixth of length and obtuse, in-
side brown, outside versicolor. —
Length less than one inch. The
gravel of the outside is of all colors,
formed by small angular fragments
of shale, slate, clorite, ([uartvii and
other stones aelilom found in Slirr-
man Creek.' and even entire fossil
shells or fragments of fossils.

C S. ItAI'lNKSqUK.

23. Fossils of Shkiimax Cheek
I have discovered this year, this
new locality for fossil remains, and
collected about 50 sp. in a tract of
5 miles near the Kennedy Springs,
an the Quaker hills an<l .Nit. Pisgah
/orming a jjeolon-ical basin of red,
jyellow, brown and white sandstone,
gravel or jiebble stone and conglo-
merate, holding cliert of all colors.
The fossils are found in all, and
«ven the chert or Petrosilex. They
are of the oldest formation.

I mean to give hereafter a full ac-
count of this tine oryctological re
gion and all the fossils collected in
it. I shall here merely indicate them
Most of tliem are new.

Vegelchle fossils Fucites 2 ,Sp.

Jiniumi. fussils. Porostomites 2

Sp.Encnnites2Sp.Turbiiiolite 1 8p.

Fosui I shells. Orthoccratit6 1 9p»
(iryphites .5 sp. Diclisma 3 sp. Pro-
iluctus G sp.Tcrebratulite 8 sp. Eu*
rytes 3 sp. (ionotrema 2 sp. Diclipsi'
tes 4 sp. Trunculitcs 3 sp. Pleure*
teriles U) sp. &c.

This last is a line N. G. quite pro-
lific in sp. it differs from Productus
l)y being ine(iuilateral. Nay it may
be the typeot a new tribe, since one
sp. which 1 have called /'/. stellata
laving a bilobed hin^eand a quadri-
id shell might also form a peculiar
(i. Jlemistevins quadrijida. C. S. R.

24. Atlantic Review.

42. Sylva Americana by D. T.
Browne, Boston, 1832. 1 vol. 12mo.
with many wood figures. A useful
compilation or rather abridgement of
Michaux's trees of North America.
I'he trees omitted by him are also
omitted there. No claim to originali-
ty — yet extolled in the North Ame-
rican Review!

43. Indian Biography of 200 In-
dian chiefs, &.C. of North America,
bv Samuel Drake. Boston 1832. A
vol. 1 2mo. 2 fig. A very clever lit-
tle book or lexicon, partly original,
usL'ful for historical reference, and
very entertaining withal.

44. Annals of Tryon County in
New York, by William Campbell,
New York 1831. A vol. 8vo. maps.
Containing an interesting account of
tiie settlement of that part of New
York, and the Indian wars of the
revolution there.

4.1. Adventures and residence on
the Colun\bia river, from 1812 to
1818, by Ross Cox, New York 1832.
.V vol. 8vo, .\musing narrative,
witli some inl'ormati<!n on the coun-
try, fur trade and Indians of Ore-
gon; but little addition to geography
and science.

4fi. Monograph of the Trilobites
of Nortii America, by Prof. Green,
with casts of all thesp. Philadelphia
1832. Avo'i. 12mo. Important and
original work on these singular fos-
sils, with some N. G. and many N.
Sp. but by no means all. We shall
notice again this labor if we can.

C. S. R.

T^i'iM. >,,i._:w:ii!A"" ""■I'l'

cratitti 1 %«
la 3 sp. Pro-
ite 8 sp. Eu-
: »p. Diclipsi'
1 sp. I'leure-

G. quite pro-
m Proiluctus

Nay it may
be, since one

PL steltata
.m\ a quadri-
n a peculiar
ida. C.S.R.

EVIEW.

a by D
1

vol. 12ino.
!S. A useful
liiigementof
rtli America,
him are also
I to originali-
Nortli Ame-

' of 200 In-
th America,
ton 1832. A
•y clever lit-
•tly original,
'erence, and
1.

n County la
1 Campbell,
I. 8vo. maps.
ig account of
lart of New
wars of the

residence on
om 1812 to
/ York 1832.
5 narrative,
[)n tlie toun-
iins of Ore-
to geography

le Trilobites
Prof. Green,
Philadelphia
iportant an i
singular fus-
nd many N.
. We shall
' we can.
C. S. R.

ATLANTIC JOURNAL

AND

A CYCLOI'EDIC JOUUNAL AND REVIEW

or UXIVBB8AL ■CIINCB AMO KKOWIBDOE :

BISTOniCAL, HATDRAL, All H MIDICAb ABTS Aim SCIIMCU:

IITDCSTBT, AORICULTUBS, BDUCATIOX AMD EVBBT KIXD OF VSKtVL IKIOBMATIOI:

JVITff J^UMER O US FIO UHES.

EDITOR, C. S. RJFUVESqUE,

Profeitor of Hhlorical andJVatural Sciences, Uc,

Knoviledge i'» the meiUalJ'ooil of man.

a i g j j j fe/ 4 ry .^..aatairf ^am ii tW i ') i>i i

It has been impossible to give this

I ear all the articles prepared for this
oumal, owing to the length of some,
or the nature of others; nut by sub-
stitutions as great a number and va-
riety has been given. By an oVer-
sightthe articles have not been num-
bered in succession as contemplated:
this omission is now repaired here.

Article 88.— Principles of Jaco-

TOT Oa HIS SYSTEM OF InSTUUC-
TION.

This age so fecund in improve-
ments has not neglected to improve
education, the great basis of civili-
zation. The intuitive and moni-
torial plans, those of Pestalozi, Fel-
lenberg, Rcnsalaer, Lancaster, are
real improvements, as well as the
Infant Schools, Teachers !:^chouls,
&c. But has the system of Jacotot
any- similar claim?

He calls it, the Natural Method
of Universal Instruction and Intel-
lectual Emancipation, a very bold
and assuming title; nay he asserts
that it is entirely new, while the
same principles had long ago been
proposed in France, and lately ap-
plied by Duiicf and Hamilton to
teach languages.

The outlines of Jacotot's System
have been translated and published
in Philadelphia, 1831, by Victor
Guillou, divided in 3 parts. 1. Rea-
ding. 2. Writing. 3. Vernacular
tongue and grammar. It is assert-
ed in addition that every thing can
be taught in the same way, geogra-
phy, history, liinguages, composition,

oratory, mathematics, drawing, mu-
sic, dancing! ! ! All this with a sin-
gle text book, which is Telemachut.
although any other widely translated
book would answer. Hamilton used
the Bible.

Jacotot begun to teach on ttug
plan in 1818 in the Netherlands,
where he contrived it in order to
teach the French language to the
Dutch, although he could not speak
Dutch! but has since applied it to
every kind of instruction. In 1826
he became the subject of attention*
and in 1 8-28 his method was sprearf
through France. Wonders are re-
lated of it, in Lyons a whole school
was taugiit to read and write in 15
days! and in 8 months the whole
course of education was completed,
I)y a single book! who can believe
this?

The principles of Jacotot are
chiefly

1. God has endowed the human
mind with the power of self instruc-
tion — True.

2. The child is to speak what he
learns, the teacher to listen and di-
rect — This is done in the liensalaer
school, and many others.

3. A constant repetition of tlie
first words and things learned, is
required— This is parrot like.

4. It is needful to commit to me-
mory the 6 first books of Telema-
chus, word for word without a blun-
der. — Absurdity!

5. Intelligence is the same in all
beings, and therefore the aptitude ta
learn — Quite false.

124

6. The improvement of man dc-

Sinds on hU will and exertions—
ut it is also limited b^ circumstan-
ces and physical organr/.ation.

7. Every scholar must believe no
one born superior to him, and that
he is capable to learn any thinz by
himself — This is faith and pride:

8. Scholars must be praised for
their exertions, but no rewards given
in schools for better capacity, or ef-
forts, as they are insults on others.
— ^Then emulation is to be destroyed!

9. Nothing else is to be praised
but exertions, patience, docility, la-
bor, and virtue. — Thus attention,
quickness, good behaviour, cleanli
nes8, care of books, &c. will deserve
no praise!

10. Elocution and composition,
find all models in Telemachus! —
Nonsense!

Every new system is not therefore
an improvement. This appears egre-

fiously ridiculous, and calculated at
est to make children mere parrots.
To teach every thing by Telemachus
or any single book, is like teaching
geography and history by walkin,
tne streets of a single city.

Telemachus may be used to teach
spelling, reading, writing and Ian-
guageslike any other spelling bookj
but other books are required to form
the style and clothe the mind. The
only useful result likely to come out
of this monobiblic system, will be
that many books shall be translated
word for word in interlines, a valu
able requisite to understand langua
ges and grammars. We ought to
begin by the bible which has never
been yet thus translated, although
often proposed.

Bknj. Fkanklin, Junr.

89. Impediments to Knowledge,
Literature and Science, in
THE United States.
They are so many that a volume
would be required to state them at
length: we can merely enumerate
a lew and leave them to the painful
\reflections of liberality and patriot-
ism.

1 . There arc no patrons of litera-
ture and learning as in some other
polished and wealthy countries.

2. Booksellers who are become
such elsewhere, do not deserve that
name here. Few copyrights are
bought except from men of popular
fame.

3. This popular fame is not ac-
quired by modest worth or plain
merit, but by puffing chiefly.

4. In England patronage, crins-
ing, and flattery are needed to help
authors. In France and Germany
some merit, besides cabals and in-
trigues. But here much noise, scrib-
bling, puffing and recommendations.

5. Authors despising these means,
have no chance ot success whatever
be their merit. The best men and
writers must use them when begin-
ners.

6. Thus booksellers are enabled
to puff and sell the trash they deal
in, and pamper or feed the depraved
taste of misguided readers: while
good books are neglected or not
even known for lack of puffers.

7. Reviewers are seldom impar-
tial, being guided by prejudices, pre-
dilections and venality.

8. Authors venturing to publish
their own works, must pay a tax of
50 per cent to booksellers, or make
the public pay it by adding it to cost
which is 100 per cent on first cost.

9. A book costing gl, that could
be afforded at S2, must be retailed
at g3, to. enable the bookseller to
get their third, or gl commission
without any advance.

10. The interest of money, adver-
tisements, postages, &c. often absorb
most of the publisher's or author's
profits.

11. The booksellers take little or
no trouble with books not their own,
they do not even show them unless
asked for, and hide them in lofty
shelves. Their desks are filled witn
novels and trash, good and rare
books are kept out of sight.

12. Few booksellers have an^
capital, they deal chiefly on credit
or commission, yet pay high rents

ms of litem-
some other
untrieg.
are become
deserve that
)yri<jht9 are
of popular

c is not ac-
th or plain
liefly.

nage, cring;-
eded to help
nd Germany
laU and in-
noise, scrib-
imendations.
these means,
ess whatever
est men and
when begin-

are enabled
ish they deal
the depraved
aders: while
cted or not

puffers.
Idom impar-
!judices, pre-

•

g to publish
pay a tax of
ers, or make
ling it to cost
n first cost.
1 , that could
t be retailed
tookseller to
commission

loney, adver-

often absorb

s or author's

take little or
ot their own,
them unless
em in lofty
re filled with
id and rare
ght.

9 have any
lly on credit
ly high rents

12ft

for fine stores to make a show, and
thus the trade is not safe.

13. If honest men of some capi-
tal, and willing to make only 20 per
cent per annum in it, were to enter
this line of business, a brisk trade
could begin under much safer and
auspicious terms.

14. A tax of 10 to 20 per cent
for advertisements and pun's is re-
quired to make any book known,
including a copy as a bribe to each
editor and reviewer.

15. The taxes on postages amount
almost to a prohibition of the sale
aud transmission of books not peri-
odicals, and of remittances of small
amounts.

16. On books published by sub-
scription, a heavy tax of 20 per cent
is required to pay those who solicit
them, and 5 to 10 to collect the
money.

17. Men of Science and learning
are neglected by the States and Fed
eral Governments; they are but sel-
dom appointed to stations of trust
or profit, although tliey might be
well qualified to become Indian
Agents, Commissioners, Consuls,
Judges, Postmasters, Agents abroad.
Surveyors, Surgeons, &c. according
to their advocations, since all learn-
ed men are here compelled to follow
several pursuits.

18. It is not even the most learn-
ed that fill the literary ofiices in
Universities, Colleges, Schools, and
Libraries. Three-fourths of the pro-
fessors, teachers and librarians arc
mere scholars or plodding men;
while the majority at least ought to
be men of learning, erudition, sci-
ence, or genius, to give tone and
character to our country.

19. Wealthy men neglect knowl-
edge likewise, very few are to be
numbered among authors and pa-
trons. While the less wealthy are
impeded by lack of free schools,
cheap instruction, large libraries or
good and cheap books.

20. Except in a few cities, physi-
cians iind lawyers are afraid to ap-
pear too learned for fear of losing

some of their practice: although
they ouijht always to be respected
anti rise in proportion to their knowl-
edge and eminence.

'21. Many younj!; friends of science
or the muses are discouraged by these
impediments, their genius is cramp-
ed or asleep, they ni'glect the path
to eminence, and prefer a servile
piQdding life.

22. Out of nearly 50,000 men
who have been membert; of congress
or state legislatures, hardly 50 could
be mentioned that have been emi-
nent for great knowledge, science,
or philosophy, and only 200 who
have been eminent orators or impro-
vers of laws, all the rest Were par-
tisans, or lawyers, political scrib«
biers, demagogues, sycophants of the
people or orttce seekers.

13. Kxcept Jeft'erson, Franklin
and Clinton, hardly any other very
eminent man has reached the execu-
tive chair of the states or the na-
tion.

24. Among" farmers and mechan-
ics, the bulk, bone and sinew of so«
ciety, few have attained eminence.
Fulton, Evans and Whitney were
discouraged by difficulties.

25. Patents, the reward of inge-
nuity, are useless or nominal: they
are purchases of law-suits, since if
very useful they arc stolen, and if of
little use become worthless. This
could have been avoided by a previ-
ous enquiry and decision on their
validity and novelty.

This sad and appaling picture,
must cause some painful reflections,
we forbear to state them, they will
easily suggest themselves. Let us
rather enquire if this state of things
cannot be amended. We fear not
speedily nor adequately; but nihil
desnerandum.

First Corrective. As long as we
shall have many citizens depraved
by intemperance, notorious vices,
bad habits, and ignorance, — even of
reading and tvriting.,.,&nd thus ea-
sily led by vicious propensities and
designing men, we cannot hope to
be a perfect people; but we may

> If

■fiyii

196

gradually improve by increasinf; the
meana of inHtructrun. All voterH
for instance ought to be able to read
and write!

3. As long as slavery and dcgrnda-
tion altall exist on tins boasted free
soil, or a largo population be degra-
ded by oppression or else profound
ignorance, we cannot even claim to
be on a level with those nations that
are free from this blemish, which
debates both freemen and slaves.
But we may gradually change slave-
ry into vas8alagc,educate every free-
man or leave the remedies to those
who feel the evil.

3. The monopoly of the booksel-
lers ought to be checked by introdu
cine the hawkers in competition as
in France.

4. Their actual practice of rei^ub-
lishing only English books to save
copyrights, or only a few novels, idle
tales, biographies travels, children
and school books besides, may be
checked by patriotic associations for
publishing nothing but American
works.

5. Associations of authors, prin-
ters and friends of the country might
be formed to form a fund by sub
scription for this purpose, or to loan
funas, to be repaid out of the gradu-
al sales.

6. Agents might be eatablished
in every town and village to sell
these American works at 10 per cent
commission, like every other manu
ifacture, but to prevent collisions
these agents ought to sell none but
Mich American works.

7. Authors ought to agree to put
no books into the booksellers hands,
unless bought, at a discount leaving
them from 40 to 60 per cent profit!
Surely enough!

8. Wealthy or influential men
ought to feel a national and rational
pride in fostering American talents
and genius wherever met, even un-
der a modest garb.

9. Station of trust or profit, and
dwve all literary stations and colle-
giate chairs ought always to be given

to the most worthy by public compe*
titinn.

10. The last remedy which we
venture to suggest, consists in trying
to induce our most ingenious men ta
endeavor to discover a mode by which
a few copies of a work moy be prin-
ted as cheun per copy as when many
arc printeu. Although we cannot
now see how this can be done, we
know that almost nothing is impossi-
ble to modern mechanism ar>d inge-
nuity. Stereotype printing has en-
abled to multiply still more impress*
ions it is now required to simplify it
by machinery so as to print a_ few
copies at a time whenever required.
We have already seen a machine b}
which a man could print as fast as
he could write. If this could be
improved and print 10 or 20 or 30 ai
a tune, the discovery would be com-
pleted. Its 'advantages would be
incalculable, since it would no Jong-
er require a large capital to print a
work, but small editions might be
printed as often as required.

The inventor of this oligotype
printing would deserv>> ample fame
and reward.

B. FHANKUNf JUNH.

90. Ancient Monuments or Cen-
tral Pennsylvania by Major
Adlum.

Western Pennsylvania has aeve-
ral Ancient Monuments (similar to
those of Ohio and West Virginia)
near Pittsburg, Meadville, the Mo-
nongahela, &c. which are already
described; but it was uut known
that any existed also in the Allegha-
ny mts. Major Adlum who was
long a sur>'eyor on the waters of the
Susquehannah, furnished me in
1825 with an account of several
which he explored between 1792
and 1800 while the country was yet
a wilderness. They must have be-
longed to the oldest Indian tribea of
this state, since the villasea of the
Lenaps who dwelt in E. Pennsylva-
nia are now quite obliterated, being
built of less solid materials. C.8.II.

,■1,

muJU

■j ^ b»<L«4

1)1 ic compC'

which we
ts in trying
lout men Ux
e by which
ny be prin-
when many
wc cannot
(lone, wo
; is impotti-
and inge-
ing haa en-
re impresB'
> aimplirrit
irint a few
r required,
machine by
as fast as
I could be
20 or 50 ai
lid be corn-
would, be
lid no long-
to print a
8 might be
red.

B oligotjpe
imple fame

KLINi JUNR.
ITS OF Cbn-

BY Major

X has^ aeve-
(similar to
St Virginia)
le, the Mo-
ire already
uot known
he Allegha-
I who was
'aters of the
sd me in
of several
ween 1792
itry was vet
ist have De-
an tribea of
agea of the
FennsTlva-
ated, being
als. C.8.R.

127

1. E. of Loyalsock creek on the
N. side of the \V. branch of Susijuc-
hannah, elliptical circus or fort, 80
yards long, and (U) wide, ditch out-
side, parapet inaide, gateway S. lea-
ding to the river, on which bottom
it is.

S. One mile N. side of Pine creek
on the W. brancii of Sus(|. U. re
mains a town, surrounded by a semi
circular ditch outside, parapet inside
one side straight and 200 yards long,
the other curved.

3. Forty rods from Tioga R. on
the top of a hill, just at the New
York line, oblong square fort 80
yards long, 60 wide, ditch outside,
parapet two feet high. Inside s«irc-
ral circular holes or foundations of
houses.

4. On the great flats of Tioga R.
a circular town.

5. At the Shawani flats near
Wilkesbarre, remains of the Shaw-
ani town, or earlier remains per
haps.

6. At the fork of Black lick and
Conemaugh R. a square foot of two
acres.

7. Near Milton on W. branch of
Susq. R. a square mound of stones,
SO feet long and broad, 8 feet high,
with soil and trees on it.

8. On the N. side of Nittany mt.
on the path to Bald Eagle nesti
a round stone mound 7 or 8 feet
high.

•9. On Broad mt. between reading
and Sunbury another similar stone
mound, same height.

91. Antiquities of East VinoiNiA
BY Col. Mead.
In 1824, Col. David Mead of Jes
samine county in Kentucky, a vene
table man born in Virginia in 1744,
communicated me some account of sea in
the Indians and antiquities of lower
or Eastern Virginia.

1. There are some small Indian
mounds on James' R, near Monacan
85 miles above Richmond, which
have tieen graves; they are of earth,
without any stones.

2. A few similar mounds are found

below Richmond, but many mere
plain Indian graves: the bodies are
oiily one loot under ground. iSkele-
toHH of women have been found with
necklaceH of Buck's horn beads.
Matiy arrowH and broken earthen-
ware are found in ploughing.

3. All along the sea snore and
banks of large rivers are found many
large heaps of shells, oysters clams,
muscles, scollops, &c. evidently
niudc by the Indians. They are
irregular, 2 or 3 feet thick, covered
by a thin soil, the shells are bleach-
ed and partiv broken. The immense
number anti extent of these heaps
indicates a large population feeding
on shell fish.

02. Amruioan Histoht*
The last indians of Virginia^ by
Col. D. Mead.
In 1727 the state line was run by
Col. Byrd between Virginia and
North Carolina from the sea to the
Blue Ridge. At that time the fol-
lowing nations existed yet.

^ I. The Nottoways who had a large
village on the Nottoway R. a branch
of Koanoke R. and near the line.
They attended the survey, and soon
after many joined the Tuscarorat,
to whom they were related by lan-
guage, and in 1776 emigrated north
with them. In 1 820 only 37 indi-
viduals remained occupying 7000
acres of good land on the Nottoway
River.

2. The Meherrins. 3. llie 8t-
ponis—on rivers of the same namea,
branches of the Roanoke, near the
Nottoways in Virginia; they were
already reduced to a few men in

1727, and became extinct in 1750<

4. The Tuscaroras dwelt yet on
Dan R. N.Car. or 70 miles from the

1727: they had a town till
1766 when they sold their lands and
went to join the Iroc|uois, to whom
the main body had gone before after
the war of 1722.

5. Saura or Sara or Cheraw, iw-

E!r and lower town, 2 towns in M.
arolina 150 miles from the Tifaet-
ronwi they existed yet aa late as

-..4^

.4Awfc*»f ■*»''*•*»■ itwMWti tm^

128

1788, when they joined the Chero-
kis.

6, NansnmondH or Nnnsamonn;<i,
dwelt in the county bearing tlii'ir
name in Virginia. Towards 17-10
they joined tiie Tuscarora«. As
late M 1750 they used to iish and
winter in Nansainond cy.

7. Pamunkeys, dwelt on Patnun-
key R. They are there yet, redu-
ced to a few individuals in lH2il.
One oF them was put in a ca^e or
round house fok' theft at Uichmond,
he was very strong and outrageous.
A few Nottoways and Pamunkeys
wander occasionally through the
streets in a degraded state. They
have but seldom intermarried witn
negroes.

93. The Last Indians of Nkw-
Jehsf.y.

In 1802 and 1830 I collected the
following information in New Jer-
sey.

The last tribes tliat remained in
the state after the treaties and ^reat
emigration of the Raritans, Mini-
sinks, &c. or Northern Indians, in
1758 and 1760, were the following.

1. Manahoking tribe on Manaho-
king bay now Little Egg Harbor.

2. Malicas, on R. ditto, now Lit-
tle £ffl| H. R.

3. Mantas on Ancocus creek.

4. Monolapans on R. ditto now
Cranberry R.

All, these were fragments of the
Naraticong tribe of the Nanticokes
of South New Jersey.
They gradually concentrated thcm-
seWes near Absecum or Great Kgg
Harbor, and on Balsto R. nnw Egg
Harbor R. at the head of which was
their largest village of Shemung, or
Chemunk where they dwelt peace-
fully during the war of the revolution
on their reserved land.

Shemung was in the Pine barrens,
between Atsion and Tuckerton.
The Indians had become christians,
tl>ey were good neighbors, peaceful,
never broke their word and all spoke
English. They manufactured bas-
kete for sale and would cut willow

twigs any where, which they did not
deem stealing, but was not liked by
the whites. '1 hey often intermarried
witii tliu whites, but seldom with
negroes.

Although their lands and reserva-
tions wore unalienable and secured
for them in trustees hands, they felt
their situation uncomfortable, their
land being very poor. Therefore
they often applied to the legislature
to allow them to sell and buy better
lands among the Oncidas of New
York.

After many applications and refu-
sals, because all did not agree to the
sale, the legislature of New Jersey
in*1805 allowed them to compro-
mise, and either go or stay. About
120 sold their shares of the lands
and removed to Shemung or New
Stockbridge among the Oneidas, led
by their Hachem Jacob Skiket, who
had been educated at Princeton:
Some of them had white women for
wives who went along. About 25
refused to go at all anu remained on
small farms. Of these only 6 re-
mained at or near Shemung of New
Jersey in 1830, who work and hunt
on the Pine barrens. A few others
are rambling through the state, they
sometimes come to Philadelphia on
a visit, and dress like us.

C. S. Rafinesqur.

94. Inscription of an ancient Mex-

icon Historical manuscript.

By Profeisor C. S. Rafineique.

This singular manuscript is pre-
served in the library of the Philoso-
phical Society of Philadelphia, and
IS a fac simile of another in Mexico.
It was sent I believe by Mr. Poin-
sett.

It forms a roll about 10 feet long
and 8 inches wide, divided into 30
compartiments or scenes or events;
from right to left the principal names
have been added in our letters.

It appears to relate to some of the
earliest migrations of the Mexican
nation, since it begins at a navigation
by water and terminates at a third
Colhuacan, a place of note in early

irii-i"-"'* tfMiwi

hey did not
lut liked bj
itermarried
.•Idoiu with

nd rcserva-

nd secured

H, they felt

•table, their

Therefore

Icj^islature

buy better

as of New

IS and refu-

ngree to the

»Iew Jersey

to compro-

ay. About

tlie lands

ig or New

tneidas, led

^kiket, who

Princeton:

women for

About 25

emained on

only 6 re-

Lingof New

'k and hunt

. few others

I state, they

adelphia on

•

%FINBSqUR.

■cient Mex-

uscript.

leique.

ript is pre-

the Philoso-

lelphia, and

in Mexico.

Mr. Poin-

10 feet long
ed into 30
> or events;
cipal names
etters.
some of the
e Mexican
I navigation
I at a third
)te in early

120

Mexican History. The tinieH arc
denoted by fuet or stops or clso liv
signs of years; but the chronoiouiv
is rather confuse and obscuri-.

There is no iMHini'cted siiiiilai ty
between this historical tul>lu and tluit
of Siguen/a puhlislu'd \>y (icnielli,
although tliey begin and crul nearly
in the same way. I'untitlun and
Chapoltc|)ec are tiiu two only similar
places in botii.

Siguen'Aa famous table relates to
the migrations uf the Aztlaficcas or
Aztecas from A/.tlan to Mixuahcan,
with a chronology of lf)U8 yeors at
most. This appears to relate to
■ome other tribes of Colhuacans witi
a chronology less extensive and re
gular.

To give a full description and
comparison of these two interesting
manuscripts, with explanations and
translations would re(|uire a memoir.
It is chiefly my intention at present
to draw attention on them and sug-
gest a few remarks, on some of the
scenes.

First scene,event or place. Ilhuitl
Cacan ClUnmoztoc, (Ilhuitl means
the sky or celestial.) This event is
represented as in Sigucnza by a
square sea with a boat, but instead
ot a man laying down in the boat,
are two men standing and paddling,
which evidently alludes to a voyage
by sea and from the East or through
the Atlantic. There is besides a teo-
calli, temple or island in it, with a
tree on it, but no bird; and two men
below outside one sitting and one
kneeling. Date 3 years or balls.

2d. scene. I'anhuataque, Dates 1
year and 3 feet or steps probably
meaning stations of migration.

3. First Colhuacan (meaning holy
old place,) this is the name given by
the Mexicans to the immense ruin of
Otolum near I'alcni^ue. It is figured
by a mountain like a phrygian cap,
with 9 tongues or people and 8 spea-
king sitting men or tribes in a row,
6 steps &c. 3 sheaths or ages next.

4* Chimalman. 5. ({uetzaletl.
6. Cuauheohuitl. 7. Cohuatl. Four

encli and between each, thus T steps
or feet or stations.

H. <hca ijitillinnunliijue nifxeoatl,
V tree, u tcocalli, a dansc ui S men,
) years, 4 steps.

U. O'haii ijiiinnotz nyxcoall, two
men, 7 stepb )Z iiefore, 2 above, 3 af-
ter.

10. Cuextveatl Chocayan. 2concs
a man sneaking ?> steps.

1 1 . Cohuatl Camac. An alligator

4 steps.
Here begin the astronomical cy«

cles of 13 years, figured by symbolic
s(|uares. From i^ to 18 scenes
nameless.

I'i. Four men or tribes sitting,

23 years.

1 3. Four men in a sijuart:, 7 steps

24 years.

14. Ditto, 4 steps, 10 years.
1.). Ditto, a cornucopia, 3 steps,

5 years.
IG. Ditto, 5 years, 3 steps, 4 men

beyond.

17. A cone, a sword, 3 tongues,
12 years.

18. Four men, 3 steps, 4 years.

19. Jizcapozalco (well known
city) 4 men, 4 years, 5 steps.

2U. Jlcalhuacan or the second
Colhuacan, 4 men, a spade, 4 years,
4 steps.

21. Ecatepec (wind Hill) cone, 4
men, 3 steps, 4 years. Second part
4 men, 3 steps, 8 years.

22. Cvhuatitlan (snake place)
Snake, 4 men, 5 steps, 20 years.
2d. part 4 steps, 4 years.

23. Teopaiucan. Cone, sword, 3
tongues, 4 men, 3 steps, 4 years.

24. Puniillan (passage place) di-
vided in G parts, all with the 4 men
or tribes as usual. 1 has 3 steps,
4 years. 2d. 3 steps, 8 years, and
here appears the first symbol of a
king sitting. 3d. & 4th. each 3 steps
4 years. 3th. has a sheaf or age of
1U4 years, 8 years besides & 3 steps.
t)th. 4 steps, 4 y'.'nr-'.

25. JitlacuUiuaan, 3 steps, 4 men,
4 years.

26. Chapoltepec (Locust hill) 4
steps, 4 men, 20 years, 5 steps. 2d.

I M

travellers with loads, a step underlpart below G steps round a circle*

130

3 nen kneeling to 2 men

sol

sitting, 5
sheaths or ages of 520 years .

2r. Chimalazott, 3 steps, a war-
rior leading a slave.

28. Uuitzilihuitl, 3 steps, a war-
rior leading a slave to the king Coz-
coxth sitting. This is the Cuxcax
of Aztecas to whom they become
slaves, and therefore these annals
refer to those tribes who enslaved
them, under Cuxciuv 14th king of
the Chichimecas or Acolliuans.

29. Third Colhuacan, a mountain,
liji 2 steps, 4 years, S nien, a vase be-

tweeii them.

SOth ar\d last scene or event.
Nameless. Three
steps, several men
End of the whole 3 men and 2
diers with swords and tongues.

The whole number of computed
years from the 12th scene, amounts
IjIII to 816 years before the subjugation

) of the Aztecas and the building or

occupation of the third Colhuacan
'ji the date of which is in 1314, there-

'[ fore the beginning of these annalsgo

' to the year 498 oT our era} but how

much earlier in the previous ages is
uncertain. It appears that they
dwelt 3 ages or 312 years in the first
Colhuacan. If the feet or steps de-
note times or cycles the chronology
would be changed and increased. It
is desirable that this manuscript
should be engraved.

95. PERUVIAN HISTORY.

Table

' tops of mouh-

of the successive Dynasties
and Jncas of Peru.

This is an extract from my
history of the Americans, the
auUiors consulted are chiefly
Herrera, Lavega, Acosta, Laet,
Vftlera, Gomara, Polo, Amich,
Touron, Garcia.

1st Period. Theogony. 1 God
or triad. Fachacaniac (world
soul) or Pachayaca (world hca-
veuly) or Achachic (celestial ere-
atoi'.)

3. Pachamama or the earthy
properly world mother.

4. Apuinti, or the sunt proper-
ly father lord.

5. Churi-inti, or son of the
sun.

6. Inti-vauqui,or brother of the
sun. These 3 deities form a triad
or trinity called Tarigatanga,be-
ing3 in 1 or 1 in 3.

7. The moon or Cniils.

8. The Iris or Allk, Yllapa.

9. God of thunder, air, and
wind, Chuquilla.

10. The stars, Chillay, Aclla>

kings sitting, 2 ^^^ ^^^^^^ Chasca is Venus.
, a conebeTow. ^^^ Apachitas or tops of n
tains.

12. ConapasorMalquis. Spi-
rits, Cupay or Supa is the Devil.

2d Period. Antidiluvian dy-
nasties of Ayar. 1. Cacha. 2.
(Jehu. 3. Sanca. Great flood of
Mamacocha (mother ocean.)

3d Period. Of legislators l^ld
conquerors. , . -,

1st Dynasty. Collas. i;

2d Guancas. ••

Sd Xauxans escaped from the
great flood in the mts of Xauxa
and Collao, part of the Ritisuyu
or mts of snow. Xauxan D. last-
ed till 1534, last king vras Atoya.

4th. Zipanas, of the Collas.

5th. Cagnas, Queens who con-
quer the Zipanas.

6th. Chon or Con, legislator
came from the North, wiUt a na-
tion of white bearded men, who
built Tiahuanaco.

7. After a second flood In-
tillapac, the last king of Tiahua-
naco, divides his empire into 4
kingdoms for his 4 sons.

Manco, king of the North.

Colla, of the South.

Tocay, of the East. ■ '

Pinahua, of the West.

8th. Cara or Cari, or Pacha-

S.MaiQacqchft or mother ocean caiii» who came from the SohMi

.Mis^tt^^U^^maikiiiisaiii*

-"^m^

»r the earthy
ther.

e sun, proper-
ly son of the

brother of the
IS form a triad
rigatanga,be-

Caills.
Ilk, Tllapa.
er, air, and

liillay, Aclla„
Yenus.
tops of mouh-

[alquis. Spi-
i is the DeviU
tdiluvian dy-
.. Cacha. 2.
Great flood of
ir ocean.)
sgislators i^id

Has. •;';

ped from thei
nts of Xauxa
r tlie Ritisuyu
Luxan D. tast-
ig vras Atoya.
the CoIIas.
sens who con-

)n, legislator
th, wiUi a na-
led men, who

nd flood In-
ng of Tiahua-
;mpire into 4
sons.
:he North.

ith. , ■ ^:

ist. "■' '"'''

Neat.

ri, or Pacha-

sm the 8oH|b

131

conquers Tialiuanaco, the Chons
banislicd.

9. Ticc or Viiacocha T. (man
of the sea,) Icghlator come from
the south: since worshipped. Al-
cavica was iiing of Cosco.

10th. Viracocha 11. Another
legislator, came by sea and dri-
ven away to sea by the Cagoas
or Canari^?.

11th. Cagnas queens again in
E. Peru. Cliapera last 1538.
Chimu in W. Peru, lasted till
1408. Chancas in central Peru
the last king Hancohuallu leaves
Peru in 1350.

l£th. Cari and Chipana or Ca-
panac, two kings of the CoIIas,
begin new dynasties towards 840
of our era, and are at war for 400
years till both submit to theYncas

13th. Tocabo or Royal line,
descended from Manco. Several
kings mentioned, who reign in
N. Peru over the Yuncas, first
king Chincha Camac, a legisla-
tor, all the kings called Chinchas
and Mancu. Rimac was one
deified. Cocapac was king to-
wards 1050. Towards 1380 two
kings, Ciiuqui became vassal in
1388, Cuyz in 1402.

4II1 Period. Dynasty of the In-
cas or Yuncas or Yncas, or Ingas
or Inguas.

1. Guanacaure or Ayarachc,
of Tocabo race, king of Pacari-
tambo, his queen Ragua, towards
1080.

2. Aranca, king of Tamboqui-
ro towards, 1090, queen Cona.

3. Manco I. or Maneo Capac,
brother of the two last, becomes
king of the Quichuas, and built
Cusco town 1100. His queen
Oello or Colo, His posterity
Chima.

4. Sinchiroca, sou of 3, in 1137
Queen Cora or Achiola, progeny
Raura.

5. Yupanqui I. or Yacarij^a-
gue or Lloque, nephew of fast,
in 1167. Queen Cava. Progeny
Huaynana.

6. Mayta Capac in 1197.
Queen Cuca. Progeny, Urcaf
mayta. Begins to extend the
empire greatly over Peru.

7. Yupanqui II. or Pachuti
Capac in 1227. Queen Cury
llpay. Progeny Aumayta.

8. Yupanqui III. or Roca, in
1527. Queen Micay. Progeny
Vicaquirau or Yizaquimo,

9. Yupanqui iy..or Yahuarho-
acac in 1305. Queen Chiquia.
Progeny Aylli.

10. Viracocha in 1315. Queen
Runtu. Progeny Cozco.

11. Urco in 1372. Tyrant so
worthless as to bo omitted by
many, deposed .

12. Pachacutcc or Manco II.
or Titu-capac, in 1 375. Queen
Huarca. Progeny Incapanaca.

1 3. Yupanqui V. in 1455. Qo.
Chimpu- Progeny Incapanaca II.

14. Yupanqui VI. or Tupac
Yaya, in 1450. Queen Oello.
Progeny Capac.

15. Huiiyna Capac in 1481.
Several queens Pileu, Riva, Run-
tu, Toto. Progeny Tumipampa.

IG. Huascar or Inticusi huall-
pa in 1523. Queen nameless.
Progeny extirpated. Deposed by

17. Atahualpa his brother in
1526. Usurper, was king of
Quito, killed by Spaniards in
1533.

Second Series of Iiicas after the
Spanish Invasion.

18. Toparpa or Atahnalpa II.
set up by the Sp. in the N. 1533.

1 9. Aticoc, set up. by the Qui-
tans, nominal for a few days 1 533.

20. Quilliscacha, killed by
Ruminavi in 1534*.

21. Ruminavi, in 1534, inde-

... i

132

peadent in tlio Andes for several
^ears.

£2. Manco III. son of Huayna,
rightful Inca in S. Peru, from
1533 to 1555, called Elinga by
the Spaniards.

23. Sayri tupac his son 1555
to 1561. Diego of Sp.

24. Cuzititu his brother 1561
to 1569. Philip I. of Sp.

25. Tupac Amaui I. his bro-
ther, 1569 to 1578. Philip II. of
fip. all independant of Spain, in
Vilcapampa; last beheaded.

26. Paullu I. Christobal of Sp
set up by them at diflcrent times
in opposition till 1576, was son
of Huayna.

87. Paullu II. Carlos of Sp.his

son, from 1576 to 1586.

28.Pau]lu III. Mclchior Carlos

Wn of last 1586, exiled to Spain

in 1602, dies there of grief 1610.

Interregnum^ but Ineas acknow-
ledged secretly by the reruvians.
'29. Mangore 1674, revolts in

the Andes.

30. Torote, secretly from 1712
to 1737, became independant in
Andes till 1740.

31. Apu or Huaynacapac IL
Juan Santos of Sp. independent
in Andes from 1742 to 1755,
when sent to Spain.

22.Tupac Amaru II. Cordodan-
qui of Sp, independent in the
South from 1780 to 1782.

S3. Tupac Amaru III. his bro-
ther and successor 1782.

34. Fumacagua, revolt in 1813.

85. Manco lY. or Yupanqui
yil. was Inca Protector General
of the Indians appointed by Pa-
triots in 1818.

36. Lauricocha, short revolt in
lfi28.

The series of Spanish kings
and viceroys of Peru belongs to
the colonial history, the scries of
late independent rulers and pre
sidents of Peru and Bolivia, be

longs to their late independent
history. C. S. Bqfinesque.

96. American Languages.
Wahtani or Mandan.

The vocabularies of languages
collected by Lewis and Clarke,
in their memorable journey to
the Pacific Ocean, appear to have
been lost and never published. It
is said they were ])ut into the
iinnds of Dr. Benj. Barton, who
made no use of them; since his
death they have disappeared, and
cannot be traced any where.

l^met in Lexington, Ky. Mr.
George Shannon, who was one of
the companions of Lewis in that
voyage, and who furnished me
with some words of the Mandans
on the Upper Missouri, who lie
said call themselves WahtaniSf
these added to a few scattered In
Lewis' Travels, form the follow-
ing 32 words.

^Father

Papa ^.' '

Mother

Nayeh ^

*Man

Numakeh

Woman

Mikheh "-

Water

Minih

God

Hupaniski-i

Hill

Naweh "l

Village

Alinah

Meat . .

Mascopi ',

Corn

Cohanteh

Cold

Siiinihush

White

Shahar

Black

Sahera

Red

Nopa

K'liife

Maheh

*JVo

Nicosli

Uig

... Ahinah

Little

Hami

Fvx

- Ohhaw ..

Cat ^

Poscop

Wtld Sheep

Ahsatah

Moeasin

Orup

Wolf

Sliekeh

Mahanali

G Kiinah

Nupah

7 Kupah

Nameni

8 Tetoki

Topah
Kciuii

" 9 Macpeh
10 Pirokeh.

3 independent
Rafinesque.

languages.
VIandan.
3 or languages
) and Clarke,
lo journey to
ftppear to have
fpubli^ed. It

put into the
. Barton, who
cm; since his
appeared, and
iiy wlicrc.
;ton, Ky. Mr.
A'howasoneof
Lewis in that

furnished me
' tlic Mandans
souri, who lie
ires Wahtanis,
\v scattered in
rm the follow-

Papa ^'^"

Nay eh ^

Numalceh

Mikheh

Minih

Hupaiiish

Naweh

Alinah

Mascopi

Cohanteh

Siiinihush

Shahar

Sahera

Nopa

Maneh' "^

Nicosh

Ahinah

Hami

Ohhaw

Poscop

Ahsatah

Orup

Sliekeh
Kiinah
T Kupah
i Tetoki
Macpeh
Pirokeh.

iiij

The 4 words marked * have
some analogy with tlic English,
through remote courses as usual,
equal to 12 per cent, of mutual
affinity.

This language is totally new to
the learned, it is found in none
of the great piiilological works.
It is stated by Lewis tu differ
widely from the Minitari, allies
and neighbors of the Mandans,
although a dialect of it; both
are referred to the great Pakhi
family of the North, themselves
a branch of the Skereh or Panis

Sroup of nations and languages,
lut this surmise appears to mc
erroneous, I can see but little an-
alogy with the Panis and Ricara
dialects; but instead, many si-
milarities with the Yancton and
Konzas dialects of the Missouri
tribes. The Wahtasuns or Ah-
nahaways of Lewis, called Aya-
Wahs by Shannon, are a branch
of the Otos and Ayowehs of low-
er Missouri, although settled
near the Mandans, and speaking
an akin dialect.

The word mini for water is
foand ill all the Missouri tribes.
In comparing the 10 Mandan
numbers with the list of decimals
in 50 N. A. dialects in Tanner's
Nari^tive, the greatest amount
of analogies are found in the

Konza 1. Meakchc, 2 Nonpah,
S Topah. Analogy SO per ct..
nearly the same in Omawafi.

Tancton 1 Wanchah, 2 Nonpah
S Yabmene, 4 Topah. Equal to
40 per ct. the same in the Dako-
tah or Sioux.

Minitari 2 Nohopah, 5 Nahme,
4 Topah, 5 Chehoh, 6 Acahme,
7 Chappo. Equal to 60 per cent,
of analogy.

While the Pani has only 10 p.
eent of analogy by the single
number 2 Patko. The Muscogih
so bat ti» the S. E. has even more

irtii ^*Mjiiil M >wii[i^i i/./i

or 20 per ct. in 1 Homai, 10 Fe-
kole; but they are very remote.
Mv. Catlin, who has visited
the Mandans this year, 1832,
says they are properly called
Siposka-nukuki meaning people
of the pheasant! thus we have 3
names for this nation, this is not
unusual, each nation having ma-
ny nicltnames in N> Americat
He says they are reduced to 1800
souls, and that the Minitari
speak a dialect of the Upsaroka
or Crow Indians.

C. S. RaS IKE;(t,VE.

97. Languages of Okegok.
Chopdnish and Chinuc.

Mr. Shannon confirmed the
fact that only 3 languages veM
met with in the Oregon mts and
country. 1 The Shoshonis in the
mts, 2 Chopunish from mts to the
falls of the Oregon or Columbia
R. 3 Chinuc from hence to the
Pacific Ocean. But they are 8pe<-
ken in a multitude of dialects.

Tlic Shoshitni is pretty well
known to be a branch of the Alie-
tan or§Wcstern Skereh, spoken
as far as Mexico. The other two
are less known. Mr. Sh. could
only furnish me 12 words of
Chopunish, a few more met with
in Lewis and Cox enable me to
give 24 words of it

Sky

Water

liiver

Lund

^Father

Son

]Sun

i Faraway

fJS'ose

Jirm

Ulead, top

Flat

Cut

Broken

Iload

Iluffaloe

Bear

Tetoh

Mekish

Ishkit

Kaimo

Papa

Illim

Spokan

Wayot

Nasnne

Tunashe

Chop

Unish

Pakehuk

Mutult

Ahish

Cokala

Yahar

- 1 ;■

ii.a

134

•irr

Flirt

1 Nox

2 Lappit

Tim.
4 Pilapt
Quis
3 Mutat tlO Potemt

It is singular that this uncouth
language has six analogies f out
of 24 with the English, by pri-
mitive connection, equal to 25 per
cent. It is thererorc Asiatic lilve
the Saca or old Saxon.

I am at a loss to refer it to any
group of American languages, I
nad put it among the Wakash or
Nutka group in my tabic; but it
is widely separated from it. New
to science as well as the next.

Of the Chinuc I have collec-
ted 33 words from Cox, Lew-
ist and other sources. Cox calls
it unutterable and says it lacks
F. V. R.

Chief

Good

^Cake

ihland

Gods

Men
Give

t/, "ne
There
Sit down

Tia, Taye

Cloucli

Paclieco

Ela

Etalapass

Ktaneini

TillikUm

Pattacli

Maik

Kok

Mittait

I do not understand WakcComatnx

ffFhale

Money

Beads

Bog

Beer

Bear

Salmon

Tohaeco

Fipe

Gun

Blanket

Ecola

Haiqua

Comoshuk

Camux

Mulak, Lap

Host

Equannat

Quayenult

Kulama

Sakqualal

PocUshqua

The decimals I have in two di-
alects.

1 Ect, Icht

2 Moxt, Makust '
S Clunc, Thiown

4 Uct, Lakut i.

5 Quanim, quanutn ,r>^\

6 Tuckum, Tackut

7 Sinanixt, Sinbakust

<i > . l (l ii l l l. • ji | l i »liri, >.:j.«a

8 Stufkiii, Sttiktokan " '

9 Quaycls, Qti.-.ynsf • ' '"•'*■

10 Tnitlelum, Italilum.

The 4 marks f indicate 4 in 33
of analogy with the English,
equal to 12 per cent.

3 words, man, 9 and 10 have
a sliglit analogy witli the Cho-
punish out of 9 in the two lists,
which gives S3 per cent, of ana-
logy.

North of the Chinuc and Cho-
punisli arc found the Wakash and
Atnah tribes and languages, the
last has many dialects connected
with thcwcstcrn Lenilenap group
and it appears that both the Chi-
nuc and Chopunish have more
analogies with them than with
the Wacash; the word man is an
instance and proof of it.

In the Wacash the numbers
have soms slight affinities with
those of the Onguys and Wiyan-
dots of the East, while in the
Chinuc and the others, these de-
cimals resemble the Shawani
and other Eastern Lenilenap Di-
alects. Examples.

Musqnaki. 1 Nckot, 4 S.ot-
wauskik, 5. Kotwauswa, 9. Sha-
unk. 4 in 10 or 40 per cent with
Chinuc.

Shawani. 1 Nguti, 5. Ninlan-
wi, 6. Kukatswi, 10. Matatswi,
also 40 per cent.

Mohegan. 1 Ugwito, 5. Nunon
6 UgwituS) 10 Netaumit also 40
per cent.

I conclude therefore that the
Chinuc (and perhaps the Cho-
punish also) is one of the Lenapi-
an languages of the West, one
of the fragments of that vast
ancient nation that has spread
from the Facific to the Atlantic
Ocean in 200 Nations and tribes.
The Ainus of Eastern Asia ap-
pear to be their ancestors.

mb< iij: ■ C. S. IlA7I]rE8({,UK.

inhglii

185

■AT

licatc 4 in 33
he Eiigliflh,

ind 10 have
th the Chu-
te two lists,
cent, of ana-

uc and Cho-
Wakash and
ngnagcs, the
:t8 connected
lilenap group
both the Chi-
I liavo more
n than with
rd man is an
)rit.

the numbers
Hinities >vith
i and Wiyan-
while in the
3rs, these de-
:he Shawani
jenilenap Di-

ikot, 4 K.ot-
iswa, 9. Sha-
per cent with

ti, 5. Ninlan-
0. Matatswi,

ito, 5. Nunon
lumit also 40

ore that the
|)8 the Cho-
r the Lenapi-
B West, one
)f that vast
: has spread
tlie Atlantic
18 and tribes.
;rn Asia ap-
38tors.
lArurssiivK.

98. Geologt of Natchez.

The following information on
the cliffy of clay on which Natch-
ez is situated was imparted to
me this year by Dr. James Smith
of Baltimore.

These cliffs are about 220 feet
high in 5 strata.

1. Soil 4 feet thick.

2. Marly rlay 80 feet thick.

3. Bank of clay and shells 25
feet; the shells are of several
kinds, chiefly a white univalve
like Helix but larger, and a bi-
valve, both soft not flinty. The
bivalve is a new JHclisma. D, teres
Raf. Subcylindrical, 2 inches
long, fulvous, breadth l-3d ol
length.

4. Pure marly clay again 100
feet thick. .

5. Bank of 20 feet down to
the river shore, gravelly or clay
mixt with rolled silicious pebbles.
Many are of yellow Calcedony,
black and red jasper, or some
very curious stones, for in
stance.

Gravel stone with impression
of wood on it!

Red and yellowish chert with
impressions of shells.

Fragments of pumice stone.

Beautiful onyx pumice. Out
ward coat like iron grey horn-
stone, compact smooth without
holes, one line thick. Inside
porose light with unequal holes
of a fine purple with shining vi-
trified specks. Next a band of
greenish and another rusty or
brick color at the other end.
Thus this fine stone has 4 colors,
iron, purple, green, and rusty

Fragments of pseudo volcanic
glass. One somewhat like jas
per was grey inside but shining
black outside aft if glazed.

99. Geological Bemarks between

Ihiffaloe in JVcw York and

I'ittsburg, in Pennsylvania.
Bv' David Thomas.

Buflaloc is on Lake Erie at
the moutli of Buflaloe creek, in
a level rocky ]>lain extending 16
miles £. The rock is limestone
and horizontal, it extends to the
C!anada side where it is more
broken. The valley of Buffaloe
or. is wide and of yellow clay.
The shores of Lake Erie is low,
of miry clay, mixt with sand and
gravel. Three miles from the
creek the soil becomes firm, and
wells are dug under it in slate.
The first bluif on the Lake is also
of this slate or argillite.

At eighteen miles creek, a thin
stratum of limestone, which once
overlaid ihc crumbling slate, has
been broken into angular frag-
ments with square edges to the
margin of the Lake. The hills
of slate begin to become steep;
it is nearly black, resembling
coal, but ill thin lamina, some
even flames in a hot fire, some
are iridescent, or a yellow sub-
stance is found between the
leaves.

Beautiful pebbles decorate the
shore of the Lake, they are pri-
mitive fragments of many colors.

Springs of petroleum are found
a few miles inland, and coal
will perhaps be found hereafter.

Many blufis project in the lake
in deep water, yet it is said that
formerly there was a passage or
road at their foot, and that the
lake has encroached there. Pur-
plish ferruginous sand is found
on the shore between them. The
blufis are slaty and hardly 100
feet high. Blocks of granite and
limestone of many tons are nume-
rous on the shore. Some singu-

i !

F ►

!i' i

136

lar limestone masses arc seen, re-
sembling huge fossils, like oblate
spheroids of Htratined lime, otiiers
5 feet diameter and one thick
with concentric circular ridges
like a Boletus. The lime con-
tains white and black crystals in
the fissures, and the slate con-
tains, Pyrites.

Before Cattaraugus creek a
tract of clay is found, witli many
ponds and sloughs. Reyond the
creek the shore becomes very
shallow, and with sand downs
50 feet liigh, formed by drifts,
and as white as snow.

From Walnut creek to £>-ie in
Pennsylvania, the road for sixty
miles is on a broad ridge paral-
lel with the Lake, but 2 or 3
miles distant, formed of loam
and pebbles of mica slate. The
first appearance of this primitive
rock in place is at a quarry 12
miles from Cattaraugus nearly
South, but the Chatauque moun-
tains now in sight appear to be
formed of it at their base.

AttheCanadaway creek these
mountains begin to run [larallcl
with the Lake Ridge, 5 or 6 miles
only from Lake Erie; on their
top is the Lake Chatauque which
empties the waters into the Ohio,
They are the N. W. end of tiie
Alleghanies as tlic Catskiil mts.
ftre their N. E. end. Tiiey are
about 1200 feet high, and the
small streams running from them
to the Lake, are over the mica
slate. ,

At the twenty-mile creek, the
valley interrupts the mts. and on
its banks horizontal strata of mi-
ca slate are seen 50 feet high
above the water.

Hero begins Pennsylvania.

As far as Erie, the Argillite
covers the mica slate, which ap-
pears again near Erie where a

quarry of. it is used. Boulders
of granite are seen on the shore
but no limestone.

It is 14 miles from Erie to
Waterford on Lcbeuf creek over
the mountains. The road ascends
for 8 miles over successive ridg-
es, disposed like an amphitheatre,
with steep slopes towards the
Lake. These mts. extends S.W.
into Ohio but recede from tlie
Lake gradually. Lebeuf cr. ri-
ses in Pine swamps, and its wa*
ters are of a dark color. It emp-
ties into French cr.a large stream
or rather river in a broad val-
ley.

Meadville 40 miles from Erio
is in a plain with a gravely loa-
my soil. Some granite bouldera
seen on the uplands.

Fourteen miles S. of Meadville
ends the mica slate region anil
begins the sandstime region sup^
porting coal, limestone and iron
ore. The sandstone hills an<(
ridges run from E. to W. a,n^
are 16 miles broad from N. to S«
Some sandstone is white, quite
crumbling and similar to salt.
Some limestone strata of a bluish
white are found. Scrubgrass
cr. and Little Sandy cr. have
iron beds.

The valley of Slippei7 reck
cr. is S. of these hills, and opens
to the W. The strata are hori-
zontal. Limestone is seen below
the sandstone, and coal near tbe
surface.

Conoqucnessing cr. has eoal
mines on its banks under clav
slate. The valley has high htlfs
on each side of t^iartzote grk
with mica in it. Four kinds ot
iron ore found there honeycomb
gravel, bog and metallic ores.

From hence to Pittsburg th0
country is very hilly, the sand-
stone, limestone, coal, and iron

n »

-•^i t ai i ^mmm ^'. m^

jt,iSife*^*A.w%.Jta« **--

Boulders
I the shore

n Erie t»
creek over
ail ascends
^Hive ridg-
phitheatre,
wards tlie
ends S.W.
from tlie
teuf cr. ri-
ind its wa'
>. It eme-
rge stream
broad vrF-

from Erio
*avely loa-
te boulders

Meadvill*
egion and
'Cgion sup<>
e and iron

hills and
W. and
n N. to S.
hite, q,uite
ir to salt,
of a bluish
icrubgrass

cr. have

pery r«ck
and opens
L are borL>
seen below
il near the

has eoal
under clay
high hUfa
tzote grit
ir kinds of
loneycomb
lie ores,
tsburg th0
the sand*

and iron

131

are found every where, and on
the top of each hill a kind of grea-
sy ochraceous earth.

100. ORYCTOLOGY.

Vvlgar names of fossils and petri'
factions in JVbrth Mierica.
The common names given to
those objects by the illiterate and
ignorant of geology througliout
the United States, are of some
importaince, because they indi
cate or lead to detect the locali-
ties for fossils, as well as to cor
rect the curious mistakes and
misnoraera of the vulgar lan-
guage on that score. I have
therefore collected several of the
names which I have thus seen
ai]|»lied. The adjective appclla-
tifQ Petrified is commonly pre-
4xed to all of tliem tlius

^Petrified snake , or coiled
snakes are Ammonites.

Rattle snakes or petrified rat
ties are (.rthoceratites.

Petrified fishes.are the inside of
the same.

Petrified crabs and beetles are
Trilobites, called snake heads
when contracted.
-;P. turtles are Septaria.
j,, P. butterflies are Prodtidiis.
. ♦! P. wasp nests are Favosites.

P. bufialoe horns are large Tur
bji^nolites.
,„P. dog teeth are T cynodon.

P. giants bones and teeth are
JUastodon and elephants.

F. men's heads are JVodulites
and Pithecites.

p. knives or bills or penis are
Bdemuites.

p. roots and bark are Mcyo-
nites.

P. brakes are Filidtes.
P. screws are Encrinites. P
buttons the same when tlie arti
culations are loose.

P. eyes or ringstones are Cjf-

ciorites.

P. stars or sea stars arc Pent-
acrinites.

P. stars or star stones are Jlfa-
dreporites.

P. corals and thimble stones
are Milleporites.

P. almonds are Dtclisma'and
J^Tueulites.

P. hickory nuts are Pcn/rwiii-
tcs.

P. acorns are Cupulites.

P. elk horns are Somarites. "'

P. deer liorns are Maaamites.

P. snails and cockles are uni-
valve shells.

P. clams, muscles, oysters &c.
are bivalve shells.

P. tongues are shark teeth. ^■

P. walnuts or balls are Bolac-
tites.

P. sponges are Cawlites or
S2)ongites.

P. birds nests are Antrosites.

P. eggs or egg stones are Oeo-
dites.

P. fish rocs are Oolites.

P. reeds or grass are Coalpkg-
lolites

P. snake skin are Lycopodites.

P. nets are Tesselites.

P. sliccp's horns are Spindites.

P. needles are Spinulites.

P. olives and pecan nuts are
spines of Echinites.

l\ turnips are Lamellites.

P. chains are Catenularia.

C. S. It.

101. Ancient Volcanoes of
NoiiTH Ambkica. — Bt C. 8.

RAFINESttUE. '.

America will upset many of
the theoretical doctrines of Eu-
ropean Geologists, and so will
Africa when explored by them.

The highest mts. were said to
be of granit every where; but
tlie highest in the world, those of

* U ^*»**< M *Ji*>»^ai..

"tn^^

.11

i'l I'

138

South America arc of Porphiry,
those uf Central Asia still higlicr
arc of stratified primitive rocks
jumbled like marble paper.

The great geological qiicHtion
of the igneous or aqueous originc
of the globe and the primitive
formations is now pretty much at
rest. It is become more iinpor
iant to ascertain the originc of
the secondary formations, with
their immense stores of life and
organic remains, therein entomb-
ed.

The theorists once sustained
that all the limestone had been
made up of shells by compression
although we have primitive and
volcanic limestone without shells.
Now they maintain that all the
coal formations are made up of
wood by compression, because the
lignite is thus formed, but the pri-
mitive and volcanic anthracite
and bitumite without any trace
of wood upsets this theory also.
No one can be a good geologist
without having 8e«^n volcanoes,
oratleast without having studied
well their actual operations
throughout the globe. After see-
ing the huge volcanoes of South
America throwing yet streams of
water, mud, clay, sand, m<irl, bi
tumite, pichstone, &c. instead of
incited stones, while the same
happens also in Java, Spain, Si-
cily, Russia.... Humboldt could
well account for many ancient ge-
ological phenomena, and he was
even led to surmise that the great
Asiatic flood was caused by a vol-
canic eruption of waters from the
Caspian Sea- If this should be
conflrmed by inspections, we may
well surmise that our great flood
of North America, traced by our
diluvial formations, was also cau-
sed by eruptiotis from our great
Northern Lakes.

r •_» _. ,. *>■»»«

Volney was the first ^o call Lake
Ontario a volcanoe! and to notice
our ancient mountain lakes now
dried up, by eruptions or convul-
sions, each having a breach or
water gap. I am induced to am-
plify his views by deeming near-
ly all our lakes, as many volcanic
outlets, which have not merely
thrown waters in later periods
but in more ancient periods have
formed nearly all our secondary
strata by eruptions of muddy wa-
ter, mud.clay, liquid coal, basalts
trap. This was when the ocean
covered yet the land.

Submarine or oceanic volcanoes
exist as yet every where in the
ocean, & their effects are known.
They must of course be hollow
outlets under water, that would
become lakes if the ocean ^as
dried up. We can form an idea
of their large number and extent
by the late but natural discovery,
that all the Lagoon Ids, and cir-
cular clusters of Islands in the
Atlantic, Pacific, and Indian
oceans are volcanic craters! This
is now admitted even in England,
and the coral reef often crowning
those clusters are later superin-
cumbent formations by animals.
The Bahama Ids in the Atlantic,
the Maldives near India, and
the Coral Ids. all over the Pacific
are the most striking of these
singular volcanic clusters, near-
ly at a level with the ocean. Some
of ti.em are of immense extent
from 6U t> 150 miles in circuity
or even more.

Some circular bays and gulfs
of the sea appear to be similar,
diSering by having only one
breach. The bay of Naples is
one also, an ancient crater, with
islands in front.

The analogy between lakes and
volcanic craters is obvious, Al-

rrti'Tiiuirr^

ilim niMw*J"lM I III I HI ll Hiafci

M^iMkdigMHilriHMM'

:o call Lake
ntt to notice

lakes now
I or convul-

b reach or
uccd to am-
ming near-
ny volcanic
not merely
ter periods
sriods have
> secondary
muddy wa-
oal» basalts
n the ocean

c volcanoes
liere in the
are known,
be hollow
that would
ocean %as
rm an idea
and extent
1 discovery,
ds, and cir-
inds in the
nd Indian
aters!This
n England,
n crowning
er superin-
»y animals,
le Atlantic*
India, and
' the Pacific
ig of these
jters, near-
cean. Some
:nse extent
in circuit,

I and ^ulfs
be similart
only one
' Naples is
rater, with

n lakes and
vious. Al-

, 139 •

most all Ory craters become lakosi To trace all these formaUpns
filled with water, when their ig- to .their sovrces, dejinea^ their

neous activity is spent

AH springs are smaller out-
lets of water, while the fuma-
roles and lioles »f igneous volca-
noes, are small outlets of smoke,
fire, air, gazes, hot mud, &c. I
can perceive no essential diflc-
rence between them or any otiicr
eruptive basin, except in the de-
gree of caloric or kind of mat-
ter which they emit They may
\ n both bo quiescent or in activity.
' Springs vary as much as volca-
noes. We have few pure springs
tliey commonly hold mineral sub
stances; they are cold, warm,
hot, salt, bitter, saline, bitumi
nous, limpid, colored, muddy;
perpetual or iieriodical,, flowing
or spouting. Jua^ like volcanic
outlets. , , f„.r V

Thsrefore volcanoes are pro
perly* igneous springs, and
springs or lakes are aijueous vol
canoes!

Undeivthis view, we have no
lack of volcanic outlets in North
America, since one half of it, the
whole boreal portion, from New
Enj^and and Labrador in the
East, to North Oregon and Alas>
ka in the West, and from Lake
Erie to the boreal ocean, is filled
with them, being eminently a re-
gion of lakes and springs: cov'
ered with 10,000 lakes at least.

To these as well as to the dry
lakes of our mountains, the lime
stone craters and sinks — may be

8ti*eams or banks, ascertaia their
ages and ravage on organized
beings, will require time, .assidu-
ity, zeal, and accurate observa-
tions. ,

What connection there is bo*
twepn lakes or^ry basins of primi-
tive regions, and their formation?
is not wull ascertained. Some
arc evidently the produce of crys-
tallization; but others forniing
streams, veins, banks and ridges
may have been ejected in a flufal
or soft state before organic life
had begun, and thus spread jnto
their actual shapes. ^Manj
streams of primitive limpstono,
anthracite, urake, guit— are pr9-
bably ao formed and expanded.
Hollows in the primitive opean
must have been tiie outlcl^ 9f
these substances, now become
lakes after the land became dry.

The power which ris^ and
ejects out of the bowels of the
earth, watery, muddy t^nd solid
substances, either cold or in-
flamed is one of the secrets of na-
ture; but we know that such a
power or cause exists,, since ijre
see it in operation. Water rises
in lakes and springs much above
the level of the ocean, while the
Caspian sea is under that level.
There is then no uniform level
for water on the globe, nor uni-
form aerial pressure over them.
Another cause operates within
the bowels of the eartli to gen§-

traced as the original outlets of rate and expel liquid and solid
our secondary formations, in a substances, perhaps many causes
liquid state under tlie ocea«, im- and powers are combined thiere.
bedding our fossUs. The basal- Galvanism is probably oiie of the

tiCf trapic and carbonic forma
tions have the same origine, since
they are intermingled. But some
.kinds of sands and clays have
.been ejected since this continent
became di7 land. >,^,:Mk^

main agents. A living power q£
organic circulation, would ex-
plain many earthly phenomena.
The great aSfronomei^ !Klepl6r
and other pliilosophers, surmised
that the earth was a great living

T nnint 0lM

>■

' 140 '

bwlyi * Mnd «r organtced anUlhM those grahts spherical, more
MM rentligln space. Acoordinglor less hnUnw, commonly white.
lb ttlift thMry lakes and springs They have been mittHlcen for pe-

WtHM be the «ut«rartl pores vents
MMl tnitlels of this huge being,
foIeawMs inlamed sores «nd ex-

uvia, water the blood or sap of crystals. They are howeter per

the (Mirth, metantatns the ribs, ri
t«M t^ t«liift. This whimsical
ttbHMfft hi iwt prenosterous since
106 iLn<m of •antmah peifectly
lUiikhir and Sbmewhat like our
ittfoibei iht f ethya and Yc*?ox

trifled roes of fishes by the vul-
gar, and bv the system mongers
who would not believe in round

feet crystals of pure lime, con-
glonterated into extensive rocks
and strata.

I have found it in South Ken»
tocky, in the basin of the Cum-
berland R. (not the valley) 8. of

Mr iMslaMce. But ft is only ahhe Knobs between Glasgow and
ttMbfetleal sunnfse, I merely Bowlingreen. It was perfectly
UtoMlMiltiis an illustration, and white, the hollow grains of the
tbh Mnoeption of some ^reat size of millet. It is scattered on
Mods; perhaps a more rahonal the ground in angular flattened

IflMt Hk... the Iheorros deeming
IMi Ulahe k'ttass of inert matter,
H'lmriar crystal, or' a boltow
VJmMre AumMnMled fn space, or a
Yontnig %an whMiug round the

IfW. WlNERALOGT.
&i^ikB tf ytfrth Jtmerica.

fVagments; hut in digging for
wc/lls a ttiin Stratum less than a
foot thick isfdvnnd above the com-
pact limestone rock.

This formation must be con-
nected with that of fennessee,
mentioned in the late geological
map af thatsti^, to be found in
several parts of the S. Cumher-
% )S^t %imfosion has arisenjland basin, and besides on the
teniMrriittgtbis'mitieral rock be- very top of theS. Gtimberland

enm acktce, denied to us hy
liMmy Who 'have not seen it, and
•mm 'hy dthers with chalk and
fk^itiHlVr the name of Oolitic

'Utftln'lKraiid grains like th^true
lOelidcreidk, it has not yet been
VMifdln ifcttHBTica.

'Lim^ritc^ 'lldous limestone

^grMHB- . jdartz bound by

llttiik ft lb a kind <^f grit or

iundy roiik, and not of Oolitic

'it Is Hot uncommon in

mountains, overlaying there the
gpritty sandstone.

The other Oolitic Tocks jfirand
in Europe are 1. The PisoltM or
Peastone, with ^ins solid Hke

Cfhilk H cottrpact and whiter peas. S. Meconttes, as mhiuteas

poppy seeds and nearest to chaflk.
3. dmmitet, from the size of a
nut to 3 feet in diameter formed
by concentric sphens miited bjr
rays. These are decraed orga-
nic remains by many near to Am-
monites and NnmiiKtes. 4. Qran-

ettm6(Mi\y rotated b/ utiles. Round grams filled and

bouifdhy asflicious matter.

le^tleghaifjr utts. and West oif These have tiot yet been fouml

Urn. with us; but Dr. Powells bf Sal-

'llie'true'Odlitic rocks are cai- timore has shown me another,

mnina antt 'formed by globular found by him in Pennsylvairia,

i^i^ins or crystdls either solid or very near the Oranvlites hot not

^tf||^%. silicions. 'It must form a 9th

The tmeOolite or Roe^toUjeiOolitic rock which 1 tthall caU

Pani
grey
roun
than
ares
angu
Milt(
large
andi
nent
luvia
theti
feren
Oo
found
and
dMor
aver

10S»

been

none

valua

in 001

ry of

scribi

8ingl«

are ni

9ed»i£

BO mi

our U

abUt

kayo

thatl

tmj.

never

Dr. ]

writii

em ft

done

Histfl

besul

disco

800 S

of All
branc
Stts^i

,^^...,:^.,^.....^.:...,.b^-..^...

~f,*'^fi-i' Bf iii[Wffl'*Ti'r]''i'iWI •

icfti, mora
iljr whit«.
[en for pe-
jr the vul-
1 mongers
I in round
weterper-
ime, con-
rlv« rocks

outh Ken-
the Cum-
ley) S. of
Mgow and
I perfectly
ins of tite
lattered on
r flattened
gging for
ess tlian a
e fite coffl-

st becon-
Pettnessee^
geological
e fonndin
Cumber-
es on tlie
limberland
; tliere tfao

)cks frand
?i$diM or
I Bdlid Nke
I minute as
ttoditOk.

size of a
Br fonned

qtiited bjr
::ueQ'a'rga-
eartoAm-
1. 4. Qran-
ftlled and
atter.
leen foottd
ilIstifBal-
) tmother,
nsylvania,
ta bat not
rm a 5th
«h«ll call

141

PanMuei or Fowclstonc. It is
grey filled with minute bluish
round oolitic Hpots not larger
than millet, tlieso round grains
are solid: the general fracture is
angular as usual. It occurs near
Muton above the Red Shale, in
large nodular masses in place,
and also nmr Easton but in fra{[-
ments out of place probably di-
luviali Dr. Powell thought this
the true Oolite, but it is quite dif-
ferent from it.

Oolites are also indicated as
found in New Jersey, New York
and Ohio, but unless propcrlyj

son, and Lake Erie aMd oUmr
lakes, the Atlantic Ocean, &c«

In August 1831, in my flfUi
Zoological letter to Cuvier g4
series, I informed him tbat w«
had about 1000 species of IslMa
in our streams and lakc8» of which
TOO am yet undescribed, and I
determined their stations aa fol"
lows, dividing them into 10 ich-
thyological regions of fresh wa-
ter, each having a peculiar gene-
ration of flnny tribes.

1. ReglM. Of th« OrMt Ukea
St.Lawrenca k ailMiilitifipia.

2. North AtlMtic Bigion,

described it is not possible to from Main* to the CbenMakt

HudsQn, ConMotira^ pmSmKn

aver which kiud is meant

Ci S. »•

103* Tub Fisuks ov thb Uhi-
TJBD States.
Many splendid works have
been published on our birds; but
none yet en our beautiful and
valuable fishes. I have lo g had
in contemplation a general liisto
ry of our finny tribes, after de
scribing 100 N. Sp. of fishintlie
single river Ohio; but such works
are not yet sufficiently patroni-
sed. Lesueur who had collected
8o many beautiful drawings of
oar lake fislies, has never been
abU to publish them. Dr. De-
kay of New Yorit once told me
tbat he bad begun a natural his-
tory of our ftshea, which has
never appeared. I am told that
Dr. Holbrook of Charleston is
writing the history of our South-
em fishes. Much remains to be
done In this branch of Natural
History, and to prove it, it will
he sufficient to state that I have
discovered and figured already
500 N. Sp. and many new genera
of fishes irem the river Ohio and
branches, Mississi^,' Potomac,
Susvehftnoahf Delaware, Bnd-

and Susquehanaah RlTfra,

3. South Atlanthv ftvp tha
Chesapeake and FotoflKO teTlo-
rida.

4. Florida atraaaia a«4 Meet.
6. Mexican gulf^ straMW and

rivers of Alabama, kCf

6. Louisiana or Lowarllia-
sissippi. Red R. Arkamaa, Ice.

7. Ohio and branchesy Taapea-
see, Cuaberiand, ftc.

8. Upper MisaiMdppI, IHiaoia,
and branches.

9. Missouri & affluent attuams.

10. Region of Oregon, in tha
R. Oregon and brancheo.

All these Regions have each at
least 150 species of fishes, and
deducting 1-Sd from each f<Pir
those few common to sevand nor
gions, 1000 sp. will remain Mi tte
whole. The regions 4, 5, 6, and
10. are entirely unexplored bj
science.

To these 10 regions of fresh
water fishes, we must add three
regions for sea fishes.

1. Atlantic Region.

2. Southern Region.

3. Mexican ^uli.
Each must afford 200 or 300

sp. many of which must h« mWf

<»l^0ti

""■"■iMMnHiB

142

those of the Mcxicnn gulf have
never been attended to as yet.
Thu« we have fiOO in iidd to the
1000 above, and raay exiiert tu
have 1600 up. of flniirs to describe
and figure of which 1000 nre
new! to the Rcience. Yet all are
valuable, since they afibrd food,
flsheriea and snort.

C. 8. R

104. JVaw Fossil Shelh of Venn
sylvaniui by C. S.RaJinesque.

, Among the 40 N Sp. of Bivalve
Ibssils found this year on Sher-
man cr. in the Alleghany mts. I
select those which ar^uncqtiiia-
ittiA as the most curious, and I
shall describe 10 of them giving
id>0Te the figures of 7, ranged
under, 3 new genera. All arc
Inequi valve.

1. N. G. HEMisTEnrAs Raf.
Shell transversal with 2 wings
thus unet|uilateral,' hinge witli
two teeth and an angular sinus

Sutsideattlic beak, margin lo
ed-; — H. quadriloba fig. i
Four obtuse lobes and S obtuse

Ninusscs, lateral lobes like wings
one much longer, an oblong fur-
row on each lobe, length half of
breadth.

2. N. G. TKT.iSTHoniis Raf.
Shell unequilateral transversal
with one wing on tlio longest side,
hinge without beak, streight with
a round impression inside at the
apex, margin unlobcd — T. ioraala
fig. 7. Shell convex, minute longi-
tudinal curved strins, short side
rounded, long side with a twiHt-
cd obtuse wing, length 2-5ths of
biendth. ...Impression in Fetrosl-
Icx. one Inch. »»•''' «»««

3. N. G. Pt.sviiteTBiii'rKfe Ri
Shell unequilateral transversal
witliout wings, hinge more or less
curved simple or with a wrinkle
niid a beak, margin unlbbed—
Tlio name means irregular sides,
Tiiistrophis means spotted hinge,
and Jlemisterias means Italfstar-
ry....8 sp.

1 Sp. PL laterisMa R. fig. 8.
Sliell oblong, small side smooth,
longer side with 5 transversal
furrows, axis far behind, length
one third of breadth.... In potrosi-
Icx, one inch long.

2 Sp. Pldivisa R. Shell oblong
divided in the middle by a large
furrow and small sinus at the end
of it, 5 curved ribs on the small
side, 7 on the large divided by
deep furrows; small side rounded,
longer attenuate, axis procminent
submedial, length half of breadth

.In grey petrosilex, over one
inch.

3 Sp. PI. anisoeta Raf. Shell
swelled rounder, a deep furrow
in tlie middle, 8 curved unequal
ribs, 4 on each fiide, small side
round, longer side truncate, beak
proelninent submedial, length
3-4ths of breadth.... Ih variega-
ted petrosilex, about one inch.

4 Sp. PI. iatiundata R. fig. 6.

MMMiHMMMJtMlMa

rtr'f^l-^"'-^- ■■ I — -.-■.. ."■'.■^-~'i.A't .•— MJ.. , <^«..":..n...

143

<H>

SliHl oblong hotli cnrtfi n1it««r, n
or 4 tiroail waved ribs, margin
fli-xuoHc, beak Htibnirdial. lengtb
2-5th of brcB«ltb....Witbtbo laHt
larger.

a Sp. I'l. atriatP R. Slicll ob-
long, fiwcllcd botb Hides rounded,
hinge floxiioNC by nrcbcd beuk.
equal longitudinal NtriaHtbroiigli-
out, beak Hubmcdial, lengtli lialf
of breadth... In \vbitc Handstonc,
nearly two incheH.

6 8p. Fl. bi/usciaia R. fig. 4.
Shell rounded swelled, Rmootb
^vith two fainl trannversal bands
or >vrink1cs, beak round Interal.
length 2-3dsqf breadth... In ycl
law sandstone, '8mall» half an
inch. .

7 8p. Fl- concentrica R. fig. 5.
Shell ovki, tninuto concentric
fitriafl, beak obtuse at l-d, sides
rounded, lengtb 2-Sdsnr breadth
....In pctro-'Hex-

' 8 Sp. PI. ohliqua R. fig. 3. Shell
nval oblique swelled, 8 curved
oblique furrows, 3 and 4 on the
sides of the middle one, beak
procmincnt at 1-3, length 2-3 of
breadth .... In grey chert or pctro
ailox, small half an inch, near to
ap. 3, but less deeply furrowed
not truncate behind.

105. StRATIPORA and FIiEXU-
I.ITES N. G.

Tliese are two N. G. of fossil
j)o1ypites of my cabinet. Both
.ftre from the fine fossil regions
■outh of the Apalachian rots,
.where so many new shells have
■ lately been found. They are not
iilicified.

1. Stratipora Raf. Mass of
Aasaltic angular cells like Favo
sites, but short not concamcrated,
.top with several regular rows of
equal round pores like Millepore
each corresponding to a tube....
Very singular N. G. with the

the internal stnicture of Mille-
pore tribe.

Sp. Stratipora hrevitiimn Raf.
Basaltic pillarH not striated com-
monly liexRgone, 2 opposite siden
longer, even at top, but unequal
in length beneath, forming an
extended flattened level mass.
From Louisiana near the River
Teclie, sprcimen 4 inches by 3,
pillars from 1-4 to 1-£! inch long
only, of a greyisli color, marly
smelling of clay but very hard,
ceded to me by Professor Green,
Ivho deemed it wrongly a Tubi-
pore.

2. FiExuMTES Raf. Body
fixed ubconir, outside with a
thin tegument covered with flex-
uosc wrinkles, inside solid filled
with minute transversal flexuoso
fibres or strias.... Another very
singular and anomalous N. G.
akin to the Madrepor- .., but no
stellated mouth, insiuc not radi-
ated, but irregularly flexuoso.
Perhaps it is a fossil Porostome
or animal without mouth as Te-
thya, &c.

Sp. Flexvlitcs haydeni Raf.
Body obconical truncate, subag-
regato, outside flcxules transver-
sal, each raised and with a fur-
row on it, internal flcxules in-
tcrmixt becoming less near the
surface... .Specimen 4 inches long
changed into a silicious grey
slate, upon a rusty slate, U'om
the region south of the Apalachi-
an in Alabama. Ceded to me
by Mr. Hayden to whom I have
dedicated the sp. C. S. R.

106. New Lizard prom Een-

TCCKT.

It was observed in 1823, on
the Knobhills of West Kentucky
not far from the Mammoth cave.
It is called scorpion and errone-
ously deemed poisonous, like

general form ct Favosite, and most of our Lizards. It is ra

■ ji-mtumii iiii m<

.._.j'i

144

ther sluggish and creeps on the
ground, 1 did not see it on trees.
1 refer it to the Genus Stellio,
but with some doubt, perhaps it
might form a S. G. Lophd^es, R.
by its flat body witli scales not
imbricated, and cylindrical tail
with scales imbricate and cari-
iiate. Lopherpes means reptile
of the hills.

Stellio dicyanelis or Lopherpes
die^anclis Raf. Head brovrn
above, white beneath with some
black dots, two large blue spots
on the sides of the throat, back
cinereous, two rows of large
brown spots on the sides, belly
white, tail a little longer than
body ringed of brown and cine
reous.

Leng^ of the head and body
3 inches, tail 4, total 7 inches
Bead and body flattened with
small equal scales not carinate
AOr imbricate. Tail cylindrical
with imbricate carinate scales
Feet long With some white and
black lines behind. C. S. R.

lOfk Twenty new genera of plunta
,Jrom the Oregon Mountains Sfc.

,,! By C. S. Rafinesqve.

My friend Dr. John Torrey of New
York is one of the best Botanists of
o^r country; but he is so very cau-
tious that fie will not admit aiw im-
provement except after long delats
aftd previous precedents. Thus he
has Tiesitated to adroit the natural
method of Botany proposed'by Adao-
•OB, Jussieu, and even Linneus 80
yeaiv ago, until the Linnean system
was nearly given up in Europe, and
discarded in Englatid by Brown andj
Lindley within a few years. He

terms as dubious or under wrong ge-
nera, because he was loatli to frame
N. G. for them. As I have long
ago established the principle that
every object of nature must be pro-
perly located and named in Botany
and Zoology, 1 have been compelled
to rectify this omission by forming
many N. G. and N. Sp. out of hn
plants, for my florula Oregonensis.
f hey are.

l.EpicosToaus Raf. (meaning 30
on torus,) differ from 8pirea and
•DTeillia. Calix campanulate 5 lobed,
petals none, stamens SO inserted on
a torus, and nearly monadelphous at
he base, pistil stipitatc single, one
style, one capitate stigma, capsul 3
seeded. E. mo^tanus Raf. B^t-
fea monogjfna of Torrey sp*- 1 19>niB
name implies a contradiction.

2. PsYCROPHitA Raf. (a G, not S.
G.) Dec. of Caltha, more like iSbot-
anuni Ad.) Sepals 9, stamens 25—-
30, pistils 12 — 15. Ps. 8agitt^a,
or rather Ps. auriculata "Raf. As I
doubt whether the Oregon plant can
be the same as that of Falkland Ids.
Caltha Sagittata Dec. T. sp. 8.

3. IsoFAHA Raf. Ckomellaliec.
T. Sp. S4. inadmissible G. diminu-
tive of Cleome. I Mexicana'R.

4. CuBELiuM Raf. 1817. my pre-
vious and better name for the rioh.
concolor must prevail over Solea of
Ging. T. sp. 26. there is besides a G.
of fish Solea. Cubelium was an an-
cient-name of a violet.

5. DiMEMOFS Raf> The G. Kra-
meria must form a family, and the
anotv): lous sp. as many G. The Ix-
ina I., s 4 sepals, the Stemeient only
3 stamens. This G. sepals 5 vtnt-
qual, petals 3 unequal, i lunulaie,
stamens 4 monadelphous at base.
D.hineeelata R. Kr, do T. Sp. 33.

6. VExiBiARaf. Patnnian. 1811'
but there is another G. Pidrmia.

employs the same caution with new n^jj tubalose,. gibhose 4 dentate,
G. and Sp. and hardly dares to pro- .yexillum bipartite, stamlOneaii/
pose any himself. Tniusinhi8valua-iv.ee, pod linear compressed poly
bleaeebufitof die 49! plants collect sperm subtorulose. KSericedtt^
ed m at near -the Oregon nits, by Dr. ^Wo^a do Nutal T. Sp. 65.
James, mbhshed m iSar, he ha^, f AcMispoNRaf. (mg point h<^-
fi0ltribed«Muiyflant8iB«Bibiguous' * "^ v -i^.

fw.

!r wrong ge-
til to frame
[ have Ions
inciple that
nust be pro-
d in Botany
1 compelled
by forming
. out of ha
Iregonenaia.

meaning 30
8pirea and

ate 5 lobed,

inserted on
delphous at

single, one
la, capsul 3

Raf. 8fi-

8p.<119.nis
tion.

[a G. not S.
e like 8aot-
imens 25->
. 8agitUftay

Raf: As I
in plant can
Ikiand Ids.
'. sp. 8.
ymella Dec.
G. diminu-
kana R. '
17. my pre-
rthe Vtoh
tet Solea of
)esideBaG.

1 was an an«

le 6. Kra.
Iy,an4 the
, The la-
teien* only
tals 5 u'nft-

2 lunulate,
IS at hue.
T. Sp. 33.
iiaR.1817

Fatrinia.
4 ilentate»

10 nearj^
ssed poly
iericea R^
65.
toint hpi^i-

14&

ed) Differ from Trigonella, Buee-
rates and Platycarpos. Calix large
deeply cleft, pod stipitate, straight
compressed, swelled and honked at
thep)int J. sericeus R. iMus du
P. Trigonella Americana N. T. Sp,
69.

8. Jamesia Raf. differs from
PsoraUa^ calix not glandular, hairy,
5 subulate clefts nearly equal, sta
mens monadelphous, pod acuminate
by style, stigma smooth. J. obovata
Raf, Fioralea jamessi T. Sp. 73.

9. Orbexilum Raf. differs from
Faoralea, calix campanulate not
glandular, smooth, teeth ciliate,
vexillum rounded expanded ^ta-
mens diadelphous.) 0, latifoUa Raf.
Ps. do T. Sp. 76.

10. Physonrra Raf. differ Oro-
bus, Fhaca and Psorulee. pod stipi-
tate swelled membranaceous, 12 re-
niform seeds. 1 Fh, longifolia. 2.
Fh. ditpar R. Orobm N. T. Psora-
icaPursh.

't ' 11. Dasiootna Raf. differs />ra-
topis. Cal. camp. 4 dent. Petals 5
flubequal. Stamens 10 free decli-
nate subequal, (hypogynous!) Pistil
«<apitate vdlose, style 'filiform, stig-
ma simple. Pod linear compressed
bivalve torulose, pulpy within 12
seeded. D. glandulosa R. Proso-
fisT.Sp. 110.

12. Orsotrtb Raf. Dif. TiareUa
by 5 stamens only, from Ueuchera
by 2 slyles, cal. camp, equal, capsul
coalescent at base. 0. bracUata R.
THaretla do T. J. 168.

13. Ohboxib Raf. Umbel, invol
0, partial 5 — 6 phyllous, linear.
Flowers polye. mixed. Calix 5 teeth
subulate, petals 5 yellow equal acute,
«Bd incarred. Stamens and styles
^ivaricaite, pistil orate sulcate, fruit
tricostate on the back. 'O. humilis
Raf. JinanymoaJ T. J. 179.

14. Ptiloria Raf. Dif. Fretian-
-Mes^bypapptts sessile, plumose, pe-
<naii<fce'5'nbre'l Ft. paueiflora. 2.
Ft. UnuifoHa R. Prenantha do
T.J.

15. Heuorbos Raf. Dif. Feetis,
Pemnthe campanulate 8 phyllous,
ooriaoMW. 'Rays 7 or a oblong en-

tire yellow. Antheras nuitic« style
glandular, stigiiia bilobe. Seeds
smooth 5 tootlied. Phoranthe nakod.
St. angustifoUiia R. Pectis T. 228.

16. Bat.vnthes Raf. (ing'amiable
flower) Dif. Cantua. Calix 5 gon. 5
fid. Corolla hypocrateriform 5 lobed
entire. Stamens 5 unequal incluse.
Style filiform, stigma trifid. Cap-
sule 3 lucular, 3 valve polyftpermous
seeds angular. 1 B. agregata 2 B.
longiflora 3 B. pungent Ral". Can-
tua Sp. Pursh and Torrey.

17. QuiNcuLARaf. Dif. Physalis.
Corolla campanulate 5 lobed, with
5 opaciue spots. Capsules 3 celled 3
seedeu. %. lobata R. Physalis do
T. 302.

18. Leiostemon Raf. Dif. Pen-
tostemon. Calix 5 leaved equal im-
bricate. Cor. bilabiate tubular, up-
per lip bilobe, lower trilobe. Stk-
mens smooth, sterile filament smooth
obtuse shrubby. L, purpureum R.
Fentostemon ambiguum Torrey.

19. OzoDYous Raf. (mg fetid
gourd) Monoical, perigmie campa-
nul. rugose, 5 external subulate teeth.
Stamens 3 monadelphous singene^ous
stigmas 3 bipartite. Vruit globular
smooth 4 celled, partitions spongy.
Seeds on double rows oval smooth,
margin acute. O. perenms Raf. Cu-
cumis T. Sp. 396.

20. Fknelokia Raf. Perigone 6
sepals, 3 external triuerve, 3 inter-
nal narrower enerve. Stamens 6
equal,filament3linearnarrowsmooth
anthers oblong. Pistil oblong ob-
tusely triangular, style clavate sub-
triangular, stigmai capitate trilobe.
Scape bracteate uniflore. 1 F.
braeteata Raf. Ornith«galHtn do T.
443. very different Genus.

I sent an account of many of those
N. G. to DecandoUe in 1830. I wish
Torrey had saved me the trouble by
forming and naming these N. G. him-
self or making S.G. of them; but
now I hope he will not hesitate many
years to adopt them.
He has done the same with 9 doubt-
ful sp. throughout this otherwise
clever labor; he has however several
new ones, but not a single N. G. Ha-

■ml

146

Raf. S.

anon.

!' i!

4riog foigotten the rules of Lioneus
Phihaophia Botaniea he has men-
tioned a Vitia, Cleome, Dalia, Bra-
ehyris without names nor descrip-
tion8,he has some N. Sp.with names
but no descriptions, and described
many anonymous N.Sp! These last I
have named as follows.

MrifUx torreyana Kaf. A. anon
T. 379.

Aristolochia coriacea Raf. A. anon
T. 394.

Sedum nuttalianum Raf. S. anon
T.171.

Silphium peristenium
anon T. 239.

Iberis candictms Raf.
T. 17.

Polygala jamesi Raf. P. anon.
T. 31.

Jmticia dubia Raf. J. anon T.
354.

Jinntherix ovata Kaf. and ^. an
gtutlfolia R. are both anonymous
T. 261.262.

Through over caution many dis'
tihct N. Sp. are made n^ere varie-
ties, which I have thus recti.*ied.

Verbena moUis Raf. For. •/
S«r»cto T. 380.

Chenopodium simplex Raf. Var.
of hybridtttn T. 373.

StiltJigia salicifoUa Raf. Var,
ofsylvatiea. T. 404.

Fernoniit marginata Raf. Var of
tOtiMma Tt 205.

Jifelepias latifolia Raf. Var. oj
obtusifrdia T. 252.

While the descriptions of some
sp. evince that they are diifereDt
from the sp. referred to, and thus
realN. Sp.

Cereoearpus montanus Raf. C.
fotturgiUides T.

idmmania aurictUata Raf. J. ra-
moaior T.

^aura multieaulis Raf. Cr. eoe-
ctnea T.

Bhpdiota: iHtfgrifolia Raf. or Se
dum rhodioloides Raf. is Rhodiola-
rosea T. or %it(iii rfeorftoto j^

Lisianthui lm(ftts'K7'ti'.''glaucifo-
Ktl8«T.

Nydrolea latifolia R. H. spiiiosa
Torrey.

BUphilia becki Raf. mottarda ci-
liata'V.

ChenopodiuM nigrun R. Ch.
maritimum T.

Euphorbia nttssMrica K. E. por-
tulaeoides T.

I must end these remrirks by sta-
ting that the Inula ericuides 'V. is a
Diplogoti. /A ericoidei RaC and
that the Brousaonetia tinctoria n
my Toixylon 1817. qtiite different
from the Morns tinetgria of the
West Indies. . ,•

Thus iiesitation in science is often
as injurious as haste. It is even bet-
ter to have two names for an object
than no name at all.

108. Account of 32 JV. Sp. if plants

from Florida.

By C. S. Rafinesqub.

The peninsula of Florida promis-
es to enlarge greatly our Flora, 2000
sp. at least must be found tliere, of
which 1000 may be either new or
tropical, and 1000 common to. the
other Southern States. Bartram,
Williams, and Ware have published
short catalogues of some. It is said
that the fouowiug Bahama pl^aots
grow there.

Cactus coronatus. C. nobilis. C.
peruvianmn.

Candla alba. Tamitrindua indh-
eus. Myrt us pimento. - ■ ■ . i '

Crotm casearitta. Cr.eUutheritt.

Witli som« 9p. of the G. Fsycho-
tria, Gardenia, Fieus, Guayacum,,
Cesalpinia, &c.

Having seen in gardens and her-
bals several rare or new sp. of Flori-
da, I will here describe some 4f
them. ■ , i: ;•!

1. Opuntia (Cactus) mritimii Raf
Erect, articles obovate compressed,
stellated dots with 2 kinds of spines,
some long subulate stiff hairy at the
base, some setaceous very small.
Fruit obovate urabilic«te^ pulp crim-
son. On the sea shore from Florid^it
to Carolina. Klliot blends this .atid
the next as Cactus opuntia. flgff-
ers yellow in all the sp.

2. Opuntia (cactus} Bartoffi^^tf.
Erect branched smooth, arttclMfirval

■W

*■ • mif^i^'

147

spines few and short. Fruit pyriform
purple, pulp scarlet acid — see my
Flora Medica, vol. ii. page 247, and
Bartram's travels.

3. OputUia apinalba Baf. Erect,
articles elliptic, spines fasciculate
white curved uncial, base bristly.
Fruit obcordate purple, seeds rugose.
C. onuntia of Lunan, hort Jam. on
the keys of Florida.

Besides these 3 erect sp. there are
3 procumbent ones known to me in
tlie U. St. my Cactus or opuntia liu
mifusa, descr. in Annals Nat.sp. i 15
and -2 others, which I now add here,
to complete our Opuntias. Decan-
dolle had proved this an extensive
genus already.

4. Opuntia cespitosa Raf. Cespi
to8e,procumbent,articles oboval.con
cave,spinules fasciculate minute ru-
fous, barbed backwards, surround-
ing a long central spine. Fruits ag-
gregate subpedunculate turbinate or
ublong uncial spinulose, skin thick,
pulp greenish, seeds. Large lenticular
la Kentucky and Tennesee.

5. Opuntia mesaca( thu 'af. pro
cumbent, articles rounJ <' i; ules
fasciculate nifescent, c' pine
long brown. Fruits so. '^ j oval,
covered with spinulose thick scales.
From West Kentucky to Louisiana.

6. Malva Scandem Raf. Pilose
twiiung divaricate ramose, leaves 5
parted, flowers axillary solitary pe-
dunc, segments of calix broad ovate,
seeds hirsute. Mentioned by Bar-
tram not described, cultiv. in his

Evcden. Grows from Florida to
ouisiana, flowers small greenish
white

7. Malope lutea Raf. 18ir. M
malacoidea of Walter, Elliot, Pursh,
Nuttall! Malva Jmericana Wild
and Muhl? Leaves ovate obtuse,
dentate, smootli, nerves pubescent
beneath, stipules lanceolate^ hairy,
peduncles solitary axillary calix haitj
petals yellow, truit hispid globose
depressed seeds compressed. An-
nual from Virginia to Florida. ^ The
M. maiacoides of Europe which I
have seen is quite diiterentby leaves

elliptical crenate base cordate, largje
purple flowers, fruit smooth spheri-
cal, seeds round.

8. Sabbatia brevifolia Raf. Stem
dichotomous filiform, leaves short
subulate acute, flowers terminal
white, calix shorter than corolla se-
taceous, segments of corolla obovate.
Near to 8. brachiala and Stdlaris.

9' Brasaicafloridana Raf. Stem
simple erect terete, leaves petiolate
oblong acute serrate, flowers panicu-
late.

1 0. Lobelia microphylla Raf. Stem
simple smooth, leaves minute remote
ovate sessile dentate, flowers termi-
nal few and small. Florida utid
Louisiana.

11. Lobelia nudicaulis RbS. Ra-
dical leaves oblonsor cuneate smooth
stem angular naked with some re-
mote setaceous scales, flowers ter-
minal few remote. This is perhaps
the L. pallida of Elliot but not ours
of Muhlenberg.

12. Heloniaa atriata Raf. Scape
angular with setaceous scales, raui-
caf leaves slender striated longer
than scape, raceme oblong lax, bracts
membranaceous subulate short acutC)
sepals obovate acute.

13. Commelina longifolia Raf.
Stem erect smooth, leaves divaricate
very long linear lanceolate acute*
spatha cordate plicate ciliate triflore
flowers large.

14. (Enothera cuneifolia R. Stem
ramose divaricate, leaves cuneate en-
tire, branches uuiflure, flowers liu|;e.

15. CUtoria parv(/Iora R. twining
folioles elliptical obtuse base subcor-
date smooth, flowers solitary^ small.

16. Erigeron Itjratum R. Radical
leaves lyrate cuneate, scabrous with
large teeth, stem striate villose) caa-
linar leaves adpressed cuneate re-
motely serrate, flowers corymbose
small.

17. LiptopodafioridanaVL.Siitm
angular uniflore, radical leaves cu-
neate remote serrate acute smooth,
caulinar leaves, setaceous adpressed
peduncles thicker above, rays yel-
low and short.

148

tfli. B^fdbedtiaangulata^. Steinl whorls
with acute angles, unifiore, leaves sil'e^
adpresae4 hirsute oblong acute en-
^re, the lower ones opposite, peri-
^the hirsute, segments linear ob-
tuse.

19. Silfhiwm retieulatum Raf.
Stetnless, radical leaves oblong I7-
rate lobate obtuse smooth, scape
rqug^ uniflore, perianthe ample,
Kmaent* roond reticulate venose.

SO. Varciniumglaucum'R.ltnvet
ovate oblong entire, nearlv obtuse,
glaacous beneath, peduncles axilla-
ry 1 to 3 flore, flowers small cam-
paqulate, stamens exserted.

21. tfimodium nigrum R. Leaves
ci\Qeate oblong acuminate entire stri
gose fuscate. They become black
when ivft near to l) molle.

SSL Typha ^tiralis Haf. Leaves
vpii^Uj contorted, ensiform and va-
ginatfi at the base, end flat thick ob-
tuse, spikes annexed each with a
spatbfu This is the T. lalifclia of
^ba, and the Jamaica authors.

few nauciflore, flowers scs-

29. Droaera unifinra R. Leaves
shortly petiolate tspathulate glandu-
lar all over, scape uniflore, base

eafy.

30. J9ro8rrasfsstH/otiaR. Leaves
cuncate sessile, scape panciflore pi-
lose, flowers racemose large petals
cuneate.

3 1 . ^vieermiajloridana R. Shrub-
by, leaves perennial oblong acute,
tnmentose beneath flowers in sessile
clusters. In Fl. Louis, and Jamaica,
the Jl. tomentosa of Nuttal and
Brown but the Asiatic sp. is a large
tree with paniculate flowers.

32. Lantanafiwidana R. Branch-
es square scabrous, leaves rugose
rough, ovate lanceolate, crenate ser-
rate, veins pubescent, petiols short,
bracts subulate, capitule crowded,
peduncles clavate. L. tamara of
Bart Elliot and all our authors but
difierentr flowers Tersicolor,yelloWt
loranger red, crimson or scarlet on

SS.'fi'jsyrincMom/eresRaf. Stem [same shrub, berries globalar, blue,
ID— d, hi^ly hiangular above, leaves [small
|Mrrot|r striate, flowers subpanicu-

iate ample, spatha bivahre subequal
li«mbranaceou9 acute 2^ flore, se
«da submucronate
t4>uisiana.
23. Calipogon parviflormn Raf.

109. ON 3 SP. OF TYPHA.

The Ti/pha latifolia was said ts>
Florida andkgrow from China to America, but
whenever closely described by bota-
nists, their deseriptioas evince difie-

Root bttlbose, stem one leaved S — 5 rent sp. blended under that name,
flore, leaf lonjg, linear striate^ flow- ' " - - -

QTS spicate, minute^ bracts subatate,
labeljum undulate. Fl. and Louis.

S5. VradetcarUia divwricata R.
I^ci^ves remote divaricate oblons
Iptpceolate, base spathiform, umbel
multifltore, spathas 2 subequal Ian
^li^te divaricate, calix smooth.

26. Trade»e<mt(a graminifoliaR,
f^teiQ. slender, leaves graminiform

Those of N. aad S. Europe, India,
Chinar Aliiea, S. and N. America
are all distinct.

We have even several sp. in N.
America, the T. apiralU of^the W.
IniUes and Florida was Mentioned in
the last essay, I now shall add tw»
others fron th« South and the
North.

1. T.ehtior Raf. Stem^g^ntic,

^rect, flat, striate,, umbel pauciflore leaves shorter oae inch broad flat,
Meven, spatha of many short obtuse base vaginate, end acute, upper
Ksjbes^ calix smooth. spike separate cylindric without spa-

27. Sta^ya revohda R. Leaves tha , stamens monadelphous at the
lear sessile bbtose canescent, mat^ base. From Carolina to Kentaekr,

revolute, whorls 6 flore, flowers a lai^ Sp. from 6 to 10 feet high:
liie, calix striiite hispid subbiU the stem is round, solid and smooth
Ft. and Louisiana. as usual. It k the T. latifolia of

28. StachyaaeaaUiflora R. Leaves Elliott and the Southern botanistit.
•UoD{ cordate aesrateacttte smooth,! 2. T, eraaaa Ra£ Stem bumble^

149

seeds haps

foliose leares as high, flat convex be-
neath at the base not vaginate, end
obtuse. Spikes united and thick,
upper subequal, between them a ca-
ducous bract ovate lanceolate mem
faranaceous. Maryland to New York
and Canada. T. latifulia of the
Northern botanists. Stem only S or
4 feet high spikes 4 to 6 inches long,
one inch thick, lower spike brown
very dense and thick.

'fhese 3 sp. are very distinct
Another sp. grows in Oregon

C S. R.

110. Two New Gener\ of Umbel-
, . LiFEHOus Plants from Kentuc

' KY.

These two singular plants were
discovered in 1822, one Orimaria
is near to JJuplevrum having entire
leaves, the ottier Streblanthm is
near Erunginm having opposite
teaves ana capitate flowers.

1, Orimahia. Pistil oblong,
linear smooth black, angular behind.
Calix entire. Petals 5 white minute
base with a foveole or small round
pit, end retuse involute, tip adnate
inside. Stamens 5 small anthers
subsessile round. Stiema 2 sessile
small. General Involacre triphy-
lous subulate, partial 5 jphyllous,
folibles equal elliptic acuminate sca-
riose trinerve. Annual herbs smooth
diehototnouSf leaves alternale sessile
entire linear.

Orimaria JlliformU. Raf. Stem
filiform flexuose,dichotomelybraQch-
ed, leaves remote linear-aliform,
•cute, lo^er nearer with broader re-
tuse tip. Umbels terminal 3-4fid^
■mbellule 3-6flerc, peduncles une
qual, shorter than involucres.

In the barrens or glades of West
Kentucky, rare, vernal. Stem 4 to
8 inches. Habit of a grass- Flow-
ers white minute hidden in the invo-
lucre. Different from Buplevrum
by the petals and seeds, the foveole
ot the petals has suggested the ge-
neric name.

S. Streblakthub. Flowers mo-
noical in separate heads. Involucre
4^ phyllouSf lolioles linear unequal

phoranthe cylindrical naked. M. fl.
in ovate heads, calix 4 fid, pistil ad-
herent abortive. Petals none. Sta-
mens 4 subsessile very small. IP. fl.
in oblong heads, calix 4 toothed per-
sistent, pistil obovate punctate. Pe-
tals none. Styles 2 nliform persis-
tent, stigmas capitate. Fruit oipar-
tible, crowned, 2 seeds convex scra-
biculate behind. Annual herbs ftns-
trate, leaves opposite simple mads
axillary.

Streblanthut aurictilatus Raf.
Smooth prostrate, stems ^lifoim
flfcxnose, leaves opposite finbaessiti,
lower petiolale, ovate lanceolate,
base with 1 or 2 auricles, end acdte,
heads axillary solitary pedunculate.

A striking N. 6. of the grotip bf
Eryngides by its monoical apelUdiii
tetraudrous flowers. The Er. ttt'
vantexi of Mexico, Er.ttnue of Caro-
lina and Er. floridanum of Torrey^s
herbarium come nearer to it and pu-
belong to this G. Found in
the glades of W. Kentucky. Esli-
val, heads somewhat bluish. Stems
a foot long, leaves entire or wit&
some notche8,auricles unequal when
2. Streblanthus means deceitlhtl
flowers, since they resemble EtUp-
to, Scubiosa and manj Rubiacea.
C. S. tUrMiBS4)«at.

11 1. On 12 N. 8p. of Plants FnoM

Illinois, &c.

ByC.S.Rateea^iie.

Th^y were chiefly discovered in

1 81 8, or given me since by Dr. M ul-

er and ut. Ward.

1. Cotftnsia purpurea Raf. 1 Sid.
Stems simple pauciflore, leaves re-
mote, lower obovate, upper linear
acute, peduncles equal to flower,
calix campanulate, corolla purpleL
upper lip sliort....AnnuIar and vernal
like the C. bicolor or vemoy on the
bank of the Wabash, only 3 to 4
inches b^.

2. Plantago gonophjflla Raf. 1818
Smooth stemlese, leaves pett(4ate
ovate oblong acute, marpn unequal-
ly angular, 7 nerved. Scape round
spike slender elonoate, flowers scat-
tered lax ovate globose, bracts and

.JLA

'i^

segments of calix ovate obtuse con-
cave, segments of corolla ovate
acute....Perennial estival, scape 1 or
^ feet, Iltiuois and Ohio.

3. Plantago atrofuaca Haf. 1823.
Stemless, leaves sessile lanceolate
acute entire 5 nerved, subpubescent
base hirsute. Scapes flexuose fili-
form pubescent,anKularabove, spike
ovate dense blackisri smooth, bracts
imbricate broad ovate acuminate....
Perennial, estival, in arid hills of S.
Illinois and W. Kentucky, leaves 1
or 2 inches, scapes 3 to 6.

4. Veronica connata Raf. 1818.
Erect smooth, stem round fistular,
leaves connate lanceolate acute en-
tire, racemes axillary divaricate very
long, lax, bracts linear, pedicels
double of bracts, capsules bilobe
compressed.... Annual, vernal, flow-
ers blue, near to V. Scutellata and
F. uliglnosa, but larger, leaves
quite united and perforated by the
stem. In W. Kenty. Missouri and
Illinois.
i 5. TVadescantia rupestria Raf.

1819. Stem simple smooth, leaves
longer slender narrow canaliculate
smooth, umbel multiflore, spathas
divaricate ver^ long like leaves, pe-
duncles pilose recurved, calix pilose
behind...rVernal flowers pale blue,
on the cliffs and rocks or the Wa-
t»sh, Kentucky, &c. 15 to 20 inches
high, leaves a root long.

0. Tradescantia brevicaulis Raf.
1818. Stem simple very short, flex-
uose, leaves much longer, narrow,
nearly flat, carinate striate, base va-
ginate tubglar membranaceous cili-
ate: umbel pauciflore^ bracts equal
to leaves, peduncles and calix very
pilose*... Vernal fl. blue small, a small
sp. stem only 3 to 6 inches. Illi-
nois and Kentucky.

7. lyadeaeantta flexuosa Raf.

1820. Stem ramose flexuose, sulcate
leaves broader lanceolate, flat pubes-
cent,- pale beneath: umbels axillary
subsesNle, bracts lanceolate short,
peduncles and caHxvillose.... Esti-
val flower deep blue. Stem 2 or 3
feet higli nearly zigzag, leaves one

inch broad. Akin to T*r. Suhasperit
but very distinct. In Kentucky and
Missouri.

8. Tradeaeantiacanaliculata'RAf.
Entirely smooth, stem simple slen-
der, leaves subequal, slender narrow
canaliculate falcate, base tubular
vaginate; umbel terminal pauciflore,
bracts short flat, one very minute,
peduncles smooth nodding, calix
smooth.. .Estival,in Kentucky a foot
high- These and the 2 Tr. of Flo-
rida make 6 N. Sp. of this fine 6.
which has lately been increased from
2 to 12 Sp. from thelJ. S.

9. Orchis glareosa Raf. 1818.
Stem round slender, leaves narrow
lanceolate adpressed, spike short
oblong, bracts lanceolate longer than
flowers, spur filiform equal to the
Kerm,labellum concave trilobe,mid-
die lobe retuse.... Estival flowers

f^reenish yellow, in the glades of II-
inois and W. Kentucky, one foot
high, near to O. fuseata and O. her-
biota. Probably Uabenaria glare-
sa Raf.

10. IkUehroa fuseata Raf. 1818.
Rough, stem angular pauciflore,
lower leaves long petiolate ovate
acute 5 nerved subdentate, upper
leaves subsessile lanceolate, seg-
ments of perianthe reflexed rays
cu8pidate....Glades of the Wabash.
Estival flowers of a brown purple, 3
inches diameter, rays narrow, stem
1 to 3 feet high. M v G. Uelichroa
1825 is based on the Sudbeckias
akin to R. purpurea.

11. Helichroa croeea Raf. 1818.
Hirsute, stem angular uniflore, na-
ked above, leaves all sessile lanceo-
late, base rounded, end gradually
acuminate, outer segments of the
perianthe lanceolate reflexed....
Glades of Wabash, 1 or 2 feet high.
Estival flowers of saffron color.

12. I'renantus spieata Raf. 1818.
Stem angular rough above, nearly
simple, leaves undivided smootn
ova! lanceolate, flowers spicate scat-
tered bracts linear acute hirsute,
periai.w multiflore 8-12 phyllous,
segmen .near obtuse hirsute in the

■iii^. -a> D ^B,^«iJ > < Mi Mjl>ii T .j<i>.

■"r

151

miiUlle, t'alicule hirsute Inncpolatc
ncutc... Glades Illinois and Ohio, 2
feet high, estival fl. ochroleucous,
seeds compressed oboval pappus ful-
vous. Near to /'r. raeemuaa, but
flowers sessile.

112. On 17N. Sp. of Plants rnoM
Upper Canada, &c. by C. S.

RAFINESqUK.

They are chiefly from the islands
of the St. Lawrence, near Lake On
tario, seen in the herbal of Mr. Ha
rokins in 1816, or collected near
Lake Erie and Niagara falls in 1826.

1. Cornua eyannnthu8 Raf. 1816.
Stem herbaceous angular, leaves 6
whorled sessile obovate acuminate,
sulcate above, glaucous beneath,
flowers blue capitate subcymose na-
ksd ])edunculate, berries oblong.. .A
beautiful striking sp. near to C. ca-
nadensis,' ia,me size, but flowers blue
with a long style: very rare.

2. ComnssuffruHcogus Raf Stem
humble shrubby, leaves petiolate
ovate, base acute, end obtusely acu-
minate, margin cartilaginous, above
hispidule, beneath smooth glaucous,
cymes pedunculate. A small shrub
12 to 20 inches high, with red twigs,
small leaves, white flowers estival.
From Lake Chftmplain to Lake Erie
in Ohio.

3. Fyrola jlexuofia Raf. 1816.
Stemless, radical leaves on long pe-
tioles, elliptical, both ends subacute,
remotely aenticulate, scape flexuose
raceme oblong dense.... Is it a variety
of P. dentata?

4. Sigitfaria ciliata Raf. 1816.
Stem terete flexuose leaves clasping
smooth ovate oblong acuminate, mar
gin ciliate glaucous beneath pedun
ties uniflore, berries red. ...Very dif-
ferent from the Convallaria ciliata
of authors which is not a Sigillaria
or Jxillaria, but a Mayanthua or
Raeemaria.

5. Lalhyrus incurvus Raf. Foli-
oles 8 ovate or obovate acute smooth
veins longitudinal, racemes axillary
multiflore incurved, peduncles cur-
ved....On Lakes Erie and Ontario,
flowers blue small. )V>-.- .^

G. Lijuimnehia {THdynia) »emll-
\folin ilaf. Leaves opposite sessile
uvatc lanceolate obtuse, punctate,
pale beneath, flowers opposite or
whorled, peduncles short, petals en-
tire.... Near to L. revoluta. Flowers
yellow with 5 unequal nionadelphous
stamens as in S. G. or G. 2 ridy-
nia.

7. Thalidrum pancijlorum Raf.
Dioical, leaves biternate, folioles
ovute acute entire smooth, pale be-
neath, terminal petiolate subcordate
trifid, panicle terminal pauciflore,
filaments filiform...Near to Th. dioi-
cum, but different, stem 15 to 18
inches flo^vers white estival. On L.
Ontario, &c.

8. Jirenariaflexuosa'R&(. Stem
flexuose subramose erect, 2-4 flore,
leaves ovate oblong acute trinerve
pubescent, flowers terminal, pedun-
cles long, segments of calix ovate
obtuse, shorter than petal8....In isl-
ands, small fl. white, very different
from ^. lateriflora.

9. >Srtvaria connata Raf. Stem
erect simple slender biflore, leaves
connate cuneate oblong pubescent
acute, flowers apetalous, cal. seg*
ments lanceolate....The apetalous sp.
of this G. must form a S. G. Jlfom-
lix.

10. Orchis {Platanthera)rotundi-
folia Raf. 1816. Two opposite
leaves orbicular emarainate multi-
nerve, very smooth ftcid, flowers
racemose lax, bracts oblong lanceo-
late longer than peduncles, germ
angular clavate curved reflexed,
spur filiform longer than germ, pe-
tals broad ovate, labellum filiform
obtuse....Fine sp. stem 18 inches,
flowers white. It appears different
both from 0. macrophylta and Orbi-
culata (nearer the last) by the race-
mose flowers, &c. Leaves in all
large nearly radical.

11. Caprifolum dentatum Raf.
Leaves connate oblong acute remote-
ly toothed, glaucous beneath, last

fiair united in acampanulatebiacute
brm, flowers sessile ternatc, berries
red....Near V. flavum.

12. 8ium rttgosum Raf. Five

1&2

i!^

!.»

pairs of foliolet, InnceoUte, clong-
«te« pectinate— serrate unequaly,
acute, rugose! Involucres unequal
pinnatJAd, partial simple linear....FI
white estival, poigonousjSee my Med.
Fl. vol. 2 p. 262. On the Lakes
from New York to Ohio.

13. Jlselepiaa rotundifolia Raf.
Stem simple, leaves opposite petio
late rounded or obovate obtuse
smooth, glaucous beneath....yery dif-
ferent from ^. obovata by smooth
glaucous leaves.

14. ,A»depia$ diuypuB Raf. Stem
simple, leaves opposite, subsessile
elliptical acuminate undulate, villose
beneath.... Is it a variety of Jt. pur
furaseem?

15. Fragaria 80.rotina Raf. Stem-
less, dwarf, leaves radical subsessile,
pilose, folioles rounded crenate
scapes uniflore, fruits depressed aU'
tumnal....Singular Sp. producing 0.
and fruits only in Sept. or October.

16. Fragaria elatior Raf. Stem
erect bipedal, leaves smooth, folioles
petiolate ovate oblong, base entire,
glaucous beneath, fruits oblone unci-
al... Thi« and the last are as different
sp. OS can be, my varieties of straw-
berries in Med. Fl. vol. 1. are pro-
bably as many sp. likewise.

if. Viola eriocarpa Raf. Caules-
cent, leaves broad deltoid, obtusely
crenate, nerves pubescent, stipules
lanceolate entire, flowers geminate
subsessile, capsules wooly white.

113. Ykrkasolis a Nbw Genvs by
C S. Rafines^ub.

1 discovered in 1823 a fine N. G
of Vernal radiate plants near to 6a
lardia, in the barrens or glades of
West Kentucky and W. Tennessee,
and not less than 3 sp. of it. Such
vernal plants being rare I named the
G. Vernal Sun.

Vernasolis. Perianthe triple,
each 6-10 parted, segments oblong
obtuse, outer smaller uncolored, me
dial with colored margin,, inner col
ored. Phoranthe flat, polygamous
superflous, chaff linear meipbrana-
ceous entire. Rays 6 to 12 sterile
spatulatc end unequaly 5 lobed.

Flosculea of disk manr, tube short
limb campanulate membranaceous 5
fid. stamens suly qual brown. Style
included, 2 thick glandular oblong
stigmas. Some sterile flosc. mixt.
Seeds oblong compressed black)
crowned by an umbilicate margin
and 2 membranaceous scales, llr-is
creeping perenn^nU fnwera yellow
vernal on long u.,.jlure peduneUtB.
I. V. glauea Raf. Stem erect sul-
cate pauciflore, base hirsute* leaves
alternate entire obtuse ciliate glau-
cous smooth, lower petiolate obovate
rounded, upper sessile obovate ob-
long— •Small plant less than a foot

rounded, upper sessile obovate ob-

loni|;M..Sman

high, with some varieties l.P*rv\fto^

ra^ 2. Sttboppositifolia.

2. V. auricttlata Raf. Stemleas,
creeping, radical leaves petiolate
obovate with 1 or 2 auricles, obtuse^
smooth, glaucous beneath, scapes
elongate uniflore terete.

3. V. heterophylla Raf. Caules-
cent subcreeping, radical leaves pe-
tiolate cuneate obovate, obtuse en'-
tire. Stem striate hirsute 2-3 flore,
caulinar leaves opposite, subsessile
subdentate, subhirsute, trilobate, la>
teral lobes oblong smaller, medial
obovate.

114. LOPHAOTIS N. O. BY C. S. Ra-
FINKSHUE.

I noticed in 1818 this plant on the
Wabash, but out of blossom^ in
1821. Dr. Ward brought me a per-
fect specimen from White R. Indi-
ana. It is also a N. G. of radiate
plant near the Verna»oli$f Leptopo-
da and Balduinia, The name means
crested rays.

LoPHACTis. Perianthe double^
each 8 phyllous, segments ovate ob-
tuse, outer spreading smaller, inner
larger erect Polygamy necessaryt
Phoranthe convex, chaff filiform.
Rays 8 cuneate, end broad crested
or unequaly 5 lobed. Style very
short. Seeds oblong crowned by 5
to 8 scales- elongate, cristate on the
back. Floscules of the disk male
tubulose 5 toothed.

L. mitiora. Raf. Smooth, stem
erect uninore striate, leares oppo*

''T( i [^ i if«i» W VS- i r l l" ■■■■^-:"-"^«-----

'.Pi

site cuiraate lanceolate renote ob-lculiar G. between TVNpi ami FW-

tuse entire rugose, lower petiolate,
upper 8esiiile....Stein 1 2 or 15 inches
hight flower estival,ray8yellow,di8k
purpliah black.

tiUaria. From the Oregon countrj.

tl5. On 4 N. Sp. or North Amb
BioAN Tulips by C. 8. R.

I have the pleasure to introduce
this fine G. into our Flora, by nuri-
cing four N. Sp. of it; but Pursh
had already one, which he wrongly
united to Lilium or Lily.

1. TuUpa bieohr H»(. Stem flex-
ttose uniflore leaves flat oval lanceo-
late acuminate subundulate glaucous
flowers erect, petals shortly acumi-
nate the outer ovate, the inner obo-
vate....Native of Arkansas, in my
herbariumi seen alive in a garden of
Kentucky in 1821. Stem one foot

116. New Plants op thb Allk-

OHANY MtS. Bt C. S. RapIM-

RsquP..

Among 30 rare pisnts collected
thin year in the Alleghanies of Ma-
ryland and Pennsylvania one ap-
pears to me a N. G. and half a do-
zen are N. Sp. wiiich I shall con-
cisely designate.

N. G. OoHHUNKLis. Perianthe
polyphyllous in a double series. Pho-
rantne flat. Chaft' mcmbraiiaceeua
subtridentate, lateral teeth 1 or 2 on-
equal, liays 12 to 15 narrow entire,
seeds compressed bidentate,teeth un-
qual membranaceous. This G. has the
perianthe of Uudbeckia, and the re-
mainder as some sp. of Helianthun,

one
high, flowers half the size of com-lbutthe rays as in IHaniatrria (H.
mon tulips, white but lilac color out-Uri8/a<u<()wliich has phoranthe liemi-
Mde. spherical &c. The name mean* pale

2. Tullpa aurea Raf. Stem slen-
der streidht uniflore, leaves radical
and caulinar slender graminiform,
canaliculate, end falcate; Mower
erect, petals yellow acuminate outer
lanceolate, inner ovate. ...Seen in
gardens, native place unknown, per-
haps not American. Stem less tnan
a foot, flowers of t^ golden yellow
smaller than the last.

3. Tulipa montana Raf. Stem
uniflore one leaved, radical leaves
equal to stem, elonnte narrow flat
acute, stem leaf short vaginate,
flower erect, petals lanceolate acute
•range color, stamens equal in length
....I nave not seen this sp. but I ue
scribe it from a drawing of Audu-
bon, who discovered it in May 1809,
in the Alleghany mountains. Over
a foot high, flower as large as the
g^en tulip.

4. TiUipapudiea Raf. (jSmbliri
on pudieutn Raf. 1816.) LtUum pu
dicum Pursh. Stem uniflore curved
above,leave8 lanceolate linear acute,
flower pendulous petals obovate
npatnlate very obtuse, yellow....Evi-
dently a tulip by the habit and lack-
ing the groove on the petals forming
the 6. Lilium....If it nas a style it

Sun.

1. O. mlfurta Raf. Stem erect
smooth striated, leaves opposite or
teriiate, upper alternate, all sessile
lanceolate rougii, base acute, end
acuminate, margin subserrate; flow-
ers terminal, perianthe segments li*
near lanceolate ciliate....In meadows
of mts. Stem Z to 6 feet high,flow-
ers very pale yellow. Sevml Var.
1. Uniflora. ^ Paueiflora.i.Mtd'
tifiora. 4. Ternijolitty &c. Proba-
bly a Helianthua of authors, which?

3. Sttttguisorba palu»tri8 Raf.
Stem virgate, folioles petiolate une-
qual elliptic, pectinate serrate, base
cordate, very smooth, lower leaves
on long petioles, upper leaves sub-
sessile, spikes on long pedunclest
cylindrical, bracts subulate, stamens
filiform clavate exserted....ln a single
swamp in the mts. of Pens. 3 or 4
feet nigh, entirely smooth, flowers
white in a spike 3 to 5 inches long.

3. Impatiens montana Raf. Stem
flexuose very branched, leaves small
ovate oblong, acute at both ends,
mucrpnate, remotely mncronately
serrate, peduncles solitary 2-4 flore,
galea longer than the petaiis spur
resupinate 8hort~..In rocky streams

will fiwrm a 8. Q. drnfrlirioti or pe- of the mts. stem 2 or 3 feet high,

154

a 4,',;, J If ■

leave! and flowers sinail, fl. Miftron
color with few red vpoU: distinct
from /. fiUva.

4. AVvsimMm anguatifoUum Raf.
Roughisii, pubescent, (^auceiscunt,
leaves linear ublong|, base attenuate,
end acute, very entire, racemet na-
ked, siliques linear compressed,
style persistent—Probably the £.
eheiranthoidea of Pursh, Nuttal &c.

3uite different from the European
itto which has large lanceolate den-
tate leaves. Found in Maryland,
annual, stem 3 to 6 inches, tlowers
small yellow

lir« CoNCHOLooT. Two New Bl-

VALVB FlUVIATILB ShBLI.S OK S.

Amcrioa, By C. S. llAFiNEuquiu.

These two fine shells arefroin the
Cabinet of Professor Green, who
permitted me to draw them and de-
scribe last March. They are both
from the R. Parana above Buenos
Ayres.

1. JInodorUa aperta Raf. Oval
elliptical much swelled, broader be-
hind and slanting, very smooth and
dark brown outside, quite gaping
beloiv,iridesccnt white inside. Length
and diameter i of breadth, axis at 4.

5. Oerardin rupestria Raf. Very ...Fine large sp. 6 inclios broad, shell

r '

smooth, stem purplish fistuluHc,
leaves sessile bipinnatifid, segments
deep remote acute, sinusses ruundei
upper leaves oblong pectinate, bracts
lanceolate entire, racemes often ra-
mose, secundiilore, peduncles short
calix 5 fid....Fine Sp. near G. glati
04, probably the real iViinnntlius
Virginicui of L. Stem si or 3 feet
high, flowers yellow rather small.
On the rocks of the Alleghanies and
Tuscarora mts.

6. Verbena incamata Raf. Stem
branched, leaves ovate lanceolate
serrate rough, flowers in simple slen-
der short spikes.... On the Juniata R.
one foot high, tlowers flesh colored,
differs from V. urticifoiia by narrow
leaves, spikes not paniculate, nor
flowers white.

7. Jirenaria spergidoidea Raf.
Stem procumbent diffuse very ramose
leaves (ilifonn setaceous in opposite
fascicles smooth, flowers. in naked
panicles, calix acute. ..Akin to Ji
glabra and sti icta, but not erect and
Teftves like those of asparagus. On
asi'igle rock in Pennsylvania.

8 Olycine mmitana Raf. Stem
Buberect flexuose angular pilose
backwards, leaves ternate, folioles
oval acute, lateral ones oblique or
subcordate at the base,stipulcs subu-
late, flowers solitary subsessile, pods
oblong flat pendulous 2-3 seeded,
seeds lenticular....On the top of the
Alleghanies, annual, habit of Amphi-
carpa^ but calix acute at base, pod
sessile although attenuated at base,
as in Glycine. -. «,-ji»« -*i<.i &j

rather thick, beaks proeminent, not
gaping at the ends but below; hinge
streight slanting ending in 2 small
angles, no wrinkles on it, but slight-
ly ncxuolate beneath.

'2. Unio papliot Kaf. Oval, flexu-
ose and subtruncate behind, with au
ubiiqual ridge from the beak, brown
outside with many minute concentric
strias, inside purplish white. Length
■2-3, diameter 7-18, axis at 1-3 ot
the breadth....Pretty Sp. 2 inches
broad, shell rather thin for Unios,
lamellar tooth slightly curved, car-
dinal tooth sub-bilobe crenate. Beaks
not prominent

118. ODATFXIA H.G. of JV.Jmerican
Bivalve JiuviaAle t/iell. by C.S.BaSnetgue.

One of our Ohio shells, which hu been
put with the Unioi or Anodonta by difle-
rent writers; it was unknown to me till I
observed it in Prof. Green's cabinet, and
I immediaiely ascertained that it must
form a N. G. or group between Anodonta
and Siileularia. 1 call it Odaleba meaning
imperfect teeth.

OnATsUA Uaf. Cardinal tooth imper^
feet like a callosity, with a large desinense
as in Alatmodon, becoming an imperfect
lamellar tooth angular as in Lcumgona....
This G. must belong to the Series ot Ano-
donta, but forms the passage with Altuma-
don. How Say and Lea could pat it with
Uuio/ is rather strange.

OJatelia radiata Raf. Elliptical flatten-
ed elongate, broader behind with sub-
truncate end, outside olivaceous brown,
with black rays', inside bluish iridescent.
Length 1-3, diameter 2-9, axis at 3-» of
the length.

Unio Orient. Lea.

Unio dehiteens. Say.

Anodonta prelonaa. Green.

Urcadth over 3 mches, shell rather thin
both ends rounded and brown.

^» 11 iii«>ifr>h^'' -

FIFTH If UMBER FOR THE SPRIHTG OF 1§33«

Price 50 cents each number, or OJV*fi Dollar per annum.

ATLANTIC JOURNAL

AN1>

A QUAlnKKLY JOlHNAr-OF
HISTOIUCAL ANDNATUHALSCIKNCKS, USEFUL KNOWLEDGE,&o.

WITH FitiUUKS.

BY C. S. RAFINESQUE,

FrofeMor of Historical and Natural Sciencea, Member of many learned Sodte<

ties in America and ICnrope, Autliur of many Works, &c. Sec.

A'nowletlirf ia the niftiliil fuoil ttfman.

Vot. I.

Philadklphia, Spkino of 18;J3.

No. 5.

119. American TuAVKLLEiia.

Who Iiave written their tra-
vels? The Americans arc great
travellers at home and abroad
for pleasure, health, or busi-
iiessy as settlers, traders, sur-
veyors, agents, missionaries,
navigators, adventurers, &c.;
but Kw are qualified to write
their observations, fewer still
write them.

1 have sei t to the society of
Geography of Paris, a lung
critical account of all these last
from 1820 to 1832, dividing
them into 6 series. In general
travels at home or in N. Ame
rica are the best, abroad the
Americans are supercicial, ig-
norant of languages, and defi-
cient in high acquirements. I
give here an abridgement of it.

First Series. Travellers in
Jilorth .America.

Astley, 1824. Upper Missou-
ri and New Mexico.

Atwater, 1831. To N. West.

Audubon, 1831. Florida,&c.

Catlin, 1832. On Missouri
to Mandans.

Darby, 1820. From New-
York to Detroit.

Dunn, 1826. Guatimala.

D wight, 1828. Northern
States and C' lada.

Flint, 1826. lYestern States.

Hall, 1828. Ditto.

Hunter, 1823. Among West-
ern Indians.

James & Long, 1823. Mis-
souri, Oregon and Arkansas.

Keating, 1824. To N. West.

Mackenny, 1827. Lake Su-
perior.

Morse, 1822, Among Indian
tribes.

Nuttall, 1821. Arkansas.

Poinsett, 1822. Mexico.

Rafiiiesque, 1818 to 1830.
Fragments of his travels in 18
States— 1831. The Mexicans
in 18S0.

Schoolcraft, 1821. Missis-
sippi— 1823. Illinois, &c.

Silliman, 1820. Canada,—
Many excursions in his Jour-
nal.

Smith, (Jed) 1827. New
Mexico.

Stanbury, 1822. Gr. Lakes.

Tftnn«r» 1830. Residence
among N. W. Indians.

Thomas, 1820. To Wabash.

Williams, 1827. Florida.

Many other travellers have
not yet published their obser-
vations, such as Gates, Wycth,
Ware, Cozens, Peale, Mease,
&c. or only in Journals, Ga-
zetteers, Map«, &c. Foreign
travellers and tourists in N.
America are not included here,
they are mostly worthless, ex-
cept Weymar, Beltrami, Coxc,
Franklin, Bradbury, and a
few otkers.

Second Series. In Soulh
Jimerica. Few.

Abbott, 1827. Cuba.

Breckcnridgo, 1820. Bue-
nos Ayres.

Duanc, 1826. Columbia.

Officer, anonymous, 1827
Columbia.

Others will perhaps publish
their travels. Eights in Fata
gonia. Feale, Columbia. Rey
nolds in Chili, &c.

Third Series. In the Austral
and Pacijic Ocean.

Anonymous Sketches of <
Mariner, 1830.

Morrell, 1832. FourVoy
ages. I have analyzed his dis-
coveries.

Paulding, 1831. To Mul-
grave Islands.

Porter, 1822. Cruise. 2d ed.

Stewart, I827. Havay —
18S1. Paciflc.

Fanning has promised his
Voyages for 1833.

Fourth Series. In .isia.

Mrs. Judson, 1827. Asia
the first American Lady who
has written her travels.

Wain, 1820. Hist, of China.
2

White, 1823. Cochinchina.

Wood, 1831. Sketch of
China.

Dr. Burroughs to AsIaDf
Mnt. seen by me.

Fifth Series. In Mrica,

English, 1823. Nubia.

Ledyard, 1824. Life Sf tra-
vels.

Morrell, 1828-f29. South
Afrirn, his third Voyage.

Noah, 1821. Barbary.

Riley, 1824. 2d ed. of Ship-
wreck.

Shaler, 1826, Algiers.

Ashmun & others have pub-
lished fragments on Liberia.

Sixth and last Series. In
Europe. Many tourists on tho
English plan, not worth men-
tioning, full of blunders. Ly-
man in Italy, Carter in Franco
and Italy, arc such; they knew
not tho language of the coun-
try! What should we think of
an Italian or Russian, writing
his travels here without speak-
ing thd English. In general
tourists are only at home in
England. Among the crowd
tho following may bo distin-
guished for some merit, novel-
ty or talents.

Alden, 1832. Practical tou-
rist.

Anderson, 1831. Greece.

Bigelow, 1830. Sicily and
Malta.

D wight, 1829. Germany.

Griscom, 1821. Europe.

Jones, 1829. Mediterranean*

Webster, 1821. Azores.

Wines, 1832. Mediterranean.

Woodruff, 1830. Malta and
Greece.
Youiig American, 1828.

*Mlt*

ifMifcafe».aii«<ii,ii;artni II ■»-'if^ttii<i»i'»lat» i\iti>^

157

Willin is now writing vapid
Letters from Europe.

Dckay promiscH a Voyage
to Turkey, but he npoko iici
ther Greek nor Turkisli, ns
usual.

The ilatcs are those of pub-
lication. C. S. 11.

120. Reivard of Merit.

The bcautiTuI gold Medal
awarded to I'ror. Rafincsque,
by the Gcograpliicnl Society of
I'aris, lins been received with
a Diploma of Merit. It bears
un one side tiio liead of Miner-
va and on the other a suitable
inscription.

This Society is composed of
tlio most eminent and learned
men of France. They liavc de-
cided that tho question of tiie
origin of mankind, and tlie
black nations is as yet insolu-
ble, owing to our imperfect
knowledge of many languages;
but they have nppHuvcd and
rewarded the memoirs and la-
bors of the writer, as one step
towards such a solution, by
connecting the languages and
traditions of all the nations of
the world with the primitive
cradle of mankind, Asia and
the Imalaya.

It is believed that this is the
first instance of such an honor
being awarded to any Ameri-
can citizen, by one of the most
eminent learned Societies; for
a labor at least of erudition in
the highest branches of histo
rical knowledge, philology and
ethnography.

But this kind of merit and
lofty knowledge is so little un-
derstood and valued here, that

some periodicala have refused
even to notice this literary
fact!

l«'l. AI.LEUII AMIES Mooir-

TAIN8.

Pliyslcal geograjdiy is much
neglected in the U. States;
lakes and streams must bo sur-
veyed and laid out in maps,
but table lands mountains and
hills arc often altogether omit-
ted or incorrectly delineated.
Our first Surveyors began their
surveys in the level atlantic
region, vvlien they came to the
hills and mountains they com-
mcnly scrveyed them by run-
ning lines near them, reducing
all elevations to flat acres of
aerial surface instead of terres*
trial surface, thus three acres
in mountains are often 4 or 5 in
reality. From these errone-
ous surveys our maps are made.
In some maps lofty mountains
are not oven laid out; thus tho
Catskill mountains 4000 feet
high, are not 'found in many
maps of N. York. Tablelands
and hills were altogether ne-
glected. Thus we bad no cor-
rect delineation of our soil,
slopes and elevations of land.

When mountains were in-
trodnced in maps, they were
put down at random, at first
in heaps, laterly iu ridges.
Thus was formed the opinion
that all our mountains were
in parallel ridges. Yet noth-
ing is more erroneoun: Since
nearly all our mountains are
in fact TABtf -LANDS or Pla-
teaux, rising by successive
steps or in some instances ab-
ruptly, with some ridges and

^i«*. ^Ur-_„»«,w;^„..,^^

158

S^ I

i! ?l

peaks in various places, or in
chains or groups.

Valleys are also neglected,
and it is not shewn whether
streams run in plains, basins,
ancient lakes, narrow valleys
or gullies. As early as 70
years ago, Hutchins surveyed
the river Ohio and noticed
some features of the valley
where it flows; but later geo-
graphers have not even attend-
ed to his map, trusting to new
flat surveys. In 1818 I sur-
veyed again topographically
that valley with all its hills,
gaps, bluffs, lakes, kc. for
Cramer and Spear of Pitts-
burg, who paid me glOO for
this labor; but have since re-
sold it to somebody else, and it
has not yet appeared in our
general maps.

Mr. Tanner, desirous to im-
prove his great map of tite U.
States, purchased from me last
year, my surveys of mountains,
spurs, hills, knobs and table-
lands, chiefly in the States of
Kentucky, Indiana, Ohio, N.
York and Pennsylvania. He
has inserted them in his map of
1832, which if compared with
the former map of 1S30, wil!
evince a vast difference in phy-
sical geography. He has also
inserted the tablelands and
mountains of Tennessee, from
the late map of Rhea. And
quite lately the Gold Mines
Region has called forth a new
map of Peck, (in Silliman's
Journal) which delineates the
South East slopes of our mts.

We have then now something

' like a correct outline of the

contour of ourAUcghany moun-

tains, formerly called Talega*
wi, except in the S. & S. W. I

was the first to trace their con-
tour or limits to the North, N.
W. and West. Darby and
Thomas had long ago spoken
(►f the N. W. end of the Ale-
ghanics near lake Erie, 2000
feet higli, but as late as 1832
they were not in our maps!
yet they are there a^ in N. E.
an abrupt rise of the Aleghany
tableland, 360 miles wide from
lake Eric to the Catskill, and
quite connected in the North;
as the rise of the Delaware,
Susquehannaii, Ohio and Ge-
nessec streams ought to have
indicated. Through N. York
tliis tableland sends many
hilly spurs between tlie minor
lakes, and has a broad apron
or tableland step forming the
falls of Niagara and Genessee;
while at the falls of the Mo-
hawk a spur runs out to join
the Canadian and Primitive
mts of tlie North. At the N.E.
end they are called Kiskanon
or Catskill mountains, and rise
abruptly 4000 feet.

The Mattawan mountains
vulgarly called Highlands are
primitive, and form a narrow
broken tableland, cut up by
the Hudson river, and tide-
water, with peaks of 1500 feet;
they run W. and E. and soon
after become the Taconic mts.
running from S. to N. between
the Hudson and Connecticut
basins, to become further off
the Greon mts of Vermont
and the White mts of New^
Hampshire and Maine, 7000
feet high, the highest of our
mountains, and the primitive

't'rf i i' m i l I'-ri-' -"- ---f*-'"^- -^-- ^■■•--^-J-'-^-i"»"^ ■■:- ..---^. ■-..L,.,«.>.i'i '.j>iii.-j— .r.i ,

159

nucleus or all the New England
mountaius and hills.

But leaving these Northern
mountains to return to the Al-
leglianies ]>roper, we. find thcin
forming a hroad tableland in
North Pennsylvania, which
gradually becomes broken into
l-idgcs by the valleys and
streams. But the main or
middle branch dividing the
Eastern and Western Waters,
called the Backbone mountain
is yet a broad tableland in cen
ter county, and gradually ta-
pers to 20 and 10 miles breadth
at the Pittsburg and Cumber-
land roads; although our maps
represent it as a mere ridge, 1
pointed out this error to Mr.
Tanner, but it could not be
conveniently corrected in his
map, and tlius is there yet!

The Delaware, Susquehan
nah, Juniata, and Potcnnac ri
vers rise in this tableland and
break tUrough tlicse ridges in
many places, forming many
successive watergaps, which
were ancient outlets of moun-
tain lakes according to Vol-
ney's theory, but as no fossil
remains of frcsii water animals
are found therein, it is very
probable that they were inland
seas and gulfs of salt water
when the Atlantic States were
imder water. The hudson ba
sin above New burg was also
such an inland sea. All the fos
sils of these inland seas are ma-
rine exuviaof very ancient date
with a few diluvial remains.

The principal ridges skirting
this Aleghany tableland are to
the east, 1 Turtle mt, 2 Side

ling mt, 3 Tuscarora mt, 4

Kitaniny mountain, which are
from 5 to 10 miles broad and
properly paralell spurs of the
Allegliany separated by nar-
row valleys while the 5th or
most easterly is separated by a
broad valley, is of a different
and more primitive formation,
forming a tableland from ten
to twenty miles wide; it is a
long spur of the primitive
Mattawan mountains, called
Schooley mountains, in New-
Jersey, South mountains in
Pennsylvania, Blue ridge in
Maryland and Virginia; but
it is continuous only broken
through by 5 River gaps, al-
tliough primitive it is much
lower than the second Allegha-
ny, averaging only 1000 feet
or one half of the average of the
Alleghanies, yet it must be re-
collected that at the N. E. it
rises to 7000 feet in the White
mountains, and at tl|C S. E. to
4500 feet in the Apalachian
mountains, uniting these two
distant groupp by a long nar-
row band or chain.

Beyond it easterly are two
or three smaller ranges of hills
forming as many steps and
chiefly i)rimiiivc; they bear
many diffcrentnames from New
Jersey to Georgia, Pigeon hills
West'of Susquehannah, Mon-
ocacy in Maryland, Bull hills
in Virginia, Yeona and Hope
hills i'.i Carolina and Georgia,
yet they are consimilar forming
chains broken by the streams,
and average 500 feet in height,
but more to the N. and S. at
the ends.

In a N. W. direction from
Philadelphia to Lake Erie,

:;■,.;,!.. (~s»'i."»i«»«(i>

_.„,^..jJ.l-

I I II

160

many more mountains, ridgcslWcst a spur called tlic Buffalo
and table lands arc found witlijliills, dividing the waters of the

peculiar names, being formed
by the valleys breakings.

Westerly of the Backbone
mountain is the Laurel moun-
tain or ridge 7 to 15 miles
broad, next the Chesnut hills,
or ridge, after which comes a
hilly broken region 200 or 300
miles broad North of the Ohio
river extending spurs through
Ohio called Sciotohills forming
the Silver hills of Indiana, the
Wabash hills of Illinois, and
separated from the tite Ozark
mountains by tite Mississippi
valley and gap of Girardeau

South of the Ohio river in
Kentucky is a large hilly table
land, called Knob hills or Wa
sioto of the Indians, uniting
with the Scioto hills at the Sci
oto river, with the Silver hills
at Salt river, and with the Wa-
bash hills below the Wabash
river. This range or table
land is very irregular and I
have traced it throughout in
Tanner's map, the height over
the low lands or limestone

Jdains, varies from 200 to 500
ieet, or higher still East when
called Fine mountains. It is
properly a spur 400 miles long
of the Cumberland mountains,
and of the same geological
structure slaty and grity.

The Cumberland or Wasioto
mountains fill the whole of
West Virginia, giving ' 'sc to
many rivers. It is properly a
Plateau or the Western step of
the Alleghany, forming North
a broken ridge ending at the
Ohio, and South a broad table-
land in Tenessce, sending

Cumberland and Tennessee ri-
vers. South of the Tennessee
river are the Apalachian moun-
tains, the least known of all
our mountains, and which I
pant to explore ; they are rep-
resented as a winding ridge
running East to West, but arc
probably also a tableland with
aprons and spurs, giving rise
to tl«e rivers falling in the gulf
of Mexico. Their structure and
geology is hardly known; but
they are deemed secondary and
filled with fossil remains to the
West in Alabama and Missis-
sippi, while they meet in Geor-
gia, by the Lookout mountains
with the primitive Cheroki
mountains at the head of Cuza
Coosa river, these last are^^

here very lofty 4500 feet high,
yet called the Blue ridge on its
South West end, but are the
end South East of th^llegha-
nies collectively. Tliis long
East ridge is very winding
through tiic Carolinas and Vir-
ginia, unbroken by rivers, ex-
cept by James' river near the
Otter Peaks, the Central knot
of this primitive chain. It has
many other chains and groups
of peaks. .

It is very remarkable that
S. of James' River, this chain
becomes the loftiest, and di-
vides the Waters of the Atlan-
tic and Ohio basin: while the
secondary Alleghany ranges
westerly becomes lower and
broken by the water gaps of the
many rivers forming the Ken-
haway and Tennessee.

This is a peculiar feature of

["^ ■'

i trtfc ■ i .> ,rnh u« 'a- .iat

161

een-

these mts in direct contradic-
tion with the northern features
Another is found in the Unaka
mts. (dividing N. Carolina from
Tennessee) forming a narrow
winding ridge 4000 feet liigh,
primitive on the eastern slope
and secondary on the western
slope. The Cowita mts also
primitive are E. of it and W.
of the Blue Ridge, 3000 feet
high.

In cast Tennessee or west
of Unaka mts arc 3 ranges of
mts between the branches of
the Tennessee river. 1. Chil-
howi 2500 feet. 2. Bay 2100
feet. 3. Clinch 2200 feet, and
lastly comes the Cumberland
tots 1800 feet, which by Wal-
den mt to the N. and Lookout
mt S. form the great Tennessee
water gap.

Many names are given to
these ranges in Virginia, be-
tween the stream of the Poto-
?iac and Renhaway branches;
ut they arc mere continua-
tions. Tlie Unaka mts become
the Iron mts, and S. uf James*
river head, connecting trans-
verse chains, bind and blend
together the primitive and
secondary ranges in a very cu-
rious way not yet geologicaly
explained.

Thus far from the Allcgha-
nies being a mere bundle of pa-
rallel ridges as geographers
and geologists have supposed
through false surveys, we find
them a vast and lofty mass
of mingled mountains, table-
lands, peaks, hills, groups,
knobs, spurs, steps, aprons,
slopes, windiDg chains and
soime parellel ridges: nearly

1500 roJ' :- long from N. E. to
S. W. a>i; very unequally
wide, Willi all the geological
formations among them.

There is notliing exactly
like elsewhere in the world:
the Pyrenees, Apennines, Car-
pathian, usually compared are
totally different in structure
and configuration. Therefore
these interesting mts demand
the utmost attention from the
geographer, geologist, miner-
alogist, botanist, and philoso-
pher. I mean to explore theiik
every year over again. Their
valuable mines of coal, iron,
gold, &c. begins to draw the at-
tention of many; but I will seek
there the unexplored fossils,
flowers, animals and precious
stones which I know they con-
tain: trking maps and surveys
of remote valleys and ranges
to add to general knowledge.

Is it not strange that while
our political geography (which
is fluctuating every year) is so
much attended to, altho* new
maps are needed every year iti
show new counties and towns:
pliysical geography, which if
once well drawn, wotild be
forever permanent, has been
so utterly neglected, or so long
improperly understood?

C S. RiTiNEsquE.

122. ThbPatagons.
The nations dwelling in Au-
stral America were thus nick-
named by Magellan, in 1520,
from two Catalan words mean-
ing hoof paw. For 312 years
past, they have been the sub-
ject of romances, fables and
systems. All the nations S. of

Jim*imitilk»i

162

Buenos Ayres have been deem-
ed Patagons, altho' stated by
others to consist of several na-
tions and tribcs,dilferentinsize,
complexion and language.

Many writers call tbein a race
of giants and lately even a pe-
culiar species of man! Avbilc
others deny their great size
and even their existence! It
would be tedious to enumerate
all the various false opinion!) to
which they have given rise.

Molina and Falkner's more
rational belief deserve alone
attention; tliey deemed these
Patagons only a branch of the
Aucas or eastern Chilians, who
are known to be often of a very
tall size.

But even this system is erro-
neous, because the languages
and complexions of the various
Austral tribet, were not well
attended to. Yet Figafetta tlie
historian of Magellan voyager
gave a vocabulary of the true
gigantic Patagons, and de
f -^rbcd them as tall men r fpet
high of a yellowish complexion,
painting their bodies and wear
ing skill mantles. While the
Aucaa or eastern Chilians of
the Andes altho' often nearly
as tall are of a different com-
plexion and language, do not

reduced to 3 real nations; 1.
The Aucas or Chilians, 2. the
Puelches or Talahets, S. Cunis
or Poyas, which are all inti-
mately connected altlio' di-
vided into 30 or 40 tribes.

All have been called Pata-
gons by some travellers, but
the original Patagons of Ma-
gellan are only one of these
tribes, called Tinguis, Tini-
guiSf Tinguiches, Guidiches,
Keyus, TiramenetSt Capacs, &c.
by various authors, andd wel-
ling near the strait of Magel-
lan to the Western side, from
whence they ramble in summer
to the Eastern shore. They
belong to the Poyas nation ex-
tending from South Chili to
Statenland, which do not
speak Chilian.

Capt. Morrell appears to be
the last traveller who has seen
tiiese true Patagons in 1823
and 1 826; but without knowing
tliem as realy such. By 5 words
of their language mentioned
at random they are the same
as thosR of Pigafetta. Such as
God Setedos M. Setebos of P.
&c. He visited two of their
villages on the R. Capac, lat.
52 and 53, of 4000 and 2000
population. Their complexion
is pale yellow, they painty wear

paint and wear woollen pon- skin mantles, and thus are like
chos. those of Pigafetta. The tallest

By comparing carefully and I was 6 feet 4, but he saw in
critically the accounts of fifty tombs, skeletons of 7 to 8 feet,
travellers and historians, I
have ascertained many tribes

The vocabulary of Pigafetta

>s of the utmost historical im-

in Austral America, which iportance. It has enabled me

shall be distinguished and de- to trace the origine of these

Patagons, since I have detect-
ed in it 81 pr cent of analogy
with the Cairi of Trinidad Id.

scribed in the first vol. of my
history of America (upon Aus-
tral America.) They may be

163

and 77 per cent with the Taino
nfHaytiin tlie I6tli century,
both spoken by Aruac nations-
This fine nation seems to
have ovcrspreail Soutli Amer-
ica to tlie very end. altho' it
may be one of the last come
from the East, since nearest
to the Atlantic shores, and
with striking philological an-
alogies with tlie ancient na-
tions of Europe and Nortii Af-
nca.

The Aruacs were spread
over all the West Indies, except
where driven off by their foes
the Caribs, they were mingled
with them in Guyana, Colum-
bia and Brazil, under mt^ny
names; even the Taos or Chi-
quitos of Chaco appears to
have been a branch, since they
have 80 per cent analogy in
languages with the Taino.

The famous Muhizcas so
early civilized were also a kin
to them, since they have 62
per cent analogy with the Tao,
67 per cent witli the Patagon
The other nations of South
America with 50 per cent and
upwards analogy with the Pa-
tagons are,

Daricn 68 per cent.
Mbaya 64 per cent.
Lule and Vilela 50.
"While in North America we
find t! e Mayan, Chontal and
Poyaih each 60 per cent. Ta-
rasca 50 &c.

Thus becomes evident how
absurd and erroneous is the
opinion that American lan-
guages have no mutual affini-
ties, and that the Fatagons are
a peculiar species of gigantic
men. C. S. R.

123. N. G. Cacloma. Raf.

This is a fine N. G. of radi-
ate plants, discovered in 1818
in the barrens of West Ken-
tucky, deemed then doubtful,
seen again in 1823 and ascer-
tained to be a peculiar G. near
to Rudbeckia and Sarchefa: the
name means edged stem.

Cauloma. Periantlie in dou-
ble series 12 parted, Phoran-
the convex, with biform chaff's,
external flat membranaceous,
internal linear carinatc, am-
plectens, thick above. Rays 12
bidentate. Seeds oblong com-
pressed naked, no teeth.

C. tomentosa Raf. Stem vir-
gate simple, angular winged,
wings tomentose; leaves sessile
remote decurrent, lanceolate
rliomboidal, tomentose, end ser-
rate acuminate: flowers termi-
nal glomerate subsessiletomen-
tocs, periantlie lanceolate acute,
rays yellow lanceolate.

A singular plant 1 or 2 feet
high, entirely wooly, blossom-
ing in June and July. , . .

124. Principles of the Philoso-
phy of new Genera and new
species of Plants and Ani-
mal s.

Extract of a letter to Dr. J.
TorreyofJVew Tork dated 1st
JDec. 1832.... I shall soon come
out with ray avowed principles
about G. and Sp. partly an-
nounced 1814 in my principles
of Somiology, and wiiich my
experience and researches ever
since have confirmed. The
truth is that Species and per-
haps Genera also, are forming
i^organiaed beings by gradual
deviations of shapes, forms and

■■

organs, taking place in the
lapse of time. Tlicro is a ten-
dency to deviations and muta.
tions tlirougii plants and ani-
mals by gradual steps at remote
irregular periods. This is a
part of tlic gi-eat universal law

of PERPETUAL MUTABILITY in

every thing.

Thus it is needless to dispute
and differ about new G. Sp. and
varieties. Every variety is a
deviation which becomes a Sp.
as soon as it is permanent by
reproduction. Deviations in
essential organs may thus
gradually become N. G. Yet
every deviation in form ought
to have a peculiar name, it is
better to have only a generic
and specific name for it than 4
when deemed a variety. It is
not impassible to ascertain the
primitive Sp. that hfivo pro-
duced all the actual; many
means exist to ascertain it: his-
tory, locality, abundance, &c.
This view of tiie subject will set-
tle botany and zoology in anew
way and greatly simplify those
sciences. The races, breeds or
varieties of men, monkeys,
dogs, roses, apples, wlieat....
and almost every other genus,
may be reduced to one ora few
primitive Sp. yet admit of sev-
eral actual Sp. names may and
will multiply as they do in
geography and history by time
and changes, but they will be
reducible to a better classifica-
tion by a kind of genealogical
order or tables.

My last work on Botany if
I live and after publishing all
my N. Sp. will be on this, and
the reduction of our Flora from

8000 to 1200 or 1500 primitire
Sp. with genealogical tables of
the gradual deviations having
formed our actual Sp. If I can-
not perform this, give me credit
for it, and do it yourself upon
the plan that I trace.

Ci S. R.

125. N. G. ScADiANUs. Raf.

A beautiful liliaceous plant
of Louisiana, with splendid
umbella of azure flowers, has
long been know in our gar-
dens near Philadelphia and our
books of botany as the Crinum
^mericaimm; which I have late-
ly ascertained to be very differ-
ent from that South American
plant, and it is now astonishing
to me how it could have been
thus misnamed, since' it is not
even a Crinum; but aN. G. and
totally distinct from the plant
of Linneus, as the following
comparison will shew.

CHnumMiericanum. Descr.
of L. leaves oblong carinato un-
dulate, bipedal, very broad.
Scape compressed, flowers yel-
lowish white, fragrant, seg-
ments uncinate reflexed.

Our plant, thus tvTongly called
by Pnrshf JViittal ^c, has leaves
ligulate iSat, acuminate, pedal,
breadth uncial. Scape round,
flowers blue, inodorous seg-
ments erect not uncinate!!! —
Thus not a sin^rle character
is alike. What th^y have in
common is merely a large bulb,
thipk leaves, a scape, a multi-
flore umbel, &c. If it is to be a
Crinum it must be called Cr.
ceruleum Raf; but it is not, hav-
ing unequal stamina, &c,

Linneus was apt to form his

.',i

165

genera on a single Sp. and re-
fer others by mere Imbit. lie
lias done so here. His G. Cri-
ntim contains 3 or 4 separate
G. The C. nervosum must
form tlie G. Stemoiiix by un
guiculatc filaments and polypli
yllous umbel. L'lleritier lias
made the G. ^gapanthns witli
Cr. africannvi- Others are re-
fered to ^marylis and Ilcman-
thus- I propose to call this
Scadianus meaning blue umbel,
and thus define it.
Corolla with tube oblong, lim-
bus equal campanulatc, six fid,
segments canaliculate, 3 broad-
er obtuse, 3 narrower acute.
Stamens, 6 unequal curved fili-
form. Pistil oblong, free. Style
filiform 8trcigbt,stigma simple.
Compare this with Crinum
^' ^9gapanthus.

This plant gave rise to
another singular blunder. It
grows in the marshes of New
Orleans, and is called Blue
Squill, whence it was mistaken
for the true Squill or Sdlla
maritima and collected as such !
but was found more suitable to
adorn gardens than pliarma
cies.

S. hovaricnsis, Raf. or Ag.
bonariensis, Raf. Six spires tip
nearly obtuse, first sjjirc with a
transversal angle — siiell about
one inch long, whitish semi-
transparent, brittle.

2. Stegomphix, Raf. N. G.
shell oval opening nearly round
ips not quite Joined, the inter-
nal covering a small spiral om-

bilic. Tiicrefoie different

from Cyclostoma and Paludina.
St. clegans, Raf. for Cyclos-
tomaj oval with 5 spires, white,
end nearly obtuse yellow,spire9
with many small prominent
transversal strias.' — One inch
long or less very pretty.

3. Diplicmia. Shell oval,
opening oval, columella broad-
ly plaited with 2 folds or thick
oblique ribs. — Near Valuta
and Torticella, but not marine.
D. bonariensis, Raf. Oval ob-
tuse smooth olive color with 2
spires only — small shell of half
inch.

126. On 3 JV. G. of Land Shells
from Buenos Ayres in^auth

Jmerica. ByC. S. llafnefiqtie.

They are from the cabinet of
Prof. Green, where they are not
labelled, and who permitted me
to describe them.

1 . Siphalomphix, Raf. N. G.
shell conical, opening oval
acute, end rounded, columella
twisted with a tubular ombilic.
It differs from Jgathina by the
columella and ombilic. j^ .

127. On 5 JVcw Fresh Water
Shells, of Bengal and ^ssam
in Mia.
They have been collected by

Dr. Burroughs and are in my

cabinet.

1. Planorbis albescens, Raf.
nearly smooth whitish flattened
on the right side with 3 raised
spires, only 2 on the left in a
hollow, opening hardly oblique.
Size above half inch.

2. Paludina vitula, Raf.
oval conical acute, 5 spires,
swelled before, olivaceous
with narrow spiral brown
bands.'— Size about one inch
long. <

3. Paludina fragUis, Raf.

iiiilliliiiVniiil

■gpi ' ' .

166

81. ■

W !

nval Bwclleil acute. 5 spires,
smnntli brittle, of a unifurin
dark or pale homy color —
Smaller than the last.

4. Jilclania tesanla, Raf. ob-
long, brown, seven spires,
somewhat tesselatcd by pr(»m-
incnt ribs and small spiral
strias, about cnie inch long, I
have S varieties. 1. first sjiire
with duplicate strias — 2. do.
single strias, knoby te.ssclate
shorter. 3. do. strias nearly
obliterated. Are tlicy dilTerent
Sp.?

5. Melania costuln, Raf. el-
ongate, olivaceous brown, 7 or
8 spires, all with regular angu-
lar ribs lengtliway, tlic first
spire witli a spiral angle end-
ing at end of opening. Over 1
inch, from the river Ganges.

ages lately published have
evinced how much may be
achieved in various Countries
with little means.

It would even bo worthwhile
to set on foot exploring Jour-
neys in our own country: these
I might perhaps join. We have
many private Explorers now,
Audubon, Leitner, Conrad, &c.
beside myself, who collect for
sale or museums. Florida, Ala-
bama, Texas, New Mex'co,
tlic Apalachin, Ozark, and Or-
egon nits would above all re-
ward well future labors of this
kind.

CoMMERCIATi EntRRFRISR

The 'hints in No. 1, oftliis
Journal on Scientific Voyages
have not been thrown in vain
Dr. Burroughs is gone on
another voyage of trading and
collecting Natural objects in
South America and China —
Other similar voyages as con-
nected with Scaling arc prcpa
ring in Baltimore Albany and
elsewhere. I was applied to
from Albany, to go and direct
such a voyage of Natural Sci-
ences, which I have been com-
pelled to decline, as I had sta-
ted I only claimed the merit of
drawing the attention on the
subject, and would confine my
future travels and discoveries
on dry laud; but have recom
mended to employ young natu-
ralists or Students, some of
whom have applied to me to go
on such an honourable enter-
prise. Captain MorrelPs voy-

NOTICE.

The second year of this
Journal is begun rather under
discouraging difliculties, which
might warrant its suspension ;
but the editor is determined to
overcome them if he can. In-
stead of enlarging the size he
is compelled to reduce it, al-
though the price must still be
One Dollar per annum; but halt
01 this has been found to go to-
wards the postage — taxes of
(Editors, the same on Journals
of S 1 as on those of g 10. The
supporters of this Periodical
having chiefly been Scientific
men, it shall be made still more
scientific if possible.

Those who paid S 2 in ad-
vance in the expectation of an
enlarged Journal, will be sat-
isfied by the additional present
of a Work of «the Editor's,
who offers them his thanks for
their support: his other friends
he hopes will enable ^tm to
complete a volume at least of
this repository of Science and
facts, by sending him the rate
of this year.

■•''^- J ,._*> r i^i>itajiwiiii«aM»t

167

•Account oXihe Botanical Collections of Professor C. S.

Rafinesque.
I began to herborize and collect plants in 1795, when
a child. In 1815, 1 lost by my shipwreck all my early
herbals of Europe and America, made during 20 years,
among which a superb herbal of Sicily of 2000 species
and 20,000 specimens. In 1816 I began over again in
N. America, and have collected in 18 Slates and Cana-
da during 16 years, have received besides, plants from
all the States and Territories, from Missouri, Oregon
and Texas, to Florida, explored our botanical gardens
and public herbals, and exchanged with European bo-
tanists.

My own herbals contain now about 4200 N. Ameri-
can species, 5000 varieties, and 25,000 specimens, nine
tenths of which have been collected by myself, and after
exchanging or selling already 10,000 specimens. My
foreign herbals contain about 3,000 species and 8000
specimens from Europe, Asia, Africa, Polynesia, South
America and Mexico. I have travelled for this nearly
15,000 miles, of which 5000 as a pedestrian botanist
overN. America. My plants are chiefly phenogamous.

Those who have added to my N. Amer. herbals, are

1. Ladies: Miss Jane Short, Mrs. Mary HoUey born
Austin, Mrs. Wallace, Martin, Uetton, &c.

2. Professors and Doctors. Drs. Torrey, Short, Mil-
ler, Wai ' Crockatt, Hart, Macwilliams, Brereton,
Mease, Brickell, Mitchell, Eddy, Crawford, Locke, &c.

3. Botanical Authors. Bradbury, Lewis, Beck, El-
liot, Conrad, Halsey, Eaton, Muhlenberg, &c.

4. Gentlemen or Gardeners^ &c. Gaissen, John C.
Short, Ridgely, Kingston, Uobert and John Carr, Slein-
hauer, Booth, Macarran, Knevels, Shultz, Waterhouse,
Adlum, Forrest, Burand, Walton, Limner, &c.

Those who have added to my exotic herbals, are
DecandoUe, Moricand, Trattenick, Sieber, Bory,
Hooker, Swainson, Sheperd, Komer, Shultze, Carr,
Lesueur, Biyona, &c.

Those who have bought or received some of my plants
are, DecandoUe, Moricand, Torrey, Collins, Elliott,
Maclure, Radi, Savi, Swainson, Bory, Yandermalen,
Agardh, Schreber, Arnott; Hooker, Bastard, Lanthois,

16§

ill f: :iS

Muhlenberg, Schweinitz, Conrad, Carr, &c. Many of
ray new plants are to be seen in their herbals.

After this statement it will be idle to say that my new
plants are not well known. Any one can see them or
possess them by paying for thcra. 1 have in my herbals
1000 N.G. or N.Hp. or very rare plants, to show or sell,
already published or to appear in my supplemental
Flora.

1 have divided my American herbals for my conve-
nience and illustration of botanical Geography, into 5
separate herbals of as many regions, in pink paper 14
inches by 8, according to the natural orders and genera.

1. Jllleghany orJitlantic Herbal of plants of the At-
lantic states, and mountains from New England to Vir-
ginia, about 2000 species.

2. Florida Herbal of plants of the southern region,
extending from Florida to Carolina and Pinebarrens of
New Jersey, about 1500 species.

3. Louisiana Herbal of plants of the Western re-
gions, or the Mississippi and Missouri valleys, from
Louisiana and Texas to Illinois and Missouri; about
2000 species.

4. Oregon Herbal of plants of the Oregon mts. from
Upper Missouri to the N. W. coast, only 700 sp. witi*
me as yet.

5. Canada or Boreal Herbal of plants from the Arc-
tic regions, Canada, Labrador, Greenland, and extend-
ing south to the great lakes, white mts, and Siberia,
about 1200 species with me.

Many plants are of course common to several of those
5 regions, but each are distinguished by a peculiar ve-
getation and some botanical features: as Pickering has
partly unfolded in his Botanical Geography of North
America for 3 at least. Uecandolle has also stated that
we have 3 botanical regions, the Arctic, U. States and
Oregon; out of the 20 of the whole world! Eaton has
made only 2, Northern and Southern, but we have 5.

Besides these 5 regular Herbals, I have 12 other Ex-
tra Herbals: 1 and 2, N. G. and Sp. of Dicotyle and
Monocotyle plants. 3, Grapes of N. America. 4, Trees
and Shrubs, Do. 5, A medical Herbal of all our medi-
cal plants, with the officinal plants of Europe, Africa,

, i-

is-iK*

,«#

leo

Asia, &c. 1000 sp. G, Extra hcrbals for gale, gigantic
size to please those who like those. 7, ditto, good siie.
8, ditto, Portable herbal of small plants. 9, ditto, Su-
perb Herbal of beautiful showy flowers and plants, of
all parts of the world, 800 sp. 10, Marine Herbal. 11,
Diseased plants and monsters. 12, Agricultural herbal.
To show the rich contents of these hcrbals, it will be
sufficient to state that of some genera which 1 keep to-
gether for monographs and peculiar study, 1 possess N.
American species of

Pyrola, 15 species.
Frunus, 32.
Tradescantia, 15.
Gommelinn, 10.
Uniscma, 9.
Bodecatheon, 8.
Viola, 40, &c.

Yitis, 36. Gentiana, 20.

Rosa, 24. Clintonia, 7.

Viburnum, 22. Pavia, 7.
Lobelia, 18. Anychia, 10.
Hcuchera, 9. Onoclea, 5.
Trillium, 25. Iris, 12.
Mesadenia, 10, Samolus, 5. &c.

And in the same proportion with many other genera:
thus have I increased 50 genera of our Flora, like ifr&x-
inus, Carex, Quercus, Halix, Aster, Uamunculus, &c.
Lave been by others. Whenever one of our plants has
been deemed by any botanist similar to a European one,
1 have tryed to put alongside the European plant, to
show the difference or similitude.

Besides these 27 N. American herbals I have 15 for-
eign or Exotic herbals. 1, Of England and France. 2,
Alps. 3, Germany, Hungary, and Russia. 4, Italy
and Sicily. 5, Greece and Candia. 6, Asiatic herbal
of Palestine, Syria, Persia, and Caucasus. 7, Plants
of India and China. 8, Polynesian herbal. 9. Herbal
of Egypt. 10, Cape of Good Hope. 11, Africa. 12,
South America. 13, West Indies. 14, Mexican States.
15, Mosses and confervas of all parts.— Of many of
these 1 have but few species, altogether about 3000.

As 1 travel every year I hope to add yet many sp.
, chiefly of the Southern States. 1 shall perhaps visit
Tennessee, Carolina and Alabama this year.

I offer to sell, buy or exchange such plants or any
other. My price for my N. G. and N. Sp. is S 10. per
hundred, the same for gigantic plants. Other American

110

pUnti at 8 5. labelleil, or 8 4. unlabelled, per 100.
Hare plants, at 8 6. to 7. Hmall plants in portable
berbals at 8 8. to 4. per 100. These prices must be
paid here on delivery. It' sent abroad or far off 20 per
cent, must be added for insurance, packing, trouble and
delay.

Of about 225 N. Sp. of exceedingly rare plants, of
which 1 shall publish a list; 1 have only one specimen
left, which 1 hold at 20 cents each, and even some at 25
cents, and will not even sell unless I know that they
shall be deposited in a public or well known herbal,
where they may be seen.

N. American and Mexican plants which I have not,
1 am willing to buy at the same rate, deducting 20 per
cent, for my commission, or more, if unlabelled; 1 take
them in payment of my Atlantic Journal and works,
where my N. Cr. and Sp. are described.

Exchanges will now bo seldom made, unless for
plants of new localities or that I have not, which it is
impossible to ascertain unless I see them. AVhatever
will be sent me, will be duly valued, and the equivalent
paid in plants asked, or books, or mone> .

C. S. UAVIJS'KSqUE, Prof.
No. 59, NorlU Eighth-St.
Philadelphia, April, 1833.

»>

PROFESSOR KAFINESQUE'S
Ichnography and Illustrations of 32 years Travels.

"Will be publislied as soon as 100 subscribers are procured, at 25
cents per plate of 10 to 20 figures. A few plates will be issued on
ti-ial, price of separate copies one dollar. These illustrations will
contain 1000 figures of new animals and plants, shells and flowers,
fishes and trees; plans and views of antiquities, geological maps and
sections, ancient monuments, implements, &c. Observed and drawn
during 3 2 years travels in North America and South Europe, the At-
lantic Ocean and tlie Mediterranean.

Subscriptions received by the author and his friends. A fifth copj
given to whoever procures four subscribers — the amount will only be
S 5. per annum to the subscribers.

t'Jtiui'j-S*!.**^*'.-**''*'*'*'™-

00. .
ible

be #

Nr.6.

SIXTH NUMBER FOR THE SUMMER OF I88S.

Price 90 Ceutt eachnmnber, or OXR Dollar per annum.

ATLANTIC 30VKNa£

ARU

A QUABTRULY JOURNAL OP
HISTORICAL AND NATUHAL SCIKNCE9. USKFUL KNOWLEDOC, &«.

WITH FIGUUE8.

WY C. S. RAFINESQUE,

Profesfor of Historical and Natural Sciences, Member uf many learned Boci«*
ties ill America and Kiirupe, Author oi' many Worki, fiC. &c.

Knowledf^e ii the mental food of man.

Vol. I.

PitlLADELFHIA, SuMMRE OF 1833.

No. 6.

Article 130.
Epidermic Varieties of

Mankind.
These varieties in the skin
uF men are now known to be so
iiuinernus, tliat tlicy require a
classifiration: the name of M-
binoB often given tiicm, not ap-
plying except to a few, Tliey
are all Natural deviations in
the tissue and color of the skin,
extending also to tlie liair and
eyes; occasionally evolved in
all the parts of the world, and
springing from parents of a
different hue.

First Series. Aibinic vari
ETIE8 or Natural Deviations,
by bleaclting the skin and hair,
or passage from dark to paler
or whiter complexions. True
Mbinos.

1. Var. Lactina. Skin milk
white, hair white, silky, eyes
often red and weak.

2. Var. Mbins. Skin white or
bleached, neither florid nqr
milky, hair bleached or grey
and silky, eyes blue or whitish

3. Var. Palins. Skin pale
or brownish (like coR^e and
milk), hair rufous or ashy, eyes
slaty or redish.

4. Var. Scalins. Skin white
scaly, checks florid, hair palo
silky, eyes blue and weak. /»
Polynesia.

5. Var. Qumtos. Skin pale
tawny, hair palo, short, wooly,
eyes pale, dwarfish body, long
arms, Ike In Madagascar.

Second Series. Mbladio
Varieties, or Natural Devi-
ations by mixture of dark and
pale colors. Spotted Men. ^

6. Var. Meladins. Skin half
white or pale, and half brown
or black, hair and eyes varia-
ble, little deviated.

7. Var. Pintados. Skin wltb
brown or black spots in the
white race, pale or white in the
black race, hair silky, and
often small eyes.

8. \ar. Lividins. Skin with
irregular spots of a livid red
color, called birth spots, or
bloody spots; not a disease,

'•I

,.^* ..iTijj^MMfr >l

'"'-'-liiifilai -

f :■

but a natural epidermic devia-
tion.

9. Var' Lenticulins. SIcin
more or less covered with small
lenticular spots of a rufous or
brownish color, liair redisi;,
eyes grey or rufous. Not un-
common with us, and seen also
by Labillardiere among the
Albinos of Papua.

Third Series- Obscuric
Varieties, or Nktural Devi-
ations by darkening the skin
and hair, or passage from white
and pale to obscure and darker
complexions.

10 Var. Fuscatins. Skin
brown, hair crisp, eyes black.
Common.

It. \ar- Jitrins- Skin wboly
blackened, hair curly, eyes
dark or black. Happening
among white men.

12. Var. Rubrins. Skin
wholly redened, as seen by
Lander, among the Negroes
in Africa. C. S, R

ISl.

COMPXEXIONS OF MAN-
KIND, &C.

It appears that there are
nen of every color, except blue
..and green! such as, 1 Milk
white, 8 Pale white, 3 Florid
white or Rosy, 4 Bedish, 5
Red, 6 Tawny, 7 Brown,
8 Brownish, 9 Yellowish, 10
Olivaceous, ll Coppery, 12
txrey, 13 Ashy, 14 Coffee and
milk, 15 Rusty, 16 Sooty, 17
Chocolate, 18 Black, 19 Ebo-
ny, 20 Spotted, &c.

All these colors and hues are
found in America as well as in
Africa, Asia, Polynesia, and
even Europe. They are no

wise permanent, but are liable
to vary, fade, blacker or dark-
en, disappear and reappear!

Thus facts and experience
evince how idle have been the
systems and disputes on these
colors and on Negroes. It is
now doubtful even what is a
Negro! Since there are presu-
med Negroes of all colors and
hues, with wooly or lung and
silky hair, ugly and handsome
features, &c.

The size of mankind varies
from 2 feet in dwarfs to 8 feet
n giants, the usual size from
4j to 6 feet.

The features and limbs vary'
every where, even in the same
families- Some white men
have thick lips and flat noses,
while some black men have
sharp noses and thin lips.

The color of the hair is of
all colors except blue and
green; as the skin, it varies in
the same families, as well as
the texture silky, lank, wavy,
curly, frizzled, spiral, wooly,
lumpish, &c.

The eyes are of all colors,
not even excepting blue and
green. I have seen a family
where seven colors were found;
blue, green, grey, brown, ha-
zel, black, and mixt. *

Let us learn to pause before
we form opinions out of a few
facts. Truth can only be de-
tected by extensive observa-
tions. Respecting mankind
the result of those made all
over the world demonstrate
that man is a variable being,
like every other, and subject

to the ETEBNAI. DIVINE XAW
OP PEBPETVAX CHANGE AND

'V -il-rMf?-' f 'll""" hf - f ■■■»--«-*

,Jmm

118

ire liable
or dark-
ppear !
(perience
been tlio
on these
;s. It is
bat is a
re presii-
[)Iors and
lung anil
landsome

id varies

to 8 fret

lize from

mbsvary'
the same
liite men
[at noses,
nen have
lips.

lair is of
)ilue and
varies in
3 well as
k, wavy,
il, wooly,

II colors,
blue and
a family
sre found;
own, ha-

ise before
; of a few
ly be de-
obscrva-
mankind
made all
monstrate
ble being,
d subject

riNE X.AW
ROB AVD

MVTATioK, in form size and
complexion as well as manners
and improvements. Whence
we ought to love each other
whatever be our shape,bulk and
hue, as brothers of a single
great family.—

Each Genus of Animals and
Plants is also a similar family,
with few or many old devia-
tions which we call species,
and varie lies, at random! It is
so with the dogs and cats,
goats and mice, hawks and
•parrows, ducks and giills, —
frogs and turtles, — herrings
and carps, — flies and moths,
&c. among animals. — And
oaks, vines, apples, cherries,
roses, lilies, rice, barley,wheat,
gentian, s]iunges, &c. among
trees, shrubs, flowers, and
plants.

Whence genera are of more
importance than species, and
ought to be closely studied or
accurately fixed; but we arc
far from this as yet ; species
have been too much attended
In preference. But genera are
not few, many thousands of
new ones exist as yet, since
almost every genuine or j>rim-
itive species will be found to
constitute a peculiar genus.

132. AiSnities of the English
Language with the African
Languages and Dialects of
Egypt, &c.

Extract from my Philosophy of
the English Language.
In Africa a great obscurity

{»revails on the subject of Phi-
ological and ethnological clas-
sification, nearly equal to the
American perplexity. We

know but few of the primitive
languages of that continent;
but among the modern we find
dialects of several langu<<gefl
w idely spread across the whole
of Africa, and each offering
striking analogies with the
English, e/an among the Ne-
gro nations.

I shall enumerate the Afri-
can languages under 5 clasacs.

1 Ancient African languages.

2 Languages of the Brown
nations. 3 Of the Black or
Negro nations.

I. Ancient Languages of Af-
rica.

Those of which I can otkr

comparative tables arc merely

1 Coptic 2 Ammonian. 3 Ly-

bian, and 4 Guanche.

1 Lang- Egyptian or Coptic.

This was the language of
ancient Egypt, already spoken
4500 years ago, and which be-
came extinct only towards
1620. But we have many books,
inscriptions, and manuscripts
in. that langnage. It has con-
siderable analogies with the
Pelagian, Scythian, Sanscrit,
and primitive dialects of Asia
and Europe. It extended to
Nubia, Abyssinia, and part of
Lybia, in many dialects, S of
which prevailed in Egypt. 1
The Tlieban, 2 the Memphitic
or Northern. \i liich changed P
into PH or F, and K into Kh
Of X, 3 the Bashuric, chang-
ing R into L.

The primitive Phonology of
Coptic, Was very simple. It
had only 12 letters, which
were often diphonous or poly-
phonous — 3 vowels. A, or U,
Eorl, the simple consonants

„\

It4

were "A, M, N, S, thepolypho-
nous D, T, Th—G, K, X—
R, L — F, F, and the aspira-
tion H. But in the later times
the Coptic adopted several
Greek and Hebrew letters,
some dipthong vowels, so as to
increase the alphabet to 30
letters, which were represent-
ed by many signs and symbols
called Demotic or popular,
hieratic or sacred, and hiero-
glyphical or symbolical*

This language like all prim-
itive ones, was entirely mono-
syllabic. The modern langua-
ges connected with it are many
all.over the world, and even in
America; their roots may often
be found in it-

From £52 Coptic words,
collected at random for com-
parison, I find 83 more or less
alike with the English, or
about 32 per cent A very
great and striking quantity for
such remote languages, one
nearly primitive and extingt,
the other of very late forma-
tion; therefore the parents of
the English mast have been
still farther connected with the
Egyptians.

N. B. I add some French and
Italian affinities, Greek and
Latin analogies.

Enj^. writ. spoken. Coptic.

Eagle pr Igl ^kom

aquilu Latin Italian.

Lion layon
Moist

Ray re

Kuman yumen

homo Latin. ^
Oxen oksen

baoi Italian.

laboi

mou (water)

re (sun)

rome man

ehenw

Ass donkey lo

asino, cucio It. D.
Cat kiat chau

chat pr Sha fr.
Frog crotti

grenouille Fr- gr'nulh' Fr.
Mouth mouth ebot

bouche, bush Fr. boca It.
Woman vumen*)

hime
shi

Female fimel ^
She shi j

{femmo fam Fr.
femina It-
Sister set
House haus 1 ei
Cabin J kipe

{huis, old Fr. Casa It.
capana It cabane Fr.
Soul sol lake

Animate animet j ame
ame, am Fr. anima It.
Abode ebod abot
habitation, abitasion Fr.

■•<h

}

Life laif

Live liv

bios Gr.

vie Fr. vita It
Rusli rosh

jonc Fr. junco It
Tear tir

lagrlma It
Son

fits fis, Fr.
Egg

It
kau

uovo,
Cow

vach'
Seed
Voice

aiha. bta
ahi

oke

rime

sortoe

bahsi

Fr. vacca It
sid siti

vois too

voix, vua Fr. voce, voshe It
Mother mau

madre It
Heart hart het

Merit mai meros

beloved, aime, eme Fr. ami, It.
Boat bot baa

bateau, bato Fr. barcalt

Fowl

vol
Be

etn
Horse
Cant(

can
Divin
Heave
Old

vieu
Summ
River

rio '.
Head

cap*
Morn

gior
Foot
Bono

08 f

Net-

sein
White
Wood

hois
Steel
Alimei

man
No

non
Froc,

froc
Love
Midd

met
Mean
Root
Air

aer
Fruit

fnit
Merid
Stole
Pledgj

are
Hall

aule

.-..-i_-._ ^^. . t.^. ,^..

3 >

• Fr.

lit.

r. -o

If!

a. bta

ve
isi
i

ushe It.
m

ro8
ami, It.

a
calt

noyti

neifui

hello

• vielh'Fr,
som
toro

ape
chorn

Fowl faul /talet

volaillr, volalh' Fr.
Be bi

etre F.
Horse liors
C anto, or song

canto It.v
Divinity, deity
Heaven lievn
Old

vieux, vielle, vice
Summer, somer
River

rio It. Sp
Head tied

capo It. Sp.
Morn

giorno, djiorno It day.
Foot fut fat

Bono . kas

08 Fr. costa It rib
Net - or seine, sen' chne

seine Fr. pr sen'
White vuait wouah
Wood vud woh

bois, bua Fr.
Steel stil atali

Aliment teen

mange, mang' Fr.
No an

nun Fr. an Gr.
Froc, dress

froc Fr.
Love lov
Middle midl

met^ It.
Mean min
Root rut

Air er

aer Lat. aria It.
Fruit fruit

frutta It.
Meridional, south,
Stole hoi
Pledge pledj

are Fr. capar^ It.
Hall «^e

a«le 6r. ^ . ,- .

lohlu
miti

mini

ruti

aer

Utah

meri

kohl

dreb

Yet

eti 6r.
One

SOMT

Swine

Tall

Dumb domb

muto It.
Cott, cottage
Lick
Him

Monument
Wish
Free fri

eremos Gr.
Sapient (wise)
Six siks

sei It.
Save sev

sauve, sov Fr.
Frost (winter)
Shift, change

change, c.hanj Fr.
Four fuer Ftqhu

Enough enof emufi
Job, work hob

opera It. pbra Sp.
Calm kjam gham
Camel ghan\.vl

Royal raoh

Cave (kev. tabernacle)- tAe&z

caberna Sp.

133

N. Sp

Borex dichmrui.
of Shrew.
I discovered this new small
quadruped, in 1826, at the fall^
uf Niagara; it had been caught
even on Coat Island, in the
middle of the falls, and pre-
served in the Museiim of the
Falls. It must dwell both in
Canada and New York, but
is rare, not having seen it else-
where.;— The speciHc namfii
roea^Ji tail bicpjored^

, ^-'f

• :vi

ITO

Sorex diehruTUi. Raf. FuU
vous, back brown, belly whitCt
tail longer than body, nodose,
>vith a pencil of hair at the
tip. fulvous above, wliite be-
neath.

Small animal, similar to a
mouse, and to some sp. of Ger-
hillus. Body 3 inches long, tail
slender, 4 or 5 inches, head
slanting, and elongated, snout
sharp, eyes oblong, ears small
oboval.

134.

FxoRVLA Texensis. Di-

COTYI.. X. Sp.

JVfew Dkotyle Plants of Texas ^
.Srkanxas, io my Herbarium.

1. NvniLvs N G. Raf. Di-
oicns. Fl. masc— Fl. fcm.
Cal. & Cor. o. Fist. ovat. Sty I.
longus, stigma capit. Bacca 1
spcrma. Frutexfol. opp. s. alt
post anthesis.Jl. fascic. Singu-
lar G. near to Borya and Ilex.
-JV*. paradoxus. Raf. Ramis te-
rctis nudis levis, fol. lane, ses
sil. glabr. acut. integr. fasc.
alt. Fl. parvis pedic. racemosis
8. 2-4nis. Flowers naked small
vernal. From Texas to Ten-
nessee, very rare, seldom seen
in blossom, terries ovate black.

2. Lobelia texensis Raf. Pu-
berula, Caule Ilex, simpl. Fol
sess. lane, dentic acutis le-
rootis.!FI. racem. secund. remo'
tis, ad bract, lane, axill: p«d. fl
& bract, bravior, Cal. lac. lin
ear. Cor. magna cocci nea, lac
angnst. acutis. Beautiful sp
Yiear to L. cardinalihf and L.
Fvlgent. V. v.

3< Pentostemon atropvrpure-
um Raf. Caule virg. simpl ter
Fol. ang. lane, ampletic. ser-
rul. glabr. acutissim. Fl. ra

cem. bracteis ovat. lane. acum.
integris. Pretty sp. with small
fl. dark purple, v.v.

4. Oratiola brevifolia Raf.
Glabra simplex, Fol. breviss.
ovatis acutis integris remotis,
Fl. axill. ped. fol.lbngior, Cor.
incurvu. small 4 in. fl. small
purplish.

5. Gratiola rlgida Raf. Gla-
bra, rigid.H, Caule anrcps. Fol.
rhumboideis, basi cuneatiH in-
tegris, apicc scrratis obtusis,
Pedic |angul. fol. longiorib.
Cal. sine caliculo. — Fine sp.
lacking the 2 bracts, Cal.
deeply 5 parted, segm. linear
lane, unequal, one superior
broader, caps, oblong acute.
Probably a peculiar S. G. Aoti-
lix Raf.

6. Jjuntana parvifolia Raf.
Ramis Yirgatis obt. angul. a-
pice puberuli, Fol. oppos. peti-
ol. ovato-obl. parvis, crenatis,
subacut. supratransv. rugosis,
subtus tomentosis, Capitulis
fol. brcvior, paucifloris, brac-
teis imbricatis ovatis integris.
— Small shrub, very distinct
from L. Jloridana ^ L. camara.
Sea sh(>re v. v.

7. Mfssa dliata Raf. Fol.
ovat. obovatisque, integr. u-
trinq. acum. ciliatis, petiolis
ncrvisq. bast liirsutis- Pedunc.
fom. trifloris hirsutis, bract,
brev.membr. obt fl- sessil. Sty-
lo elong. — Different tree from
N villosa.

' 8. ^egundium trifoliatum
Raf. Raniulisviridis levis, Fol.
trifol.ovatobl. glabr. acut. in-
tegris, media sepe tridentata,
Fl. dioicis masc. 4 andris. cal.
4 dent, pedic. fascic. filiformis,
fl. fem. racemosis, cal> 4 part

iiM

wififeaniwMi^ii ■

171

linear, pist. bipart, incurvislRaf. Repcns, hirsuta, fol. Ion-
forceps emulans, stylis in for- gepetiol. subrotundis ovatis,

cep9. V. V.

9. Celtis longifolia Raf. Ra-
mulis gracilis verrucosis, apicc
liirsutis. Fol. difitichis, oloii
gato oblongis acum. basi obliq.
truncalis, equal, serratis, sup-
ra scabris, subtus reticulatis,
pedic. soiit

10. Fagus rotundifolia Raf.
Ramulis fuscatis levis. Fol.
Subrotundis repandis acutis,
petiolis nervis marginiq. hir-
sutis sericeis. Capitulis sepe
geminatis, pcd. bracteisq. seri-

repando crenatis.

16. DiDiPLis N. G- Raf. Cal.
camp. 4 fid. Cor. o. stani. 2.
stigm. 2. caps, biloc polysp —
D. linearis Raf. Caulc erecto,
fol. oppos. linear, elohgatis in-
tegris, fl. axill sess solit. — Pe-
plis diandra Nutall in Dec.
Quite a distinct G. from Peplia
6andr. G.

17. EuTMON N. G. Raf. Cal.
5 phyl. eq. cor- 5 pet* stam. 5
alterna sty I. 1, stigma 3 lob.
caps. Hoc. 3 valv. polysp. sem.

ceis.— Differs from F.st^iiJofica centralis. E. napiforme Raf.
by the round repand leaves &c. Rad . tuberosa, fol. rad.teretib.

11. Euphorbia (Esula) icii-'carnosis, cyma corymb, dicho-
caloma Raf. 1820. Glabra, toma, Talinum s. PAemeron-
Caule erecto fol. sessil. obov.|«Ans napiforme Dec. My spc-
acut. intcgr. Umb.trifid. bract, cimcn from a garden is imper-
fol. siniiiis marg. albo colora- feet, but evidently shows that
to, Periantho apice albo 4 lobo, it is a N. S. v. v.

capsulis villosis. — ^Var 1 8im-\ \S. Convolvulus g Jscus Raf.
piex, 2 Elatior, 3 C«ne?/oKa,jVolubilis, fol. longepetiol. cor-
autumnal plant. ^. mar^inofo datis subtrilobis, Sncrvis, den-
of some Bot. not of Kunth. v. v. tieulatis, acutis, puberulis fur

12. Achillea gracilis Raf. " ' '""''
Caule gracile striato, Fol. re-
motis angustis, infimis petiol.
recurvatis, pinnatis, foliol.
ang. pinnatif. corymbolparvo
cuarctato. Srmipedal, fl. white,

13. Fedia brevifolia Raf
Caule gracile furcato, fcl. lu
motis paucis brevis, s|iatul. obi.
obi. intcgr. Fl. paucis gemina-
tis, bracteis ovatis acutis, semi-
nib. 4 dcntatis — semipedal.

14. Polemoniumquadrijlorum
Raf. Caule erecto ramoso, Fol.
pinnatis, foliolis 11-17 ovatis
s.fobl. acut. integr. ultimis con-
fluentibus, Fi. term, sub 4nis.
nutans pubescens blue.

15. Olechoma rotundifolia

furaceis griseis. Pedic. bievis
unifl. Cal. griseus, bracteis bi-
nis lanceol. caliculans. Near
S. G. Calistegia.

19. Desmonema N. G. Raf.
Perianth, ext. tubul. 5 dent s.
■J phyl. segm. connivens. Peri-
anth-intern, petaloid. 5 segnn.
membr. ad ext. brevior.cuneat.
emarg. Stam. plurima ad has.
gynophoro inserta, equalis,
fascicul. albis filif. vix articul.
persistens, dimultaneis evolv-
ens, interdum castratis, anth.
parvis dcciduis. Gynophoro
centraleelongatotrigono, stan^.
& cal. longior. Ovar. glabi*.
glob, apice trilobo, styRs 3
simpl. brevi. Caps, levis 3

3D.

ivi

178

cocca 3 Rp. Int axis centralis
S alato persist. Coccis dcci-
dois, seminib. croceisobovatls.
basi truncat. hiln imprcssis. la-
tere utrinq. angul- D. hirta Raf.
1820. Caulo crecto simpl. gia-
cile strlato scabm, apice hir-
to, Fol. oppos. aplcc alt. pe-
tiol. hirtis, ovatis libtusis, nbt.
dentatis, imis ov. lane acum.
Umbella term, sessil. fl. brcvi
ped. Involucru tripb^l. fu|. si-
mii- H- sessil. bract- lanceol. fl
in;\«-l:r. )'ci'. cxt s. cal. viridc.
Vci Int. & stam. albis. — Ped-
r»'t!. ;. v. I liave destroyed all
mj- . pecimens except one to
Svod' ibis singular G. which
'3 V c-y near to Euphorbia and
Tr.'^iof hero the Cor. or cxt.
JPesr J free not glued with
t!i'' aernal, Stant. persist
thun iilustr. their structure.

20. Evax verna Raf. Canes-
censsericea, Caule gracilesub-
ramoso Fol. laxla semiamplex.
obi. obtusiusc. infiinis cuneatis,
Fl. solit term, bract, ineq. fol
similis, periantho semiglob.
squamis panels subrot — Tex-
as & Louisiana, triuncial, fl.
white, floscules greenisli.

21. Silphium trachopua Raf
Caulo terete lutescens glabro
ramoso, Fol. oppos. amplex.
ovatobl. acut. s. Hcum. integr.
scabris, Fl. roi-ymb. ped. sca-
bris. Porlanlh. scgm. ovatis
acutis non ciliatis, rad. 20. obi.
obt. — Fino sp

with

albis — Pedal slender,
small white flowers.

23. Kernera Smplex, Raf.
glab|-a, caule simpl. fol. lane,
sagitt. amplex. obtus. imis lin-
earib. non sagitt racemo brev.
fl. nutant. orhrolcucis. — Semi-
pedal, annual. I adopt the old
G of Medic for the Camelina
of later Botanists.

JVov

^c.

Plant. Texensia,
JiTcnocot

24. Cypripedium bifidum Raf.
Glabrum, caulo ifi. fol. fl. Ion-
gior, obi. long. acum. bractca
ianc fl. longior, Fetalis undul.
lane, patulis, binis intcrnis re-
flexis angustis, labellum par-
vus brevior obov. infl. Andro-
phorum bigihbuso obtuso bi-
fido — Small plant flower pro-
bably yeliuw, brown in the
dry state, leaves 4 to 5 inches
by 1 or 2f striate multinerve.
Arkanzas.

25. Siayrinchium Jiliforme.
Raf. Glaucum Caule fliif. bia-
lato, unifolio, unifl. folia fl. eq.
graminea august* carinata,
spatha bivalv. subeq. lanceol.
pedunc elongato filif. ovar.
obov. fl. majusc. albo — Scnii-
pedal Arkanzas.

26 Acorua fiexuoaua Raf. Pu-
milus. fol gramineis angustis-
simis scapo brevior scapo
elongato flexuoso triqueter,
itno latere concavo, apice foli-
p<vceo gin'iiato, spica teres er-

22. Chryaanthemam an^us-!i«.taobt — Pedal
tifolium Raf. Caule filif. flex-! 27. Uniaevm lanclfoliu Raf.

uoso apice nudo fol. infimis
linear! cuneatis subserratis,
imis linearib. integris remotis,
fl. term. soUtj parv. 8 radiatis

Fol. ellipt. s. obi. Tanc> basi
integr. rotund. s> atten. apice
subacut caule gracil, Corollis
liDe&^rib. The Pquteditria land-

•jif*r?y

>?jfT(?w ~ r

■ . ^..■.. '■C I ' 1 ,1111 tr- »>-■—-.. — ■ -^

179

folia M«. and Elliott, differ-lapicc anceps, umbolla paucifl.
*' . ff ° YT i.>ton/^ni.t,ii» afl. hpitrt. lAnrenlncuic laxia

ent from my U. Iieterophylla
by leaves never cordate at base
norobt at endr. v.

28. Iris brevicaulis Raf. fl.
ludov. sp.56.u.r.

29. EtheosanthesdliataRat.
Ncog. 1825. V. V.

30. Tulipa bicolor Raf. At-
lantic Jonrnal N 4. v. v.

This fascicle of rare S. W
plants contains 4 N. G. 1 S. G.
4 New trees, 2 new shrubs and
24 new plants. Several others
will be mentioned in the Mon-
ographs of revised Genera-

G Dodecatheon or J\Ieadia.

135.

This beautiful G. strictly IS
Amer. although Langsdorf
mentions one seen in Siberia,
will be found as numerous as
^ Primula! there are many Sp

in Oregon and one has been
found by Beechey near the Icy
■ Cape; the following 12 Sp. of
the U. St. are in my Herbari-
um It may now be a matter of
doubt which is the true Jtleadia
and Integrifolium. many of my
Sp. are under those names in
authors figures Herbals and
gardens ; although different
plants! All rare vernal '[tlmta,

1. D cordatum Raf.Fol pet-
iol. cord. ovat. obliq. sinuato
lobatis, obt. lobis ineq. dcntat.
Scapo angulato, umbella 20fl

k bract, ovat. pedic ineq. flex,

laxis, Cor. planis obtus. piir-
purasc. Sent me as D. mea-
dia fi*om a garden, totally
different, beautiful, large leaves
and flowers.

2. D. ellipticum Raf. Fol.
sessil. ellipt. obi. acutiusc. sub-
repandis, scapo t^ffetQ striato

8fl. bract, lanceni pedic laxis
cur vis, cor. planis. obt albis.
mountains Alleghany Virg. v.

3. D. ovaium Raf. sessil.
ovatis obtus. basi attenuatis,
vix repandis. Scapo tereto,
umbella multifl. 20fl. bracteis
minimis lanceol. pedic fastig,
rcctis. Cor- acutis undul- an-
gustis |iuryureis. — Mountains
Unakaand Apalachian. v. v. in
gani- as D. meadia.

4. ])■ obovatuin Raf Fol.
petiol. obovatis obtusis vix re-
pandis, scapo tereto apic©
compr. Umbella laxa multifl.
20fl- ped curvis- Cor undul.
obtus. purpureis — Virginia*

V- V.

5. D. Serratum Raf. Fol,'
petiol. obi. lane, obtusis basi
cuneatis subscrratis, apice re-
mote denticul. Scapo tereto,
uno latere sulcato, Umb. pau-
cifl. 8fl. fastig- bractw ov. lane.
Cor- undul. albis. Illinois, v.

6. D. parvifoliuin Raf. Fol.
petiol. cuneatis obi. obt. inte-
gr. s. tindu!. parvis scapo te-
reto, Umb. paucifl Bfl. brac-
teis oblongis obtus. ped. cur-
vis. Cor. planis obtu.s. albis —
mts- Cumberland t. v.

7' D. undaium. Raf Fol. sub.
petiol. cuneaiis obtusis undatis.
srapo tereto, umbella paucifl.
bract, ovato llanc Cor. undatis
purpureis.— Mts. Alleghany-

8. D. Cunmtum Raf. Fol.
sessilib- cuneif. acutis vix re-

ftandis, scapo tereto, Umb.
astig. paucifl. 5 7fl- bract,
obi. acut Cor. undul. purp.
— AUegh. int» of MaryUndy

180

.:j ii

vv' Is it the real D.integriff

9 D longifolium (S nngus-
iijolium) Uaf. Fol. prtiolatis
pet Hiatis. cunrnti.s clongntiR
obtiisis integorrimis, scnpo
tereto npicc compr Uinbclla
fafltigiatamultifl IO--20, bract
ovatobl. Cor. planiusc. obt al-
bis- — Barrens of Kentucky,
leaves sometimes pedal, v. v-

10' D. crenatum Raf. Fol
sessil- oblong, obt siibcrenatis
scapo tereto, Umb. laxa pau-
cifl. bracteis brcvissim. subo-
vat' Cor. uniliil. aciit piirpii-
rasc Cat hitinsC' Caps, uvatis
Illinois, v-v.

11. D Jlexnosum f^- irijlo-
mm) Raf Fol subpctiol. cu-
neatis obt. intcgris parvis,
scapo gracile flexuoso striato,
Umb. subtriflora. bract subul.
pedic brevis, Cor- undul. acut,
ptirpur, Cap». obi. — Missouri,
semipedal.

12 D. uniflorum Raf. Fol.
scsnilis lato ellipt. obt vix. re-
pandis. srapo filif- brevls .stri-
ato. iinifloro, bracteaobi a^utis
Cor. undul acut purpurasc. —
M. Allpgliany. v. v.

I have early in April this
year iliscovercd in Bartrani's
Bot. Ganl. 2 other New Dode-
ratheons deemed Varieties of
D. Mead i a

13. D. Paroiflorum, R. diff.
from DJlexiiosum by Fol. ses-
sil. spatul. repand. srajio rec-
to, fl. parvi.s. Found in Penn-
sylvania, near Norristown on
the Schuylkill.

14. D obtusum, R. diff. from
D- ellipticum by Fol. undatis
apice rotund atis margin^ ob-
scure subcrenul. Scapo tereto
levis, umbella 10-lSfl. bract

ov. lanceol. From Arkanzns,
brought by Nuttall as a white
var. of D. meadia.

136, JVew^mer. Subterranean
Plants.

Tiiese are chiefly of the class
of Fungi, and arc called Truf-
fles O.I TtickalioH, bolimging to
the G Tuber, Sclerotium chief-
ly. The Tubers or Truffles,
grows freely under ground,
the Sclerotiuma or Tuckahos
grow there attached to the
foots of various trees and
plants,

I shall not notice here the
other plants growing in caves
and clefts, but merely the
real Hypogean plants. Their
history is very confuse as our
Botanists have seen few of
them, Mitchell, Mease and
Macbride have given accounts
of some, deeming them alf
Truffles. This perplexity is
increased by the name Tucka-
ho, a generic Lenapian name
for thcui and all edihie roots,
deriving from Tuchai, their
word for bread or bread roots.
This word is now used as a
nickname given in Virginia to
the Lowlanders, called Tucka-
hos, as if they were root eat-
ers.

It is doubtful yet whether we
liavc the true odorous and de-
licicus Tuber cibarium of Eu-
rope. Eaton has it, but no
Botanist has described it.
Schweinitz has no Tuber in
his fine work on 3098 sp. of
Amer. Fungi. I have never
seen it, nor indeed any real
Truffle (veiny inside) although
I have heard of many, which

181

might be of different G. Bosc,! Synon. Lyeoperdmle* of

liaH mentioned one from Cnro
Una, wliicli lie lias lianlly de-
■cribcd, it Is wliito, Inodorons.
but of exquisite taste, and may
be called T. caroliniana.

His N. G. Upcrhiza, omit-
ted by all our Botanists! is
figured and described in tlic N.
Diet. Hist. Nat. It resembles
a Truffle but grows above
ground, and lias the roots
creeping on the surface,
whence the name.

The roots of tlio following

Clayton acrording to Mac-
l.rlde, in Am. M Mag. N. Y.
No. 3, |i 149, who gave a long
nrconnt of it. He says, that
t grows from S. Carolina to
Maryland, in all kinds of
ground except Swamps; in
rich grounds it grows from 13
to 40 lbs weight. When young
it is attached to the roots of
Oaks and Hickories, but when
old is quite free. The inside
appears a mass of modified
gluten, witliout starch nor

teloSrs/rn' staler'"''" " f^'iri^Ji'.riiir.'i.rr.i t'.;'

C I

Convolvulea panduratt^s,
battataa and C macrorhi%a
Erythrina herbacea.
Mios tuheroaa.
Several Sp. of SagUtaria
and Helianthus.

Eaton has only 2 Scleroti-
ums, Schweinitz has 22, they
are all Tuckahos, although not
eatable; but the new Tuckahos
are large, edible, subterrane-
an Fungi. See my Med. Flo
vol ii. N. G. Tucahus. K tins
name is too barbarous. Gem
mularia or Jtugosnria, may be
substituted. 1 shall here de-
scribe 4 of them.

N. G. Tucahus or Oemmula-
ria, Raf. Subterranean Fun-
gus, without roots, shape,
multiform or amorphous, for-
ming a solid mass, covered by
an epidermis with wrinkles or
chinks, on which sprout gem-
mules reproducing the plant

1 Sp T. or O. rugosa, Raf
Oblong mass, inside white, so-
lid, with chinks, outside brown

it has no smell and little taste,
saw it in 1817 at Dr Mit-
chill's.

2. Sp. T. or O. leroinacula
Raf. oblong knobby mass,
inside white fungose with
chinks, outside fulvous smooth.
In Carolina, 6 to 12 inches
ong. epiderm thin, gemmulcs
small rounded articulated in
the hollows. Edible good, in-
odorous, seen alive.

3. Sp. T. or G. rimoaa Raf.
Mass obldiig cimeate one end
attenuated, inside white solid
without cliinks, outside with
thick longitudinal flexuose
wrinkles and furrows. In
Virginia and N. Carol, lately
communicated by Dr Mease,
who received it from Mr Gar-
net of Jerusalem. First men-
tioned as a nameless Truffle
by Dr Mitchell Med. Repos.
1812. Itgrows in rich swamps
has no smell nor taste, but is
rdiblc, when fresh a little acrid
and astringent, used by Indians
For diarrhea. The internal

puiose by anastomoted promi- substance has a flexuose break-
nent nerves. *. . 'age, not angular as m tho

,1"!

183

otiiera. Epidcrm thin. 5 to 8
inclies.

4. S|i. T. or 6. albida Raf.
Mass founded wliitiHli, inside
ivliitfl solid witlinut cliinks.
outside witli Few cliiiilcs, and
some sjiort wrinkles. In W.
Pensylv. Ohio & Kentucky,
deemed a truffle, good to cat.
Pertinps this is the Tuber of
Bosc, but mine had no veins
inside, with small gemmules
outside, smull size 1 to 3 in-
ches.

,*iXi

137. PlevradknaCoccinba.

N. G. of Mexican Shrub,

from Bartram's Garden.

The Botanical Garden of
Bartram received some years
ago from Mr. Poinsett our am-
bassador in Mexico, a fine new
green-house shrub, akin to Eu-
phorbia, with splendid scarlet
blossoms, or rather bracts. It
has since been spread in our
gardens ner»i* Philad'-.phta,
and is known ivi some as the
Euphorbia Poinsdli but ap-
pears to mo to form a peculiar
genus or S. G. at least, by ihc
singular lateral mellifluous
gland of the Perianthe. It is a
ine showy plant, well deserv-
ing cultivation; it gives out a
white milk like the
the gland exudes u yellow
sweet Juice.

G. Plecradexa Raf. Peri-
anthe colored thick sub 8 lobe,
on one side is a very large el-
liptical gland, perforate and
mellifluous. Piioranthe wooly,
stamens incluse subulate, an-
thers flat bilocular. Gynophore
elongate pendulous, 3 bifid
stjlesy capsule smooth trico-
C0U9— • Jlbftit iShrubby, leaves

scattered petiolate, umbel de-
pressed corymbose, surrojiinded
by many large colored bracts.

Sp. PL coccinca. Raf. Iner*
me, leaves ovate subangular
acute remote, umbel irregular,
bracts scarlet lanceolate acute.
Flowers subsessile yellow
edged with red, gland yellow,
blossoms very early in Spring.

If yet deemed an Euphorbia
it may be called E. coccinea or
E. poinseti Raf. S< G. Pleura-
dena.

138. Orospodias Cortmbosa
or Wild Cuerry, of Ore-
gon Mountains.
At page '8 of this Journal this
New Cherry tree was described
and called Primus rotundifolia.
Upon a second examination of
two trees of it in Washington
square when in full bloom at the
end of April, I have ascertained
that it ought to form a peculiar
G. or S. G. between Pad.s fy
CerasuB, which i tlierefore call
Orospodias meaning Mountain
Cherry. It differs from both by
flowers in a cortfmb or short co-
rymbose raceme rather than fas*
cicle, with' bracts at the base.
The Calix is campanulatc 5 fid,
with acute reHex segments. Pe-
_^ tals unequal oblong obtuse, ff

rest but'^'^'^ ^''^® '^ ^^ ^^ retained with
Hrunus it mixht be called Pr,
corymbosa, this name being bet-
ter than Fr. rotundifolia, as all
the leaves arc not round, but 'iome
oval, while the flowers are Cil way 9
corymbose, larger than in Padus,
but smaller than in Cerasus, It
ilift'-rs totally from lleraius by
not having the Calix urceolate,
a striking character of Cerasus,
omitted by all the authors !«ltho'
it is the best distinetioD betweea
it and Prunus. - - «" -"••••

■Ai .■;.».

by II

even

loud

'I'

char

will

may

any

fore

to b(

this

wan

\. to ill

indu

ther

At«

or h

sura

hav

lost
anci
1
umi
yet
cor
wbi
bur

183

INCOMBUSTIBLE ARCUlTECTUftE, «
Or Fire Proof Buildings of all Kinds, * ^'

BUILT AS CHEAP

.♦*v. AS ANY COMBUSTIBLE BUILDINGS, t .
BY C. 8. RAFINESQUE,

Froressnr of many Sciences, Architect, DraftsmRM, &c.

The constant deplorable loss of property and lives
by the conflagration of puhlio and private buildings, mid
even whole towns all over the United States, mils
loudly for a remedy or a change in our slylr of building.

'I'his remedy is found, and the only objection to a
change by the greater expense of fire-proof buildings
will be obviated by the discovery that such buihlingt
may be constructed on a new plan quite as cheap as
any other common stone and brick buildings. There-
fore this new style of Incombustible Architecture ought
to be immediately adopted for all our new buildings.

Several additional advantages are connected with
this new style of Architecture, such as enabling to
warm the buildings at one third the usual expense, and
^ to insure them for a mere trifle. Nay, these additional
inducements are of such importance that they might of
themselves decide to employ this new way of building.
At any rate, I am ready to contract to build any edifice
or house, for the payment of the saving in fuel and in-
surance, besides the actual cost in the usual style.

Let us reflect that ever since 1800, the United States
have suffered a loss of fifty millions of doUars at least
by conflagrations, besides several thousands of lives
lost also; with many millions for wasted fuel, insur-
ances against fire, keeping engines, hoses, and firemen.
Let us refiect that all our colleges, libraries, muse-
public offices, stores, factories, theatres, &c. are

urns,

yet liable to be destroyed, with all their contents, re-
cords, books, wares, machinery, &c. and judging from
what has already happened, they are all doomed to be
burnt down in succession^ and the contents lost.

'* '■»

^•^

•f

164

To render the actual public huildingi and liouiei In*
combustible may also be nccnmpHsheil. AU the scien-
tific attempts to render wood altogether incnmbuHtible
ill a very ^reat coiiflngnition, have been unavailiiif;i
since even bricks will crumlilc by exccsHive heat But
my new st^lo of architecture may be partly adapted to
actual buildings, so as to render them less liable to con-
flagrations, and enable them to realize a saving in fuel
and insurance that will pay fur the extra expense.
This I will also undertake to do, by specific contracts.

Hut it is in the new udiRccs yearly erecting over all
(he StateH, that my new method may be easily and
cheaply applied. Thus I will undertake to build or
direct the building of new

STATE H0USK3
COURT HOUSES
PUBLIC OFFICES
C0I.Li-:GK9
ACADEMIES
MANUFACTORIES

CHURCHES
MEETINU HOUSES
LIDRAUIES
MUSEUMS
THEATRES
PRIVATE HOUSES

ARSENALS

BANKS

WAREHOUSES

HOTELS

HALLS

FACTORIES,

All over the United States AS CliEAP if not cheaper
tban they would cost, if built in I* us;i,-| combustible
way. And 1 will insure them .^^:ii b la* for 2 or 3
mills in the Dollar per annur, or for ono Dollar in
500.

Such buildings will be altogether incombnstible,
even if the furniture an, I firewood was set on fire on
purpose, and in time of war cannot be destroyed by an
enemy unless blown up with gunpowder.

They will be just like any other Houses and Buil-
dings outside, but a little different inside, yet moru
elegant, simple and convenient. The whole may be
or may not bo vaulted as required. Nay by some
trifling changes in the plan and design of any buildings
it may acquire ihiH incombustible property.

They will be built by myself as Architect and build-
er upon the device and estimates of any other Arcliitect.
Or if employed as chief Architect, J will enable the
builders to perform the needful work inside as cheap.

My terms will be similar to those of other Architects.

■i

.iiK-at.J.sa::tg^d^fMj^«^<iaAa^i.Mmrtaa^^

IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)

1.0

I.I

IL25 il.4

2.0

1.6

■it

Photographic

Sciences

Corporation

///// / ^ W

id.

23 WEST MAIN STREET

WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580

(716)872-4503

CIHM/ICMH

Microfiche

Series.

CIHIVI/ICMH
Collection de
microfiches.

Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques

1 wi

ifen

and

advti

li
as a
bricl
fuel

T
this
neei
the!
in a

II
actu
suit!
ver)
by t
also
adai
the

A
Arc
Letl
tauc
lion
tool

Fhi

A
perl
plai
and
mefl
att!
cool

fS»

w- «

1 will charge 5 to 10 per cent and travelling expenses
if employed as chief architect, but nothing for drafts
and estimates. Of this 2 per cent must be paid in
advance.

If employed as builder 1 will build at the same rate
as any other builder would for combustible (stone or
brick) houses, receiving for remuneration the saving in
fuel and insurance for 25 years, one fifth in advance.

To alter any standing house or building and give it
this incombuiitiblc property, I will charge the actual
needful expences (o change the inside and roof wy,h
the saving in fuel and insurance for 10 years, 2 years
in advance, or half of the saving for 25 years.

I have not taken a patent for this discovery, because our
actual patent laws give no security against vexatious law
suits and heavy expenses,while by keepingsecret a disco-
very it may be made more profitable. This I have found
by experience. The difficulty of making models would
also be too great. But 1 will use this discovery s Mac-
adam used his roadmakingin England, and 1 will teach
the art to any architect or builder fur H 1000.

Apply personally or by letter to C. S. Rajinesquef
Architect, &c. No. 59 North 8th Street, Philadelphia.
Letters ought to be post paid unless enclosing remit-
tances. I will not answer any letter asking idle ques-
tions; unless a fee is sent; but will immediately attend
to orders in the line of this business.

» C. S. RAhlM'ESqUE,
Prof, of Hist. ^Aat Sciences.
Philadelphia, 1833.

Directions how to proceed for Applications.

Any house owner Who wishes to render his pro-
perty fire proof, must furnish me with an account or
plan of it, with statement of value, fire insurance, age
and cost of fuel in it. Whereupon I will furnish the
means (or do it myself) to render it incombustible, and
at the same time much warmer in Winter and even
cooler in Uumnier.

Those who wish to put up new buildings, public or

I ■! al l - i Mi i - i - ii r n ii i rii

r- \^

186

it^

'!:<!'

I'^l^

private, must furnish a statement of the place, ground^
kind of building and what they wish to expend, con-
templated size and materials with their cost at the
place where it is to be erected. Whereupo» if employ-
ed as architect 1 will furnish the needfull plans, eleva-
tions and estimates. For which 1 must be paid as any
other architect would be, unless 1 am allowed a stipu-
lated sura as chief architect, or commission on cost of
the whole.

If any other architect has been or is to be employed,
he may take all that trouble on himself, 1 shall merely
want a copy of his plans and estimates, wher^ppon I
will state how 1 can undei-take to add the incombustible
property by myself or proxy. But no architect is to
see my operations nor study my new art unless he pays
me, or his employers for him % 1000.

These Statements ought to be handed to me, or sent
me by private conveyance, unless the postage is paid.
1 recommend to state outside of the letters, Application
for I. A.

1 shall be ready to attend to this business and under-
take buildings on the Ist September, 1833. If 1 receive
many distant applications, 1 will appoint agents when-
ever it is necessary to attend in person.

RECAPITULATION

Of the warranted advantages of this new style of Architecture.

1. Buildings will be fire jjroof.

2. They cannot be set oii fiic on pur])nse.

3. They cannot catch fire from neighbours.

4. They will last l(»nger.

5. They can be warmed in Winter at l-3d the actual cost.

6. They will be insured at a mere trifle.

7. They will be warmer ill Winter.

8. They will be cooler in Summer.

9. They will require no expense of fire engines and firemen.

10. They will save the lives of 100,000 persons doomed to
be burnt alive.

11. They will save 100 millions of dollars of property
doomed to be burnt

12. They will look neater and more convenient inside with
more space, &c- &c.

And all this may be done AS CHEAP or cheaper! ! !

Nr. 7.

SEVENTHNUMBER FORTHE AVrVMlfOFlSat

Price 50 Cents each number, or OJfE Dollar per annum,

ATLANTIC JOmOiSA^

AND

A QUARTERLY JOURNAL OP '" '

HISTORICAL AND NATURAL SCIENCES, USEFUL KNOWLEDGE. Ite,

WITH FIGURES.

BY C. S. RAFINESQUE,

ProFessor of Historical and Natural Sciences, Member of many learned Socie*
ties in America and Europe, Author of many Works, kc. be.

Xhowledge it the menial food of man.

Vol. I. Philadelphia, Avtvmn or 1U33.

No. r.

Article 140.

Scientific Travels or C. S.

Rafinesque, in. 1833.

My first journey this Spring
wa^ to tlie Pine barrens and
Marl pita of New Jersey, I
liad a pit opened at my cxpenr^e,
and collected tiiere many fine
fossils, some of wliicli are new.

The second was in the South
ern States. I meant to follow
the Apalachian Mis, to the
Uuaiia Mts. of N. Carolina and
Tennessee; but was prevented
by the rains and an accident:
1 explored: however, the Mts.
Cotocton of Virginia and Ma-
ryland, which to my great sur-
prise, I found divided into
three mnges or ridges, uniting
into one N. of tlie Potomac
with an insulated mt. in front
to the E. called; the Sugarloal^
S5 miles in cicciiit. Ail this is
omitted in our maps. I brought
many plants, and some N. sp.

My third excursion was on
the Schuylkill, from the mouth
to Manayank and Spi'lng-mill.

In July I took a fourth
journey to the Pine barrens of
N. Jersey, and the literal
islands of the sea shore at Ma-
nahawkin and Long beach
island, wheris 1 collected many
shells and plants with an N.
G. Fgramela maritima.

My fifth journey was in tho
mts. of New-Tork, after gi-
ving some lectures in Troy and
exploing the Bald mountain
B. of Lahsingburgh 1030 feet
high, I went on a kind of sci-
entific pilgrimage to the sour-
ces of the rivers Delaware and
SusquehannahfSites of great in-
terest and yet where no Pbila-
delphian had ever gone to ex-
plore nature. I found the
physicar geography of that re-
gion totally neglected by our*'
map makers. I explored the
Heidelberg mts. or rather that
table-land of 1£00 to 1500 feet,
the Schorarie or Skohai7 mts.
the Oquago mts. SOOO to S600
feet high, which are the wes-
tern side of the Kiskatoin or

- ■- ' ■ ^^■^-■iriin-MMiaTfyT'1'ir

aIM^JJ

188

'.-ii::'^

ft ,JU

ij iii :Ji

Catskill mts, . .The Delaware
8]iriiig9 fronii Lake Utsvantha
2000 feet above tlie sea, and
the Susqiiehannah 40 miles dis-
tant frum Lake Otsegn 1200
feet high. I visited the Rattle
Snake hills, OtHego hills, Brim-
stone falls 150 feet high, &c.
This region is a table-land,
western continuation of the
Heidelberg, and which is twice
cut through by the river Mo-
hawk. I have brought fi-om
thence a fine coljection of fos-
sils, plants &c-^ some N> sp.
many views &c.

141. Physical Gbogkafuy.
Elevations of land and water,

mountains and hills in the

Slate o4 JVeto York.

The singular configuration
of this state has but lately been
noticed, when surveys were
made for the canals and roads.
In 1829, Joseph Henry read
before the Albany Institute his
topographical sketch of N. Y
whii^h is published with a very
uncouth section from East to
West, and he has omittpd the
North and East of the state.
The geological sections of Prof.
Eaton do not attempt to con-
nect them with Physical Geo
graphy by graduated scales.
AH the map-makers took no
notice of the mts. and table-
lands of this state, until David
iBurrwho in 1832 has at last
delineated in part the N. Alle-
ghanies and some^ other mts. of
this state in his small map> re-
duced from the large or county
maps, wherein most of these

merejlat surveys. It was afso*
in 1832 tliat I drew those mts,
n Tanners new map. My
labor and Burr's being rontem-
|)oraneous and> both original,
may mutually c«rrcct each
other. Mine is by no means
perfect not having visited the
whole state ; he had better ma- .
terials and opportunities, yet
he Is defective in the Catskill
and Macomb mts. he lacks the
Oquago mts. and all those be-
tween Troy and Lake Cham-
plain, &c.

Having procured during my
late journey in that state many
additional materials, I shall-
how condense the whole in a
general view. The following
abbreviations will be used, H.
for Henry, C. .'or W. Campbell,
surveyor mpt. P. for Captain:
Partridge, S. for Spafford, R.. '
for Raftnesque.

This state may be deemed di-
vided into 6 parts, 3 level and
3 lofty. I. Long Island near-
ly level and belonging to the'
great atlantic clysmian- forma-
tion extending hence to Flori-
da. This island with Staten
Island, Manhattan, &c., are^
properly the Delta of the R.
Hudson ; but Staten Island has-
primitive hills and is not clys-
mian. Manhatan is partly so.

2. The valley of the Hudson
as far as Glen's Falls, and of
the Mohawk, united with Lake-
Champlain, by a'^level of 14r
feet. These valleys average'
from 20a to . 500 feet. It is
evident that when the sea was^
150 feet higher it must have

Bts. art omitted agaiUf being jointd th«M vallejrs bjr m

rW '1

iiiiiiiiiiiMlliiiir

-fie

«trelght, and nil E. of It must
have been a large island.

3. The jilains along Lake
Ontario and the R. St. Law-
rence, wliicli average from 300
to 500 feet also, but are of a
ditfcrent nature,mostly organic
and limy.

Those 3 level tracts divide
the other 3 high regions or
table-lands of the state.

4. The Taconic or Taghka-
nik region to the Ea^t, a range
of mts. running N. and S. but
at the end turning W. to form
the Manhattan highlands.

5. The Alleghany Region
the largest of all, forming a
table-land 360 miles wide in
the S. of the state, and of or
ganlc formation.

6. The Saranac Region, to
the North, primitive like the
Taconic. L. Champlain sepa-
rates them. It is the least
known and explored, but also
A table -land.

Yet the whole state lies in
the great Lake region of North
America, extending from N.
England to Alaska- It is filU
ed with lakes, of which 3 are
v*:vy large, 20 of middle size,
and the small ones are innume-
rable, perhaps 2000. A single
county that of Delaware has
50, another 100. They extend
even to Long Island. I will
therefore begin with those
lakes.-

The 3 Great Lak«i.

1. Lake Champlaln low«st,
9S feet above sea at head^ £0 at
N. end.

2. Lake Ontario 232 fed, S.
». L- Erie hijghe^t 565 feet, S-

The Lakes of the Allrghflhyi

1. L. Otsego, head of riveP
Susquehanah 1200 feet, R.
1193, H.

2. L. Utsyantha small, head
of Delaware 2000 feet, R.

3. L Chatauque, head of Al-
leghany R. 1291 feet, H.

4. The two lakes on CatsktU
mts. 2200, R.

5. Fish Lake 1715 feet, H.

6. Cataraugus L. 1665, H.

7. Beaver L. 1704, H.

8. Lime L. 1623, H.

9. Crooked L- 718, H.

10. Canandaigua 668, H.

11. SenecaL.447, H.455, C.

12. Cayuga L. 387, H.415, C,

13. Skeneateles L. 752, H.
These 5 last lakes are on the
N. slope of the Alleghany.

14. Tully Lakes, 1194, H.
The lakes of the 3 low re-
gions have no great elevation,
except Oneida, S75, and Onon-
dagua 361. Cross L. 370, H.
Those of the Taconic region
are all small. Those of tbo
Saranac region are numberless
but unmeasured, except Lako
George 336 feet, P. those at tha
head of R. Saranac and Hudsoa
are about 1000 feet
1 Region, Insular, highest hills.

Hempstead hills L. Id- 319, P.
Toropkios hillf Sittten Is]»n(l
307, P.
Closter rot Manfaattan Id.

539, P.
2, RegioH »/ Hudaan VaUet/,

Capitol of Albany iS0« H*
126, C. West Poinx 188, P.

Kingston 188, H. 198, C,

WttrwasingSll, C-

Bald Mountain tOSb, It

Haverstrftw mt %99, V,

-f

^jatftfiMiiitiArf . * I f iM i n i ' i iii ' i i i* —

:jti»i>4MtiiiiiiiiflJ!rfiiWii 'MiiiLjiMlillK^..

. ^mmMmmhimiimm$ '!00>Wf'M^

190

Level between the Hiiilsan
init L Cliainplain 147. H.

Utica and long level 425, H.
5 Region of Ontario L.

Ogilensburg 226, H.

Outlet efOnonilagoL S€lH

Rucliester at the Falls of
Geneswe R. 506.

BasenrNiagaraFalU 338H

Top or the Haul Falls 502, H

4. Region of Taconic and Mat-

tatvan JUts
}. Saddle mt highest T.
2915. p.

2. Peterboro mt. T 1864, P.

3. Mt. Anthony 1853 P. in T.

4. Williams Collpge 686, P.
inT.

5. Sachem mt or New Bea-
coTt, highest of M. 1585, P.

6. Butter hri»M. 1529. P.
T. Bull hill M. 1484, P.
S.OId Beacon M 1471, P.
9. Fort Putnam M. 598, P.

The highest mt of thh range is
in Vermont, E. of L, Cham
plain. Mansfield mt. 428&, P

5. Region, ^fbrthern or of 8a-

ranaC'

1 . Average of the table-land
800 to 1200 feet, R. at Boans-
Tillell35, H.

2. Whiteface rot highest
8686. H.

3. GMantof thevaltey 1700,S.

4. Mt. Defiance on L.Cham-
plain 813, P.

6tk. Region^ JUUghanf JUtt.

1. Average of the central
table-land I50ato 2000. R.

2. Average of the Western
table>land 1365 to 1565, S.

3. Average of the Eastern
tftble-land 1200 to 1500, R

4. Average of th» Northern
ftprea 600 to-800» R.

5. Highest summit between
valleys of Delaware and Sus-
quchannah 2440, R. River Gap
2143, C.

6 Ditto between Snsq. and
All ghany Rivers 2135. C.

7. Labagat Peak highest of
Catskillmts 3814, P-

8. High Peak next highest^
3718, P.

9. Pine Orchard in C. 2214,,
P. hills near it 2544 R.

10. Oqiiago mts. W. side of C.
hi.hest3600, R.

1 1- Hills around Vtsyantha L.
2d60, R.

12. L Otsego hills 1715, C.

13. Village of Cherry valley
1336, C.

14. Skohari mts. 1978. C

15. Mts between Seneca and
Cayuga L. 1256, C.

16. Angelica on Grenessee R..
1428, C.

17. Mts. of Genessee valley
2062, C. 2415, C.

18. Isua mts- at head AHegha-
ny River 2135, C. 2350, C.

19 Delhi on the R. Delaware
1385, C.

20. Unadilta R. and vtllage-
1015, C.

2t. Seneca mts. W. of Seneca.
L. 1644, C.

22. Heiilelberg mts N. apron
ofCatskill, table-land average
1200), R Highest hill near
Black Lakes t5lO, R.

23. Stamford 1 mite below
Utsyantha L 1880, C. 1887, H.

24. Chemung gap between Se>
ueca L. and Chemung River,
890, H.

25. Marshy summit level be*
tween Genessee R. and AUe-
gbany R. U8^ iL

191

fi6. Mongapmts. or S Kiska-
tom near Ponnsylv. lincSOSO,

€ Kiskatnm or Kiskanom true
name of CatHkill mts.

27. Sliawangunk mountaiiifl,
between KiKkatom and Mat*
tawan l€6s, C.

28. Conewango mts. E. of
ChatauqueL. 1966, H.

C. S. RAFINESq,VE

142. Geologt.
Some essential views of Geolo-
gy, by DT' Uibbert and Bafi-
nesque-

Tlie fol'owing facts and prin-
ciples are chiefly taken from
tlie exrelient Essay on Stratifi-
caiinn, by Dr. Samuel Hibbert
(Edinburg, 1622), who has by
actual observations in Scotland
the Slietlands and Orcades, en-
tirely overthrown the fanciful
theory of regular primitive
strata* made nut in Saxony for
the whole world by Werner.

Every general theory in Ge
ology ^aml many other sciences
of facts), is thus gradually dC'
stroyed by careful and impar
tial oliservers. All the great-
est discoveries in Geology are
commonly performed by them,
and those who neither belong
to systematic schools, nor to
learned academies, so often
tenacious of learned errors.
Thus it was Palissy (a potter),
who in the 16th century first
noticed and declared that fos
sils were organic remains,. and
not sports of nature as then be-
lieved

It was Lehman who first ub'^
served the succession of rocks,
and railed them pi-iniitive, se*
rondary, aliiivi»], vuiranicand
basaltic, lung before Werner.
It was a plain surveyor who
first ascertained the succession
of English rorks, and made a
geological map of England,
v> itiiodt liny assistance from the
learned.

It was Button in Brittain,
Spallanzani in Italy and Patrin
in France, all geological ob-
servers, unconnected with the
prevalent schools, whoiii-st no-
ticed properly the general and
extensive operation of volcanic
agency, >\hich now begin to be
partly acknowledged, in spite
of the Werncrian school and
other learned theories of se*
dentary teachers.

I was myself once a Werne*
nan ; buti^s soon as I could ob-
serve for myself, and study
rucks, strata, mountains and
volcanoes, not in books and ca*
binets, but where they stand
and display their phenomena,
I became an enquirer, in search
of facts and truth, instead of
supports for a favorite theory.
At present the greatest foes of
free enquiry, geological truth',
and the progress of science,
are those theorists, who bow to
names and merely study the
dogmatic books of their idols
and sect, or at best mere cabi*
net specimens.

With this pre-understanding
I shall now give a concise ana-
lysis of the imiioi tant views of

his opinion was laugh-
ed at for 100 years by the learn-
ed, and even by Voltaire long Hibbert, with some notes of my
after, and jet it was the truth llown.

!iU

193

I. The truths established by
ihe great astronomer Laplacr
upon the theory of the cartli,
are chiefly, l.«That the earth
Vras probably formed by a con
cretlon of gaseous matter^ being
apart of the solar atmosphere,
(or a nebulous akash or ether.)

fi. The whole earth has once
been fluid.

3. The figure of the surface
of the globe, is a little differ-
ent from a true fluid sphere

4. The mean density of the
earth is 4867, water being 1000

5. The density of mountains
Vary from 2000 to 4500.

6. The density of the strata
increase from the surface, to
the centre of gravity of the
globe.

7. Strata are very nearly
regularly disposed around this
centre of gravity.

8. But nothing proves that
they are quite concentric.

9. The irregularities of the
surface have little depth.

10. The depth of the sea is
only a small fraction.

Both the Wernerians and
Huttonians begin to admit
these facts and demonstrable
truths. (A.)

II. Primitive rocks so far
from being concentric to the
globe are merely local like the
others. 1. In Cornwall, Scot-
land and Shetland the granit
$hoot$ into other strata! imbed-
ding them» or being imbedded
by them.

8. All the kinds of primitive
rocks are found in the Shetland
jslands, intermixed or ever run-
ning into each other,' forming

veins, intrrstratu and inter'
masses. Even masses of gra-
nit and veins traverse the^
limestone! Such are granit,
gneiss, sienite, porpliir;', rlay
slate, serpcntini', luUa slalc,
hornblende, quartz, rlilorite,
limestone, sandstone, kc. (B)

5. All vertical sections of
land are therefore erroneous
when uniting theorctiral views,
and invisible connections of
strata. Horizontal plans can
only be proved by evidence of
limits. (C.)

4. Certain intervals of cessA'
tion have occun-ed during the
formation of terrestrial matter.

9. During these intervals the
surface of the globe has be-
come the habitation of certain
tribes of animals and plants.

6. These organized beings
have become extinct by the
successive investments of new
strata deposited by a fluid. (D.)

7. Several secondary strata
merely differ from the primi-
tive by imbedding organic re-
mains. (E.)

8. Volcanic strata have some
peculiar rocks, but at the same
time nearly all the primitive
and secondary series.

9. The geysers or hot volca-
nic springs,emit thermal rocks
resembling basalt, wacks,
amygdaloid, porphiry, 'tuffa,
and even obsidian ! (F.)

10. Therefore such rocky stra-
ta, often deemed primitive, se-
condary or anomalous, may
have been of volcanic origin.
(G.)

III. The following are the
order of organic aU'ata and

ii«ii irwiiiiiiii tiMYiiiMiih.Aiiiiriiiin iimn-niliwftt

193

relics, from tlie lowest to the
liiglicst.

1. Oldest or fow fat. With rnal
tiacts of vi'gftatioii ami a few
iiiai-ine HiiiiiiiilH. (II.)

2. Cubjcal Ihneslone. Willi
cxiinrt t'licriniti's. (I.)

3. Lias. >Vitli ammonites,
trigonites, ppiitafriiiiteH, &(••

4. Sandstone and Orit. Willi
belcmnltcs, ammonites, trigo-
nites, &c.

5. Soft Chalk. With the

same.

6. Hard Chalk. Scaphites,
oval ammonites.

7. Sand and Bine Clay.
Many shells not found in older
strata, some yet living-

8. Oravel. With recent shells
and land animals.

9. Gypsum. Extinct quadru-
peds and birds.

10. Diluvion and Mluvion.
Living quadrupeds and men.

IV. The chemical ingredi-
ents of rocks are of great im-
portance in distinguishing
them. Although liable to some
variety and anomaly, the prin-
cipal series appear to agree in
chemical composition.

1. The primary rocks are
distinguished by the presence
of magnesia and potash.

2. The organic rocks by
their absence, but the presence
of gypsum and excess of lime,

3. The volcanic by the pre
sence of soda and iron.

4. The average ingredients
of 7 scries of important rocks,
are as follows.

Primary Series, chiefly gra-
nit Silex 60, lime 8, alumine
l€, mftgnesia 6, potash 4, iron

2, adventitious 4 parts out of

100.
Primary transition. Silcx 58,

..me 16. Hlumiiic 14, magnesia
2. iiotasli 2, adventitious iron,
gy|)suiii, bitumen. Ai.. 8.
" Secondary. Silex 56, lime 24,
aluiniiic 12, adventitious, gyp-
sum, salt, iron, &c. 8.

Tertiary. Silcx 52, lime 32,
alumine 10, adventitious gyp-
sum, &c. 6.

Volcanic Lava. Silcx 72, lime
2, alumine 10, potash 4, soda
2, iron 4, adventitious 6.

Phonolite or Clinkstone. Si-
lex 60, lime 2, alumine 24, so-
da 8, iron 2, adventitious 4.

Basalt. Silex 48, lime 8, al-
umine 8, iron 18, soda 4, ad-
ventitious 4. (J.)

V. The natural ingredients
of rocks and strata : or suc-
cessive arrangement of their
matter, may be comprized un-
der 6 series.

Ist Series. Molecules. They
are the chemical ingre(^ients
enumerated above.

2d Series. Particles or gran-
ular parts. They arc of 4 kinds,
1. crystaline, 2. porphyritic,
3. coherent or granitic and
semi crystaline, 4. arenaceous.
3d Series. Concretions. Of 8
kinds, 1. crystaline, 2. porphy-
ritic or cristaliferous, 3. semi
crystaline, 4. concentrical la-
minar, 5. amygdaloid, 6. ir-
regular as in verd antique, 7.
fragmentary or conglomerate,
8. organic, containing imbed-
ded organic remains.

4tli Series. Masses or Mas-
sive portions. Of 9 kinds, ac-
cording to structure, 1. lami-

iiltflitfli>1lli««Mii^Mr

!*^

nir, i. Umelltr, 9. foliated,

4. Bcliistonf, 5. sUty, 6. tabu-
lar, 7. stratified, wliicli are pa-
rallrj, promiHCUouii or partial.
8. beds or npreading maMen,
9 angular or polyedroun, with
8 to 6 angles and sides, and
either columnar or bent or
curv<fd. distorted, with concre
tions, &r.

6th Series rein«. Of 3 kinds
by size, 1 ■ filnmentose, 2. radi-
cosu, 3. dyl<es or huge vrins
But of 6 i(inds by directions,
1 . interposed, S. intercurrent,

5. intersecting, 4. insulated, 5.
connected, 6. branclied.

6th Series. ,¥ottn(ain mai$ts.
Of 9 kinds, 1. homogenous, 2-
VenigenouSf S. aggregate, 4.
•tratlfled, «. unatratiaed. (K )

J^ote$ by C. S. R.
A. These views although partly
astronomical and geoEonical are

tratlng their neighbours in Sicity«
Ohio, Kentucky, and the AlleghS'
nies. Prof. Katon has observed
Homething alike in the strata
which he has calleil Cuneiform.
This is a curinui subject, not yet
well underHtnod by ceologists, and
requiring more explanation titan t
can now give. It is evident that
new strata may fill vacuities and
clefts in older strata, and that vol*
canic (or impelled) streams of sto-
ny matter can penetrate softer
strata.

It is probable that not a single
stratum is concentric to the whole
earth, but all strata are local,
superposed or annexed or inter*
mingled.

C. All our geological maps and
sections are at present caries*
tures, deficient in proportions and
details. The best map can only
show the superficial stratum, and
sections are more the offspring of
fancy than truth.

D. But this fluid was not the

perhaps the base of geology Theyisctual sea as commonly supposed,
need no comment. Those whn|it must have beeu the waters of a

part of tlie ocean filled with ema*

have adopted a different view oft
teogony will not assent perhaps;
but if they bow to names those
of Laplace, Herschell, Lasalle,
l«ametnrie, Patrin, Hibbert, and
fifty other geologists of note, may
have some weight' Althoueh lia
ble to controversy like all re-
mote agencies, they have intrinsic
ptausibdity, and agree with all
ue known phenomena.

B« These irtiportant facts of the
fotkrmixtore of^strata, may be ve-
rified in some way or other by all
careful obiwrvera. I have seen
th#m both iaEurOpe and America,
aad iiot merely in the primitive as
Hibbei:t)but in all the other series,
Transition, Secondary, Tertiary
and y^cai)io!.( have seen strata

nations either from the atmosphere
or submarine eruptions of volca*
noes or springs.

E. Except granitic and talcose
Rocks, which are specially pri*
mitive almost all the others are
also found with organic remains.

F. I have long ago, (in 1819)
considered springs as Voleanoet
ofwaterfand volcanoes as springs
of fire. The analogy is striking,
and the volcanic geysers, mud and
water eruptions, blend by gradual
links with the mineral and hot-
spring.

6. There is nothing to disprove
and much to prove that every mi-
neral substance and stratum, may
have been formed or ejected by the

nuuuDg into each other or pcae-lagency of volcaoic eruptioas or

,,,i,^;^>jaaauiCjfet' ■.i.-fa x .iti i wi im"'

195

emanation*, on the actual iurfacciof Orolojcy. Several kinds of
of the earth: remembering that mduntains are omitted) the Tabu*
aprinwi arc alao volcanoes. I»r, Uidged, Peaked, (ircular,

H. These ten series of organic] Branched, Hollow, Knoliby. >lo-
formation are not perfect nor com-; ping, &c are as many difterent
plete! even those of Cuvier are;forms: Fragments or bouldeis,
vet deficient, because America, Af- debris, gravel, and sand ought per«
rica and Asia are not taken into, haps to form a peculiar series: the
account 1 mean soon to give ourClysmian of Brongniart.
American aeries. The oldest se-

ries with us is Limy, and holds
Porostonies and I'elhytes, Tcrebra-
tulites, Modreporites, Tribolites.
1. This Cubocal Limestone, is
perhaps our oldest stratum; but
Encrinites do not distinguish it, be-
ing found also in newer strata
The worthy Hibbert has only sta-
ted there his own European knowl-
edge. Our successions of strata
in «. America are quite different;
vre have no chalk, our Gypsum
has no animals. Our organic strata
appear to be quite different from
Europe in mineral characters, and
species of fossils; although equi-
valent tribesand genera are found.
But much fewer Cataclysms or
floods than Geologists are now
fond of inventing, are needed to
explain all these formations. Pe-
riodical local paroxysms or Ema-
nations will account as well or
better for them.

J. This chemical table of ingre-
dients, is novel and curious, but 1
am sure will be found to differ in
every country, and in each suc-
cessive analysis. P.very peculiar
rock has besides mineral ingredi-
ents peculiar to itself.

K. This methodic enumeration

143. Amkricaw History.
Some remarks on Ihe Euins of

Ololum nenr Pulenque — By

C. 8. Rajiiiesque.

I have post|ioiied my 3d let'
ter on those ruiiiH and the pro*
bable language of the Inncrip-
tlon«, to wait for further «le-
tailH and vocabularieN from the
explorers. There are now 3
explorers of the ruins, Dr. Cor-
roy of Tabasro with whom I
have begun a correspondence
to procure a cliontal vocabula-
ry, Mr. Waldeck a German
painter, and Mr. Galindo. a
native who has lately sent to
the Sdciety of Geography of
Paris some interesting details.

Mr. Galindo cunfirma the
extent of these wonderful ruins,
being 7 Spanish leagues or
about thirty English miles in
length, Corroy and Waldeck
have already surveyed 18 pala-
ces or large buildings, some aa
large as the Louvre in Paris.
The houses are scattered, not
compact, and in a deep forest.

of natural parts of rocks is very Their form is quite peculiar,

valuable, although liable to some I - -■ --

objections and omissions. Veins

ought to follow concretions and

the two series of masses be united.

Although mountains may form a

peculiar important series, their

knowledge forms the new acimice

Iteing like galleries with angu-
lar roof, and parallel with a
yard between, w liich I tak**^ '"
have been the streetf- 'f'^
stones are cemc»»«"' »"'^ '•'^^
bricks, 18 iachea by 9 and 2

„i-

*- ^

thick, doors small, windows
roun(i or nqiiare.

A very iiinntitrtiit remark, if
triip. is tliHt tlie actual Miya
IniiiaiiH of (lie niigl»bnurli<':;il
have tliP same fi-atuns as tlie
sriilptinTS (111 the niiiis. These
ln<liaHs arc railed Chols or
Pudunis, anil the wiWI ones
Lacandones. I)»th speak dia-
lects of the Maya or language
of Yucatan. Galindo tliinks
that all the L. of Central Ame-
rica are derived frr in the Maya
and that they are the children
of the builders of the ruins
But he has omitted to notice
the Chontal or Tzendal nation
and language, which I rather
consider as such However
the whole country around is
filled with ruins of cities and
all these nations may have
been connected anciently.

On the R. TuUja, which
means water of TUL near the
ruins and navigable, is a stone
bridge with arches 500 steps
long, and now under water,
probably by the filling or rai-
sing of the bottom, whicji
would prove a very great anti-
quity. Galindo mentions also,
but without name, the stream
running through the ruins, the
0-TOL UM of Delrio, mea-
ning in Maya yet thejirst TOL.
Hum, and Hun, means one In

Galindo, Baezo, Villagatier,
Av'la, Cordova, Herrera,

^..„., Vater, Baibi, &c— But
few as yet from the Chontal di-
alects, such as Quiche, Coban,.
Quelen, Cenjuin, &c. taken
from Juarros chiefly. Yet they
evince a different language of
which I will give a few exam-
ples.

Maya D.

Vinic

Quil

Chib

Lahu

Chontal D.
Chon
Izen

Mazagual
Chel
Zacu

jTen

JTown ^Cah

Village 5 Milpera Paxuyuh
jLord Ah Pira .,

Ahau Ahaos
jSun Kinik Aca

Kin Acapu

fWater Ha Iha, Iqui

Bakain Taleka
Great Uim Ca

Noliocb Guan
Boat Chem Pitpan.

Yet in these 8 words there
are 6 having remote analogies
which indicate 75 per cent of
mutual affinity.

Juarros says that Chontal
now means Rustic, being ap-
plied to the most rude mountai-
neers ; but this name is evident-
ly national and means eminent
men or men of the mountains.
Wherefore tliey arc most like-
ly to beJhe remains of the an-

•^ — .1 U— ^■l^t>

Maya, Choi and Kachiquel, i;ient TOL conquered by the
which is identic «ith the Pela- Mayas and driven to the moun-
gic and Latin Hun, Vnum, pre- tains. They are sprea^ '" »"
Served in modern languages, the mts- of Central America,

God 13 called Hunaku mg. the
first cau«ie.

I have now many words in
tte Maya dialects taken from

and their language deserves the
utmost attention.

Waldeck has stated that new
dialects are now forming ift

I ii>'£iif liii' i'lJiiiiliili *!"

,^,fe<^Mfc*ffl^l 1*1 ■ » ■«■*<

the Maya, and iliat every ten
years makes a differeiirr, v liirli
is almost inriTdiblc. But
mouiitaiiKTi-s HIT nioiT tena-
cious of llu'irsix'crli as «'^iii(((l
every wliPie. Due a!l<'Vaii(c
must liowi'ver be made I'tii
those constant rlianges.

144. History of Mslral America.

This will be tlic title of tlie
first volume of my History of
the Ameriran Nations now
preparing for the press, and in
uhirli a new, correct and am-
ple survey will be given of the
nations of this continent
havebegun by the most difBcult
part. Austral America, which
being the most remote ought to
be peopled by the most am ient
nations ; yet I have found them
closely connected together and
with many other Northern and
Eastern primitive nations.

This volume will include all
the ancient and modern nations
dwelling from the Southern
tropic to the S. pole, W. of the
R. Parana, with their history
and tradition from the flood to
1«33. These are the nations I

have ascertained, reducing all
the other tribes to them .

Ancient J^ations 1. TALA-
HET meaning high people or
Batihet great people, called
now Puelches or Pampas by
the Spaniards, whom they have
resisted for 300 years. The
tribes are Taluets, Aucaes, Di-
vihets, Calchaquis Chechets,
lieuvuhets, &c.

■ 2. CUN IS or Huiliches mean
ing South people, the Patagons
of geography* Tribes, Chol-

clieles, Toelchu, Arhang. Cali-
leliets. Yacanas. Ace., oiiiy a
hi ant h of 'lalaiK ts.

5. rOYASor (ViKCfJS. tribes
ro>as. ClmiKis. (aii(aln'H,
Hi;ilii;ns. K<mi'-, 'rii.iL.uis or
inie l'nt.i}r"n-. iVi .

4. hi- KtH or t7//i/a>is, uitli
nianj tiilies.

5. KAKANA in Andes of
S. Peru, tnlies, Xanxa. Chan-
cas, Aucas. and Antis, Andoas,
ice aucistors of Poyas?

6. GUANAS of Tucuman,
Chinguaiias &c.

7. TAOS or Chiquitos of
Chaco. &c.

8. MAYAS, tribes, Timbus,
M bay as, Guaycurus, Abipon,
Toba, Mocobi, &c.

9. LULE or Vilelas, and
Atalalas! &c.

10. Western CUARANIS.
The Eastern will be included
in the History of Brazil and
Paraguay.

Modern J^'ations. 1. Spanish
with tribes and L. Biscay an,
Gallician, Catalan, Castillian,
and Gitanos, Guachos, Baleri-
ans, Canarians, &c.

2. Portuguese, 3. English,
Dutch, 5. French, &c.

3. African negroes of many
nations.

I hope my friends a::d the
public will not bleiidthis labor
of mine, with the numberless
compilations on America, full
of errors and omissions, that
are so often ushered by book-
makers here and elsewhere. It
will be found different from any
previous historical chronicle,
based upon all the materials
that language, monuments^ re*

ffrlMtlW" T'' i "lifim'ii

■J --lil

cords and traditions can afford,
so as to be a real National
HrsTOKY of North and South
Aiuei'ica. C S. R.

145. Clionlal or Txendal vo-
eabHiury

I d<*em it pi oper to add lieiT
tny siiiaii vocHhulary of this
language rhicfly fi-oni Juarros
and Cabrei-a Wherehy it will
be seen that it belongs to thf
same cluster of languages as
tiie Maya, as the nuinliers and
the vvoril fFuter will show.
This last if, nearly the same in
all the L. from iV<,exico to Ni-
caragtia. for i- 'tvmre,
A, AT in Me^i(■' n
AT, NA inQu-ae
A, N A 1 11 A, AM A in Tzcndal
HA in Mam
HA in Uraba

HA in Poconclii and Puctunc
UAAin Maya
MA in Tarasca

I find the Chnntal language
called also Zeltal, Celtales.
Tzendal, and Zental, words of
it thirty.
Lord or chief Jhu

Stone

Dance

Holy

Drum

Snake

Heart

King

Coat

Spirit

Place

Water

Chain, Chay

Hiiaste

Huutec

Tapana

Chivi

Volan

Mek

T%equ>l

^ugnal

Mountain

Father

River

Fountain

Tyger

Flying

Year

Land

Men

Great

Sun

Temple

Priest

8i»rcerer

Village

Hatexi

Bera

Mai

Zagual

I omi

VHbu

Tulan, Jn

Chon

Jca

Cue

Papaz, Tapiane

Brulios

Pahuyu

Milpa

A, ha na, iha

Jique

Amague
I U

3 Ohx

10 Xel.

Meantime tlie explorers of
the ruins cni^ht to give us a
larger vocabulary of the mo-
dern Tzendal, and also others
of the dialects of the tribes
Zoques. Quelenes, Acalas, Mo-
panes, Chorti, Quiche, Mam^
c'ocomam, Zutugil, Lencas,
&c. which Juarrns mentions in
the neighbourhood. C. S. R.

146. Gypsies of America.

It is stated by Griscom in his
account of the Gypsies in Sil-
liman's journal, that none have
leached America. This asser-
tion is not true, since Southejr
in liis History of Brazil posi-
tiuely asserts the contrary and
states that they are found both
in Brazil and Buenos Ayres ;
not in the cities of course, but
in the country where they wan-
der or cai-ry on tlieir petty
trades. Most of them were
sent there from Spain and Por-
tugal as vagrants, where they
arc called gilanos.

Thus we must add this na-
tion to our list of the modern

. - £ J^ Xtatiin^.TtfH^.- ~

..,-'«*l^-^'i*^-'' ■»**--^i^'»*'-*

*^."'^ •*iiiW#di.-a**»VJ

■ 1

199

American population. Their
true namn is Tz'mgari, tlioy are
native of Hitidostan. of tin* de-
graded tribes or I'ariuH* .con-
quered by the Hindus or out-
casts from them. Tl»ey are
stated to exreed 5 milliorts yet
in Asia, Europe and AFrira.
In America their nnmlier is
small, and even less than tliat
of the Jews. C S. R

147. Botany. N. G. YfiisA-

ME1.A AMI PKl/riMKLA.

Ygramela. Calix lanipanii-
liite, nearly bilabiate 4 (iil, up-
per li|> I larger segment, lowi-r
S acute smaller segments. Co-
rolla campanulate subequal 5
lobed, 2 up{M>r lobes erect. 3
lower spreading, stamens 2,
filaments slender, anthers didy-
mous. Pistil with oval ovary,
stylo short, stigma bilobate
Cupsul bivalve unilocular, re-
ceptacle central large, bearing
many small seeds — Leaves ra-
dical, scapes uniflnre.

F. maritima Raf. leaves fili-
form obtuse smooth, several
sca[»es shorter than leaves,
plants cespitose.

A small plant ' discovered
this year in the wet sand in the
sea islatnls of New Jersey,
^'henco the niMue meaning
moist sand. It has the habit of
Limosetla, but forms a com-
pact short turf one inch high
Flowers in July of a bluisli
white colour. If some Bota-
nists will unite it to LivfWseUa,
although it has 2 stamens in-
stead of 4, tliey may call it
L,maritima, but then they must
uuiie LifeopmtoJibntha, vihich

differs in no otherwise, an«T iw
on with 50 otiier diandrous ge-
nera.

Yet we find some hotnnists
ha\e already united to Lmn-
ella. 3 species with 2 stamens
L. Silesiata. L capews'S and
L. diandra. all of which differ
more or le-s besides. I sus-
pect that the 2 first hehuti' to
my G. Fgrumiilu Uy haxing a
4 till, culix instead of 3 liil. If
tliey do not th<_v n>ust Hn in a
peniiiit G. Mutnjinin Ititf. As
to l» diandra it is a very dis-
tini t G by >V ildenow account
and I call it

Pkltimbla (meaning small
peltated stigma), calix triden-
tate, corolla quadriparted»
style incurved, stigma peltate^
2 stamens. How could this be
united to Limo$elta with cal. 5
fid. ctH* 5 lid. 4 stamens, &c. ?

P. cwneo/n Raf leaves linear
cuneate, scapes equal — native
or India. C. S. R.

148. On the Vusiard-apples or
Jiunoua triloba and glabra.
Linneus has two Sp. under
those names as natives of N.>
America and be qimtes 2 figures
of Catesby as references. Yet
uur worshippers of Linneu»
have dared to overlmik thisy
and derm them both only one,
which they call commonly .9.
triloba Both are however in
Bartram^'s garden and 1 have
seen tliem frequently. As the'
leaves are nearly alike, and
the flowers and fruits which af-
ford the best characters are
seen but rarely, the flower*
besides in eaily spring beCor*

300

W'-H

the leaves come out, the mis-
take iHHy be accounted for. but
not the clisr spert for the idol.

The Jl. glalra in a large tree,
with black purple flowers and
A fruit as large as a cucumber;
it grows in the South and West
from Ohio to Georgia. Fruit
very good and worthy cultiva-
tion.

While the j1. trihola is only
a large shrub has green flowers
and a fruit one fourth the size
only of the last. It grows
from Pennsylvania to Virginia.

Bartram discovered in Geor-
gia and Florida S oilier shrub-
tiy sp- with small fruits. All
these now belong to the Genus
»Ssimina of Adanson 1763,
which other botanists attempt-
ed to change into Orchidocarpon
and Parcelia, but Duval and
Decandole have restored the
oldest good name of Adanson,
derived from the native name
in Louisiana of Asiminier.

There are perhaps otiier sp.
in the West, I have seen one
with rough seeds, but I am not
prepared to distinguish it prO'
perly. I refer our lazy botan
ists to LinncuH and Catesby for
the striking characters of Jl
glabra fit\{\ triloba. Eaton has
both, but he leaves J.glabra in-
to the genus Jlnnona, while 1
aver, having both before me in
fruit, that it is a real ^simina,
Jiaving the fruits traii>ivt>rs»lly
miiltilorulHr, seeds arillae,
and only one stigma to each
fruit, which mostly abort ex
•«ept one in a flower, just as in
•J. iribola.

149. £cPRXtS.

JV G. of Water Plants^

A very singular water plantf
one of the simplest in nature,
is found in the river Schuylkill
and even in the hydrant water
from it. When allowed to stand

week in warm weather, a
kind of diaphanous gelatinous
film forms itself on the top of it,
which gradually increases
downwards and fills the vessel
holding it, as if the whole wa>
ter was congealing ; but when
the \N ater is all changed in thi»
transparent jelly, it begins to
dry up, and the whole by de-
grees bifcomcs a mere thin
transparent membrane suspen-
ded above. 1 have repeatedly
noticed and watched this vege-
table production, which must
be produced by invisible germs
in the water, and is very akin
to JVostoc and other simple wa-
ter Tremellas. I give it tlie
name of Ecpexis meaning con-
gel ated lilm.

EcPEXis, N. G. Raf. Float-
ing on water, solid, gelatinous,
transparent, without any ap-
pearance of organs.

E. flut^atUta ' Raf Amor-
phous, flattened, smooth, un-
colored. From 2 to 10 inches
or more, unequally circular,
but it is 80 hard to be seen out
of vessels that I could not
watch its form in the river. It
appears to increase downwards
tiy the successive f irmation of
a simple cellular jelly. C.S.R.

150. Subttitutes for Tobacco.

We have burrowed from the

Indiaps the jBlthy and Ticioiw

'- — -■-■-•^^jKvs t jiwiaJkmaJMMHJi&iifcvCTrtwiM

«at-.^,«

dife

doi

custom of smoking, or inhaling
the hot vapor of a pernicious
weed, a jiarcotic poison. We
ought at least to borrow from
them the mode of making To-
bacco milder and less perni-
cious, and above all fragrant
instead of stinking: they sel-
dom smoke pure tobacco, but
always mix it with fragrant or
milder substances.

Whoever smokes pure tobac
CO habitually, is a selfish vi-
cious man, particularly if he
throws the stinking smoke into
the lungs of whoever chances
to be near him ; which no one
has a rigitt to do as it is a real
nuisance, as mucli so as if a
man was to throw dust or
brimstone smoke into the noses
of his neighbors.

Therefore let them adopt at
least fragrant tobacco, tl»e to
bacconists who will devise and
introduce them will probably
make fortunes and deserve well
of mankind, as it will lessen
the ("vil done to themselves and
to ot ers by smokers. Fra-
grant cigars might thus be
made better than Havana
Those are made fragrant by
the leaves of Piqueria or of
liatris odoratissima.

Here is a recipe for making
Fragrant Tobacco for the pipe
8uch as used by the Indians of
Canada, l-3d tobacco leaves,
one third leaves of red willow.
Salix purpurea, and one third
shumac leaves.

The leaves of the aweet gum
or Liquid-amber, make a ver>
fragrant tobacco by themselves
or nixt, and they can be rolled

in cigars. Many other Ieati*»
are equally good, such as sweet
fern, wintergreen, and many
more which 1 shall indicate if
any disposition is evinced to
leave off the strong stinking
tobacco. Thi» fragrant substi-
tute could be aflbrded so cheap
that the present smokers would^
no longer be compelled to
smoke coarse rank cigars.

C. S. R*

151. Huge Water Volcano.

One of the iiigliost volcano
throwing water inst<'a(i of fire.
Is found near Guatimala. It
is a perfect cone 14,500 feet
high and 72 miles in circuit.
Dunn who ascended it in 1828'
says that the crater which one©
threw a flood of water, is a
rocky concave hollow, only
140 by 120 yards; it has now
mosses and grasses in it. Tli&
Spanish call it Vokan de Agufh
or water volcano. The Indian*

illage of S- Maria is 7500 ft.
Iiigii oil it It is divided in 4
regions. 1. Cultivated or tro*
pical till 9©00 feet. 2 Woody
region or forest of oaks, witl»
canes anti the rare tree CheifXta-
temon. S Maked region of
gra'^ses. 4. Of scrubby Pines
crowniivg the top, where there
is a sublime and extensive view^
tlie two oceans Atlantic and Pa-
cific can be seen from it Tlio
thermometer stitod at 42 deg,
when it wag 72 degrees at the .
base.

" Ft was called V-hale^mal-ha
by the Chontals, meaning the
tnp^nfutn throwing water, and
has thus been known as$ttcb

-■ .4 - firim,i^HtfSS>'.x-.

902

■ in

^ 1.

very anciently, since it has
giv«'n till' name to tlie country
Hoit I itifH of Guatimalti. The
old « ity of tliat name near it.
Iiiis often liecn (U-Htioyed by it.
Hu«l tlie fire volcano of Alote-
iinngo. wliicli last erui»tion was

ill 1S26;

Let geologists explain wliat
ilifference tiieie is between tliis
liuge spniig of water, and otiier
jitriodical siirings of smaller
size. C S. It

152 Improvements in A''aviga-
/ton.
Tliey are always very slow
by tbc f<» CO of habit anti fear
of innovation. Let ns remem-
ber how long it has taken from
the introduction of rafts to
that of steamboats. Even
steamboats were invented three
centuries before they were
adopted. But now the march
of improvement is more rapid.
It is now requisite to build
steamboats that will be incom-
bustibie and can never catch

fire, 2d, that may never sink
even when striliing against
snags, rocks, &c. 3d, that
never will burst their boilers.
All these ."» requisites, which
every one should think indis-
pensable to secure lives and
property, are cither known or
in a fair way to be dicovered
ere long. But will the owners
and builders of these boats
adopt such improvements? Per-
liaps not, they are intent only
on speed, and insuring do not
care for wanton losses of lives!
But tlie public must call i«r
and demand these safe improve-
ments, by neglecting those who
sport with life.

Yes, let it be known that I
and others know how to pre-
vent any boat from ever sink-
ing, and from burning or catch-
ing fire, and I am ready to
impart the information or sell
the articles required for the
purpose.

C S. RAWNB8<kU».

CBEMIOAL MANUPAOTURB,

OF PROFESSOR RAFIJ^ESqUE. .

I have added to the articles which I manufacture the following two.

Or Incombustible Varnish, an«l Paint of any reqnfred color, to

prevent houses and ships from catching fire and burning.

iny quantity supplied by contract at one dollar the

pound, in solid cakes— Apply by letter port paid.

2. SYRUP OF CREAM,

To snpplv milk and cream to sailors, mariners, tnjv^im

and in F'ireign Countries where no milk is to be had, by d%

ting with water it becomes sweetened milk, reouirtngnp sugar

witfi coffee and tea. Any quantity suppUed by coatriwt at

one dollar the bottle. Orders thankfully received at No. 89,

North Eighth Street, Philadclpbift.

1 f?in8!.**W*TK>'-

Nr. 8.

EIGHTH NUMBER FOR THE WINTER OF 1833.

Price 50 Cents each numberf or OXE Dollar per annum.

ATLANTIC JOURNAL

AND

A QUARTERLY JOURNAL OP >

HISTORICAL AND NATURAL SCIENCES, USEFUL KNOWLEDGE, 8ic.

WITH FIGURES.

BY C. S. RAFINESQUE,

Profeuor of Historical and Natural Sciences, Member of many learned Socie-
ties in America and Europe, Author of many Works, &c. &c.

Knowledge it the mental food of man.

Vol. I.

Philadelphia, Wihter op 1833.

No. 8.

154. METEOROLOGY.
The iMvninoui Meteors of 1833
By C. 8. Rajinesque.
On the night of the,12 to 13
November, 1833, a ivonderrul
display of meteors was visible
all over N. America, which has
excited the curiosity of the
learned and unlearned, alarmed
the superstitious, and baffled
their inquiries.

Before any correct explana
tlon is attempted, it would be
needful to wait for the accounts
from all parts of the woVld;
this has prevented me from ven
turing to write on the subject
in the newspapers.

We know already that it was
visible from Canada to Jamai
ca and California; but attended
with different circumstances,
although simultaneous every
where. It may have been visi-
ble also in Europe and in Chi-
na, or at least, wherever it was

non at night, particularly in
volcanic countries; they are
probably as common in the day
time, but unseen. Tlie meteors
of November (which have again
appeared partly in some nights
of Nov. and Dec.) were not the
same thing, being compared to
a sliower of fire-works, falling
rockets, and luminous snakes;
clouds, suns and streams of
fire, diverging from a circle in
the Atlantic Ocean towards the
horizon all around on our
Atlantic shores; and in Cali-
fornia as directed towards the
North.

It will be needful for whoever
will attempt a rational expla-
nation of this phenomenon, to
have before him the accounts
from all parts of the world,and
to compare them carefully as to
time, directions, and appear-
ances. If unseen where it was

daylight,it does not follow that
night. the meteors did not exist there

Shooting stars and flying also, but they may have been
stars, are a commoH phenome- hidden by the solar light.

■Mkaaa

iiii iiiijaiiiiir

.# *"

,*Jt

206

' 1

It wUl be needful to ascertain
1. If the meteors were above

the cloads or beneath them, if noise, others did not

3. Many meteors were com-
mingled, some exploded with

i^nj reached the groand, where
and how? Common shooting
stars reach the ground .in
oblique phosphoric streams

2. How high was the region
where they started, or where
some exploded? this may be
ascertained by angles.

3. Was their light phospho-
ric» electrical or enflamed?

4. Did not their general mo-
tion move contrary to the
earth's actual motion at the
time?

5. Was the whole a sidereal
or an atmospheric phenome-
non? Did it begin out or at the
contact of tlie atmosphere?

After this we must discuss
what connection there may be
between these meteors and the
aurora borealis, 2d comets, 3

4. The general motion
radiating lirom a circle in the
Atlantic Ocean.

5. No Aerolites fell or was
seen to fall.

6. The aurora borealis ap-

Eiared along with them on
ake Erie or towards the N.
W.

r.They extended chieflyover
the northern hemisphere of the
earth.

8. Ttiey did not set lire to
any thing, lilce thunder bolts
and bolides.

the atmosphere, 5 volcanic
emanations, 6 leroUtes and bo-
lides, 7 otlier luminous meteors
trabes, zodiacal lights, &c
common flying stars, &c.

Therefore, correct scientific
explanations will not be easy
nor speedy. Whatever may be
said or conjectured, without
reference to these needful en
quiries, will be mere conjecture
and vain theories.

The following facts may be
stated as ascertained already

1. They were not similar to
common flying stars

S. They were seen at 4000
miles distance, N. and S., E.
and W. or occupied that im
mens* space.

155. BOTANY.

Chronological Index of the prin-
cipal Botanical frorka and
Discoveries published by C-
8, Rajinesqne.

Some botanical writers have

electricity, 4 the hydrogene of been loath or prevented to ren-
xL- _i u — - —'—'- der justice to my botanical la-
bors and discoveries since 1802;
they pretend that they do not
Icnow all my worlu; yet when
they know them they often ne-
glect them. Idleness or jeal-
ousy would be'a better pretext.
Some European botanists, and
Decandolle, the first among
them, have done me better jus-
tice.

I will give here a complete
index of nearly all my publica-
tions on Botany, chiefly on N.
American plante, in order of
time, whicii settles the right to
discoveries and improvements.
They are mostly to be obtain-
ed from me, and are embodied
in my Jtrntwiilm oJJdaUw, or

pld
wil

201

^'...

collection of my tracts and cs
says. My N. American botani
pal discoveries will also be re
capitulated In my Mditional
Flora of JV. Jlmerica.

This index does not contain
my wo^ks on Zoology and Ani-
raalSi nor some few botanical
tracts, of which I have been
deprived by shipwreck.

Few botanists have so long
cultivated and improved the
science, since I began in N.
America in 1802, and I find my
zeal unabated after above 30
years of exertions. My labors
will be duly appreciated in
time, as those of Adanson of
1763 and Necker of 1790, so
long neglected by systematic
rivals, begin at last to be, after
70 years and 40 years delay !
1804. Floras of Delaware
and District of Columbia, my
first essay, suppressed by Dr.
Bienjamin Barton.

1804. Botanical letters to
Muhlenberg, Brickell, &c.

1805. Discoveries in North
America, Leghorn.

1807. Panphysis Sicula,
Frodromus, Palermo, 4to. fig.

1808. N. Genera 10 and 60
N. Sp. of American plants in
jjo. 44 of Medical Repository
—■re-printed in Desvaux' Jour-
nal of Botany, Paris, 1809,and
in Archives of Discoveries.
Observations on American Bo-
tany in ditto — Icones Nov.
Fantamm Americ. 40 pi.

1810. New animals and
plants of Sicilv, 1 vol. 4to.
with 78 fig. Palermo.

Monograph of the ^, P«rto-

1811. Naturalized plants of
the United States, in No. 56 of
Medical Repository. ,

1812. Monograph of the G .
Callitriche. On the Tuber
rufcscens of Sicily. On some
new plants and animals. Reform
of some Genera. Pamphlets.

1814. Compendium of my
zoological and botanical disco-
veries, 63 N.G. and 1 16 N.Sp.
Pamphlet, Palermo. Principles
of Nomenclature and classifica-
tion, ditto. Panphyton Siculum
of Cupani, selection of 125
plates in folio, Palermo.

Cyclopedical Journal of Si-
cily, 2 vols. 4to. with several
botanical essays, 20 N. G. of
exotic plants, 15 new Sicilian
plants, 14 new spunges, 2 N.
G. Cryptogams, &c.

1815. Analysis of Nature,
with new orders and families,
Palermo, I vol. 8vo.
Chloris Etnensis or 4 florulas
of Etna, in the Natural Histo-
ry of Etna of Recupero, Cata-
nia. ^ ^
Frodromus of New Genera.

Pamphlet.

1817. Florula Ludoviciana,
containing 30 N. G. and 169
N. Sp. 1 vol. 12mo. N. York.

Florula Missurica, Manda-
nensis and Oregonensis. Pam-
phlet , ^ ^

Reviews of Pursh, Eaton,
Barton, Bigelow, &c. in Am.
Monthly Magazine, N. York.

Museum of Natural Sciences
or N. animals and plants in
ditto, 3 decads of New York
plants, some Sicilian plants.

1818. Review of Nuttalland

Elliott, in ditto. . ,

mmtSuwm

208

Discoverica in the Wefltern
States in ditto.

1819. Remarkd on American
Genera of plants, 90 N. G. of
American plants and 70 N.
G. of animals. In the Journal
of Physio ue, Paris.

New plants,spunges and ani-
mals in Silliman's Journal,
New Haven.

1820. Annals of Nature or
25 N. G. and 124 N. Sp. of
animals and plants. Pamplilet,
Lexington.

Slietch uf the Flora of Ken-
tucky, and several Tracts, in
Syestern Review, Lexington.

Monographs of the Genera
Rosa, Houstonia, Eustachya,
Lysimachia. N. G. Enemion.
—■Order of Rubiacea classed,
and several other botanical
tracts in ditto.

1821. Western Minerva, se-
veral N. G. &c. suppressed by
my rivals!

1822. The Cosmonist, 20
numbers, Lexington-
New plants of Kentucky.

1823. Prenanthes opicrina
and other plants, Cincinnatti.

1824. Florula Kentuckensis
and Prodromos N. Sp. Lexing-
ton.

1825. Neogenyton or 66 N
G. North Am. plants, pam
phlet, Lexington.

Neocloris or N. Sp. of West-
ern America.

1826. School of Flora, with
figures, Philadelphia.

1828. Medical Flora of the
U. States,! vol. 50 plates, 12mo
2d vol. in 1830.

Neopbyton Bptanikon^ orN*
plants of N. America.

1830. American Vines— Bo-
tanical Letters to Decandolle.

1832. The American Florist
36 figs. l2mo. Philadelphia.

Atlnntic Journal, Philada.
1832 and 1833, containing 150
N. G and Sp. of plants from
Alleghonies, Florida, Illinois,
Canada, Kentucky, he.

1833. Herbarium Rafinesqui-
anum or Prodromus of the new
Sp. yetundescribcd in his Her-
bal, 1 vol. Philada.

1815 to 1833. Autikon Bo-
tonikon or self figures of 2500
new or rare plants, chiefly col-
lected in North America. Index
to ditto, in tliree parts.

1833 to 1835. Additional
Flora of North America, or the
orders and families. Genera,
Species and Varieties, omitted,
misnamed or misplaced by Lin-
neus, Wildenow, Persoon, De-
candolle, Muhlenberg, Mi-
chaux, Lamark, Walter, Boic,
Adanson, Necker, Agardh,
Lindley, Pursh, Nuttall, Elli-
ott, Lcconte, Marshall, Dar-
lington, Torrey, Bigelow,
Beck, Eaton, Hooker, Schwei-
nitz, &c.

1808 to 1838. Amenities of
Nature, or collection of the
principal essays of C. S. Ra-
finesque on the Natural Scien-
ces, &c.

155. GEOGRAPHY.
Discovery of Enderby Land in

the JlMtral Ocean.
It had long been suspected that
large tracts of land existed near
the South pole. In FebruAry^,
1831, Capt. John Biscoe, of

209

the Brig Tula, belonging to
Mens. Enderby of London, on
a sealing voyage discovered
under the Antarctic Circle a
large extent of high-land,
skirted by ice, which runs
ftrom N. E. to 8, W. between
Lat 65 and 70 S. and between
Long. 43 and 57 E. of Green
wich, to which he gave the
name of Enderby land, and
Cape Ann to a large cape on
it. He could not come nearer
than SO miles of it, being pre-
vented by a field of iee. Thuit
at last the Austral lands be-
come gradually known.

In tlie same voyage Capt.
BiKoe discovered a chain of
Islands to the 8. W. of tlie 8.
Shetlands, which he called
Adelaide Islands, they are un-
der the Antarctic Circle and
near the west side of the great
land of Gheritz, discovered in
1599, which has received so
nany names lately. South
Greenland, South Spitsberg,
Falmerland, &c Capt Biscoc
deeming this west shore a dis
covery called it Graham land
it reaches as far as Lat. 6S
due S. of cape Horn, running
8. 8. W.

This voyage of discovery
has been deemed so important,
altho' unprofitable to the own-
ers, that they have sent again
Capt Biscoe to survey and ex-
plore these lands, and tlie ad-
miralty has sent Capt Rea to
help him. The Society of Ge-
ography of London have also
given their gold medal for 1832
to Capt Biscoe as a reward.

156. GEOLOGY,

AlfD tHYSICAI. VSATUBXlT

Of the Mlaniic plaint of JVbr<&
Jimerica, by C. 8. JL

They form great natural
features of the physical geog-
raphy and geology of North
America, which have hardly
been properly noticed as yet.
The plains along the atlantie
ocean, skirting the hilly primi-
tive region, begin in New-Jer-
sey in Lat 41, and extend
S. to Florida, thence W. t«
Texas, thence all around tlie
gulph of Mexico to Yucatan*
and even beyond to Veragua
and Panama: forming thus a
level litoral region nearly 40OO
miles long, and from 100 to
150 miles wide on an average,
the superficial Area exceeeding
400,000 square miles! tha
whole of which is level, with
the exception of a few scatter-
ed and insulated hills of small
elevation.

A volume could be w;ritten
on the geography, geology
and natural history of this vast
region: my limits compel me
to give merely a recapitulation
of the principal features and
phenomena of it.

1. These immense plains
rise only 50 feet above tide
water on average, or from 25
to 75 feet.

2. The surface is hardly un-
dulatid, the streams have ex-
cavated broad and shallow val-
leys and beds, with wide estu-
aries at their mouths.

S. They may be divided into
several tracts, 1. the Northern
^as far as the Chesajieak bay.

»to

2 middle tr»ct from Baltimore
to cape Uatteras. 3 Bouthern
to Florida. 4 Florida tract,
or peniniula. 5 Alabamian
plains to Delta of MianiBsipi.

6 TexaRf beyond tlie Delta.

7 Mflxioan tract. 8 Yucatan.
9 Honduras. 10 Mosquitto
shore. Each of these tracts
has peculiar features of its own,
which it would be too long to
detail.

4. The whole of these plains
are unhealthy, chiefly in the
warm season, except the sec-
tions of it called Pine barrens,]
Limestone tracts, and the Sen
Islands.

5. The population is scanty,
short lived, and subject to ma-
ny kinds of fevers. The whole
population iloes not exceed 10
per square mile on an average.
Or four millions for the whole.

6. Few cities are found
there, Chadeston, Savannah,
New-Orleans, Vera Crus, Ta-
basco, &c. which are in it, are
allproTerbial'y unhealthy for
half of the year.

7. There are few springes,
the streams generally coming
firom the hills beyond, or rise
in swamps und lakes.

8. Swamps, marshes, and
shallow lakes are very com
mon* the waters of which are
often colored as well as those
of the streams flowing; from
them.

9 Many swamps are peculi
ar and wooded, covered by
CupressvM thtfoides and di$ticha,
Magnolias, JYyssas ^c called
cedar or cypress swamps ttc-

10 The Pine barrens are

large dry landy tracts, wooded
by pines chiefly, thus healthier
than the swamps.

1 1. The soil Is either wet or
sandy, always light and poor,
unless Improved by marl or
manure. Cotton is the main
produce of the dry soil, and
rice of the damp soil.

12. Near the hills a diluvial
soil is often met of a better
quality, which has been wash-
ed tliereun, and along tite
streams a deep and rich allu*
vial soil is often found.

13. There are tracts of pure
sand or gravel, totally unfit
for cultivation, that produce
only bushes or dwarf trees.

14. Along the Sea shore are
salt marshes, flooded by the
tides, but gradually left dry,
and reduced to meadows.

19. The sea recedes from
the shore at the average rate
of S to 5 feet in a century,
and the whole region may have
been under water two or three
thousand years ago.

16. The scatterred hills are
chiefly of sand stone, pebble
stone, shell stone, marl stone,
&c.,with fossil remains. The
highest only rise from 100 to
150 feet high.

17. Under the soil or saad
are found small marly pits,
with beds of clay, fossil shells,
remains of fishes and reptiles.
The hollow swamps appear to
be the outlets that ejected these
clays, and overwhelmed the
animals.

18. A brown or black coarse
sand is found beneath the clay,
compared to the green sand of

'^;- ■•

•m

211

^dnt>«, but holdtng otiicr Tos-
slh. Then come other ttnitaii
ordajri.

19. Bog Iron and Iron
■tuned are found in many
places, but hardly any other
metal or mineral.

SO. Moequitoea, flies and
noxiotti insects are common
every tthere, and very annoy
ing.

157. Jhneriean Trtrodt publiih-
ed in 1833.

Several important original
travels have been published
this year in the United States,
two of which by ladies! such
aa

1. Observations on Texas,
bv Mrs. Holley, 1 vol. 12 mo.
Baltimore, map. Very clever
little book, and the best ac
count of that country, nowr be-
come a State of tlie Mexican
Confederation.

9. Narrative of a voyage to
the Pacific Ocean, by Mrs.
Morrell, the wife of Capt.
Morrell, l vol. i« mo. Now
York, with her nortrait A
delightful little I :;ok, written
with feeling aid graphic de-
scriptions.

S. Travels and researches
in Natolia, Armenia, Georgia
and Persia, in 1830 and 1831,
by the Rev. Eli Smith and H.
D wight Boston, 2 vols. 12
mo. map. American missiona-
ries sent to explore Armenia.
Some useful and curious facts.

4. Sketches of Turkey, by
Dr. Dekay, New York, l vol.
« vo fig. Well written, and
mukinSwmi>liion on Constan-

(inople, altt. iigh he was only
a i . w munthii there. He praisea
the Turks more than the
Oreeks.

5. Voyage of Cnpt. Fanning
round tlie world &c., 1 vol. 8
vo. New York, fig. Importaitt,
It embraces over thirty years of
travels and discoveries by him-
self and others.

6> Travels in New Mexico
and California, by Opattie
Cincinnttti, vol. 12 mo. fig.
Very interesting journal of a
trapper and trader.

7. Account of an expedition
to the Oregon or Rocky Mts.
by Wyeth. Pamphlet, Boston.
Trifling account.

VALEDICTORY.

As cai'ly as 1 827 I proponed
the publication of cheap Jour-
nals, weekly at one dollar per
annum, daily at five dollars,
and proved the possibility of
these useful undertakings for
the diffusion of knowledge. I
was not believed then, as often
happens with my useful pro-
jects, and no one would join
me to begin the experiment.

In 1831 I issued proposals,
and in 1832 began the publica-
tion of this Atlantic Journal on
my individual means and exer-
tions. If I had been sustained
in my endeavours to blend sci-
entific with popular knowl-
edge, I would have furnished
the cheapest periodical in tlio
United States, twelve numbers
yearly of nearly 400 pages & 24
figures for one dollar! But this
required a greater number of
subscribers tlian I was able tu

-;vf

.4^.-.

»t

But

-1

S12

procure withont importunity,
and nore exactitude in paying
their small yearly sum. In-
stead of this cheap publication
I have been compelkj to re-
duce it to the usual rate, giving
only a volume of 2t2 pages
and 12 figures for two dollars;
and yet by the lack of punctu-
ality in subscribers^ extra ex-
penses of postages, &c. I have
been a loser by my endeavours
to produce a useful work.

Under these circumstances(l
am admonished after two yeai^
•f exertions and expences
( to conclude this small uuder-
king, and close tlio volume,
furnishing a title page and in
dex thereto. The whole how-
ever will be found to be an ori
ginal work containing many
new facts and views. But, as
1 never despair of ultimate sue
cess, and must always be use-
ful and active, I propose to be-
gin in 1834 another periodical
under a more suitable plan.

Meantime I have had the
pleasure to perceive that my
former plan of dollar maga
zines and journals, nay even
five do!!»r dailies, has been
sHcressfully introduced both in
America and Europe since

18sr. We have now a crowd
of popular journals or weekly
periodicals, at one dollar per
annum or one penny by the
number, and even one cent a
piece in France ! Such Europe-
an journals have great circula-
tion and combine science with
utility. Here ours are paltry
imitations, but suit the taste of
readers by furnishing them
vapid trash and copied fiction,
instead of science, truth and
original essays.

Whereas my Atlantic Jour-
nal was too learned for these
readers and chiefly patronized
byenlightened or learned men,
I propose in my future works
to write chiefly for them, and
to imitate the English plan of
making learning dear and ex-
clusive, since the public will
have it so: since they prefer
paying 800 dollars for a
splendid book on Birds to one
dollar for a work of 400 pages
containing as many facts and
discoveries. Thus I offer for
sale the illmtration of S3 years
travels and researches, by SOOO
figures for S 1000, an unique
manuscript work. Also my
Jutikon Botanikon of 2500
plants, unique copy for i 500.

THE BOOR OF KNOWLEDGE.
A Register of Historical and Natural Sciences, Discoveries
and useful Facts, latent knowledge restored, lost knowledge
rc-cstablislied, in events, facts and truths neglected or for-
gotten: chiefly on American Natural History and Annals.
Bt C. S. RAriirK8(iu£.
Terms. — S 5 for 10 copies or volumes, any less number to be issued in num-
bers at irregular periods. None Rold separate. Subscribers to pay in ad-
vance. The price will only be fifl v cents for a rolume of 4 numbers. It shall
fce enlarged according to the number of subscribers, with figures if possible.

Pnblished this year, The Herbarium Rkfinesquianum, or New plants of my
Herbal, i'rice One Dollar, but giv«M gratis io those who Wlbibribcd g 2 for
tbe Atlantic Journal.

'K' :-»'

lO Hi iiiiai

iJ_

^"*'

;rowd
eekly
r per
y the
cent a
irope-
rcula-
I with
paltry
asteof
them
iction,
th and

; Jour-
r these
'onized
d men»

works
im, and
plan oF
and ex-
ile will
' prefer

for a
s to one
)0 pages
icts and
offer for
S3 years
by 3000
I unique
Uso my
Df S500
iir S 500.

scoveries
nowledge
d or for-
[ Annals.

tied in num-

pay in ad-

6M. It shall

s if potublc.

plants of my
ibcd jS3f<»

»'«l

■■i ' pJv.atwKiMMiiJto ' ^aa *! ;^:^!^^ ~